Cad Wor X Plant Users Guide

CADWorx
Plant User's Guide
Version 2016 (16.0)
October 2015
DICAS-PE-200007E
Copyright
Copyright 2003-2015 Intergraph Corporation. All Rights Reserved. Intergraph is part of Hexagon.
Including software, file formats, and audiovisual displays; may be used pursuant to applicable software license agreement; contains
confidential and proprietary information of Intergraph and/or third parties which is protected by copyright law, trade secret law, and
international treaty, and may not be provided or otherwise made available without proper authorization from Intergraph Corporation.
U.S. Government Restricted Rights Legend

Use, duplication, or disclosure by the government is subject to restrictions as set forth below. For civilian agencies: This was
developed at private expense and is "restricted computer software" submitted with restricted rights in accordance with
subparagraphs (a) through (d) of the Commercial Computer Software - Restricted Rights clause at 52.227-19 of the Federal
Acquisition Regulations ("FAR") and its successors, and is unpublished and all rights are reserved under the copyright laws of the
United States. For units of the Department of Defense ("DoD"): This is "commercial computer software" as defined at DFARS
252.227-7014 and the rights of the Government are as specified at DFARS 227.7202-3.
Unpublished - rights reserved under the copyright laws of the United States.
Intergraph Corporation
305 Intergraph Way
Madison, AL 35758
Documentation
Documentation shall mean, whether in electronic or printed form, User's Guides, Installation Guides, Reference Guides,
Administrator's Guides, Customization Guides, Programmer's Guides, Configuration Guides and Help Guides delivered with a
particular software product.
Other Documentation
Other Documentation shall mean, whether in electronic or printed form and delivered with software or on Intergraph Smart Support,
SharePoint, or box.net, any documentation related to work processes, workflows, and best practices that is provided by Intergraph
as guidance for using a software product.
Terms of Use
a. Use of a software product and Documentation is subject to the End User License Agreement ("EULA") delivered with the
software product unless the Licensee has a valid signed license for this software product with Intergraph Corporation. If the
Licensee has a valid signed license for this software product with Intergraph Corporation, the valid signed license shall take
precedence and govern the use of this software product and Documentation. Subject to the terms contained within the
applicable license agreement, Intergraph Corporation gives Licensee permission to print a reasonable number of copies of the
Documentation as defined in the applicable license agreement and delivered with the software product for Licensee's internal,
non-commercial use. The Documentation may not be printed for resale or redistribution.
b. For use of Documentation or Other Documentation where end user does not receive a EULA or does not have a valid license
agreement with Intergraph, Intergraph grants the Licensee a non-exclusive license to use the Documentation or Other
Documentation for Licensees internal non-commercial use. Intergraph Corporation gives Licensee permission to print a
reasonable number of copies of Other Documentation for Licensees internal, non-commercial use. The Other Documentation
may not be printed for resale or redistribution. This license contained in this subsection b) may be terminated at any time and
for any reason by Intergraph Corporation by giving written notice to Licensee.
Disclaimer of Warranties
Except for any express warranties as may be stated in the EULA or separate license or separate terms and conditions, Intergraph
Corporation disclaims any and all express or implied warranties including, but not limited to the implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness for a particular purpose and nothing stated in, or implied by, this document or its contents shall be considered or deemed
a modification or amendment of such disclaimer. Intergraph believes the information in this publication is accurate as of its
publication date.
The information and the software discussed in this document are subject to change without notice and are subject to applicable
technical product descriptions. Intergraph Corporation is not responsible for any error that may appear in this document.
The software, Documentation and Other Documentation discussed in this document are furnished under a license and may be used
or copied only in accordance with the terms of this license. THE USER OF THE SOFTWARE IS EXPECTED TO MAKE THE FINAL
EVALUATION AS TO THE USEFULNESS OF THE SOFTWARE IN HIS OWN ENVIRONMENT.
Intergraph is not responsible for the accuracy of delivered data including, but not limited to, catalog, reference and symbol data.
Users should verify for themselves that the data is accurate and suitable for their project work.
CADWorx Plant User's Guide 2

Limitation of Damages
IN NO EVENT WILL INTERGRAPH CORPORATION BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL INCIDENTAL,
SPECIAL, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO, LOSS OF USE OR PRODUCTION, LOSS OF
REVENUE OR PROFIT, LOSS OF DATA, OR CLAIMS OF THIRD PARTIES, EVEN IF INTERGRAPH CORPORATION HAS BEEN
ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL INTERGRAPH CORPORATIONS LIABILITY EXCEED THE AMOUNT THAT
INTERGRAPH CORPORATION HAS BEEN PAID BY LICENSEE UNDER THIS AGREEMENT AT THE TIME THE CLAIM IS
MADE. EXCEPT WHERE PROHIBITED BY APPLICABLE LAW, NO CLAIM, REGARDLESS OF FORM, ARISING OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE SUBJECT MATTER OF THIS DOCUMENT MAY BE BROUGHT BY LICENSEE MORE THAN TWO (2)
YEARS AFTER THE EVENT GIVING RISE TO THE CAUSE OF ACTION HAS OCCURRED.
IF UNDER THE LAW RULED APPLICABLE ANY PART OF THIS SECTION IS INVALID, THEN INTERGRAPH LIMITS ITS
LIABILITY TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT ALLOWED BY SAID LAW.
Export Controls
Intergraph Corporations software products and any third-party Software Products obtained from Intergraph Corporation, its
subsidiaries, or distributors (including any Documentation, Other Documentation or technical data related to these products) are
subject to the export control laws and regulations of the United States. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited. These Software
Products, and the direct product thereof, must not be exported or re-exported, directly or indirectly (including via remote access)
under the following circumstances:
a. To Cuba, Iran, North Korea, Sudan, or Syria, or any national of these countries.
b. To any person or entity listed on any U.S. government denial list, including but not limited to, the U.S. Department of Commerce
Denied Persons, Entities, and Unverified Lists, http://www.bis.doc.gov/complianceandenforcement/liststocheck.htm, the U.S.
Department of Treasury Specially Designated Nationals List, http://www.treas.gov/offices/enforcement/ofac/, and the U.S.
Department of State Debarred List, http://www.pmddtc.state.gov/compliance/debar.html.
c. To any entity when Licensee knows, or has reason to know, the end use of the Software Product is related to the design,
development, production, or use of missiles, chemical, biological, or nuclear weapons, or other un-safeguarded or sensitive
nuclear uses.
d. To any entity when Licensee knows, or has reason to know, that an illegal reshipment will take place.
Any questions regarding export or re-export of these Software Products should be addressed to Intergraph Corporations Export
Compliance Department, Huntsville, Alabama 35894, USA.
Trademarks
Intergraph, the Intergraph logo, CADWorx, and CAESAR II are trademarks or registered trademarks of Intergraph Corporation or its
subsidiaries in the United States, and other countries. Microsoft, and Windows are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation.
Oracle, JD Edwards, PeopleSoft, and Retek are registered trademarks of Oracle Corporation, and/or its affiliates. AutoCAD,
ObjectARX, and RealDWG are trademarks of Autodesk. HOOPS is a trademark of Tech Soft 3D, L.L.C. Other brands, and product
names are trademarks of their respective owners.
CADWorx Design Review contains Autodesk RealDWG by Autodesk, Inc., copyright Autodesk, Inc. All rights reserved.
Autodesk, Inc., 111 McInnis Parkway, San Rafael, California 94903 ("Autodesk") is a third-party beneficiary to this Agreement to the
extent that the Software Product contains RealDWG, and to the extent that the provisions herein relate to Licensees use of the
Software Product containing RealDWG. Such provisions are made expressly for the benefit of Autodesk, and are enforceable by
Autodesk in addition to Intergraph.

Contents
Preface ........................................................................................................................................................ 17
Conventions .......................................................................................................................................... 17
Technical Support ................................................................................................................................. 18
What's New in Plant .............................................................................................................................. 21
Obsolete Commands ...................................................................................................................... 23
Online Help ........................................................................................................................................... 23
Setup ........................................................................................................................................................... 24
Startup Defaults .................................................................................................................................... 24
Support Directory .................................................................................................................................. 24
MVSetup ............................................................................................................................................... 24
Setup Profile.......................................................................................................................................... 25
Setup Size/Spec Panel .............................................................................................................................. 26

Setup ..................................................................................................................................................... 27
Configuration File Control Overview............................................................................................... 30
Configuration Settings .................................................................................................................... 31
Set Specification and Size .............................................................................................................. 52
Configuration Layers ...................................................................................................................... 53
Piping Rules ................................................................................................................................... 55
Convert Legacy Drawing ................................................................................................................ 65
Miscellaneous CFG Content .......................................................................................................... 69
Specification and Size ........................................................................................................................... 70
Optional Items ....................................................................................................................................... 70
Optional Component Dialog Box .................................................................................................... 70
Size ....................................................................................................................................................... 71
Spec ...................................................................................................................................................... 71
Size-Spec .............................................................................................................................................. 72
All .......................................................................................................................................................... 72
Editor ..................................................................................................................................................... 72
Change Size.......................................................................................................................................... 72
Change the size automatically ....................................................................................................... 74
Change the size manually .............................................................................................................. 74
Change the size of a reducer and the pipes automatically ............................................................ 75
Change the size of a reducer and the pipes manually ................................................................... 75
Change the size of a model with branch connections automatically.............................................. 76
Change tee sizes automatically...................................................................................................... 76
Change tee sizes manually ............................................................................................................ 77
Change Specification ............................................................................................................................ 79
Change the specification automatically .......................................................................................... 80
Change the specification manually................................................................................................. 80
Change the specification of a model with branches automatically ................................................. 81
Local Edit .............................................................................................................................................. 82
Modify a component ....................................................................................................................... 88

Contents
Isogen Data Dialog Box .................................................................................................................. 89

Component Custom Data Dialog Box ............................................................................................ 94
Global Edit............................................................................................................................................. 95
Modify multiple components ........................................................................................................... 97
Custom Data Dialog Box ................................................................................................................ 97
Mode Convert........................................................................................................................................ 98
Convert a component to a different mode ...................................................................................... 99
3D Solids ........................................................................................................................................ 99
Convert Isometric ........................................................................................................................... 99
2D Double Line ............................................................................................................................... 99
2D Single Line ................................................................................................................................ 99
Convert Existing ........................................................................................................................... 100
Convert to 3D enhanced............................................................................................................... 100
Convert from project data ............................................................................................................. 100
Convert Intersected Piping ........................................................................................................... 101
CWexplode ................................................................................................................................... 101
Socket Weld ........................................................................................................................................ 101
Threaded ............................................................................................................................................. 101
Settings ............................................................................................................................................... 102
XREF Edit ........................................................................................................................................... 102
Palettes Panel .......................................................................................................................................... 103

Spec View Palette ............................................................................................................................... 104
Spec View Tab (CADWorx Spec View Palette) ........................................................................... 104
Settings Tab (CADWorx Spec View Palette)................................................................................ 107
Custom Data Tab (CADWorx Spec View Palette) ....................................................................... 108
Line View Palette ................................................................................................................................ 109
Line Isolate Tab (CADWorx Line View Palette) ........................................................................... 109
Find Tab (CADWorx Line View Palette) ....................................................................................... 110
Line View Isolation Properties Manager ....................................................................................... 111
Support Modeler Palette ..................................................................................................................... 112
Create New Assembly .................................................................................................................. 114
Edit Assembly ............................................................................................................................... 117
Add Parts ...................................................................................................................................... 119
Edit Parts ...................................................................................................................................... 120
Create a new pipe support assembly ........................................................................................... 125
Pipe Support Bill of Material Setup ............................................................................................... 126
Cut Pipe Support Bill of Material .................................................................................................. 129
Total Pipe Support Bill of Material ................................................................................................ 130
Single Pipe Support Bill of Material .............................................................................................. 132
Export Pipe Support Bill of Material .............................................................................................. 134
Delete Pipe Support Bill of Material .............................................................................................. 135
Insert a pipe support ..................................................................................................................... 135
Insert an elbow support ................................................................................................................ 135
Insert a tee support....................................................................................................................... 136
Insert multiple pipe supports ........................................................................................................ 136
Edit Pipe Support Features .......................................................................................................... 137
Insulation View Palette ........................................................................................................................ 139
Settings Tab (CADWorx Insulation View Palette) ........................................................................ 140
Apply Tab (CADWorx Insulation View Palette) ............................................................................ 142

Contents
Discontinuity View Palette ................................................................................................................... 145

Pipe Support Report ........................................................................................................................... 147
P&ID View Palette ............................................................................................................................... 148
Matched Tab (CADWorx P&ID View Palette)............................................................................... 149
Unmatched Tab (CADWorx P&ID View Palette) .......................................................................... 152
Insert a drawing into the project ................................................................................................... 153
Clash View Palette .............................................................................................................................. 153
Options Dialog Box ....................................................................................................................... 155
Layers Dialog Box ........................................................................................................................ 156
Assembly View Palette ....................................................................................................................... 157
Create an assembly...................................................................................................................... 158
Edit an assembly .......................................................................................................................... 158
Delete an assembly from the Assembly Manager ........................................................................ 159
Insert an assembly into the drawing ............................................................................................. 159
Edit an assembly path .................................................................................................................. 159
Isogen Panel ............................................................................................................................................ 160

Isogen Out........................................................................................................................................... 161
Extract Isogen files ....................................................................................................................... 165
Enable the Repeatability return report.......................................................................................... 166
Setup short description column for material list with text wrapping ............................................. 167
Enable curved piping in Plant isometrics...................................................................................... 168
Isogen Batch ....................................................................................................................................... 168
Extract batch Isogen files ............................................................................................................. 169
Isogen Supplemental .......................................................................................................................... 169
Stop Sign ............................................................................................................................................. 170
Isogen Start Point................................................................................................................................ 171
PCF Out .............................................................................................................................................. 171
Extract piping component files ..................................................................................................... 171
PCF In ................................................................................................................................................. 171
I-Configure .......................................................................................................................................... 172
Isogen Information .............................................................................................................................. 172
Material List Definition .................................................................................................................. 172
SKEY Information ......................................................................................................................... 173
End Type Information ................................................................................................................... 182
OrthoGen Panel ....................................................................................................................................... 183

OrthoGen Launch ............................................................................................................................... 183
OrthoGen Out...................................................................................................................................... 183
LNum Panel .............................................................................................................................................. 184

Setup ................................................................................................................................................... 185
Line Numbering System Dialog Box ............................................................................................. 185
Set ....................................................................................................................................................... 187
Set line numbers based on a P&ID project .................................................................................. 187
Set line numbers based on the current drawing ........................................................................... 188
Set line numbers based on a component ..................................................................................... 188
Count ................................................................................................................................................... 188
Set the line count value ................................................................................................................ 188

Contents
Increment ............................................................................................................................................ 189

Decrement........................................................................................................................................... 189
Assign ................................................................................................................................................. 189
Assign line numbers ..................................................................................................................... 189
Annotate .............................................................................................................................................. 190
Label components with line numbers ........................................................................................... 190
Line ..................................................................................................................................................... 190
Set the current line number to that of a component ..................................................................... 191
Line Isolate .......................................................................................................................................... 191
Pipe BOM / DB Panel ............................................................................................................................... 192

Bill of Material Setup ........................................................................................................................... 193
Add or remove properties from BOM ........................................................................................... 195
Change the column order ............................................................................................................. 195
Change text alignment in columns ............................................................................................... 195
Change the BOM sorting and accumulation ................................................................................ 195
BOM Sort Order / Accumulation Dialog Box ................................................................................ 196
Cut Pipe Bill of Material ....................................................................................................................... 197
Cut BOM using Automatic placement .......................................................................................... 198
Cut BOM using Manual placement............................................................................................... 198
Total Pipe Bill of Material .................................................................................................................... 198
Total BOM using Automatic placement ........................................................................................ 199
Total BOM using Manual placement ............................................................................................ 200
Single Pipe Bill of Material .................................................................................................................. 200
Single BOM using Automatic placement ...................................................................................... 201
Single BOM using Manual placement .......................................................................................... 201
Export Pipe Bill of Material .................................................................................................................. 201
Import Pipe Bill of Material .................................................................................................................. 202
Delete Bill of Material .......................................................................................................................... 203
Tag Toggle Bill of Material .................................................................................................................. 203
Tag Location ....................................................................................................................................... 203
Insert Tag ............................................................................................................................................ 203
Setup Live Database ........................................................................................................................... 204
Enter User Name and Password Dialog Box ............................................................................... 205
Export Pipe.......................................................................................................................................... 206
Select Item Dialog Box ................................................................................................................. 207
Import Pipe .......................................................................................................................................... 208
Audit Pipe Database ........................................................................................................................... 209
Synchronize Pipe Database................................................................................................................ 209
C.G. Generator.................................................................................................................................... 211
Misc Panel ................................................................................................................................................ 214

Auto Connect ...................................................................................................................................... 216
Group On/Off....................................................................................................................................... 216
Weld Size ............................................................................................................................................ 216
Specify the weld dot size for a single line pipe ............................................................................. 217
Join Pipe ............................................................................................................................................. 217
Join by Run ................................................................................................................................... 217
Join by Segment ........................................................................................................................... 217

Contents
User Shapes ....................................................................................................................................... 218

Create a user shape file ............................................................................................................... 223
Edit an existing user shape .......................................................................................................... 225
Create a user shape from points .................................................................................................. 230
Create a user shape from a polyline ............................................................................................ 231
Create a user shape from a block ................................................................................................ 233
Create a 3D user shape ............................................................................................................... 234
Create a 2D user shape ............................................................................................................... 236
Create a 2D single line user shape .............................................................................................. 238
Add a user shape to a specification ............................................................................................. 240
Place a symmetrical user shape in the drawing ........................................................................... 241
Place a nonsymmetrical user shape in the drawing ..................................................................... 241
Top Works Add ................................................................................................................................... 241
Top Works Change ............................................................................................................................. 242
System Out ......................................................................................................................................... 242
Generate a CAESAR II input file .................................................................................................. 242
Break Pipe........................................................................................................................................... 244
Break by Length ........................................................................................................................... 244
Break by Number.......................................................................................................................... 244
Offset Tap ........................................................................................................................................... 244
Set an OTAP SKEY ...................................................................................................................... 248
Place an offset tap ........................................................................................................................ 249
Nozzle Generic Attach ........................................................................................................................ 249
Place a nozzle generic attachment .............................................................................................. 250
Route from a generic nozzle ........................................................................................................ 251
Change position and direction of generic nozzle ......................................................................... 251
Generic Attach .................................................................................................................................... 251
Place a generic attachment in the drawing .................................................................................. 255
Specify the Bill of Material Mark Point and the Center of Gravity Location.................................. 255
System In ............................................................................................................................................ 256
Read a CAESAR II input file ......................................................................................................... 257
Change Elevation ................................................................................................................................ 257
Change elevation by entering the elevation value ....................................................................... 258
Change elevation by Pick ............................................................................................................. 258
Change elevation by BOP ............................................................................................................ 258
Change elevation by TOP ............................................................................................................ 259
Tap ...................................................................................................................................................... 259
Place a tap .................................................................................................................................... 259
Dim Adjustment ................................................................................................................................... 259
Adjust a dimension to match a pipe ............................................................................................. 260
Adjust a pipe length to match a dimension .................................................................................. 260
Elbow Centerline ................................................................................................................................. 261
ISO Flag .............................................................................................................................................. 261
Re-associate the Components............................................................................................................ 261
System Visibility .................................................................................................................................. 262
2D Panel.................................................................................................................................................... 263
2D Representation .............................................................................................................................. 263
Create a 2D representation .......................................................................................................... 264
2D Representation Hidden .................................................................................................................. 264

Contents
Create a 2D representation with hidden lines .............................................................................. 265

Box ...................................................................................................................................................... 265
Edit ...................................................................................................................................................... 267
Zoom Lock .......................................................................................................................................... 267
Turn on the zoom lock .................................................................................................................. 267
Turn off the zoom lock .................................................................................................................. 267
Zoom Factors ...................................................................................................................................... 268
Bolt ............................................................................................................................................................ 269

Auto Gasket ........................................................................................................................................ 269
Place a gasket automatically ........................................................................................................ 270
Place a gasket manually............................................................................................................... 270
Automatic ............................................................................................................................................ 270
Place stud bolts automatically ...................................................................................................... 270
Place stud bolts manually ............................................................................................................. 271
Auto Weld............................................................................................................................................ 271
Place weld gaps automatically ..................................................................................................... 272
Place weld gaps manually ............................................................................................................ 272
Weld Total ........................................................................................................................................... 272
Count weld gaps automatically ..................................................................................................... 273
Standard .............................................................................................................................................. 273
Place standard stud bolts ............................................................................................................. 273
Non Standard ...................................................................................................................................... 273
Place nonstandard stud bolts ....................................................................................................... 274
RT Panel ................................................................................................................................................... 275

Auto Route .......................................................................................................................................... 275
Start a new route .......................................................................................................................... 279
Continue Routing .......................................................................................................................... 279
Route skewed pipe ....................................................................................................................... 281
Moveline ....................................................................................................................................... 281
Router ................................................................................................................................................. 282
Router commands ............................................................................................................................... 283
Buttweld LR .................................................................................................................................. 283
Buttweld SR .................................................................................................................................. 284
Threaded ...................................................................................................................................... 284
Socket Weld ................................................................................................................................. 285
VUE Panel ................................................................................................................................................. 286

Export to VUE ..................................................................................................................................... 286
Export an entire drawing to a VUE file ......................................................................................... 287
Export selected objects to a VUE file ........................................................................................... 287
Dimension Panel ...................................................................................................................................... 288

Automatic ............................................................................................................................................ 289
Place automatic dimensions ......................................................................................................... 289
Horizontal ............................................................................................................................................ 289
Place horizontal dimensions ......................................................................................................... 289

Contents
Vertical ................................................................................................................................................ 290

Place vertical dimensions ............................................................................................................. 290
Set ....................................................................................................................................................... 290
Set the Elevation .......................................................................................................................... 290
Rotated ................................................................................................................................................ 291
Place rotated dimensions ............................................................................................................. 291
Horizontal with Tail .............................................................................................................................. 291
Place horizontal tailed dimensions ............................................................................................... 291
Vertical with Tail .................................................................................................................................. 292
Place vertical tailed dimensions ................................................................................................... 292
Change ................................................................................................................................................ 292
Change the Elevation ................................................................................................................... 292
Component.......................................................................................................................................... 293
Place component annotation ........................................................................................................ 293
Elevation ............................................................................................................................................. 293
Place component elevation annotation ........................................................................................ 294
Coordinates ......................................................................................................................................... 294
Place coordinates ......................................................................................................................... 295
Tick Mark ............................................................................................................................................. 295
Place tick marks ........................................................................................................................... 295
ISO Text .............................................................................................................................................. 296
Height .................................................................................................................................................. 296
Graphics / Pipe Ends............................................................................................................................... 297

System Prompts .................................................................................................................................. 299
Section ................................................................................................................................................ 300
Place a section graphic ................................................................................................................ 301
Detail ................................................................................................................................................... 301
Place a detail graphic ................................................................................................................... 302
Plan ..................................................................................................................................................... 303
Place a plan graphic ..................................................................................................................... 303
Instrument ........................................................................................................................................... 304
Place an instrument graphic ......................................................................................................... 304
Elevation ............................................................................................................................................. 305
Place an elevation graphic ........................................................................................................... 305
Arrow ................................................................................................................................................... 306
Place an arrow head graphic ........................................................................................................ 306
Weld .................................................................................................................................................... 307
Place a weld symbol graphic ........................................................................................................ 308
ISO ...................................................................................................................................................... 309
Place an isometric symbol graphic ............................................................................................... 310
Dots ..................................................................................................................................................... 311
Place a weld dot graphic .............................................................................................................. 311
Misc ..................................................................................................................................................... 312
Place a miscellaneous graphic ..................................................................................................... 313
Flange O.D. ......................................................................................................................................... 313
Insert a flange O.D. ...................................................................................................................... 313
Plain End ............................................................................................................................................. 313
Insert a plain end .......................................................................................................................... 314
Hidden End ......................................................................................................................................... 314

Contents
Insert a hidden end ....................................................................................................................... 314

Pipe End .............................................................................................................................................. 314
Insert a pipe end ........................................................................................................................... 314
Layers Panel ............................................................................................................................................ 315

Change Layer...................................................................................................................................... 316
Change the layer associated with an object ................................................................................. 316
Set Layer ............................................................................................................................................. 316
Set the active layer ....................................................................................................................... 316
Delete Layer ........................................................................................................................................ 316
Delete a layer ............................................................................................................................... 317
Layer Off ............................................................................................................................................. 317
Turn off a layer ............................................................................................................................. 317
Layer On ............................................................................................................................................. 317
Redisplay a layer turned off by the Layer Off command .............................................................. 317
Match Layer ........................................................................................................................................ 317
Match an object's layer ................................................................................................................. 317
Isolate Layer........................................................................................................................................ 318
Display only the layer associated with an object .......................................................................... 318
Un-Isolate Layer .................................................................................................................................. 318
Turn on all layers .......................................................................................................................... 318
Previous .............................................................................................................................................. 318
Restraints Panel ...................................................................................................................................... 319

Reinforcing Pad................................................................................................................................... 320
Insert a reinforcement pad ........................................................................................................... 320
Reinforcing Saddle .............................................................................................................................. 320
Insert a reinforcement saddle ....................................................................................................... 321
Translational........................................................................................................................................ 321
Place a translational restraint ....................................................................................................... 321
Anchor ................................................................................................................................................. 322
Place an anchor............................................................................................................................ 322
Spring Hanger ..................................................................................................................................... 322
Place a spring hanger................................................................................................................... 322
Rotational ............................................................................................................................................ 323
Place a rotational restraint ............................................................................................................ 323
Snubber ............................................................................................................................................... 323
Place a snubber............................................................................................................................ 323
Guide ................................................................................................................................................... 324
Place a guide ................................................................................................................................ 324
UCS Panel................................................................................................................................................. 325

Point and Shoot UCS .......................................................................................................................... 325
Flat ...................................................................................................................................................... 328
UCS Next ............................................................................................................................................ 328
Compass ............................................................................................................................................. 328
North ................................................................................................................................................... 329
South ................................................................................................................................................... 329
West .................................................................................................................................................... 330

Contents
East ..................................................................................................................................................... 330

UCS Object ......................................................................................................................................... 331
Steel Shapes Panel .................................................................................................................................. 332

Shapes ................................................................................................................................................ 332
Wide Flange Shapes .................................................................................................................... 336
Channel Shapes ........................................................................................................................... 337
Angle Shapes ............................................................................................................................... 338
Tee Shapes .................................................................................................................................. 339
Pipe Shapes ................................................................................................................................. 340
Tube Shapes ................................................................................................................................ 341
Flat Bar Shapes ............................................................................................................................ 342
Round Bar Shapes ....................................................................................................................... 343
Channel Shape with Lip................................................................................................................ 344
Angle Shape with Lip .................................................................................................................... 345
Z Shapes ...................................................................................................................................... 346
Angle Double Shape..................................................................................................................... 347
Steel Draw Panel ...................................................................................................................................... 348

Plate .................................................................................................................................................... 349
Place plate by points .................................................................................................................... 351
Place plate by closed polyline ...................................................................................................... 351
Place plate by curves ................................................................................................................... 351
Base Plate ........................................................................................................................................... 352
Place a base plate ........................................................................................................................ 354
Place a base plate with holes ....................................................................................................... 355
Steel Bolts ........................................................................................................................................... 355
Set Size by Component ...................................................................................................................... 358
Steel - Generic Attachment ................................................................................................................. 358
User Shape ......................................................................................................................................... 360
Loft ...................................................................................................................................................... 362
Single Line Steel ................................................................................................................................. 363
Steel - Frame Creation ........................................................................................................................ 372
Create a new frame configuration ................................................................................................ 374
Edit a frame configuration ............................................................................................................ 374
Place a frame in the drawing ........................................................................................................ 375
Frame Annotation................................................................................................................................ 375
Ladder ................................................................................................................................................. 376
Place a ladder interactively .......................................................................................................... 378
Place a ladder using key-ins ........................................................................................................ 379
Place a ladder with a cage ........................................................................................................... 379
Handrail ............................................................................................................................................... 380
Place hand rail by points .............................................................................................................. 381
Place hand rail by polyline ............................................................................................................ 382
Stair ..................................................................................................................................................... 382
Steel Edit Panel ........................................................................................................................................ 386

Steel - Cope ........................................................................................................................................ 387
Miter .................................................................................................................................................... 387

Contents
Cut ....................................................................................................................................................... 388

Cut members by line..................................................................................................................... 388
Cut members by three-point plane ............................................................................................... 388
Union ................................................................................................................................................... 389
Edit ...................................................................................................................................................... 389
Global Edit........................................................................................................................................... 396
Global Edit All...................................................................................................................................... 396
Annotate Component .......................................................................................................................... 399
Convert Solid....................................................................................................................................... 400
Layer Change...................................................................................................................................... 400
Select Control...................................................................................................................................... 400
Auto Cope ........................................................................................................................................... 401
Steel BOM / DB Panel .............................................................................................................................. 402

Steel BOM Setup ................................................................................................................................ 403
Steel BOM Sort Order / Accumulation Dialog Box ....................................................................... 405
Cut Steel Bill of Material ...................................................................................................................... 406
Total Steel Bill of Material ................................................................................................................... 408
Single Steel Bill of Material ................................................................................................................. 410
Export Steel Bill of Material ................................................................................................................. 412
Setup Live Database Steel ................................................................................................................. 413
Export Steel......................................................................................................................................... 414
Import Steel ......................................................................................................................................... 415
Audit Steel Database .......................................................................................................................... 415
Synchronize Steel Database............................................................................................................... 416
Export Steel Model .............................................................................................................................. 416
Import Steel Model .............................................................................................................................. 417
CG Generator...................................................................................................................................... 417
HVAC Draw / BOM / DB Panel ................................................................................................................ 419

HVAC .................................................................................................................................................. 420
Add an HVAC shape to the drawing............................................................................................. 423
Modify an HVAC shape ................................................................................................................ 423
HVAC Shapes Catalog ....................................................................................................................... 423
Place an HVAC shape from the catalog ....................................................................................... 427
Modify an HVAC shape from the catalog ..................................................................................... 427
User Shape ......................................................................................................................................... 427
Place a user-defined HVAC shape ............................................................................................... 430
Modify a user-defined HVAC shape ............................................................................................. 431

Contents
Generic Attach .................................................................................................................................... 431

Place a generic attachment in the drawing .................................................................................. 432
Edit ...................................................................................................................................................... 433
GC Edit ................................................................................................................................................ 433
Edit HVAC components globally .................................................................................................. 434
HVAC BOM Setup............................................................................................................................... 434
Cut HVAC Bill of Material .................................................................................................................... 437
Total HVAC Bill of Material ................................................................................................................. 439
Single HVAC Bill of Material ............................................................................................................... 441
Data Remove ...................................................................................................................................... 442
Remove CADWorx data from components .................................................................................. 442
Layer Change...................................................................................................................................... 442
Change the layers associated with HVAC components ............................................................... 443
DB Generate ....................................................................................................................................... 443
Export CADWorx HVAC data ....................................................................................................... 444
DB In ................................................................................................................................................... 444
Import CADWorx HVAC data ....................................................................................................... 444
Audit HVAC Database ........................................................................................................................ 444
Audit the HVAC database ............................................................................................................ 445
Synchronize HVAC Database ............................................................................................................. 445
Synchronize the HVAC database ................................................................................................. 445
Toolbars.................................................................................................................................................... 446
Accessing and Docking the Toolbars.................................................................................................. 446
Aliases and Command Names ........................................................................................................... 447
Connecting to components ................................................................................................................. 447
Compass ............................................................................................................................................. 447
Plane versus Isometrics view modes .................................................................................................. 447
3D Modeling versus 2D Modeling ....................................................................................................... 447
Buttweld .............................................................................................................................................. 448
Modeling in 3D .............................................................................................................................. 452
Modeling in 2D .............................................................................................................................. 470
Flanges ............................................................................................................................................... 484
Weld Neck Flange ........................................................................................................................ 485
Slip-on Flange .............................................................................................................................. 487
Blind Flange .................................................................................................................................. 488
Socket Type Flange...................................................................................................................... 489
Threaded Flange .......................................................................................................................... 490
Lap Joint Flange ........................................................................................................................... 492
Stub End ....................................................................................................................................... 492

Contents
Long Weld Neck ........................................................................................................................... 493

Reducing Slip-on Flange .............................................................................................................. 493
Reducing Threaded Flange .......................................................................................................... 495
Reducing Weld Neck Flange ........................................................................................................ 496
Flgd/BW Valves................................................................................................................................... 498
Modeling in 3D .............................................................................................................................. 500
Modeling in 2D .............................................................................................................................. 509
Lined ................................................................................................................................................... 513
Modeling in 3D .............................................................................................................................. 516
Modeling in 2D .............................................................................................................................. 518
Fiberglass ............................................................................................................................................ 519
Modeling in 3D .............................................................................................................................. 522
Modeling in 2D .............................................................................................................................. 531
Sanitary ............................................................................................................................................... 540
Modeling in 3D .............................................................................................................................. 547
Modeling in 2D .............................................................................................................................. 565
Victaulic ............................................................................................................................................... 580
Threaded/Socket ................................................................................................................................. 584
Modeling in 3D .............................................................................................................................. 588
Modeling in 2D .............................................................................................................................. 606
Thrd/SW Valves .................................................................................................................................. 621
Modeling in 3D .............................................................................................................................. 624
Modeling in 2D .............................................................................................................................. 635
Gaskets, Etc. ....................................................................................................................................... 638
Gasket .......................................................................................................................................... 638
Weld Gap ...................................................................................................................................... 639
Pipe Ends ............................................................................................................................................ 640
Restraints ............................................................................................................................................ 640
Misc ..................................................................................................................................................... 641
Modeling in 3D .............................................................................................................................. 643
Modeling in 2D .............................................................................................................................. 647
Operators ............................................................................................................................................ 649
Line Numbers ...................................................................................................................................... 649
UCS ..................................................................................................................................................... 650
Steel .................................................................................................................................................... 650
Settings ............................................................................................................................................... 652
Palettes ............................................................................................................................................... 654
Specification and Data Files ................................................................................................................... 655

Editing Component Data Files ............................................................................................................ 655
AutoCAD Workflows Used With Plant ................................................................................................... 656

Modifying a User Profile ...................................................................................................................... 656
Creating a Base Profile ....................................................................................................................... 657
Running CADWorx Equipment or PV Fabricator with CADWorx Plant .............................................. 657
Special Monitored Commands Used With a Live Database ............................................................... 659

Contents
All CADWorx Commands........................................................................................................................ 660
Update History ......................................................................................................................................... 699
Glossary ................................................................................................................................................... 705
Index ......................................................................................................................................................... 723

Preface
This document provides command reference information and workflows for CADWorx Plant.
For the latest support information for this product, comments or suggestions about this
documentation, and documentation updates for supported software versions, please visit
Intergraph Smart Support (https://smartsupport.intergraph.com).
Intergraph gives you permission to print as many copies of this document as needed for non-
commercial use at your company. You cannot print this document for resale or redistribution
outside your company.
Conventions
Before reviewing this guide, it is important to understand the terms and conventions used in the
documentation.
Use the information below to identify the convention and the type of information.
Convention Type of Information
[Product Folder] The CADWorx installation folder on your computer, for example,
C:\CADWorx. Substitute your installation folder anywhere this
notation is used.
[AutoCAD Folder] The AutoCAD installation folder on your computer, for example,
C:\AutoCAD 2000i. Substitute your installation folder anywhere
this notation is used.
[CD-DRIVE] The CD-ROM drive on your computer. Substitute your CD-ROM

drive letter anywhere this notation is used.
Command Line Items that need to be typed in or appear at the AutoCAD

command line.
User Responses User responses to command prompts.
Commands CADWorx and AutoCAD commands.
Options Command line options.
CAPITALS AutoCAD system variables or keywords.
Key + Key Key combinations for which you must press and hold down one
key and then press another, for example, CTRL+P or ALT+F4.

Preface
Technical Support
For the latest information on CADWorx fieldPipe, visit Intergraph CADWorx and Analysis
Solutions (http://www.coade.com/).
For current on-line support information, including knowledge base, technical tips, and
downloads, visit Intergraph Smart Support (https://smartsupport.intergraph.com).
You can contact Intergraph CAS Technical Support or Sales:
ICAS Dealer Support (http://www.coade.com/Support/Dealers.shtml) or ICAS General
Support (http://support.intergraph.com/Default.asp)
Technical Support E-mail: ppmcrm@Intergraph.com
Phone: 1-800-766-7701 (CADWorx Direct), 280-890-4566 (General)
Fax: 281-890-3301
Sales E-mail: sales.icas@intergraph.com
In order to provide technical support, Intergraph CAS needs to know what version of CADWorx,
AutoCAD, and Windows you are using. To determine this information, follow the steps outlined
for the product you are using:
CADWorx Product Steps
Plant, P&ID, fieldPipe, or Steel Run the CADWORXABOUT command. A dialog

box opens and displays the version information.
Close the dialog box to send the required
information to the AutoCAD command line.
Copy the information from the command line, and
email it to Intergraph CAS.
Equipment or PV Fabricator Run the EQUIPABOUT command. A dialog box

opens and displays the version information.
Close the dialog box to send the required
information to the AutoCAD command line.
Copy the information from the command line, and
email it to Intergraph CAS.
Internet Publisher Version information is displayed at the AutoCAD

command line when you start the software.
Datasheets Click Help > About to display a dialog box that contains
the required information.
In addition to the information above, the table below lists the additional files that are usually
required to assist Intergraph CAS in resolving your technical issues:

Preface
Additional Files Required by Intergraph CAS

CADWorx Product Support
CADWorx Plant (Piping, Steel, HVAC) Email the AutoCAD model drawing (DWG) files.
If the model consists of several line numbers,
indicate in the email which line numbers you are
having issues with.
If the model consists of many drawing files with
dependent reference drawings (XREFs), use the
AutoCAD ETRANSMIT command to create a ZIP
file of all the drawings used in the master model.
CADWorx Plant (component data file Email information about the part's dimension from the
creation) manufacturer's catalog.
CADWorx ISOGEN Email the AutoCAD model drawing (DWG) files, any
isometrics generated by ISOGEN, and the ISOGEN
style files.
having issues with.
The ISOGEN.FLS file located in the ISOGEN style
folder lists all the files used (*.OPL, *.MLS, *.FLS,
*.DDF, *.POS, *.ALT, *.DWG*.DXF, *.FDF, *.ATT).
Email all files listed in the ISOGEN.FLS file,
including the ISOGEN.FLS file.
CADWorx Equipment Email the AutoCAD model drawing (DWG) files.
CADWorx Equipment to PV Elite Email the AutoCAD model drawing (DWG) file and PV
interface Elite input file (*.PVI).
PV Fabricator Email the AutoCAD model drawing (DWG) files and PV

Elite input file (*.PVI).
CADWorx P&ID or CADWorx IP Email the complete P&ID project, which includes
Project.CFG, Database.TBL, Map.TBL, and all the
DWG, and MDB files. Usually, all of these files are
located in one folder.
If the project has many P&ID drawing files, indicate
which P&ID drawings and components you are
having issues with.
If you are experiencing database errors, include the
file [Product
Folder]\P&ID\System\Sql_Error_Log.TXT.
If you are emailing MDB files, use a compression
utility such as WinZIP. Most email servers have
restrictions on transmitting MDB attachments.

Preface
CADWorx Steel Email the AutoCAD model drawing (DWG) files.

If the model consists of many components, indicate
in the model which components or location you are
having issues with.
CADWorx Datasheets Email the datasheets MDB file and any datasheet file
generated (XLS).
If emailing MDB / XLS files, use a compression
utility such as WinZIP. Most email servers have
restrictions on transmitting MDB / XLS attachments.
CADWorx Plant to CAESAR II Email the AutoCAD model drawing (DWG) file and
interface CAESAR II input file (*._A, *.C2).
Run the CADWorx GETALLSPECDATAFILES
command to copy all specifications and data files
used in the model into sub-folders under where the
model drawing file is located.
Zip the contents of these folders and email the ZIP
file to Intergraph CAS Support.
having issues with.
CADWorx Design Review Email the AutoCAD model drawing (DWG) files.
having issues with.
If the model consists of many drawing files with
dependent reference drawings (XREFs), use the
AutoCAD ETRANSMIT command to create a ZIP
file of all drawings used in the master model.
CADWorx Design Viewer Email the AutoCAD model drawing (DWG) files and the
*.CDR file.
If you are attaching large or multiple files to your eCustomer log, use a compression utility
such as WinZIP.
If you cannot attach your drawing files, then try to duplicate the issue in a new drawing with
as few components as possible. If the issue can be duplicated in a new drawing, attach the
duplicate drawing to Intergraph CAS.
For hardware lock issues, first verify that you have an Intergraph CAS hardware lock.
CADWorx Plant Professional, CADWorx P&ID, CADWorx P&ID Professional, CADWorx
Plant Ductile Iron, and CADWorx Plant Sanitary use the Intergraph CAS hardware lock for
licensing. For more information, see Licensing in the CADWorx Installation Users Guide.

Preface
What's New in Plant

Version 2016 (16.0)
This user's guide has the following changes for this release.
Items added and updated with CADWorx Plant Professional 2016
Software Enhancements
You can manage control over specific configuration settings, piping rules, and
miscellaneous settings through the CADWorx Plant Setup dialog box. Local user
preferences control any settings that the configuration file does not contain. For more
information, see CADWorx Plant Setup Dialog Box in Setup (on page 27), Configuration
Settings (on page 31), Piping Rules (on page 55), and Miscellaneous CFG content (on page
69).
You can update the length of components that contain variable lengths with the Variable
Component Length Assignment Rule. For more information, see Variable Component
Length Assignment (on page 64).
You can control when components in a drawing update if that drawing has incompatible
components with the Incompatible Component Actions rule. You cannot change the data
or update any incompatible component in a drawing. You can only update components
compatible with the current version being used. For more information, see Incompatible
Component Actions (on page 64).
You can place Location Points in the drawing with Isogen Supplemental . For more
information, see Isogen Supplemental (on page 169).
You can turn updates on or off for Variable Component Length and for Topworks in the
Apply Change Data Rule. For more information, see Apply Change Data Rule Dialog Box
(on page 62).
You can set the SKEY for a selected OTAP with the SETOTAPSKEY command. For more
information, see Set an OTAP SKEY (on page 248).
Upgraded the Setup_Profile utility to provide access to all CADWorx modules installed on
your machine, and allow you to modify the AutoCAD Vertical Product and Version to which
CADWorx deploys. For more information, see Setup Profile (on page 25).
You can define end types and Isogen symbols by connection point in user shapes. For more
information, see User Shapes (on page 218).
Updated specification component architecture to support any end-type combination for any
component added to your specification. Previously, unsupported end-type combinations for
particular components such as THRDxTHRD Relief Valves, mixed end-type Unions, and
Clamped end-type components cause a ProgramCode 0000 condition, preventing
placement of these components. This enhancement now supports any combination needed.
You can edit the properties of pipe support assemblies and the pipe support parts by using
the CEDIT command or double-clicking a pipe support. For more information, see Local Edit
(on page 82).
You can create pipe support assemblies in your drawing and save them to the drawing, a
project, or a pipe support libraries file. For more information, see Support Modeler Palette
(on page 112).

Preface
Additional options are available for defining isometric drawing output. For more information,
see Isogen Out (on page 161), and IsogenDefaultStyle (on page 40).
New dialog boxes provide additional control on Isogen drawings output:
View Extraction dialog box
Collect Data dialog box
You can launch I-Configure and the Symbol Editor from the Isogen Panel (on page 160).
Enhanced the formatting of spool, weld, and mark numbers going out to and returning from
Isogen and .pcf file when you use the Repeatability functionality. Previously, the software
removed leading zeros on Isogen out, and Isogen style prefix formatting on the way back
into CADWorx when using the Repeatability functionality. This enhancement removes these
limitations.
You can run Bill of Material schedules on pipe supports. Use the following commands:
PSCBOMSETUP, PSCBOMCUT, PSCBOMTOTAL, PSCBOMSINGLE,
PSCBOMEXPORT, and PSCBOMDELETE. For more information, see Pipe Support Bill of
Material Setup (on page 126), Cut Pipe Support Bill of Material (on page 129), Total Pipe
Support Bill of Material (on page 130), Single Pipe Support Bill of Material (on page 132),
Export Pipe Support Bill of Material (on page 134), and Delete Pipe Support Bill of Material
(on page 135).
Combined the Pipe Support Report with the Pipe Support Bill of Material Export. For
more information, see Pipe Support Report (on page 147).
You can view Quick Start Videos from the CADWorx Plant menu. Click Plant > Quick
Start Videos.
CADWorx Plant now supports usage of AutoCAD Associative Dimensioning on CADWorx
component geometry.
You can route sloped pipe using the centerline distance or the projected distance. For more
information, see Auto Route (on page 275).
User Guide Revisions

Update information in the Apply Change Data Rule Dialog Box topic, the Convert from
project data topic, and the Line Numbering System Dialog Box topic for how the
CONVERTFROMPRJDATA command affects the update of line numbers, and the current
settings of CADWorx Plant For more information, see Apply Change Data Rule Dialog Box
(on page 62), Convert from project data (on page 100), and Line Numbering System Dialog
Box (on page 185).
Moved Offset Tap and Tap to the Misc Panel (on page 214) to add the ability to launch I-
Configure and the Symbol Editor from the Isogen Panel (on page 160).
Added a glossary of terms to the documentation. For more information, see CADWorx
Glossary Book.
Added a list of commands in CADWorx to the documentation. For more information, see All
CADWorx Commands (on page 660).
For information on releases before 2016, see Update History (on page 699).

Preface
Obsolete Commands
These commands are no longer available in CADWorx Plant.
AUTOISO BREAKDIST CLASSICCLASH
C2ISO C2MULTI C2TEXT
CONTINUITY CONVERTCL ELEV2PLAN
ENDBREAK ENDFLG ENDHIDDEN
ENDPIPE ENDPLAIN EXIST
GEARELEV HEAD INSERTMODE
INSULATION ISOCFG ISOOUT
LEVERELEV LINEPIPE MAIN
NODEPLACE NORHTELEV OFFSETCL
OPERPLAN OSYELEV PIPEIN
PIPEOUT PUMP RECT
RED ROLLEDFLG ROLLEDPLAIN
SETANGLE SOUTHELEV SPEC
SPECCHG TANK VESSEL
VESSELOD WESTELEV 3DFOLLOW
GETALLDATAFILES GETALLSPECDATAFILES
Online Help
To access the CADWorx Help, type MANUAL on the command line, and then press ENTER.

SECTION 1
Setup
Before you begin using CADWorx Plant, you need to set options and some basic configuration
tasks.
Your project administrator needs to review and update the catalog (.cat) and project
(.prj) file in the Spec Editor before modeling begins.
In This Section
Startup Defaults ............................................................................. 24
Support Directory ........................................................................... 24
MVSetup ........................................................................................ 24
Setup Profile .................................................................................. 25
Startup Defaults
When starting CADWorx Plant for the first time, you are prompted for the system of
measurement to use in the drawing. This dialog box only displays the first time you start
CADWorx. After that, the configuration file name and location is stored in the registry. The
following options are available:
Imperial Measurements - Imperial Pipe Sizes
Restores the [Product Folder]\Plant\System\Imperial.cfg file.
Metric Measurements - Imperial Pipe Sizes
Restores the [Product Folder]\Plant\System\Metric.cfg file.
Metric Measurements - Metric Pipe Sizes
Restores the [Product Folder]\Plant\System\Metric.cfg file.
Support Directory
Drawings in the [Product Folder]\Plant\Support folder should not be opened with CADWorx
Plant. If a drawing is started in this folder, an error displays indicating that the software should
not be run from this location. This stops CADWorx from initializing or preparing the support
drawings. Directly open AutoCAD to modify these drawings.
To create a base profile, see Creating a Base Profile (on page 657).
MVSetup
Plant menu: Utility > MVSetup
Plant uses the MVSETUP.LSP file supplied by AutoCAD. The software also supplies a simplified
version of the MVSETUP.DFS file in the [Product Folder]\Plant\Support folder. If this file is
deleted, the software recreates it.
The MVSETUP.DFS file can be modified to include additional title blocks. Plant uses these title
blocks with the Setup (on page 27) function. The MVSetup routine has options that allow you to
add and delete title blocks. Plant supplies its own title blocks for your convenience. Plant title
blocks have attributes attached for ease of labeling.

Setup
Setup Profile
Enables you to start CADWorx in different versions of AutoCAD. You need to run the
Setup_Profile utility with Administrator privileges.
Select CADWorx
Enables you to select the version and product you want to run.
CADWorx Version
Specifics the version of CADWorx you want to run.
CADWorx Product Location
Specifies the location of the CADWorx installation for the product you select from the
Product List.
Product List
Specifies the product you want to run, such as Plant or P&ID.
Select AutoCAD
Enables you to select the version of AutoCAD you want to run for the CADWorx version.
AutoCAD Product Location
Specifies the location of the AutoCAD version selected in the AutoCAD Version List.
AutoCAD Version List
Specifics the version of AutoCAD you want to run. Lists only available and supported
versions of AutoCAD.
Launch CADWorx in a different version of AutoCAD

1. In your [Product Folder], right-click CADWorx_Setup_Profile.exe, and then select Run as
administrator.
2. Click CADWorx Version, and then select a version from the list.
The installed CADWorx products display in the Product List.
3. Select one or more products from the Product List.
When you select a CADWorx product, the Current AutoCAD for that product
displays below the Product List.
4. Select the AutoCAD version you want to run from the AutoCAD Version List.
The software only lists supported versions of AutoCAD.
5. Click OK.
The CADWorx [Product] [Version] Profile Created message box displays.
6. Click Yes.
The CADWorx product launches in the selected version of AutoCAD.

SECTION 2
Setup Size/Spec Panel

CADWorx Plant I tab: Setup Size/Spec
Command Name Command Line
Setup - Defines all CADWorx settings within the current SETUP

drawings. For more information, see Setup (on page 27).
Main Size - Specifies the specification, and the main and SETSIZE, SETSPEC
reduction sizes. For more information, see Set Specification
and Size (on page 52).
Optional Items - Places a component when the component SPECOPTION

type in the specification has an optional component. For more
information, see Optional Items (on page 70).
Size - Sets the main and reduction size by selecting a COMP2SIZE

component. For more information, see Size (on page 71).
Spec - Sets the current specification by selecting a COMP2SPEC

component. For more information, see Spec (on page 71).
Size-Spec - Sets the main size, reduction size, and COMP2SIZESPEC

specification by selecting a component. For more information,
see Size-Spec (on page 72).
Editor - Modifies the delivered specifications and creates new SPECEDIT

specifications. For more information, see Spec Editor (on page
106).
Change Size - Modifies the size of the components selected. CHANGESIZE

For more information, see Change Size (on page 72).
Change Specification - Modifies the specification of the CHANGESPEC

components selected. For more information, see Change
Specification (on page 79).
Local Edit - Modifies the properties of an existing component. CEDIT

For more information, see Local Edit (on page 82).
Global Edit - Modifies the properties of multiple components. GCEDIT

For more information, see Global Edit (on page 95).

3D Solids - Converts selected components to 3D solid mode. CONVERTSOLID

For more information, see Mode Convert (on page 98) and 3D
Solids (on page 99).
Convert Isometric - Converts selected components to CONVERTISO

isometric mode. For more information, see Mode Convert (on
page 98) and Convert Isometric (on page 99).
2D Double Line - Converts selected components to 2D CONVERTDOUBLE

double line mode. For more information, see Mode Convert
(on page 98) and 2D Double Line (on page 99).
2D Single Line - Converts selected components to 2D single CONVERTSINGLE

line mode. For more information, see Mode Convert (on page
98) and 2D Single Line (on page 99).
Socket Weld - Sets the socket welded fitting mode for hub-
based components. For more information, see Socket Weld
(on page 101).
Threaded - Sets the threaded fitting mode for hub-based

components. For more information, see Threaded (on page
101).
Settings - Displays the current drawing settings. For more CURRENT

information, see Settings (on page 102).
Xref Edit - Views sizes or information within the component XCEDIT

XREF. For more information, see Xref Edit (on page 102).
Spec Change Toggle - Turns the TAG value update on or off. SPECCHGTOGGLE
Setup
CADWorx Plant I tab: Setup Size/Spec > Setup
Setting toolbar: Setup

Plant menu: Setup
Command line: SETUP
Defines all CADWorx settings within the current drawing. This command displays the CADWorx
Plant Setup dialog box.

CADWorx Plant Setup Dialog Box

Defines all CADWorx settings within the current drawing.
Current Drawing
Displays the current default values for Specification / Size. Sets the Colors, Drawing
Mode, Fitting Mode, and Routing Mode.
Specification / Size
Displays the current settings for the specification and size:
Main Size
Displays the main size set for the drawing.
Reduction Size
Displays the reduction size set for the drawing.
Specification
Displays the specification set for the drawing.
Colors
Sets the default colors in the drawing:
Compass
Sets the compass color. The compass can also be turned off here.
Dimension
Sets the dimensions color. The dimensions can also be turned off here.
Highlight
Sets the highlight color.

Drawing Mode
Sets the default drawing mode:
3D Solids
Draws components in 3D mode.
2D Double Line
Draws components in 2D with double lines mode.
2D Single Line
Draws components in 2D with a single line mode.
3D Enhanced
Draws components in 3D enhanced mode. Bolts, gaskets, and welds display in their
real world appearance in this mode.
You can convert the drawing to another mode. For more information, see Mode Convert
(on page 98).
Fitting Mode
Specifies the fitting mode for hub-based components. Select one of the following:
Socket
Dimensions and engagement properties are based on the socket welded section of
the specification.
Threaded
Dimensions and engagement properties are based on the threaded section of the
specification.
Routing Mode
Specifies the mode for routing pipe in the drawing.
Center
Specifies the component routes using the center line to draw the component.
BOP
Specifies the component routes using the bottom of pipe to draw the component.
TOP
Specifies the component routes using the top of pipe to draw the component.
Left
Specifies the component routes using the left of the pipe to draw the component.
Right
Specifies the component routes using the right of the pipe to draw the component.
Configuration Settings
Sets the values for the configuration and enables you to select specific settings to save to
the configuration file. For more information, see Startup Variables (on page 32).

Specification / Size
Sets the specification and sizes of the drawing. Specification must be set before sizes can
be set. For more information, see Set Specification and Size (on page 52).
Configuration Layers
Specifies drawing layers and the default names, line types, and colors of the layers. Default
layers are provided. You can add and delete layers. For more information, see Configuration
Layers (on page 53).
Piping Rules
Sets the piping rules in the drawing and enables you to select specific piping rules to save to
the configuration file. For more information, see Piping Rules (on page 55).
Convert Legacy Drawing
Enables you to convert a legacy drawing to custom entity components. For more
information, see Convert Legacy Drawing (on page 65).
Miscellaneous CFG content
Enables you to select specific miscellaneous settings in CADWorx to save to the
configuration file. For more information, see Miscellaneous CFG content (on page 69).
Include all settings when saving the CFG file
Saves all settings selected in the CFG file when you click Save and Close. This inclusion
accounts for any setting changes you have made to the miscellaneous settings in the
software. For more information on the miscellaneous settings, see Miscellaneous CFG
content (on page 69).
Save and Close
Saves any changes made to the configuration file, and closes the CADWorx Plant Setup.
Save As
Enables you to save changes to a separate configuration file.
Load
Loads a saved configuration.
Apply and Close
Accepts the settings and closes the dialog box. These settings immediately apply to the
local user settings for the current drawing. This option does not save changes to the loaded
configuration file.
Configuration File Control Overview

You or an administrator can lock down a set of the available CADWorx Configuration Settings
(on page 31) and Piping Rules (on page 55) in the modeling environment.
CADWorx Plant Setup adjusts property status as enabled or disabled in a session, based on
your Active Directory permissions over the loaded configuration (CFG) file.
Administrators can determine which settings and piping rules to include or exclude from a
shared configuration file and lock that file down, as needed.

You cannot alter settings and piping rules included in the shared configuration file in the design
sessions for anyone with Read-Only permissions to the file.
You can alter settings and pipe rules excluded from the shared configuration file in the design
sessions for anyone with Read-Only permissions to the file. Personal preferences store in the
local user profile and apply consistently any time you exclude settings from the loaded
configuration file.
For more information on how to include or exclude configuration setting, piping rules, and
miscellaneous configuration file content, see Configuration Settings (on page 31), Piping Rules
(on page 55), and Miscellaneous CFG content (on page 69).
Specifies values for the selected configuration setting.
The drawing parameters are setup during installation for imperial or metric in the setup
profile. If you want to change the configuration setting to the drawing parameters, use the
Drawing Prototype (on page 34) variable to change the drawing settings.
When you save the configuration file, the software only saves the settings that you have
checked in the Include in CFG column.
Displays variables to change. Change variable values in the text box list. For more
information, see Startup Variables (on page 32).
Include in CFG
Specifies the configuration settings saved to the configuration file. Select the check box in
the main title to clear all or select all configuration settings. Local user preferences control
any settings that you have not included in the configuration file.
The flowchart below outlines CADWorx Plant's logic for determining how the configuration
file loads when you start a new drawing.

The flowchart below outlines CADWorx Plant's logic for determining how the configuration
file loads when you open an existing drawing. This logic applies each time you open an
existing drawing.
If you set the user permissions of the configuration file to Read-Only, then you cannot
modify settings controlled by the configuration file. You also cannot overwrite the configuration
file.
Startup Variables
Provides default drawing and component values. You can modify the variables in the
configuration setting as needed. For more information, see Configuration Settings (on page 31).
The most recent configuration settings are stored in the registry and are used the next time you
start Plant.
Topics
Drawing Prototype ......................................................................... 34
AlphaSizeControl ........................................................................... 34
AuditDataOnStartup....................................................................... 34
AutoDimensionBox ........................................................................ 35
BomBoltControl.............................................................................. 35

BomScheduleDirection .................................................................. 36
BomScheduleSpacing ................................................................... 36
BomTagGridFactor ........................................................................ 36
BomTagOptimize ........................................................................... 37
BomTagRadiusFactor .................................................................... 37
BomTagSpacingFactor .................................................................. 37
BoltRoundControl .......................................................................... 37
CADWorxMaterial .......................................................................... 38
CAESARIIMaterial ......................................................................... 38
CAESARIIMemory ......................................................................... 38
CAESARIITolerance ...................................................................... 38
CAESARIIVersion .......................................................................... 39
DataBaseCodesIsogen .................................................................. 39
DimensionsExcludedSlope ............................................................ 39
DimensionsExistingIsogen ............................................................ 39
ElbowCenterLine ........................................................................... 40
FittingWidth .................................................................................... 40
HVACLibraryDirectory ................................................................... 40
IsogenContinuationGraphicsCount................................................ 40
IsogenDefaultStyle......................................................................... 40
IsogenSetting ................................................................................. 42
LanguageFile ................................................................................. 42
LayerByLineNumber ...................................................................... 42
LineNumberSystem ....................................................................... 45
LineViewIsolationSettingsFile ........................................................ 45
PipeDescriptionCat ........................................................................ 45
PipeSupportSetting ........................................................................ 47
SaveLastProfileUsed ..................................................................... 47
SingleLineWidth ............................................................................. 47
SpecificationDirectory .................................................................... 47
SpecificationDefaultProject ............................................................ 48
SpecSizeOverride .......................................................................... 48
SteelCopeBoltDistance .................................................................. 48
SteelCopeWeldDistance ................................................................ 48
SteelLibraryDirectory ..................................................................... 48
SteelNeutralAxis ............................................................................ 49
SteelPartNumberFile ..................................................................... 49
SteelRoundControl ........................................................................ 49
SteelRoundUnit.............................................................................. 50
SteelToolTipSetting ....................................................................... 50
SyncOnStartUp .............................................................................. 50
TemplateDatabaseFile................................................................... 50
ToolTipSetting ................................................................................ 51
TopWorksSetting ........................................................................... 51
UseObjectsFromXrefs ................................................................... 51
WeldDotSize .................................................................................. 52
WeldGapToDB............................................................................... 52

Drawing Prototype
Default value: English/Inch
Allowed values: English/Inch, Metric/Inch, and Metric/Metric
Enables you to select a drawing environment type:
English/Inch
Uses the Imperial dimensions with Imperial pipe sizes.
Metric/Inch
Uses the Metric dimensions with Imperial pipe sizes.
Metric/Metric
Uses the Metric dimensions with Metric pipe sizes.
AlphaSizeControl
Default value: 0
Allowed values: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10
Controls the number of decimal places used in Alpha Size. Setting this variable to zero places
no decimals in Alpha Size. Setting the variable to a value from 1 to 9 places 1 to 9 decimal
places in Alpha Size. Setting this variable to 10 suppresses trailing zeros in Alpha Size.
Example with a value of 0:
For Imperial pipe size: 4 1/2" would be 4 1/2" or 6" would be 6"
For Metric pipe size: 50 would be 50 or 60.3 would be 60
For Imperial pipe size: 4 1/2" would be 4.500" or 6" would be 6.000"
For Metric pipe size: 50 would be 50.000 or 60.3 would be 60.300
For Imperial pipe size: 4 1/2" would be 4.5" or 6" would be 6"
For Metric pipe size: 50 would be 50 or 60.3 would be 60.3
If you want decimals to display in Alpha Size in Imperial or Metric, the recommended
setting is 10.
AuditDataOnStartup
Default value: 0
Allowed values: 0, 1
Controls when CADWorx checks components for removed XDATA when opening a drawing.
0
Checking for removed XDATA is turned off.
1
Checking for removed XDATA is turned on.
See Also
Show Removed XDATA (on page 35)
Restore XDATA (on page 35)

Show Removed XDATA

Command line: CWSHOWNOXD
Highlights components where XDATA has been removed.
1. Type CWSHOWNOXD on the command line, and then press ENTER.
2. Type S on the command line or E to select the entire drawing, and then press ENTER.
3. Select the component that you want to change, and then press ENTER.
Step 3 does not apply if you selected the Entire Drawing option in step 2.
The components with XDATA removed highlight in the drawing.
Restore XDATA
Command line: CWADDXD
Restores removed XDATA from a selected specification to a CADWorx component.
You can also use CWADDXDLN to change the line number data.
1. Type CWADDXD on the command line, and then press ENTER.
Step 3 does not apply if you selected the Entire Drawing option in step 2.
The XDATA is added to the component(s).
To restore the xdata of a component, you must use the original specification from
that component.
AutoDimensionBox
Default value: No
Allowed values: No, Yes
Controls boxes around rolling offset automatic dimensions when using Automatic . When set
to Yes, a box is drawn for the rolling offset.
For more information, see Automatic (on page 289).
BomBoltControl
Default value: 0
Allowed values: 0, 1, 2, or 3
Specifies bolt placement in the Plant Isogen bill of material schedules.
0
Places the quantity for a set in the pre-CADWorx 2002 format, such as:
QUANTITY = 4, ALPHA_SIZE = 3/4", LONG_DESC = (8) Studs with nuts.
1
Places the quantity for total bolts, and strips the set number from the long description,
such as:
QUANTITY = 32, ALPHA_SIZE = 3/4", LONG_DESC = Studs with nuts.

2
Places the quantity for a set, the alpha size based on the flange size, and appends the
bolt diameter to the long description, such as:
QUANTITY = 4, ALPHA_SIZE = 12", LONG_DESC = (8) 3/4" Studs with nuts.
3
Places the quantity for total bolts, strips the set number from the long description, places
the alpha size based on the flange size, and appends the bolt diameter to the long
description, such as:
QUANTITY = 32, ALPHA_SIZE = 12", LONG_DESC = 3/4" Studs with nuts.
When this option is set to 1 or 3, the long description of the bolt must contain the number
of bolts in the set enclosed by parenthesis. The software uses the value in parenthesis as the
new quantity. The number is then automatically removed from the long description when
displayed in the material list.
BomScheduleDirection
Default value: Down
Allowed values: Down or Up
Specifies the direction of the bill of materials schedule.
Up
Places the bill of materials schedule in the upward direction, with the column headings
at the bottom.
Down
Places the bill of materials schedule in the downward direction, with the column
headings at the top.
BomScheduleSpacing
Default value: 0.25
Allowed values: Positive real
Controls the spacing on the bill of material schedule.
BomTagGridFactor
Default value: 1.0
Controls the bill of material tag grid density on the drawing.
When BomTagOptimize (on page 37) is set to 2, set this variable to 0.5, 1.0, 2.0, or 3.0.

BomTagOptimize
Default value: 2
Allowed values: 0, 1, or 2
Specifies the tagging algorithm used for the bill of material.
0
The tagging algorithm is off.
1
The algorithm is on, but does not stack any tags.
2
The algorithm is on. Flange, bolt, and gasket tags are stacked.
BomTagRadiusFactor
Default value: 1.25
Controls the radius of tag bubbles. Bubbles are sized using this factor multiplied by the
AutoCAD setvar TEXTSIZE.
BomTagSpacingFactor
Default value: 1.25
Controls how far bill of materials bubbles are spaced from the model or components within the
drawing.
BoltRoundControl
Default value: 0
Specifies the rounding for bolt length calculations.
0
No rounding is performed.
1
Rounds the value up to the nearest multiple of the value specified in Catalog.
2
Rounds the value down to the nearest multiple of the value specified in Catalog.
3
Rounds the value up or down to the nearest multiple of the value specified in Catalog.

CADWorxMaterial
Default value: No
Allowed values: No or Yes
Controls CADWorx material generation when using System In . For more information, see
System In (on page 256).
No
The software bases component descriptions in CADWorx on the material types in
CAESAR II. The CADWorx component name is combined with the CAESAR II material
type.
Yes
The software bases component descriptions in CADWorx on the specifications. Material
types from CAESAR II are ignored.
The component name is defined in the [Product Folder]\Plant\System\Prgm.tbl file.
CAESARIIMaterial
Default value: 0
Controls CAESAR II material generation when using System Out . For more information, see
System Out (on page 242).
0
Provides extended material database material types in CAESAR II based on the pipe
material defined in Spec Editor . This does not apply if the component was originally
created in CAESAR II.
1
Provides basic material types in CAESAR II (1-17) corresponding to the component
material long description in the specification.
2
Provides extended material database material types in CAESAR II based on the actual
component material long description in the specification.
When using CAESAR II version 3.23, only option 1 can be used.
CAESARIIMemory
Default value: 12.0
Specifies the amount of computer RAM used when importing a large CAESAR II input model.
This variable is not required, but is helpful if the import is failing. The value is multiplied by
megabytes.
CAESARIITolerance
Default value: 0.001
Specifies the tolerance for items that are not transferring correctly to CAESAR II. For example,
hangers placed on a skewed line sometimes fail and require a larger tolerance factor.

CAESARIIVersion
Default value: 2014
Specifies the format of the CAESAR II (.c2) input file created by CADWorx. The value should
match the version of CAESAR II that you are using.
DataBaseCodesIsogen
Default value: No
Specifies how CADWorx Isogen uses the DataBaseCodes system.
No
The DataBaseCodes system is not used. CADWorx Plant creates generic item code
combinations for each run of Isogen, starting at 1 for each run. Components with
identical long annotation and specification file names are given the same item-code
combination.
Yes
Isogen uses the DataBaseCodes system.
If this option is set to Yes and a valid DataBaseCodes system is not established, bill
of material generation within Isogen is not correct.
DimensionsExcludedSlope
Default value: 10.0
Specifies the minimum percentage slope (rise/run) for automatic dimensioning of the vertical leg
of sloped pipe when using Automatic . If the pipe slope is under the specified value, then the
vertical leg dimension and the associated hatched graphics for the rise are not placed. The
horizontal dimension is still placed.
For more information, see Automatic (on page 289).
DimensionsExistingIsogen
Default value: 0
Controls Isogen isometric representation of existing components.
0
Existing components are exported with dotted lines and are dimensioned.
1
Existing components are exported with dotted lines and are not dimensioned.
2
Existing components are exported with solid lines and are dimensioned.
Individual Isogen dimension settings override this setting. For more information, see
Isogen Data Dialog Box (on page 89).

ElbowCenterLine
Default value: 0
Allowed values: 0 (off) or 1 (on)
Controls square elbow centerlines on elbow-type components. When set to 1, an additional
square centerline is drawn without drawing square elbow graphics. These lines appear in 2D
double line and Isometric modes only.
You can also control this variable by setting the Elbow Centerline in CADWorx Plant
menu: Utilities > Drawing Control > Elbow Centerline.
FittingWidth
Default value: 1.0
Specifies the appearance of all flanged, socket welded, and threaded fittings. When set to 1.0,
the software draws fitting hubs or flange ODs at 100% of the width specified in their data file.
This variable is useful at a value of 0.7 when drawing socket weld and threaded type hub fittings
where the hubs overlap.
HVACLibraryDirectory
Default value: [Product Folder]\Plant\HVAC
Allowed values: Valid directory name
Defines the location of the data files folder used for HVAC components.
IsogenContinuationGraphicsCount
Default value: 0
Displays continuation graphics based on the following selections:
0
Display no continuation graphics when running Isogen.
1
Display one continuation graphic when running Isogen.
2
Display two continuation graphics when running Isogen.
3
Displays three continuation graphics when running Isogen.
IsogenDefaultStyle
Default value: <none>
Allowed values: Full path to an Isogen.fls file
Specifies the Isogen style used by Isogen Out and Isogen Batch . Displays the Select
Isogen Style dialog box.
For more information, see Isogen Out (on page 161) and Isogen Batch (on page 168).
When this variable is defined, Isogen Out does not display the Select Isogen Style
dialog box.

Select Isogen Style Dialog Box

Controls parameters for selecting Isogen projects, styles, and names of the automatically-
generated isometrics. See I-Configure (on page 172) for more in information on creating and
managing these projects and styles.
Use I-configure
Specifies to use the I-Configure styles for the isometric drawing.
Directory
Specifies the folder that contains the Isogen project.
Project
Specifies the active Isogen project. The list contains all of the available projects. See I-
Configure (on page 172) for information on creating these projects.
Style
Specifies the active isometric drawing style. The list contains all of the available styles in
the project.
Browse for style
Specifies to use a specific drawing style for the isometric drawing.
Path
Specifies the selected Isogen.fls file and the folder location containing that file.
Select
Displays the Select Isogen Style Directory dialog box so that you can select an Isogen
style (Isogen.fls) file. Use this option to select an Isogen style that is in a shared network
folder.
Drawings Folder
Specifies the folder location for the drawings produced by Isogen.
File Name
Specifies the name of the file. This allows you to name an isometric file if none of the
components selected contain a line number. If the selected components contain line number
information, then the software uses line number from the last selected component as the
isometric file name.
Settings
Displays the Isogen Settings dialog box so that you can transpose the system by an X, Y,
and Z offset distance. For more information, see Isogen Out (on page 161).
Use ISOGENRESET to remove the sheet and part numbers and all Start/Stop signs
from component iso information.
The DXF edit box enables you to name a portion of the output file. The name appends a series
of numbers. Isogen might break up the selected components into multiple sheets which would
require this numbering sequence.

IsogenSetting
Default value: 0
Controls import of Isogen repeat file data when running Isogen Out (on page 161) or Isogen
Batch (on page 168).
Isogen Repeat File has to be configured in the Isogen Project for the repeat file import to
be active.
0
Turns off all settings.
1
Imports Mark/Sheet data from the repeat file.
2
Imports Spool data from the repeat file.
3
Imports Mark/Sheet/Spool data from the repeat file.
LanguageFile
Default value: English.dic
Allowed values: A valid and properly formatted language file
Specifies the language of all Plant dialog boxes and prompts. The specified file must be present
in the [Product Folder]\Plant\Support folder for proper operation of Plant.
You must set the LanguageFile to the regional language when using a language-specific
specification. For example, if you have Chinese characters in your specification, set the
LanguageFile to Chinese_Simplified.dic. If you do not, System Out (on page 242) and
System In (on page 256) do not function correctly.
LayerByLineNumber
Default value: 0
Allowed values: 0, 1, 2, 3, and 4
Specifies the layers for component placement.
You can use UPDATELAYERBYLINENUMBERDATA to update a line number with the
current LayerByLineNumber setting. If you set LayerByLineNumber to 0 and change it to 2,
then run UPDATELAYERBYLINENUMBERDATA, the line number you select updates based
on the settings defined below.

0
a. Solid:
i. The layer name of the solid is based on PRJ layer entry.
ii. "_" is placed in front of the layer name: For example: 150 spec is on layer _150.
iii. The color of the solid is set according to the table below:
Component level Spec level color Spec layer color in

color PRJ PRJ model DWG file
Entity Color Set to By Same Color Same Color Same Color

Layer
Entity Color Set to Same Color Same Color Different Color

component level PRJ
Entity Color Set to By Same Color Different Color Same Color

Layer
Entity Color Set to Same Color Different Color Different Color

component level PRJ
b. Center line
i. The layer name of the centerline is based on Plant > Setup > Configuration
Layers > Cl setting.
ii. The color of the centerline is based on Plant > Setup > Configuration Layers > Cl
setting.
iii. The line type of the centerline is based on Plant > Setup > Configuration Layers >
Cl setting.
iv. Any changes to Setup > Layers > Centerline Settings changes the existing
centerlines in the DWG file.
1
a. Solid
i. The layer name of the solid and center line is based on the Line Number name.
ii. The color of the solid and center line is based on the AutoCAD Layer settings.
iii. The line type of the solid and center line is based on the AutoCAD Layer settings.
iv. Any changes made to the line number using CEDIT do not change the layer the
solid and center line is on. Use the AutoCAD Layer command to change the layer
of an existing solid and center line in the DWG file.
b. Centerline: Same implementation as Solid.

2
a. Solid:
i. The layer name of the solid is based on the Line Number name.
ii. The color of the solid is based on the AutoCAD Layer settings.
iii. The line type of the solid is based on the AutoCAD Layer settings.
solid is on. Use the AutoCAD Layer command to change the layer of an existing
solid in the DWG file.
b. Centerline:
setting.
Cl setting.
centerline in the DWG File.
3
a. Solid
i. The layer name of the solid and center line is based on the Line Number name.
ii. The color of the solid and center line has the same implementation for solid color as
LayerByLineNumber = 0 setting shown in the table above.
iii. The line type of the solid and center line is based on the AutoCAD Layer settings.
solid and center line is on. Use the AutoCAD Layer command to change the layer
of an existing solid and center line in the DWG file.
b. Centerline: Same implementation as the Solid.
4
a. Solid:
i. The layer name for solid is based on the Line Number name.
ii. The color of the solid has the same implementation for solid color as
LayerByLineNumber = 0 setting shown in table above.
iii. The line type of the solid is based on the AutoCAD Layer settings.
solid in the DWG file.

b. Centerline:
setting.
Cl setting.
centerline in the DWG file.
LineNumberSystem
Default value: 1
Allowed values: 0 (off), 1 (on), or 2 (static)
Specifies the line number system.
0
Line numbers are manually entered.
1
Size, spec, and count number are used for the line number
2
Count number is used for the line number.
LineViewIsolationSettingsFile
Default value: [Product Folder]\Plant\[user-defined folder]
Allowed values: Valid file path (*.lvi)
Provides the location of the Isolation Settings File.
Sets the filter settings default file. When using the Line View Isolation Properties Manager,
the Isolation Setting File uses the file associated with the LineViewIsolationSettingsFile
variable and opens it as the default file. For more information on the Line View Isolation
Properties Manager, see Line View Isolation Properties Manager (on page 111).
PipeDescriptionCat
Default value: 0
Allowed values: 0 through 6
Specifies the addition of end preps to the long description, and DataBaseCodes for:
Small-bore threaded or socket-welded pipe when using Thrd/SW Pipe . For more
information, see Thrd/SW Pipe (on page 588).
Nipple components when using Nipple . For more information, see Nipple (on page 589).
Small-bore pipe that is broken by an inserted component when using Router . For more
information, see Router (on page 282).
Swage components when using the Swage reducer from CADWorx Spec View palette.
For end prep to show, you must have the end prep schema set in the description formats.
For more information, see Description Format Dialog Boxes, and Long, Short, Tag, and Part
Number Dialog Boxes in the CADWorx Spec Editor Users Guide.

The following end descriptions are provided:

BBE - Bevel Both Ends
BOE-TOE - Bevel One End - Threaded One End
BOE-POE - Bevel One End - Plain One End
PBE - Plain Both Ends
POE-TOE - Plain One End, Threaded One End
TBE - Threaded Both Ends
BLE-TSE - Bevel Large End - Threaded Small End
BLE-PSE - Bevel Large End - Plain Small End
TLE-BSE - Threaded Large End - Bevel Small End
TLE-PSE - Threaded Large End - Plain Small End
0
End preps are not added to any components.
1
End preps are added to long descriptions, DataBaseCodes, and part number for pipes,
nipples, and swages.
2
End preps are added to long descriptions for pipes, nipples, and swages.
3
End preps are added to long descriptions and DataBaseCodes for pipe only.
4
End preps are added to long descriptions for pipe only.
5
End preps are added to long descriptions and DataBaseCodes for nipples and swages.
6
End preps are added to long descriptions for nipples and swages.
This setting works in conjunction with Apply Pipe End Prep Rule. Both must be set to
display, (Automatic for Apply Pipe End Prep Rule and 1 through 6 for PipeDescriptionCat) or
the PipeDescriptionCat does not display on the Long annotation of the Component Edit
dialog box. For more information, see Apply Pipe End Prep Rule (on page 59).

PipeSupportSetting
Default value: 1
Specifies the layer for pipe support component placement.
0
The pipe support is placed on a layer set from the CADWorx layer settings.
1
The pipe support is placed on the same layer as the connecting pipe or elbow
component.
2
The pipe support is placed on a new layer. The layer name is derived by appending the
component layer name and the pipe support layer name. For example, if the pipe solid
is on layer _150, and the pipe support layer name is SUPT, then the pipe support is on
new layer _150SUPT.
SaveLastProfileUsed
Default value: No
Specifies whether CADWorx saves the last profile used on exit.
When a drawing file is double-clicked in Windows Explorer, or if AutoCAD is started using an
icon without specifying any profile, AutoCAD always loads the last profile used.
No
Prevents CADWorx from saving the last profile used.
Yes
Allows CADWorx to save the last profile used.
SingleLineWidth
Default value: 0.02
Specifies the default width for a single line pipe.
SpecificationDirectory
Default value: [Product Folder]\Plant\Spec
Allowed values: Valid folder
Provides the location of the specifications folder.
This folder can be set as read-only.

SpecificationDefaultProject
Default value: Valid PRJ file
Allowed values: Valid PRJ file
Specifies the spec default project file.
Project files store specification information for all components in CADWorx. Setting a project file
here enables it to be the default project used for all modeling. This file can be opened using the
Specification Editor. When modeling, the information is accessed using this file to create the
components. For more information, see Spec Editor (on page 106).
SpecSizeOverride
Default value: Yes
Controls the ability to override component specification and size. If override is turned off, you are
not able to draw out of spec or out of size.
Yes
Overrides the specification and size limits.
No
Limits drawing to values within specification and size limits.
SteelCopeBoltDistance
Default value: 0.5 (Imperial) 15 (Metric)
Specifies the distance used when two steel beams are coped using the bolted method of Cope
. For more information, see Steel - Cope (on page 387).
SteelCopeWeldDistance
Default value: 0.0
Specifies the distance used when two steel beams are coped using the welded method of Cope
. For more information, see Steel - Cope (on page 387).
SteelLibraryDirectory
Default value: [Product Folder]\Plant\Steel_I ([Product Folder]\Plant\Steel_M for metric)
Allowed values: Valid folder name
Locates the data file used for drawing Steel. The data files can be located anywhere on the
computer, local network, or wide area network.
This folder can be set as read-only.

SteelNeutralAxis
Default value: 0
Specifies the location of centerlines for steel channels and angles.
0
The centerline is drawn at the X--column value specified in the channel or angle data
files.
1
The centerline is drawn at the midpoint of the flange.
2
The centerline is drawn on the inside of the flange. Use this value if channels and
angles are coped with other members.
3
The centerline is drawn on the outside of the flange. Use this value if channels and
angles are mitered with other members.
SteelPartNumberFile
Default value: SamplePartNumbers.dat
Allowed values: Valid and properly formatted part number file
Specifies the file containing part numbers that can be automatically entered for a steel member
component. When a steel member is drawn, the software searches the data file for a matching
member type and member name. If found, the software then retrieves the part number and
saves it with the member component.
SteelRoundControl
Default value: 0
Specifies the rounding of values read from the steel data files.
0
No rounding is performed.
1
Rounds the value up to the nearest multiple of the value specified in SteelRoundUnit (on
page 50).
2
Rounds the value down to the nearest multiple of the value specified in SteelRoundUnit
(on page 50).
3
Rounds the value up or down to the nearest multiple of the value specified in
SteelRoundUnit (on page 50).

SteelRoundUnit
Specifies the rounding multiple of values read from the steel data files. This variable is used with
SteelRoundControl (on page 49).
SteelToolTipSetting
Default value: 4235
Allowed values: Positive integer
Specifies the data displayed in a tooltip when the mouse hovers over a steel component. Click
the ellipsis in the value box next to SteelToolTipSetting to open the Tool Tip Data Selection
dialog box. Select the needed data to display, and click OK. The correct integer is then
displayed for those settings.
SyncOnStartUp
Default value: Turn Off Synchronize
Allowed values: Synchronize With Prompt, Synchronize Without Prompt, Synchronize With
Changes Review
Controls the synchronize option on opening a drawing with an external database:
Turn Off Synchronize
Turns off the synchronize option when a drawing is loaded into AutoCAD.
Synchronize With Prompt
Asks if the software should synchronize the drawing with the external database.
Synchronize Without Prompt
Synchronizes the drawing with the external database without prompting.
Synchronize With Changes Review
Enables you to review the changes made to the database and accept or reject the changes
as needed.
When you click Synchronize , values Turn Off Synchronize and Synchronize With
Prompt provide a prompt. Synchronize Without Prompt synchronizes without any prompts.
Synchronize With Changes Review displays the Synchronize Component dialog box where
you can decide which information you want to update to your drawing from the database.
TemplateDatabaseFile
Default value: Pipe.mdb
Allowed values: Valid Microsoft Access database file name
Specifies the database file that is used with a bill of material.

ToolTipSetting
Default value: 8405
Allowed values: Positive integer
Specifies the data displayed in a tooltip when the mouse hovers over a component. Click the
ellipsis next to ToolTipSetting in Configuration Settings to open the Tool Tip Data Selection
dialog box. Select the needed data to display, and click OK. The correct integer is then
displayed for those settings.
TopWorksSetting
Default value: 1
Allowed values: 0 through 4
Specifies the layers for top works component placement.
0
Top works are not added to the valve even if a top works file is set in the specification
file.
1
Top works are added to the valve. The top works solid is combined with the valve solid
to create one solid.
2
Top works are added to the valve. The top works solid is grouped with the valve solid
and center line. The top works solid is placed on the same layer as the valve solid.
3
and center line. The top works solid is placed on a layer set from the CADWorx layer
settings.
4
and center line. The top works solid id placed on a layer set from the CADWorx layer
settings. The layer name is derived by appending the valve layer name and the top
works layer name. For example, when the valve is on layer _150, and the top works
layer name is TOP, the top works solid is on layer _150TOP.
UseObjectsFromXrefs
Default value: Yes
Allows objects from Xrefs (external references) to be used during the selection process.
No
Objects from Xrefs are not used.
Yes
Objects from Xrefs are used for the current command.

WeldDotSize
Default value: 1.0
Specifies the default weld dot size on single-line, butt-welded piping components.
WeldGapToDB
Default value: Yes
Sets automatic weld gaps to database on or off.
Yes
Weld gaps are shown in the Bill of Material schedule.
No
Weld gaps are not shown in the Bill of Material schedule.
Set Specification and Size

CADWorx Plant I tab: Setup Size/Spec > Setup > Specification / Size
CADWorx Plant I tab: Setup Size/Spec > Main Size
Setting toolbar: Main Size
Setting toolbar: Specification
Command line: SETSIZE, SETSPEC
Displays the Set Specification and Size dialog box in which you specify a drawing specification
file, a main size, and a reduction size.
Browse
Enables you to open the project specification needed for your drawing.
Reload File
Reloads the project (.prj) selected for any changes made in the Specification Editor.
Alternatively, type RELOADPROJECTFILE on the command line, and press ENTER.
M
Sets the selected row as the main size.
R
Sets the selected row as the reduction size.
OK
Accepts the selected main and reduction sizes, and closes the dialog box.
CADWorx Plant specifications are delivered to the [Product Folder]\Plant\Spec folder. The
projects and catalogs are broken down into folders by their units of measure. CADWorx
P&ID also provides specifications delivered to the [Product Folder]\P&ID\Spec folder. If
Plant and P&ID are used together, you should select specifications from a single folder. For
more information, see SpecificationDirectory (on page 47).
The list of available sizes is controlled by [Product Folder]\Plant\System\SetSize.Tbl
(English/inches), SetSizeA.tbl (Metric/inches), and SetSizeM.tbl (Metric/mm).

Set Specification & Size Dialog Box

1. Click Setup > Specification / Size. Alternatively, click Main Size or type SETSPEC
or SETSIZE, and press ENTER.
The Set Specification & Size dialog box displays.
2. Click Browse.
The Open window displays.
3. Navigate to the proper specification, and click Open.
The Specification list populates.
4. Select a specification from the list. This must be done before sizes can be selected.
The Main / Reduction size populates.
5. Select a main size and a reduction size from the list. They can be selected in any order.
6. Click OK.
The specification and main and reduction sizes are set.
Specifies drawing layers and the default names, line types, and colors of the layers. Default
layers are provided. You can add and delete layers.
The default layers are mandatory for use with Plant and cannot be deleted. See the tables
below.
Layer changes made in this dialog box affect the current drawing session similar to the
AutoCAD LAYER command.
The commands in this dialog box are inactive if the configuration settings permission is set
to read-only.
Layer Name
Specifies the layer name. The layer name can be anything that is allowed by AutoCAD. Wild
card characters and spaces are not allowed. Click Update to change the name.
New
Adds a new layer with a default name. New layers are created when the drawing is
initialized with Plant. Access this option by right-clicking in the layer name column.
Delete
Removes the selected layer from the list. You cannot delete default layers. Access this
option by right-clicking in the layer name column.
Linetype
Specifies the line type for the selected layer. Select a value in the Select Linetype dialog
box.
Line types are defined in the [Product Folder]\Plant\Support\Cfm.lin and [AutoCAD
Product Folder]\UserDataCache\Support\acad.lin files.
Color
Displays the Select Color dialog box for selecting the color of the layer.

CADWorx Plant, Plant, PV Fabricator Layers

Layer# Default Name Layer is used for
Layer1 System Non-graphical components
Layer2 Border Border drawing
Layer3 BOM BOM graphics
Layer4 Cl Centerline of piping components
Layer5 Dim1 Dimensions
Layer6 Dim2 Dimensions
Layer7 Equip Plant components
Layer8 Exist Existing components
Layer9 Graph Graphics annotations (Arrows, Section, Plan, Detail Labels)
Layer10 Steel Steel components
Layer11 Text Text annotations
Layer12 Viewl Viewports
Layer13 Cl_Steel Centerline of steel components
Layer14 HVAC HVAC components
Layer15 Cl_HVAC Centerline of HVAC components
Layer16 TopWorks Valve TopWorks solid
Layer17 Clash Clash entity
Layer18 Supports Pipe Support
Layer19 CADWorx1 Future use
Layer20 CADWorx2 Future use
Layer21 to (User Defined) (User Defined)

Layer100

CADWorx P&ID Layers

Layer# Default Name Layer is used for
Layer1 System Non-graphical components
Layer2 Border Border drawing
Layer3 Major-1 Major Process Lines 1
Layer4 Major-2 Major Process Lines 2
Layer5 Minor-1 Minor Process Lines 1
Layer6 Minor-2 Minor Process Lines 2
Layer7 Inst-1 Instrument Lines 1
Layer8 Inst-2 Instrument Lines 2
Layer9 Elec1 Electrical Lines 1
Layer10 Elec-2 Electrical Lines 2
Layer11 Equip Plant
Layer12 Text Text
Layer13 Graph Graphics
Layer14 Exist Existing
Layer15 to (User Defined) (User Defined)

Layer100
If the Cl and Cl_Steel layers are frozen or turned off, some CADWorx commands might
not function because data is stored on the centerline that is on these layers.
Piping Rules
Sets the piping rules for the drawing. These rules govern how the software affects the drawing
for each piece of pipe or component drawn. The options you select affect the responses you
receive from the system.
Include in CFG
Specifies the piping rule settings saved to the configuration file. Select the check box in the
main title to clear all or select all piping rules. Local user preferences control any settings
that you have not included in the configuration file.
When you save the configuration file, the software only saves the settings that you
have checked in the Include in CFG column.

Topics
Apply Size Rule .............................................................................. 56
Apply Specification Rule ................................................................ 56
Apply End Type Rule ..................................................................... 57
Apply Pipe Length Rule.................................................................. 57
Apply Weld Insertion Rule .............................................................. 57
Apply Gasket Insertion Rule........................................................... 58
Apply Bolt Insertion Rule ................................................................ 58
Apply Trimmed Elbow Rule ............................................................ 58
Apply Pipe Healing Rule ................................................................ 58
Apply Branch Table Rule ............................................................... 59
Apply Flange Insertion Rule ........................................................... 59
Apply Bolt Hole Orientation Rule ................................................... 59
Apply Pipe End Prep Rule.............................................................. 59
Apply Auto Coupling Rule .............................................................. 60
Apply Line Number Rule ................................................................ 60
Apply Change Data Rule................................................................ 61
Apply O-let Minimum Spacing Rule ............................................... 63
Center Line ..................................................................................... 63
Apply Skew Pipe Maximum Angle ................................................. 63
Variable Component Length Assignment ...................................... 64
Incompatible Component Actions .................................................. 64
Apply Size Rule
Default value: Show Options
Allowed values: No, Automatic, Show Options
Sets the system to check the size of components when components are inserted.
No
Does not check the size of components when components are inserted.
Automatic
Checks the size of components when components are inserted.
Show Options
Displays option prompts for inserting components based on the component being connected
to.
Apply Specification Rule
Sets the system to check the specification of components when components are inserted.
No
Does not check the specification of components when components are inserted.
Automatic
Checks the specification of components when components are inserted.
Show Options
to.

Apply End Type Rule

Default value: Automatic
Sets the system to check the connection end type between two components based on the
Matching End Types Table.
No
Does not check the connection of components when components are inserted.
Automatic
Checks the connection of components when components are inserted.
Show Options
Displays option prompts for inserting components based on the other components
connection.
Apply Pipe Length Rule

Default value: No
Sets the system to check the pipe length when pipe is inserted.
No
Does not check the pipe length of components when components are inserted.
Automatic
Checks the pipe length of components when components are inserted.
Show Options
to.
Apply Weld Insertion Rule

Default value: No
Allowed values: No, Automatic - Buttweld Only, Automatic - Socket Weld Only, Automatic -
Buttweld and Socket Weld
Specifies auto insert of weld gap to components.
No
Does not insert weld gaps.
Automatic - Buttweld Only
Inserts weld gaps on buttweld connections only.
Automatic - Socket Weld Only
Inserts weld gaps on socket weld connections only.
Automatic - Buttweld and Socket Weld
Inserts weld gaps on buttweld and socket weld connections.

Apply Gasket Insertion Rule

Allowed values: No or Automatic
Inserts a gasket to a component automatically when needed.
No
Does not insert gaskets automatically to valves or flanges.
Automatic
Inserts gaskets automatically to valves or flanges.
Apply Bolt Insertion Rule

Default value: No
Inserts bolts to flanges automatically.
No
Does not insert bolts automatically to valves or flanges.
Automatic
Inserts bolts automatically to valves or flanges.
Apply Trimmed Elbow Rule

Default value: No
Places trimmed buttweld elbows in the drawing when using ROUTE.
No
Does not allow for trimmed buttweld elbows.
Automatic
Router allows for trimmed buttweld elbows.
Apply Pipe Healing Rule

Heals buttweld pipe when in-line components are erased.
No
Does not heal buttweld pipe for in-line components when erased.
Automatic
Heals buttweld pipe for in-line components when erased.

Apply Branch Table Rule

Default value: No
Sets the system to check the branch table when branch components are inserted.
No
Does not check the branch table.
Automatic
Checks the branch table when branch components are inserted.
Apply Flange Insertion Rule

Allowed values: No, Automatic - Use Spec Setting, Automatic - Flange Socket Weld, Automatic
- Flange Threaded, Automatic - Long Weld Neck, Automatic - Flange Weld Neck, Automatic -
Flange Slip On, Show Options
Controls the rule of automatically inserting a flange. Sets the system for automatic type and
insertion of flanges.
No
Does not allow for automatic insertion of a flange.
Automatic
Inserts selected flange type automatically.
Show Options
to.
Apply Bolt Hole Orientation Rule

Default value: Automatic - 2 Holes
Allowed values: Automatic - 1 Hole, Automatic - 2 Holes, Show Options - Specify Input Angle
Specifies the bolt hole orientation of a flange.
Apply Pipe End Prep Rule

Default value: No
Sets the end preparation of connections in conjunction with PipeDescriptionCat. The
description displays in the Long annotation of the Component Edit dialog box.
You can use EDITENDPREP to change the end preparation of a pipe or nipple.
No
Does not set the end prep of components when components are inserted.
Automatic
Sets the pipe end prep of components when components are inserted.

Show Options
Displays option prompts to set or not set the pipe end prep.
The PipeDescriptionCat must be set to 1 through 6 and the Apply Pipe End Prep Rule
must be set to Automatic for the pipe end preparation descriptions to appear.
If the PipeDescriptionCat is set to 0 and the Apply Pipe End Prep Rule is set to
Automatic the pipe end preparation description is not set and does not display.
If the PipeDescriptionCat is set to 1 through 6 and the Apply Pipe End Prep Rule is set to
No the pipe end preparation description is not set and does not display.
If the PipeDescriptionCat is set to 1 through 6 and the Apply Pipe End Prep Rule is set to
Show Options you are only prompted to set the pipe end preparation when inserting single
pipe using the PIPW1 command. Selecting No does not set the pipe end preparation and
does not display a description. This is the case even with the PipeDescriptionCat set to 1
through 6. Selecting Yes displays the description unless the PipeDescriptionCat is set to 0.
For more information, see PipeDescriptionCat (on page 45).
Apply Auto Coupling Rule

Default value: No
Allowed values: No, Automatic - Pipe Breaks Only, Automatic - All Connections, Show Options
Sets the system to insert a coupling when routing components.
No
Does not add a coupling when routing components.
Automatic - Pipe Breaks Only
Adds a coupling when routing components with socket weld or threaded piping, when the
pipe breaks at the maximum length. You must set the Apply Pipe Length Rule to
Automatic or Show Options or couplings are not added.
Automatic - All Connections
Adds a coupling at all connections while routing.
Show Options
Displays option prompts, when routing, to inset a coupling. This happens when using socket
weld or threaded piping or when the pipe breaks at the maximum length. You must set the
Apply Pipe Length Rule to Automatic or Show Options or couplings are not added.
Apply Line Number Rule

Allowed values: Always Inherit, Show Options
Sets the system to check the line number of in-line components when a component is inserted
based on the setting in line number Setup and according to the table below.
Always Inherit
Automatically inherits the line number of in-line components when a component is inserted.

Show Options
Displays option prompts for inheriting the line number on in-line components when
components are inserted.
Line Number System Setup Apply Line Number Rule Setting Effect
System Off Always Inherit No Line Number Rule is applied
Show Options No Line Number Rule is applied
System On (Dynamic Always Inherit Inherit all header/parent line

Size/Spec) number parameters except the
dynamic one such as Size and
Spec
Show Options Show 3 different options:

1. Exact copy of parent line
number.
2. Dynamic parent line
number (the same parent line
number except for the size
and spec).
3. Current line number setup
as listed in the Line Number
setup.
System On (Static Size Always Inherit Inherit exact copy of

/Spec) header/parent line number
Show Options Show 2 options:

1. Exact copy of
header/parent line number.
2. Current line number as
shown in the Line Number
setup.
For more information about Line Number System setup, see Line Numbering System Dialog
Box (on page 185).
Apply Change Data Rule

Default value: Custom Data
Allowed values: Checked items in the Apply Change Data Rule dialog box display here
Sets the system for items that do not update when using Change Size, Change Spec, or
converting from project data.
See Also
Apply Change Data Rule Dialog Box (on page 62)

Apply Change Data Rule Dialog Box

Enables you to select the items that do not update when using CHANGESPEC, CHANGESIZE,
or CONVERTFROMPRJDATA. When you check an item in this dialog, the software turns the
update of this item off.
CONVERTFROMPRJDATA updates all selected components in the drawing to
your current settings.
Alpha size
Turns the alpha size update on or off. The software updates the Alpha size in the Alpha
size box in the Component Edit dialog box.
Short Description
Turns the short description update on or off. The software updates the Short Description in
the Short annotation box in the Component Edit dialog box.
Long description
Turns the long description update on or off. The software updates the Long description in
the Long annotation box in the Component Edit dialog box.
Tag
Turns the tag update on or off. The software updates the Tag in the Tag box in the
Component Edit dialog box.
Variable Component Length
Keeps the original length of the component when checked. If you clear Variable
Component Length when you run CONVERTFROMPRJDATA, then the software uses the
Variable Component Length Assignment rule to determine the proper length. For more
information, see Variable Component Length Assignment (on page 64).
Database Codes
Turns the database codes update on or off. The software updates the Database Codes in
the Code box in the Component Edit dialog box.
Custom Data
Turns the custom data update on or off. The software updates the Custom Data in the
Component Custom Data dialog box. Click Custom Data in the Component Edit dialog
box to display the Component Custom Data dialog box. You can create Custom Data in
the Specification Editor with the Custom Data options.
Line Number
Turns the line number update on or off. The software updates the Line Number in the Line
Number box in the Component Edit dialog box.
your current settings. If you run CONVERTFROMPRJDATA with this setting cleared, the
software changes your line number to the current values set in the Line Numbering
System. For example, if you set the count to 1500, change a line number to 1506, and then
run CONVERTFROMPRJDATA, the software changes any values in the line numbers back
to 1500. For more information, see Line Numbering System Dialog Box (on page 185). To
exclude Line Number updates when you run the CONVERTFROMPRJDATA command,
see Convert from project data (on page 100).

Layer/color
Turns the layer and color update on or off. When you clear Layer/color, the software
updates the layer and color to the component and is considered on. When you select
Layer/color, the component in the model does not change its layer or its color when you
convert from the project data and is considered off. Use the LayerByLineNumber (on page
42) Configuration Setting to specify the layers for component updates during Change Size
or Change Spec.
Layer/color always updates when you use Change Size or Change Spec.
Topworks
Turns the topworks update on and off. When you clear Topworks, the software updates the
topworks in the model for the selected components. When you select Topworks, the
topworks in the model do not change when you convert from the project data.
Topworks always updates when you use Change Size or Change Spec.
Select / deselect all
Checks or clears all check boxes in the Apply Change Data Rule dialog box. This is useful
when you want to update everything or nothing.
Change the Data Rule update

1. Select the Apply Change Data Rule ellipsis.
2. Select the items that you do not want the software to update. If you want to update all items,
clear all check boxes.
3. Click OK.
Apply O-let Minimum Spacing Rule

Allowed values: spacing values
Enables you to control the overlap distance between o-lets and weld gaps.
Center Line
Default value: On
Allowed values: On, Off
Indicates whether the centerline of the components displays.
Apply Skew Pipe Maximum Angle

Allowed values: angle values 1 to 179
Enables you to control the maximum angle allowed when routing skewed piping. To route
skewed piping, see Auto Route (on page 275) and Route skewed pipe (on page 281).

Variable Component Length Assignment

Default value: Use Catalog Length
Allowed values: Use Catalog Length, Show Options
Updates the length of components containing variable lengths.
Use Catalog Length
Updates the component length to the data table length.
Show Options
Displays three options:
Keep origin length
Keeps the origin length of the component.
Use catalog length
Updates the length of the component to the information stored in the catalog's data
table.
Specify new length
Specifies a new length for the component. This option enables you to enter a length
when you insert the component in the drawing.
Incompatible Component Actions

Default value: Update Compatible Components
Allowed values: Update Compatible Components, Abort Update Command, Show Options
Controls the behavior of the update commands when selection sets include incompatible
components.
When you open a drawing that contains incompatible components, the software informs you that
the drawing contains incompatible components. CADWorx refers you to the Incompatible
Component Actions piping rule to control how the update commands deal with other
components in the drawing.
You can use most AutoCAD and CADWorx commands when working with a drawing containing
compatible components and incompatible components. However, if you try to use CADWorx or
AutoCAD commands on incompatible components, the commands do not execute against those
incompatible components.
Update Compatible Components
Ignores incompatible components in the selection set and continues to update all compatible
components.
Abort Update Command
Stops the bulk update commands when selection sets contain incompatible components.
Show Options
Prompts you when running the bulk update commands on selection sets which include
incompatible components with the following two options:
Abort
Stops the update for all components.
Update
Runs the update on all compatible components only.

Convert Legacy Drawing

Default value: Off
Allowed values: Off, Automatic, Show Options
Enables you to convert legacy drawing components to smart components.
Convert Mode
Sets the software to recognize whether the drawing is a legacy drawing and convert it.
There are three options:
Off
Indicates the software does not convert the legacy drawing when it is opened.
Automatic
Specifies that the software automatically converts the drawing to smart components
when you open the drawing.
Show Options
Indicates that the software prompts you to convert the drawing to smart components
when you open the drawing.
Use new spec data
Specifies whether CADWorx data is pulled from the project file or the legacy components
when a conversion is completed.
Yes
Indicates the software pulls data from the project file during the conversion.
No
Indicates the software pulls data from the legacy component during conversion.
Refresh all open palettes to update contents after running the
CONVERTCADWORXLEGACYDWGS command.
See Also
CADWorx Legacy Drawing - Match Specifications dialog box (on page 65)
CADWorx Legacy Drawing - Match Specifications Dialog Box

CADWorx Plant I tab: Setup Size/Spec > Setup > Convert Legacy Drawing and then set
Convert Mode to Show Options
Command line: CONVERTCADWORXLEGACYDWGS
Converts the components of a legacy drawing to smart components.
Available specifications in project
Specifies if there are any available specifications in the selected project for conversion.
Legacy specification used in model
Specifies the specifications that the software uses in the legacy model.

Match
Matches the selected specification in Available specifications in project to the
specification listed in Legacy specification used in model.
Auto Match
Automatically matches the specification used in the legacy model without selecting a
specification from the Available specifications in project box.
Backup current drawing
Creates a backup of the legacy drawing in the folder where the legacy drawing resides.
Use new spec data
Specifies whether CADWorx data is pulled from the project file or the legacy components
when a conversion is completed. When Use new spec data is selected, data is pulled from
the selected specification in Current Project.
Current Project
Specifies the current project from which the software converts the legacy drawings.
Browse
Enables you to select a current project.
OK
Accepts the settings and converts the model.
Convert Legacy using Automatic option

Set Convert Mode to Automatic.
The software converts the drawing into smart components when a legacy drawing is
opened.
Convert Legacy using Show Options option

1. Set Convert Mode to Show Options. For more information, see Convert Legacy Drawing
(on page 65).
The CADWorx Legacy Drawing - Match Specifications dialog box displays.
2. Click Browse.
The Open dialog box displays.
3. Select a PRJ file, and click Open.
The specifications display in the Available specifications in project box.
4. Select a specification used in the model in the Legacy specification used in model box.
5. Select a specification in the Available specifications in project box, and click Match.
Clicking Auto Match automatically selects the matching specification for the drawing
based on the specification used in the legacy drawing. If you want to use a different
specification for the drawing, such as 300, you must click Match instead of Auto Match.

6. Select Backup current drawing to create a backup the drawing. This is the default option.
OR
Clear Backup current drawing so that a backup of the drawing is not created.
7. Select Use new spec data to use the spec data from the current project. This is the default
option.
OR
Clear Use new spec data to use the spec data from the legacy drawing.
8. Click OK.
The software converts the drawing into a 2013 components.
Convert Legacy using the CONVERTCADWORXLEGACYDWGS command

1. Type CONVERTCADWORXLEGACYDWGS on the command line, and press ENTER.
The CADWorx Legacy Drawing - Match Specifications dialog box displays.
2. Click Browse.
3. Select a .prj file, and click Open.
The specifications display in the Available specifications in project box.
4. Select a specification used in the model in the Legacy specification used in model box.
5. Select a specification in the Available specifications in project box, and click Match.
Clicking Auto Match indicates that the software automatically selects the matching
specification for the drawing based on the specification used in the legacy drawing. If you
want to use a different specification for the drawing, such as 300, you must click Match
instead of Auto Match.
6. Select Backup current drawing to create a backup the drawing. This is the default option.
OR
Clear Backup current drawing so that a backup of the drawing is not created.
7. Select Use new spec data to use the spec data from the current project. This is the default
option.
OR
Clear Use new spec data to use the spec data from the legacy drawing.
8. Click OK.
The software converts the drawing into smart components.
If you notice that a component does not convert to a smart component then the component
may not be listed in the specification that you have chosen.
The software alerts you with a message if you do not have any legacy data in the drawing.
You must convert an inch drawing to an inch specification and a metric drawing to a metric
specification.

Find Legacy Components Dialog Box

Command line: REVIEWLEGACYCOMPONENTS
Enables you to search the drawing for legacy components and display the information based on
the Search Options.
Search Options
Tag
Finds the legacy components based on the tag. Click in the Tag box to display components
filtered by tag in the Components filtered by: Tag box. You can type data in this box to
filter for specific tags.
Code
Finds the legacy components based on the code. Click in the Code box to display
components filtered by code in the Components filtered by: Code box. You can type data
in this box to filter for specific codes.
Line number
Finds the legacy components based on the line number. Click in the Line Number box to
display components filtered by line number in the Components filtered by: Line number
box. You can type data in this box to filter for specific line numbers.
Short annotation
Finds the legacy components based on the short annotation. Click in the Short annotation
box to display components filtered by short annotation in the Components filtered by:
Short annotation box. You can type data in this box to filter for specific short annotations.
Long annotation
Finds the legacy components based on the long annotation. Click in the Long annotation
box to display components filtered by long annotation in the Components filtered by: Long
annotation box. You can type data in this box to filter for specific long annotations.
Components filtered by: <Search Options type>
Displays the findings of the Search Options. When the software detects a legacy
component the information based on the search option selected, displays in the box. The
heading of the Components filtered by box is dynamic and changes depending on the
Search Options item you have selected. The heading also displays the number of records
for each item selected. Selecting a record displays a red arrow indication the component
containing the selected information in the drawing.
View Log File

Displays a log file of the conversions you made when using
CONVERTCADWORXLEGACYDWGS.

Miscellaneous CFG Content

Specifies the miscellaneous content to save to the current configuration file. Local user
preferences control any settings that you have not included in the configuration file.
Include in CFG
Enables you to include specific miscellaneous content when saving to a configuration file.
Select the check box in the main title to clear all or select all miscellaneous content.
When you save the configuration file, the software only saves the settings that you
have checked in the Include in CFG column.
Current Drawing Settings
Saves the current drawing settings to the configuration file. Select the check box to include
in the configuration file when you save. Select Current Drawing to view the current drawing
settings.
Saves the current configuration layers to the configuration file. Select the check box to
include in the configuration file when you save. Select Configuration Layers to view the
current layers.
Piping Live Database Settings
Saves the live database settings for piping to the configuration file. Select the check box to
include in the configuration file when you save. Click Setup to view the current settings.
Piping BOM Setup
Saves the current Bill of Materials setup to the configuration file. Select the check box to
Line Number Setup
Saves the current line number setup to the configuration file. Select the check box to include
in the configuration file when you save. Click Setup to view the current settings.
Clash Settings
Saves the current clash settings to the configuration file. Select the check box to include in
the configuration file when you save. Click Clash View and then Options to view the
current settings.
HVAC BOM Setup
Saves the current HVAC Bill of Materials setup to the configuration file. Select the check box
to include in the configuration file when you save. Select the CADWorx HVAC tab, and then
click Setup to view the current settings.
Steel BOM Setup
Saves the current Steel Bill of Materials setup to the configuration file. Select the check box
to include in the configuration file when you save. Select the CADWorx Steel tab, and then
click Setup to view the current settings.
Steel Live Database Settings
Saves the live database settings for steel to the configuration file. Select the check box to
Pipe Support BOM Setup
Saves the current Pipe Support BOM settings to the configuration file. Select the check box
to include in the configuration file when you save. Type PSCBOMSETUP on the command
line to view the current settings.

Specification and Size

Sets the specification and size using the Set Specification and Size dialog box. For more
information, see Set Specification and Size (on page 52).
Optional Items
CADWorx Plant I tab: Setup Size/Spec > Optional Items
Setting toolbar: Specification Option Toggle
Plant menu: Accessory > Specifications > Optional Items
Command line: SPECOPTION
Places a component on the drawing when the component type in the specification has an
optional component (such as when a 300 lb. orifice flange is in the 150 lb. specification).
Click the command to toggle between two methods:
1. The command line message is:
All components will be dialoged...
When a component type is selected, all components of that component type appear in the
Optional component dialog box. For more information, see Optional Component Dialog
Box (on page 70).
2. The command line message is:
Specification dialog turned off...
When a component type is selected, the default component is selected for placement on the
drawing. The Optional component dialog box does not appear unless the component size
is out of the specification range or the component is not allowed by the specification. You
can then select a component in the range. For more information, see Optional Component
Dialog Box (on page 70).
Optional Component Dialog Box

Specifies components for placement. Status, start size, end size, tag, long description, and short
description are displayed for each component.
OK
Places the selected component on the drawing.
Default
Changes the selected component to the default component.
Using SpecSizeOverride
When the SpecSizeOverride (on page 48) variable is off, sizes are restricted to the specification
range. If the selected size is not within the range, OK and Default are not available.
If SpecSizeOverride is on, the dialog box appears if the component size is not in the range. You
can then select the needed component even when it is out of range.

The following table summarizes the dialog box behavior.
Component in Size in Dialog box SpecSizeOverride Dialog box

specification? specification? appears? variable status behavior
Yes Yes No Off = 0 Normal operation.
Yes No No Off = 0 Error message.
Yes No No On = 1 Error message, but you can

override.
Yes Yes Yes Off = 0 Dialog box shows all

components including
optional components, but
does not allow override.
Yes No Yes Off = 0 Dialog box shows all

components but OK is not
available for components
not in size range.
Yes No Yes On = 1 Dialog box shows all

components and allows
override.
No n/a No Off = 0 Error message.
You can use the Spec Editor to change components to optional components. For
more information, see Spec Editor (on page 106).
Size
CADWorx Plant I tab: Setup Size/Spec > Size
Setting toolbar: Size
Plant menu: Utility > Set Component > Size
Command line: COMP2SIZE
Specifies the main and reduction size by selecting a component with the needed sizes.
Reduction size is not set if it has not been set on the selected component. You can optionally
reverse the main and reduction sizes.
Spec
CADWorx Plant I tab: Setup Size/Spec > Spec
Setting toolbar: Spec

Plant menu: Utility > Set Component > Spec
Command line: COMP2SPEC
Specifies the current specification by selecting a component using the needed specification.

Size-Spec
CADWorx Plant I tab: Setup Size/Spec > Size-Spec
Setting toolbar: Size-Spec

Plant menu: Utility > Set Component > Size-Spec
Command line: COMP2SIZESPEC
Specifies the main size, reduction size, and specification by selecting a component with the
needed values. Reduction size is not set if it has not been set on the selected component. You
can optionally reverse the main and reduction sizes.
All
Setting toolbar: All
Plant menu: Utility > Set Component > All
Command line: COMP2ALL
Specifies the main size, reduction size, specification, and line number by selecting a component
with the needed values.
This option requires that you set the LineNumberSystem (on page 45) variable to 2. This is the
same as having the System On (Static Size/Spec) option in the Line Numbering System
dialog box selected. For more information, see Line Numbering System Dialog Box (on page
185).
Editor
Creates, views, and modifies specifications. For more information, see Spec Editor (on page
106).
Change Size
CADWorx Plant I tab: Setup Size/Spec > Change Size
Command Line: CHANGESIZE
Changes the size of the selected components based on available sizes. Sizes are based on the
specification project you choose when initially setting up the drawing. This command has two
main functions Automatic or Manual.
Automatic
Automatically changes the entire component to the chosen size.
The Change Size command only changes the size of the line until it reaches a
reducer. The software provides two options to replace a reducer to match the size change.
The pipeline on the other side of the reducer maintains its size. The only way to change the
size of the pipeline on both sides of a reducer is to select the reducer itself.
Manual
Changes only the selected components to the chosen size.
When using the manual option, the software forces you to select reducers for
adjacent components that are not the same size. The manual option does not stop size
changes at any point based on another component. However, unless the line on the other
side of a reducer is selected it is not changed.

Large
Changes the large side of the component and anything attached to that side. This is only an
option when using Automatic.
Small
Changes the small side of the component and anything attached to that side. This is only an
Both
Changes both sides of the component and anything attached to those sides. This is only an
Change current component
Changes the component to match the size change.
add Reducing component
Displays a list of reducing components.
add Reducer at branch
Adds a reducer to a branch component. This option is available when changing the size of a
branch component.
BOP
Places the changed size piping at the bottom of pipe.
TOP
Places the changed size piping at the top of pipe.
Current
Places the changed size piping at the current location.
caNcel
Does not change the size and cancels out.
When you change size of a pipe attached to a pipe support, the pipe support also
changes size to coincide with the piping.
What do you want to do?

Change the size automatically (on page 74)
Change the size manually (on page 74)
Change the size of a reducer and the pipes automatically (on page 75)
Change the size of a reducer and the pipes manually (on page 75)
Change the size of a model with branch connections automatically (on page 76)
Change tee sizes automatically (on page 76)
Change tee sizes manually (on page 77)

Change the size automatically

1. Click Change Size . Alternatively, type CHANGESIZE on the command line, and press
ENTER.
2. Press ENTER for automatic.
3. Select a component.
4. Select a size from the list that displays.
If a size is not available in the catalog for a component, the process stops, forcing
you to start over.
5. Select a component to keep its position, or press ENTER to finish.
If prompted select, the BOP, TOP, or Current after selecting the piping to keep the position.
The software continues to prompt you for selection of a component until you press ENTER
to finish.
The entire drawing changes its size.
Change the size manually

When using the manual option, you must select similar components with like sizes, or the
process does not work.
ENTER.
2. Type M for manual.
3. Select the components whose size you want to change, and press ENTER when finished.
4. Select a size from the list that appears.
The next prompt only displays if you have selected pipe lines that do not connect to
each other but have a component in-between. If you do not receive the following prompt
skip step 6 and continue.
5. Select the reducers as needed.

The specific components change size and add the reducers if needed.

Change the size of a reducer and the pipes automatically

ENTER.
3. Select a reducer.
4. Type Large, Small, or Both on the command line, and press ENTER.
5. Select a size from the list that displays. This is based on the choice you make in step 4.
If a size is not available in the catalog for a component the process stops, forcing
you to start over.
Until you press ENTER to finish the software continues to prompt you for selection of
a component.
If you change the size of a pipe on the small end of a reducer to the same size as the
pipe on the large end of the reducer, the software gives you the option to change the
component. If you do not change the component the process fails.
Change the size of a reducer and the pipes manually

Use this option when you want to change the size of more than one reducer and the pipe
lines to multiple sizes.
ENTER.
3. Select one or more reducers and press ENTER.
If you select more than one you might not be prompted for the sides of the reducer.
This depends on the location of the chosen reducers.
4. If applicable, type Large, Small, or Both on the command line, and then press ENTER.
5. Select a size from the list. This list continues to show up for as many components as you
selected.
If a size is not available in the catalog for a component the process stops, forcing
you to start over.
a component.
The selected components change size.
If you change the size of a pipe on the small end of a reducer to the same size as the
pipe on the large end of the reducer, the software gives you the option to change the
component. If you do not change the component the process fails.

Change the size of a model with branch connections

automatically
ENTER.
you to start over.
5. Select all the branches in the model.
If you do not select all the branches the software prompts you to change the
component. If you select No, the process fails. You may also be prompted if the size does
not exist.
6. Select a component, or press ENTER to finish.
7. If prompted to fix the pipe by BOP, TOP, or Current, type an option, and press ENTER.
a component.
The selected system changes size.
Change tee sizes automatically
ENTER.
2. Type A for automatic.
3. Select a line with a tee component to change, and then press ENTER.
5. You are now prompted to select the branch or press ENTER.
If you select the branch, the software prompts you for the size of the branch. The
prompts you receive are then determined on the size you select for the branch and the
main.
If you do not select the branch, the prompts are determined by the size you select for
the main.
Prompts vary depending on the options you choose.
For instance, large versus small pipe, selecting the branch or not selecting the branch,
using Change current component or add Reducer at branch, each choice produces
a different outcome. However, the software produces the same result of changing the
size of the tee component.
These options were designed so that you could change the tee as needed for any
scenario. For more information, see Change Size (on page 72).

6. Follow the prompts to select the best option for your model.
In most instances the following prompt displays.
The software displays the following prompt when a line is not going to change size
and requires a reducer. This happens when you select a tee and you do not select the lines
next to the tee. This can also happen when you select a tee and you do not select the
branch line of the tee. The software prompts for a reducer for any line that does not require
a size change.
7. Select the reducers as required.

The line with the tee changes size and a reducer is added to the branch.
If the software displays the prompt The model cannot change size, then there is an issue
with the model components. For instance, this can happen if you select a tee and the line
requires a reducer be inserted, but the pipe next to the tee is too short for the software to
accommodate the reducer. If this happens, check the lengths of the piping and make sure
there is room to accommodate the added components, and then run Change Size again.
If you select a single component and change to a small size, the software takes you
immediately to Step 7.
It is possible to receive the following prompt when changing the size of a tee. The software
provides a list of available components to change to if the size of the reducing tee does not
exist or if a component change is needed.
Change tee sizes manually

If you have the Apply Branch Table Rule set to Automatic some of the prompts are not
received. In this scenario, the software reads the branch table in the specification. To review the
branch table, open the project, select the specification, and then select the Branch tab on the
Edit component pane.
ENTER.

3. Select a line with a tee component to change, and then press ENTER.
If you select more than one component and a small size, the software prompts you to
select the sizes for each component. When you finish, the reducer prompt displays. If you
select more than one component and a large size, the software prompts you with Change
current component and add Reducer at branch. The prompts following your selections
depend on the other components you select.
5. Follow the prompts to select the best option for your model.
In most instances the following prompt displays.
The software displays the following prompt when a line is not going to change size
and requires a reducer. This happens, when you select a tee and you do not select the lines
next to the tee. This can also happen, when you select a tee and you do not select the
branch line of the tee. The software prompts for a reducer for any line that does not require
a size change.
6. Select the reducers as required.

The tee changes size.
If the software displays the prompt The model cannot change size, then there is an issue
with the model components. For instance, this can happen if you select a tee and the line
requires a reducer to be inserted. However, the pipe next to the tee is too short for the
software to accommodate the reducer. If this happens, check the lengths of the piping and
make sure there is room to accommodate the added components, and then run Change
Size again.
If you select a single tee and change to a small size, the software takes you immediately to
step 6.
It is possible to receive the following prompt when changing the size of a tee. The software
provides a list of available components if the size of the reducing tee does not exist or if a
component change is needed.

Change Specification
CADWorx Plant I tab: Setup Size/Spec > Change Spec
Command Line: CHANGESPEC
Changes the specification of the selected components. The software determines the change
specification based on the size and type of the selected component. The Change Spec
command has two modes either Automatic or Manual.
Automatic
Changes all the components on the selected line to the chosen specification automatically,
depending on the following conditions.
The Automatic option only changes the specification assigned to the system
until it reaches another specification.
If there is only one matching default component in the chosen specification, the software
chooses the default component.
If there are multiple default components matching the component in the chosen
specification, the software provides a list of all the default components.
If there is only one optional component matching the component in the chosen
specification and no matching default components, the software selects the optional
component.
If there are multiple matching optional components in the chosen specification and no
matching default components, the software displays a list of optional components for
you to choose. When the list displays, the component highlights in the drawing.
If there are default and optional components of the same type, you must use the
Manual option to select an optional component.
Manual
Changes only the selected components to the chosen specification. If there is only one
matching component in the chosen specification, the software selects the default. If there is
only one optional component in the chosen specification and no default component, the
software selects the optional component. If there is more than one matching component in
the chosen specification, the software provides you a list of the components. The software
changes any component you select to the component information you select from the list.
When the list displays, the component highlights in the drawing.

Change the specification automatically (on page 80)
Change the specification manually (on page 80)
Change the specification of a model with branches automatically (on page 81)

Change the specification automatically

1. Click Change Spec . Alternatively, type CHANGESPEC on the command line, and press
ENTER.
3. Select a pipeline.
4. Select a specification.
The software selects the default component if there is only one default component.
OR
The software selects the optional component if there is no default and only one optional.
OR
A list of components displays.
This list only displays when there are multiple components matching the component
in the chosen specification. Automatic option only displays the default components if there
are matching default components found, even if matching optional components exist. The
default component takes higher priority. The only time the software displays an optional
component (or list of components) is when there are no matching default components found
in the chosen specification. If the software selects the only available default component, skip
to step 6.
5. Select the component you need.
The software continues to prompt you for selection of a component until you press
ENTER to finish.
The software changes the specification for the selection.
Change the specification manually

ENTER.
3. Select the components whose specification you want to change, and press ENTER when
finished.
The software selects the default component if there is only one matching default component
and no matching optional components.
When you use the Manual option, you can select a single component or more than
one component. If you select more than one component, it is possible to get both responses
in step 4. One component could only have one default, but another component could have a
multitude of matching components.
OR
This list only displays when there are multiple matching components. For instance, if
you have five of the same type of pipe but with different schedules, the software displays all
the matching pipes to choose from. If this list does not display, skip to step 6.


ENTER to finish.
The specification to the selected components is changed.
Change the specification of a model with branches

automatically
ENTER.
3. Select a pipeline.
The software selects the default component if there is only one default component.
OR
The software selects the optional component if there is no default and only one optional.
OR
This list only displays when there are multiple components matching the component
in the chosen specification. Automatic option only displays the default components if there
are matching default components found, even if matching optional components exist. The
default component takes higher priority. The only time the software displays an optional
component (or list of components) is when there are no matching default components found
in the chosen specification. If the software selects the only available default component, skip
to step 6.
6. Select the branches.
If you do not select the branches in step 6 the specification changes only for the tee
or cross components. It does not change for the branch piping.
ENTER to finish.
The specification assignment for the selected system is changed. If there is a reducer in the
system, the new specification assignment only applies up to and including the reducer, not
the pipeline on the other side of the reducer.

Local Edit
CADWorx Plant I tab: Setup Size/Spec > Local Edit
Setting toolbar: Component Edit
Plant menu: Utility > Component Edit > Local Edit
Command line: CEDIT
Modifies the properties of an existing component on the drawing. This command displays the
Component Edit dialog box.
Component Edit Dialog Box

Specifies properties for a component.
Alpha size
Specifies a size-only description of the component.
Short annotation
Specifies a short description of the component.
Long annotation
Specifies a long description of the component.
Line number
Specifies the line number of the component.
Tag
Specifies a tag for the component.
Code
Specifies a code for the component.
Weight
Specifies the weight per unit of a pipe component.
Sort sequence
Specifies the sort sequence of the component in the bill of material.
Length
Specifies a length for the component.
Component type
Displays the type of the component.

Specification
Displays the specification used by the component.
The bolt length, and bolt diameter numbers display in the Code box when the
BOLT_DIAMETER_PTN, and BOLT_LENGTH_PTN schemas are set in the Part Number
Format description dialog box in the Specification Editor. For more information, see
Description Format Dialog Box, How to display the bolt length part number in CADWorx
Plant, and How to display the bolt diameter part number in CADWorx Plant in the CADWorx
Spec Editor Users Guide.
If Setup is used to create an external database, Synchronize can be used to

change the specification in the database. For more information, see Setup Live Database
(on page 204) and Synchronize Pipe Database (on page 209).
If using a live database the Alpha Size, Short annotation, Long annotation, Line
number, Tag, Code, Weight, Sort sequence, and any Custom Data are updated when
you click Synchronize . If you make a change in the database and the SyncOnStartUp
(on page 50) is set to Synchronize With Changes Review, then the Synchronize
Component dialog box displays and enables you to review the changes to the database
and reject or accept the changes. For more information, see Synchronize Pipe Database (on
page 209).
Coordinates
World
Calculates pipe length based on the pipe component centerline. This option only affects
pipe, nipple, flanged pipe, and tubing components. It does not affect fixed-size components
such as elbows or flanges. If a pipe component is stretched, trimmed, or broken, the
positions of the components are automatically updated along with the pipe length.
Iso
Specifies the value of Length as the pipe length. The length does not change the drawing
graphics, but appears in the bill of material. For more information, see ISO Flag (on page
261).
Miscellaneous
Existing
Specifies that the component is not included in the bill of material. The component symbol is
also moved to the Exist layer. In Isogen isometric drawings, the component is shown as
dotted and dimensioned.
Insulation or CAESAR II
Specifies that this component either has CAESAR II pipe stress analysis information or
insulation attached.
BOM Item Type
Fabrication
Specifies a fabrication type of bill of material item.
Erection
Specifies an erection type of bill of material item.

Offshore
Specifies an offshore type of bill of material item.
Misc
Specifies a miscellaneous type of bill of material item.
The selected item type appears on the bill of materials when the FLAG column is added
using Pipe BOM / DB > Setup . For Isogen, you must also sort by the FLAG column to
group by type. For more information, see Bill of Material Setup (on page 193) and BOM Sort
Order / Accumulation Dialog Box (on page 196).
If Misc is selected when using Isogen, then Isogen treats the weld gap as a field-fit weld.
Use Isogen Option Switch 22 to increase the cut piece add-on allowances for field-fit welds.
OK
Saves modifications and closes the dialog box.
Cancel
Cancels the operation without saving modifications, and closes the dialog box.
Isogen
Specifies data for the component in an Isogen drawing. Opens the Isogen Data dialog box.
Isogen Data Dialog Box (on page 89)
Custom Data
Specifies custom data created in the Specification Editor and enables you to edit the value.
This data can be isolated in the Line View palette.
For more information on creating custom data, see New Field Dialog Box in the CADWorx
Click the link for more information on the Component Custom Data Dialog Box (on page 94).
Remove
Removes CADWorx database attributes from a component, converting it to generic
AutoCAD geometry.
Many commands in CADWorx use xdata in the components and do not function if the
data is removed.
Pipe Support Assembly Edit Dialog Box
Specifies properties for a pipe support assembly.
Assembly Part List
Displays the assembly and the parts contained within that assembly. If you select a part in
the Assembly Part List, you can edit the Parameters, the BOM, the Description, the
Connections, and the Point location of the selected part. For more information, see Parts
Edit below.
Group Name
Specifies the name of the selected pipe support group.

Name
Specifies the pipe support name.
Alpha size
Specifies a size-only description of the pipe support.
Long
Specifies a long description of the pipe support.
Short
Specifies a short description of the pipe support.
Line number
Specifies the line number of the pipe support.
Tag
Specifies a tag for the pipe support.
Part number
Specifies the part number for the pipe support.
Weight
Specifies the weight per unit of a pipe support.
Length
Specifies a length for the pipe support.
Notes
Specifies notes for the pipe support
The bolt length, and bolt diameter numbers display in the Code box when the
BOLT_DIAMETER_PTN, and BOLT_LENGTH_PTN schemas are set in the Part Number
Format description dialog box in the Specification Editor. For more information, see
Description Format Dialog Box, How to display the bolt length part number in CADWorx
Plant, and How to display the bolt diameter part number in CADWorx Plant in the CADWorx
If Setup is used to create an external database, Synchronize can be used to

change the specification in the database. For more information, see Setup Live Database
(on page 204) and Synchronize Pipe Database (on page 209).
If using a live database the Alpha size, Short, Long, Line number, Tag, Part number,
Weight, Sort, and any Custom Data are updated when you click Synchronize . If you
make a change in the database and the SyncOnStartUp (on page 50) is set to Synchronize
With Changes Review, then the Synchronize Component dialog box displays and
enables you to review the changes to the database and reject or accept the changes. For
more information, see Synchronize Pipe Database (on page 209).

BOM
Sort
Type
Specifies the bill of material type.
Fabrication
Erection
Offshore
Misc
Miscellaneous
Existing
also moved to the Exist layer. In Isogen isometric drawings, the pipe support is shown as
CAESAR II Type
Coordinates
World
Iso
261).

Isogen
Custom Data
You can isolated this data in the Line View palette.
Remove
AutoCAD geometry.
OK
Cancel
Many commands in CADWorx use xdata in the components and do not function if
you remove the xdata.
Parts Edit
Controls parameters for editing pipe support components.
Parameter
Size
Specifies the size of the pipe support component.
Data Table
Allows you to view the data table and change the size of the pipe support
component. For descriptions of the information contained within the Pipe Support
Data dialog box, see PipeSupport in the CADWorx Spec Editor Users Guide.
Cascade size selection
Specifies that any size change you make in the Pipe Support Data size selection
dialog box updates the Size to all parts of the assembly. If you do not want to
update all sizes when you make a change, clear the Cascade size selection check
box.
BOM
Sort
Locates a pipe support part item in the bill of material schedule. Type the needed value.
Type 0 to place the item first in the schedule. Type 999 to place the item last. If the
same sort numbers are used for different components, they are placed in alphabetical
order.
Type
Specifies the type of bill of material item. Select Fabrication, Erection, Offshore, or
Misc.

Properties
Long
Describes the pipe support part. This description is used in the bill of materials.
Short
Specifies the abbreviated description for the pipe support part.
Tag
Specifies an optional tag description for the pipe support part.
Part Number
Specifies the part number information of the pipe support part.
Notes
Specifies any notes attached to the pipe support part.
Weight
Specifies the weight per unit of a pipe support component.
Length
Specifies a length for the pipe support component.
Width
Specifies the width of the pipe support component.
You can double-click a component or a pipe support to open the Component Edit dialog
box or the Pipe Support Assembly Edit dialog box.
Modify a component
1. Click Local Edit .
2. In the drawing, select a component.
The Component Edit dialog box appears.
3. Modify properties as needed.
4. Click OK.

Isogen Data Dialog Box

Specifies Isogen properties for a component.
Symbol Information
Identifier
Specifies the identifier used by Isogen for the component. For more information, see
SKEY Information.
Overwrite
Overwrites the default value of Isogen Identifier used by CADWorx and uses the value
specified in Identifier.
SKEY
Specifies the SKEY used by Isogen for the component. For more information, see SKEY
Information.
Overwrite
Overwrites the default value of Isogen SKEY used by CADWorx and uses the value
specified in SKEY.

Message
Specifies the message displayed with the component on the isometric drawing.
Type
Specifies the type of graphic enclosing the message.
Message Types
Type Graphic
None No text or graphic
Unboxed Text only
Square
Pointed
Round
Circle
Triangle
Diamond
Double Circle
Ellipse
Text
Specifies the message text.
Spindle / Flat / Support Direction
Specifies a valve spindle direction, an eccentric reducer flat direction, or support direction.
Direction
Specifies the direction. Select North, South, East, West, Up, or Down.
Mark
Specifies a text message with details on the direction.
Isogen option switch 80 (dimension to valve centers) is only available if the valve has a
spindle direction set.

Flow Arrow
Specifies how flow arrows are displayed for valves.
As drawn
Displays the flow arrow in the direction that the pipe was drawn.
Opposite
Displays the flow arrow in the opposite direction.
View
Displays a preview of the flow arrow on the drawing.
Isogen option switch 17 controls the display of flow arrows.
Miter Pipe Export Options
Specifies how miter pipe is exported to Isogen.
Pipe with Welds
Exports each straight pipe run in the component as a linear pipe piece with mitered
ends and welded connections.
Pipe with Welds Example
Bend
Exports all pipe segments in the component as a single miter bend.

Bend with Length

Exports all pipe segments in the component as a single miter bend. The length of the
component is also added to the Long Annotation of the component, allowing two
bends with different lengths to have separate marks in the bill of material.
Bend with Length Example
Other
Spool
Specifies the spool identification. This value overrides the default spool value created by
Isogen. Type the required alpha or numeric character.
Sketch
Specifies a .dwg detailed sketch to display with the isometric drawing. For more
information on detailed sketches, see the Isogen Configuration User's Guide.
Dim Status
Specifies the dimensioning of individual components. Select Default, Dimensioned,
Dotted Dimensioned, or Dotted Undimensioned.
Sheet #
Specifies the sheet number of an Isogen drawing. Type the required alpha or numeric
character.
Mark
Specifies the mark number for a component. Type the required alpha or numeric
character.

End Connections and Conditions

Specifies a set of conditions for up to four ends (End 1, End 2, End 3, and End 4).
Connection Type
Specifies the type of connection on the end
Connection Types
Connection Types Description Default Condition
Default
BS Ball and Socket Male
BW Butt Weld Unspecified
CL Clamped Male
CP Compression Female
FA Flared Male
FL Flanged Unspecified
GF Gland Female
GL Glued Female
LC Liner (Clamped) Male
LR Liner (Reducing ) Male
LN Liner (Nut) Male
MP Male Part Hygienic Male
PF Push Fit Female
PL Plain End Male
SC Screwed Female
SW Socket Weld Female
View
Displays a red arrow at the selected end on the drawing.
Male, Female, Unspecified, or None
Specifies the end condition of the selected condition type. These options are only
available when the end condition of the connection type can be changed. For example,
SC, SW, CP, GL, and PF allow either male or female end conditions. Unspecified is
used for welded and flanged end conditions.

Reference Dimensions
Specifies dimension to use as reference for the component.
On
Turns on reference dimensions.
Primary
Defines reference dimensions relative to the primary axes of the model.
Skewed
Defines reference dimension relative to the defined reference points.
Pick points
Allows you to select reference points in the drawing.
View
Displays the reference points in the drawing.
Message
Specifies text for the reference dimensions.
SKEY
Specifies the SKEY used by Isogen for the reference dimensions. For more information,
see SKEY Information.
Start Point
Displays X, Y, and Z coordinates for the start point. You can only edit Start Point when
editing user shapes.
Reference Point 1
Displays X, Y, and Z coordinates for the first reference point.
Reference Point 2
Displays X, Y, and Z coordinates for the second reference point.
Component Custom Data Dialog Box
Specifies the Custom Data available in the current specification for the selected component.
The custom data information comes from any user-defined field created using the Custom Data
option in the Specification Editor for that component. For more information on creating custom
data, see New Field Dialog Box in the CADWorx Spec Editor User Guide.
Field Title
Specifies the title of the field that you entered when creating the custom data in the
Specification Editor.
Field Description
Specifies the description you entered when creating the custom data in the Specification
Editor.
Field Value
Specifies the value you entered in the custom data in the Specification Editor. You can edit
this box for the four types of data: Integer, Real, Text, and List. These types must be set up
when the custom data is created.

1. Click Local Edit .

2. Select a component. Alternatively, double-click a component with custom data.
This can also be opened using Generic Attach (on page 251).
The Component Edit dialog box displays.
3. Click Custom Data.
The Component Custom Data dialog box displays.
4. Double-click in the Field Value box.
5. Change the value. If the Field Value contains a list, you can only select an item from that
list.
The field is updated on the Component Custom Data dialog box.
6. Click OK.
Global Edit
CADWorx Plant I tab: Setup Size/Spec > Global Edit
Setting toolbar: Global Component Edit
Plant menu: Utility > Component Edit > Global Edit
Command line: GCEDIT
Modifies the properties of multiple components. This command displays the Global CEdit dialog
box.
Global CEdit Dialog Box
Specifies properties for multiple components.
Each property initially shows no value. Any value modified for a property is changed for all
selected components. Properties that are not modified are not changed in the selected
components.
Alpha size
Short annotation
Long annotation
Line number
Tag
Code

Weight
Sort sequence
Coordinates
World
Iso
261).
Miscellaneous
Existing
BOM Item Type
Fabrication
Erection
Offshore
Misc
OK
Cancel
Custom Data
Click the link for more information on the Custom Data Dialog Box (on page 97).
Remove
Removes CADWorx database attributes from the selected components, converting them to
generic AutoCAD geometry.

Modify multiple components

1. Click Global Edit .
2. In the drawing, select two or more components.
The Global CEdit dialog box appears.
3. Define properties as needed.
4. Click OK.
The command line prompt indicates the number of updated components.
Custom Data Dialog Box

Specifies the Custom Data available in the current specification for the selected components.
The custom data information comes from any user-defined field created using the Custom Data
option in the Specification Editor for that component. For more information on creating custom
data, see New Field Dialog Box in the CADWorx Spec Editor User Guide.
Show All Fields
Shows all fields created for custom data.
Show Common Fields
Shows only the fields that the selected components have in common.
Field Title
Specifies the title of the field that you entered when creating the custom data in the
Field Description
Specifies the description you entered when creating the custom data in the Specification
Editor.
Field Value
Specifies the value you entered in the custom data in the Specification Editor. You can edit
this box for the four types of data: Integer, Real, Text, and List. These types must be set up
when the custom data is created.
1. Click Global Edit .
2. Select a group of components.
The Global CEdit dialog box displays.
3. Click Custom Data.
The Custom Data dialog box displays.
4. Double-click in the Field Value box.
5. Change the value. If the Field Value contains a list, you can only select an item from that
list.
The field is updated on the Custom Data dialog box.
6. Click OK.
The custom data is updated for all components that were selected in the first step.

Mode Convert
Mode convert commands change a piping component from one mode to another mode. The
existing component is deleted and replaced with a component in the new mode.
Many possibilities exist, such as:
2D double line to 3D solids
3D solids to 2D double line
2D single line to 2D double line
2D double line, flat to 2D double line, north
Converting to different planes
Rebuilding an existing component in the same mode or plane
The specification layer name determines the layer to delete and replace. This layer name is
prepended with an underscore, such as _150. Objects on other layers (without an underscore in
their names) are not changed.
You can convert from one plane to another by changing planes and converting the component
mode.
Example
The following tee was drawn once, copied to three other locations, then converted to different
planes.
Topics
Convert a component to a different mode ..................................... 99
3D Solids ....................................................................................... 99
Convert Isometric........................................................................... 99
2D Double Line .............................................................................. 99
2D Single Line ............................................................................... 99
Convert Existing............................................................................. 100
Convert to 3D enhanced ................................................................ 100
Convert from project data .............................................................. 100
Convert Intersected Piping ............................................................ 101
CWexplode .................................................................................... 101

Convert a component to a different mode

1. Select 3D Solids , Convert Isometric , 2D Double Line , or 2D Single Line .
2. Select the piping components to convert.
3. Press ENTER.
3D Solids
CADWorx Plant I tab: Setup Size/Spec > 3D Solids
Setting toolbar: Solids

Plant menu: Accessory > Mode Convert > 3D Solids
Command line: CONVERTSOLID
Converts selected components to 3D solid mode.
Convert Isometric
CADWorx Plant I tab: Setup Size/Spec > Convert Isometric
Setting toolbar: Isometric

Plant menu: Accessory > Mode Convert > Isometric
Command line: CONVERTISO
Converts selected components to isometric mode.
2D Double Line
CADWorx Plant I tab: Setup Size/Spec > 2D Double Line
Setting toolbar: Double Line
Plant menu: Accessory > Mode Convert > 2D Double Line
Command line: CONVERTDOUBLE
Converts selected components to 2D double line mode.
2D Single Line
CADWorx Plant I tab: Setup Size/Spec > 2D Single Line
Setting toolbar: Single Line

Plant menu: Accessory > Mode Convert > 2D Single Line
Command line: CONVERTSINGLE
Converts selected components to 2D single line mode.

Convert Existing
Command line: CONVERTEXISTING
Stops external data (xdata) from appearing in the bill of material or removes xdata from the
components. After xdata is prevented or removed, the component is moved to the EXIST layer.
You can also execute this command in Global Edit or Local Edit . For more
information, see Global Edit (on page 95) and Local Edit (on page 82).
If you use the CONVERTEXISTING command and you select Yes, you cannot change
the components back. To change components in the existing layer, back and forth, you must
select No when using this command.
1. Type CONVERTEXISTING on the command line, and then press ENTER.
2. Select Yes to remove all data from the components.
OR
Select No to not remove all data.
You can also do this in the Global Edit or Local Edit dialog boxes.
3. To convert all objects on the drawings, select All objects.
OR
To convert a specific component, select Components only.
4. Press ENTER to finish.
The components selected are converted.
Convert to 3D enhanced
Command line: CONVERTENHANCED
Converts the selected components to 3D enhanced mode.
1. Type CONVERTENHANCED on the command line, and the press ENTER.
2. Select the components you want to convert to 3D enhanced mode, and then press ENTER.
The components convert to 3D enhanced.
Convert from project data

Command line: CONVERTFROMPRJDATA
Converts the selected components to the project data changes made to the specification in the
CONVERTFROMPRJDATA updates all selected components in the drawing to your
current settings. The Apply Change Data Rule settings determine which items the software
excludes when you run the CONVERTFROMPRJDATA update. For example, if you select Line
number, then the line numbers do not update when you run the CONVERTFROMPRJDATA
command. For more information, see Apply Change Data Rule Dialog Box (on page 62).
1. Type CONVERTFROMPRJDATA on the command line, and then press ENTER.
2. Select the objects you want to convert from previous data to the new project data, and then
press ENTER.
The project data of the selected components is updated.

Convert Intersected Piping

Command line: CONVERTINTERSECTEDPIPINGS
Converts the intersected piping components based on your selection from the offered list. This
usually happens automatically when crossing components. However, if this does not happen,
use this command to convert the intersected piping.
1. Type CONVERTINTERSECTEDPIPINGS on the command line, and the press ENTER.
2. Select the intersecting components, and then press ENTER.
A list of available components displays.
3. Select a component from the list, and then select the specific component from the expanded
list.
The component changes to connect the piping.
CWexplode
Command line: CWEXPLODE
Changes the CADWorx component to an AutoCAD 3D solid with xdata included.
1. Type CWEXPLODE on the command line, and then press ENTER.
3. Select the component you want to change, and then press ENTER.
Step 3 does not apply if you selected the Entire Drawing option.
The components are converted to AutoCAD 3D solids with xdata included.
Socket Weld
CADWorx Plant I tab: Setup Size/Spec > Socket Weld
Setting toolbar: Socket Weld

Specifies the socket welded fitting mode for hub-based components. Dimensions and
engagement properties are based on the socket welded section of the specification.
You can also define the fitting mode in the CADWorx Plant Setup dialog box. For more
information, see Setup (on page 27).
Threaded
CADWorx Plant I tab: Setup Size/Spec > Threaded
Setting toolbar: Threaded

Specifies the threaded fitting mode for hub-based components. Dimensions and engagement
properties are based on the threaded section of the specification.
You can also define the fitting mode in the CADWorx Plant Setup dialog box. For more

Settings
CADWorx Plant I tab: Setup Size/Spec > Settings
Setting toolbar: Current Settings

Plant menu: Utility > Settings
Command line: CURRENT
Displays the current drawing settings, such as main and reduction sizes, text and dimension
sizes, line and drawing modes, and specifications. This command displays the Current
Settings dialog box.
Most of these settings are changed using Setup . For more information, see Setup (on
page 27).
XREF Edit
Plant menu: Utility > Component Edit > Xref Edit
Command line: XCEDIT
Settings toolbar: Xref Edit

Views sizes or information within the component Xref. This command works in a similar fashion
to the CADWorx CEDIT functionality. For more information, see Local Edit (on page 82). This
function uses the same dialog box as Local Edit, but it does not allow you to modify any of the
values. If a modification to a component is required from within an Xref, use the AutoCAD
REFEDIT command to open that part of the Xref. Then use the Local Edit command to make
any modifications necessary. After the required modification is completed, close the Xref with
the REFCLOSE command.

SECTION 3
Palettes Panel
CADWorx Plant I tab: Palette
Spec View - Filters the available components based on the SPECVIEW

size and specification settings. For more information, see
Spec View Palette (on page 104).
Line View - Isolates components based on their line LINEVIEW

number or their specification. For more information, see
Line View Palette (on page 109).
Pipe Support Modeler - Inserts pipe and elbow support PIPESUPPORTVIEW

components. For more information, see Support Modeler
Palette (on page 112).
Insulation View - Creates a data file in which you can add, INSULATIONVIEW
modify, and remove insulation configurations that can be
applied to CADWorx components. For more information,
see Insulation View Palette (on page 139).
Discontinuity View - Checks for different types of DISCONTINUITYVIEW

modeling issues. For more information, see Discontinuity
View Palette (on page 145).
Pipe Support Modeler Report - Generates a report of all PIPESUPPORTREPORT

pipe supports found in the selection or in the entire model.
For more information, see Pipe Support Report (on page
147).
P&ID View - Links data between the Plant and P&ID table PIDVIEW
in a project database. For more information, see P&ID View
Clash View - Runs interactive clash detection on AutoCAD CLASHVIEW

3D solids in the current drawing as well as any attached
XREF drawings. For more information, see Clash View
Assembly View - Creates an assembly for use in a ASSEMBLYVIEW

drawing. For more information, see Assembly View Palette
(on page 157).

Palettes Panel
Spec View Palette

CADWorx Plant I tab: Palettes > Spec View
Palettes toolbar: Spec View

Plant menu: Palettes > Spec View
Command line: SPECVIEW
Filters the available components based on the size and specification settings. Spec View also
provides a quick way to change the line number settings. Plant components are typically drawn
using toolbars, or by typing the command name at the AutoCAD command prompt. The
CADWorx Spec View palette provides an alternate method of inserting CADWorx components.
Spec View Tab (CADWorx Spec View Palette) (on page 104)
Settings Tab (CADWorx Spec View Palette) (on page 107)
Custom Data Tab (CADWorx Spec View Palette) (on page 108)
Spec View Tab (CADWorx Spec View Palette)

Sets up the filter for the available components.
Set Spec and Size
Displays the Set Specification & Size dialog box. For more information, see Set
Specification and Size (on page 52).
Start Spec Editor
Displays the Spec Editor software. For more information, see Spec Editor (on page 106) or
the CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide book.
Line Numbering Setup

Displays the Line Numbering System dialog box. For more information, see Line
Numbering System Dialog Box (on page 185).
Line Number Drop Down Setup
Displays the Line Numbering System Dropdown Setup dialog box. For more information,
see Line Numbering System Dropdown Setup Dialog Box (on page 106).
Set size, spec, and line number by component
Sets the main size, reduction size, current specification, and line number to match a
component that you select. For more information, see All (on page 72).
Reload *.prj File

Refreshes the changes made to the open .prj file in the Specification Editor.
Help
Displays the help file.

Palettes Panel
Main
Specifies the main size of the component.
Reduction
Specifies the reduction size of the component.
Specification
Specifies the specification associated with the component. The list is based on the
SpecificationDirectory (on page 47) in the current configuration settings.
Line Numbering System
Specifies the line numbering format. This can be changed using Line Numbering Setup
.
Components List
Lists the components that can be inserted into the drawing based on the Specification,
Main, and Reduction.
If you draw a valve with multiple ratings in CADWorx Plant and then attach a flange, the
software prompts you when the flange and the valve rating do not match. You can select Yes to
override and insert the flange. Optionally, select No, and then insert a flange with a matching
rating.
Draw pipe components

1. Select the pipe spec to use from the list.
The software uses the default type (Buttweld).
2. If necessary, right-click and change the type.
3. Follow the prompts on the command line to place the pipe.

The software draws the pipe using the specified type.
Draw non-pipe components

1. Select the non-pipe component type to use from the list.
The software draws the component in plan view based on the current UCS.
2. Follow the prompts on the command line to place the component.
The software draws the component using the specified insertion option.

Palettes Panel
Spec Editor
CADWorx Plant I Tab: Setup and Size/Spec Panel > Editor
Spec View Palette > Start Spec Editor
Command Line: SPECEDIT
Modifies the delivered specifications and creates new specifications.
Spec Editor can also be used as standalone software and can be copied to any
computer. It does not require a hardware lock (ESL) or a license manager.
CADWorxSpecEditor.exe is located in the [Product Folder]\Plant\Spec Editor folder.
When opening the Spec Editor from CADWorx, the software loads the specification that you
have specified in Plant. If you want to open a different specification, then select the specific spec
in Project Data.
The Spec Editor stores all the components delivered with CADWorx. If you want to
add a size for a component, you must first add it in the Data Table and the EndType Table in
the Specification Editor. You cannot use a component size that has not been added to the
catalog for the specification. CADWorx uses the SpecificationDefaultProject (on page 48) to
locate the project file and access the components.
Optional components can be manipulated and created in the spec editor.
For more information, see the CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide delivered with CADWorx.
Line Numbering System Dropdown Setup Dialog Box

Controls parameters for adding items to the line numbering list that appears with the line
numbering system. These values are stored in the DropDownList.TXT file. This file is located in
the same folder as the current configuration settings.
Available Categories
Lists the categories for which you can assign dropdown items. Select an item from the list to
make it the active category.
Dropdown Values
Lists the assigned dropdown items for the active category.
Add
Adds an item to the Dropdown Values list.
Remove
Removes the selected item from the Dropdown Values list.
Remove All
Removes all of the items from the Dropdown Values list.

Palettes Panel
Settings Tab (CADWorx Spec View Palette)

Controls parameters for customizing the appearance of the CADWorx Spec View palette.
View Options
Show optional components
Displays optional components in the CADWorx Spec View palette. If you select this option,
always use the CADWorx Spec View palette to draw components. If you start the
component placement from outside of the CADWorx Spec View palette, such as with a
command line, SPACE to run last command, or a toolbar, CADWorx uses the default
component based on the current size setting. This may not be the same component that
was selected in the CADWorx Spec View palette.
Show all components
Displays all components listed in the specification file regardless of the current size set. If
you select this option, always use the CADWorx Spec View palette to draw components. If
you start the component placement from outside of the CADWorx Spec View palette, such
as with a command line, SPACE to run last command, or a toolbar, CADWorx uses the
default component based on the current size setting. This may not be the same component
that was selected in the CADWorx Spec View palette.
Show socket weld
Displays socket-welded components in the CADWorx Spec View palette.
Show threaded
Displays threaded components in the CADWorx Spec View palette.
Show tag
Displays tags in the CADWorx Spec View palette.
Show long description
Displays long descriptions in the CADWorx Spec View palette.
Show short description
Displays short descriptions in the CADWorx Spec View palette.
Tree Options
View 1 (No tree or categories)
Lists components in numerical order based on the Sort Sequence set for the component in
the specification file.
View 2 (One level tree with more categories)
Creates a category for each type of component. For example, butt-welded and socket-
welded tees are listed in separate categories.
View 3 (One level tree with less categories)
Creates fewer categories than View 2. For example, all tees are listed in a single category.
View 4 (Two level tree with Spec Editor style view)
Displays a two-level tree that is arranged in the same sequence as the Spec Editor
application.

Palettes Panel
Color Options
Main Size component
Specifies the color associated with main size components.
Main Size optional component
Specifies the color associated with main size optional components.
Reducing Size component
Specifies the color associated with reducing size components.
Reducing Size optional component
Specifies the color associated with reducing size optional components.
Level 1 category
Specifies the color associated with level 1 category components.
Level 2 category
Specifies the color associated with level 2 category components.
Custom Data Tab (CADWorx Spec View Palette)

Enables you to overwrite the default value of the custom data in the CADWorx Spec View
palette without having to change or update the custom data in the Specification Editor.
Field Title
Displays the field title of the custom data. You specify this title when you create custom data
in the Specification Editor. You cannot edit this value. You must change this value in the
Description
Displays the description of the custom data. You specify this description when you create
custom data in the Specification Editor. You cannot edit this value. You must change this
value in the Specification Editor.
Default Value
Specifies a new value for the custom data in the drawing. The value you enter here displays
in the custom data for your component. You can only change the Default Value in the
Custom Data tab here. The change you make does not update the Specification Editor with
any new value. Any change to this value overwrites the default value from the Specification
Editor. The overwrite you make only applies to this drawing. If you open a new drawing and
use the same custom data, the default value of your component pulls the original default
value from the Specification Editor. When you draw a component after entering a new
Default Value, the new value displays for those components. When using the List option,
the Default Value displays the following: *VARIES*. You cannot type in a new value if the
Type of custom data is set to List. In that case, you must select and existing item from the
list.

Palettes Panel
Line View Palette

CADWorx Plant I tab: Palettes > Line View
Palettes toolbar: Line View

Plant menu: Palettes > Line View
Plant menu: Utility > Line Isolate Palette
Command line: LINEVIEW
The Line View palette isolates components based on their line number, specification, or custom
data. It also lets you locate components based on their description information.
Line View does not process any entities on locked layers.
Line Isolate Tab (CADWorx Line View Palette) (on page 109)
Find Tab (CADWorx Line View Palette) (on page 110)
Line View Isolation Properties Manager (on page 111)
Line Isolate Tab (CADWorx Line View Palette)

Controls parameters for isolating components based on their line number, specification, or
custom data. You can isolate an entire line number, isolate one line number and include
surrounding buildings or equipment, or isolate based on any custom data you have created.
If components have been hidden using the Line Isolate tab, those components are not
listed in the Find tab.
For isolation of multiple field selections in the list of the Line View palette, the following logic
is being applied:
OR within the same column.
AND within the same row.
AND between different columns.
Refresh List
Refreshes the line number list in the palette. Use this option if new line numbers do not
appear in the list.
Show All Components

Makes all objects in the drawing visible.
Select Line Number by Component

Select a component in the drawing. The software uses the line number of this component to
isolate the model.
Isolate Based on Selection
Isolates the selected items in the list.

Palettes Panel
Invert Isolation
Isolates the reverse of the selected item in the list.
Set Layer Options

Displays the Line View Layer Selection dialog box so that you can include or exclude
certain layers when Isolate Type is set to Layer Isolate. For more information, see Layers
Dialog Box (on page 156). By default, all layers are visible for line isolate.
Filter Settings Manager
Displays the Line View Isolation Properties Manager which enables you to manage
isolations in the drawing. For more information, see Line View Isolation Properties Manager
(on page 111).
Help
Displays on-line help.
Right-clicking the line number list displays the Isolate Selected Items, Invert Isolate
Selected Items, Show All Components, Set Layer Options, Refresh List, Sort Ascending,
and Sort Descending options.
Isolate Type
Full
Displays the selected CADWorx components, and hides all non-CADWorx components
such as buildings, equipment, and dimensions.
Partial
Displays the selected CADWorx components and all non-CADWorx components.
Layer
Displays the selected CADWorx components and hides all non-CADWorx components
based on the layer setup.
Filter
Enter a wildcard filter to limit the items available in the list. The filter is case sensitive. For
wildcard character details, see Select Item Dialog Box (on page 207).
Find Tab (CADWorx Line View Palette)

Controls parameters for locating components based on their description information.
Click the edit boxes to refresh the list of components. Type in the boxes to dynamically filter the
list of available components.
If components are hidden using the Line Isolate tab, those components are not listed in
the Find tab.
Tag
Type tag text to refine the search. If you select an item from the list, the associated text
displays.
Code
Type code text to refine the search. If you select an item from the list, the associated text
displays.

Palettes Panel
Line number
Type line number text to refine the search. If you select an item from the list, the associated
text displays.
Short annotation
Type short annotation text to refine the search. If you select an item from the list, the
associated text displays.
Long annotation
Type long annotation text to refine the search. If you select an item from the list, the
associated text displays.
Id Count
Type ID count text to refine the search. If you select an item from the list, the associated text
displays.
Right-Click Menu
Zoom
Zooms the current model space view to the component. Double clicking in the list of
components also zooms to the component. Zoom does not work with XREFs that have
been inserted into the base drawing with a rotation.
CEdit
Displays the appropriate Component Edit dialog box. CEdit on an XREF component does
not allow any changes to the component descriptions.
Refresh
Refreshes the list in the dialog box. Use this option if new components do not appear in the
list.
Line View Isolation Properties Manager

Enables you to manage isolations in a drawing.
Isolation Setting File
Specifies the selected isolation file. Isolation setting files are created using New, and then
saved using Save As.
You can set a default isolation setting file by selecting a created file through the
LineViewIsolationSettingsFile variable.
Load
Enables you to load an isolation setting file.
Selected Items
Specifies the items from the Live View palette and enables you to select them individually
for isolation. These selections can be saved.
Isolation Setting List
Specifies the name of the isolation setting you created using New.

Palettes Panel
New
Enables you to create a new Isolation Setting to manage an isolation group.
Click New, type a name in the New Name dialog box, and then click OK.
Delete
Enables you to delete an Isolation Setting.
Rename
Enables you to rename an Isolation Setting.
Select a List Name, click Rename.
The Rename dialog box displays.
Type a new name, and then click OK.
OK
Enables you to isolate a selected item from Selected Items.
Select an item, and then click OK.
Save
Saves the new Isolation Setting you created for the management of this isolation.
Save As
Enables you to save an isolation setting file.
Select / deselect all
Enables you to select or clear all items in Selected Items.
Support Modeler Palette

CADWorx Plant I tab: Palettes > Pipe Support Modeler
Palettes toolbar: Pipe Support Modeler

Plant menu: Palettes > Pipe Support Modeler
Command line: PIPESUPPORTVIEW
Inserts pipe and elbow support components.
You must have both the Pipe Support Library in a project and the PipeSupport category
in a catalog to be able to insert pipe supports. For more information, see Pipe Support
Library and PipeSupport in the CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide.
Enhanced pipe supports are not compatible with versions of CADWorx Plant earlier than
Version 2016 (16.0). To view the enhanced pipe supports in supported Autodesk Vertical
Products, you must install the latest object enablers.
Setup
Displays the Set Specification & Size dialog box. For more information, see Set
Specification and Size (on page 52).

Palettes Panel
Start Spec Editor

Displays the Spec Editor software. For more information, see Spec Editor (on page 106) or
the CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide.
Create New Assembly
Enables you to create a new assembly, and displays the Create New Assembly pane. For
more information, see Create New Assembly (on page 114).
Edit Assembly
Enables you to edit a selected assembly. For more information, see Edit Parts (on page
120).
Delete Selected Pipe Support Assembly
Enables you to delete a selected assembly.
Replace Pipe Support
Enables you to replace a pipe support. You can also type REPLACEPIPESUPPORT on the
command line. For more options and information on replacing the pipe support, see Edit
Pipe Support Features (on page 137).
Regenerate Pipe Support
Regenerates the pipe support from the updated data when the data of a pipe support
already contained in the drawing changes. You can also type
REGENERATEPIPESUPPORT on the command line. For more information, see Edit Pipe
Support Features (on page 137).
Reload *.prj File
Refreshes the changes made to the open .prj file in the Specification Editor.
Help
Main Size
Specifies the main size for the pipe support components.
Library and Assembly Data
Specifies the library that contains the assembly data associated with the project or pipe
support libraries file. The list displays all of the libraries in your libraries file. Selecting a new
library changes the library and assembly data that displays.
The directory location for the project containing the pipe support data lists below Main
Size and Library and Assembly Data along with the assembly data for the pipe supports. You
can select and insert pipe supports from this list.
Insert Options
Multiple
Inserts multiple supports onto the pipe. You specify the start point, end point, and spacing
between the supports.
Detect Steel
Detects CADWorx Steel components to set the correct size for the beam clamp if the beam
clamp is used as the last component in the pipe support assembly.
Repeat Insert
Repeats the insert command for pipe type supports.
Type INSERTSUPPORT on the command line to insert the last selected pipe support or
the start procedure of the last selected component.

Palettes Panel
Pipe Support Data Dialog Box

Enables you to enter the length of certain parts and select a different size of a specific
component on a pipe support when available.
Size/Member
Specifies the nominal size for the pipe support or the steel member when you have a steel
part in the support.
Name
Specifies the name of the pipe support component.
Length
Specifies the length of the pipe support component. If there is no available length for a pipe
support component, then this box displays Disable. You can change this when available.
Data Table
Specifies the values from the data table selected for that pipe support. Click the ellipsis to
select a different size for the part from the dialog box. The dialog box contains information
pertaining to the specific pipe support part, such as Nominal Size, Thickness, Length,
Width, and Weight.
Cascade size selection
Specifies that any size change you make in the Pipe Support Data size selection dialog
box updates to all parts in the Size/Member column. If you do not want to update all sizes
when you make a change, clear the Cascade size selection check box.
Create New Assembly

Controls parameters for creating new assemblies that you can save to the drawing or to the .psl
file.
Add Parts
Enables you to add parts for the new pipe support assembly, and displays the Add Parts
pane in the CADWorx Pipe Support View. For more information, see Add Parts (on page
119).
Edit Parts
Enables you to edit parts of a pipe support assembly, and displays the Edit Parts pane in
the CADWorx Pipe Support View. For more information, see Edit Parts (on page 120)
Delete Selected Part
View Part Data Table

Displays the data table for the selected part. For information on each property, see
PipeSupport in the CADWorx Spec Editor Users Guide.
Parts
Displays the support components that you can use to make an assembly.

Palettes Panel
Properties
Enables you to specify a group name, a name, and the size ranges for the new pipe support
assembly. Click + to expand and view these options.
Group Name
Specifies the group name for the new pipe support assembly. This name displays in the
CADWorx Support Modeler palette.
Name
Specifies the name of the pipe support assembly. This name displays under the group
name in the CADWorx Support Modeler palette.
Size Range
Specifies the sizes for the new pipe support assembly.
CAESAR II Type
Specifies the restraint type of the support for use in CAESAR II pipe stress analysis.
Insulation Options
Enables you to select insulation options for the new pipe support assembly. Click + plus to
expand and view these options.
Increase support size if component is insulated
Automatically selects a larger size support component based on the insulation
thickness. For example, a six-inch nominal size pipe (6.625 inch actual OD) has four-
inch thick insulation (14.625 inch OD). This makes the total pipe diameter 6.625 inch
actual OD plus 8 inch insulation OD. The software determines the support by looking it
up in the data file.
Use next larger size if exact size is not available
Specifies that if the calculated support is not available in the data file, the next larger
size support is selected.
BOM
Enables you to set the bill of material sort, type, and CAESAR II Type for the new pipe support
assembly you create. You can use the plus to expand and view these options.
Sort
Locates a component item in the bill of material schedule. Type the needed value. Type
0 to place the item first in the schedule. Type 999 to place the item last. If the same sort
numbers are used for different components, they are placed in alphabetical order.
Type
Specifies the bill of material type. Select Fabrication, Erection, Offshore, or Misc.

Palettes Panel
Isogen
Enables you to set the Isogen details for the new pipe support assembly you create. You can
use the plus to expand and view these options.
Identifier
Specifies the identifier value Isogen uses for an isometric drawing. For more
information, see SKEY Information.
SKEY
Specifies the SKEY value Isogen uses for an isometric drawing. If you do not specify an
SKEY value, then CADWorx uses the default Isogen Support symbol during Isometric
Drawing generation. For more information, see SKEY Information.
Message Type
Specifies the format of text displayed with the support.
Message Text
Specifies text displayed with the support.
Detail Sketch
Specifies a .DWG AutoCAD file containing details about the support. Select the file from
the Select detail sketch file dialog box.
Description
Long
Describes the pipe support assembly. The bill of materials uses this description. Click
to edit the description format.
Short
Specifies the abbreviated description for the pipe support assembly. Click to edit the
description format.
Tag
Specifies an optional tag description for the pipe support assembly. Click to edit the
description format.
Part Number
Specifies the part number information of the pipe support assembly. Click to edit the
description format.
For more information on assembly description formats, see Pipe Support Long,
Short, Tag, and Part Number Format Dialog Boxes in the CADWorx Spec Editor Users
Guide.
Notes
Specifies any notes attached to the pipe support assembly.
Save to Library
Saves to the library displayed in Libraries and Assembly Data.
Save to Model
Saves to the current model only.

Palettes Panel
Edit Assembly
Controls parameters for editing assemblies already in the .psl file.
Add Parts
119).
Edit Parts
Enables you to edit parts of a pipe support assembly, and displays the Edit Parts pane in
the CADWorx Pipe Support View. For more information, see Edit Parts (on page 120)
Displays the data table for the selected part. For information on each property, see
PipeSupport in the CADWorx Spec Editor Users Guide.
Parts
Displays the support components that you can use to make an assembly.
Properties
Enables you to specify a group name, a name, and the size ranges for the new pipe support
assembly. Click + to expand and view these options.
Group Name
Specifies the group name for the new pipe support assembly. This name displays in the
CADWorx Support Modeler palette.
Name
Specifies the name of the pipe support assembly. This name displays under the group
name in the CADWorx Support Modeler palette.
Size Range
Specifies the sizes for the new pipe support assembly.
CAESAR II Type
Specifies the restraint type of the support for use in CAESAR II pipe stress analysis.
Insulation Options
Enables you to select insulation options for the new pipe support assembly. Click + plus to
expand and view these options.
Increase support size if component is insulated
Automatically selects a larger size support component based on the insulation
thickness. For example, a six-inch nominal size pipe (6.625 inch actual OD) has four-
inch thick insulation (14.625 inch OD). This makes the total pipe diameter 6.625 inch
actual OD plus 8 inch insulation OD. The software determines the support by looking it
up in the data file.
Use next larger size if exact size is not available
Specifies that if the calculated support is not available in the data file, the next larger
size support is selected.

Palettes Panel
BOM
Enables you to set the bill of material sort, type, and CAESAR II Type for the new pipe support
assembly you create. You can use the plus to expand and view these options.
Sort
Type
Isogen
Enables you to set the Isogen details for the new pipe support assembly you create. You can
use the plus to expand and view these options.
Identifier
Specifies the identifier value Isogen uses for an isometric drawing. For more
information, see SKEY Information.
SKEY
Specifies the SKEY value Isogen uses for an isometric drawing. If you do not specify an
SKEY value, then CADWorx uses the default Isogen Support symbol during Isometric
Drawing generation. For more information, see SKEY Information.
Message Type
Specifies the format of text displayed with the support.
Message Text
Specifies text displayed with the support.
Detail Sketch
Specifies a .DWG AutoCAD file containing details about the support. Select the file from
the Select detail sketch file dialog box.
Description
Long
Describes the pipe support assembly. The bill of materials uses this description. Click
Short
Specifies the abbreviated description for the pipe support assembly. Click to edit the
description format.
Tag
Specifies an optional tag description for the pipe support assembly. Click to edit the
description format.
Part Number
Specifies the part number information of the pipe support assembly. Click to edit the
description format.
For more information on assembly description formats, see Pipe Support Long,
Guide.
Notes
Specifies any notes attached to the pipe support assembly.
Save to Library
Saves to the library displayed in Libraries and Assembly Data.
Save to Model
Saves to the current model only.

Palettes Panel
Add Parts
Adds parts to a new pipe support assembly.
Library and Assembly Data
Specifies the parts contained in the library and assembly data.
Edit Parts
Click to edit parts in the Edit Parts pane.

Displays data table details for the selected pipe support part. For information on each
property, see PipeSupport in the CADWorx Spec Editor Users Guide.
Parts
Displays the support components that you can use to make an assembly. If you select a
pipe support part, the box displays the available catalog data for that type of support. If you
select a steel part, you need to define steel data for the part.
Size Selection
Specifies which size of the selected component to add to your assembly. The size of your
part is based on the MAINSIZE, LENGTH1, LENGTH2, and the WIDTH of the component.
You can find and edit this data in the Data Tables in the catalog. Use the CADWorx
Specification Editor to open a catalog and view the Data Tables. This option only displays if
you select a pipe support part.
Insertion Point
Specifies the point on the steel where the part starts or where you add another part.
The steel options only display when you select a steel part. You must have a
SteelLibrary defined in your specification for steel to display in CADWorx Plant.
Member
Specifies the member to use. The delivered data files have members in alphabetical order.
Steel Length
Specifies the length of the steel. This is the length of the steel part in the drawing.
Center Line
Specifies where the center line of the steel displays.
Top
Center line displays at the top of the steel member.
Center
Center line displays at the center of the steel member.
Bottom
Center line displays at the bottom of the steel member.

Palettes Panel
Plate Length
Specifies the length of the plate. You can type the length or click Select plate profile from
entities to use the data from the project.
Plate Width
Specifies the width of the plate on the steel. You can type the width or click Select plate
profile from entities to use the data from the project.
Select plate profile from entities
Specifies the properties of the plate from the data in the project.
Add
Adds the part to your pipe support in the drawing.
Close
Returns to the Create New Assembly pane.
Edit Parts
Enables you to edit parts added to an assembly.
Add Parts
119).
Set Component Location

Enables you to set the location of the component in the drawing.
Displays data table details for the selected pipe support part. For information on each
property, see PipeSupport in the CADWorx Spec Editor Users Guide.
Parts
Displays the editable support components in your assembly.
Move Up
Moves the selected item one position higher in the assembly sequence.
Move Down
Moves the selected item one position lower in the assembly sequence.

Palettes Panel
Properties
Enables you to edit properties for the pipe support part in your drawing. Click + to expand and
view these options.
Long
Describes the pipe support component. The bill of materials uses this description. Click
Short
Specifies the abbreviated description for the pipe support component. Click to edit
the description format.
Tag
Specifies an optional tag description for the pipe support component. Click to edit the
description format.
Part Number
Specifies the part number information of the pipe support component. Click to edit
the description format.
For more information on component description formats, see Pipe Support Long,
Guide.
Notes
Specifies any notes attached to the pipe support component.
BOM Sort
BOM Type
Length
Specifies the length of the pipe support part.
Plate Length
Specifies the length of the plate on the steel.
Plate Width
Specifies the width of the plate on the steel.
Connections
Specifies the connections for the assembly.
Add Connection
Adds a connection point to the Connection list.
Remove Connection
Removes a connection point from the Connection list

Palettes Panel
Connection List
Displays the connections on the pipe support component. Select a connection to
change the Attach Type, and the Connect To options.
Attach To
Specifies whether the connection of the part attaches to another pipe support part
(Other), a Pipe, or a Steel component.
Other
Specifies that the selected connection attaches to another pipe support part. For
more information on how Alignment and Direction work in the Other option, see
the examples below:
Other Connection Example 1
Other Connection Example 2

Palettes Panel
Pipe
Specifies that the selected connection attaches to a piece of pipe. For more
information on how Alignment and Direction work in the Pipe option, see the
examples below:
When you select Pipe with the Offset to outside diameter of pipe option, the pipe
support part sets perpendicular to the diameter of the pipe.
Perpendicular to Pipe Outside Diameter
When you select Pipe without Offset to outside diameter of pipe option, the pipe
support part sets perpendicular to the centerline of the pipe.
Perpendicular to Pipe Centerline Example 1

Palettes Panel
Perpendicular to Pipe Centerline Example 2
Steel
Specifies that the selected connection attaches to a steel component. For more
information on how Alignment and Direction work in the Steel option, see the
example below:
Steel Example
When you use the Steel connection type, the direction vector detects the
steel, and the software does not use the alignment vector.

Palettes Panel
Connect To
Specifies the connection point to which to attach the pipe support component. This
option becomes available when you select Other in the Attach to list. If you select
None, the currently selected pipe support for that selected connection does not have a
connecting component.
Offset to outside diameter of pipe
When you check this box, the component connects to the outside diameter of the pipe.
When you clear this box, the component connects on the centerline of the pipe. You can
only use this option when you select Pipe in the Attach To list.
Connection Point
X
Specifies the x direction of the connection point.
Y
Specifies the y direction of the connection point.
Z
Specifies the z direction of the connection point.
Direction
Specifies the direction coordinates of the connection point, such as 0,0,0.
Alignment
Specifies the alignment coordinates of the connection point, such as 1,0,0.
Specify On-screen
Enables you to edit the connection point in the drawing.
Create a new pipe support assembly

1. Set a specification. For more information, see Set Specification & Size Dialog Box (on page
53).
The pipe support list populates with the pipe support information from the specification.
2. If needed, change the size of a pipe support using Main Size.
3. Select Library and Assembly Data, or use the default.
4. Click Create New Assembly .

5. Click an insertion point in the drawing. This insertion point can be on a pipe or in space.
6. Select a direction in the drawing.
The Create New Assembly pane displays.
7. Click Add Parts .
The Add Parts pane displays.
8. Select a part of library from the Library and Assembly Data list.

Palettes Panel
9. Select a pipe support assembly from the Parts list, and then click Add.
OR
Select a part from the Parts list, and then click Add.
These two options depend on whether you select a library file or a component type.
The software displays one of the following responses after you click Add:
If you clicked Add to add an assembly, the software prompts you with the Pipe Support
Data dialog box. You need to enter the pertinent data, and then click OK. If this dialog box
does not display, the software prompts you for the direction of the assembly.
If you clicked Add to add a part, the part displays in the drawing.
10. If, necessary, repeat steps 8 and 9 to continue adding parts or assemblies to the new pipe
support assembly.
If you add multiple parts to an assembly, the software displays prompts related to placing
those parts.
11. Click Close to return to the Create New Assembly pane.
12. Click Save to Library or Save to Model.
If you need to edit data on a part, click Edit Parts.
Pipe Support Bill of Material Setup

Command line: PSCBOMSETUP
Customizes the pipe support Bill of Material schedule to any style or layout that you need. Using
this dialog box, you can specify column widths, provide the schedule direction (up or down),
provide user specified headings for columns, allow alignment of columns, and the selection of
over 30 different entries into the schedule. You can arrange the columns in any order.
Bill of material lengths are based on DIMLFAC, DIMDEC, and DIMLUNIT.

Use the Tag Toggle Bill of Material (on page 203) command to turn the tags on and off in
the schedule.
Bill of Material Setup Dialog Box

Defines or edits the Bill of Material (BOM) schedule template. The template is stored in the
configuration file listed at the top of the dialog.
Database Columns Available
Lists all the information that you can include in the BOM. These columns can be added to
any schedule template in any order using Add.
There are six special columns: USER1, USER2, USER3, USER4, USER5, UNIT. These
columns are blank in the BOM. You can manually enter data after the BOM is generated.
Custom Data created in the Specification Editor can be added to any schedule template in
any order using Add. Find the custom data field name in the Database Columns Available
to add it to BOM Columns Selected.
PT4_X, PT4_Y and PT4 _Z are the world coordinate system location of the approximate
center point of the component.

Palettes Panel
BOM Columns Selected

Shows all the columns that have been selected and their order of appearance in the
schedule from left (top of list box) to right (bottom of list box). Use Sort Order to set the
order by which these columns are sorted.
Add and Remove
Moves selected columns between the Database Columns Available and BOM Columns
Selected lists. You can also move a column to the other list by double-clicking the column
name in the list.
Alignment
Specifies the text alignment for the selected column.
Grow Direction
Specifies whether the schedule should start at the top and work its way down or start at the
bottom and work its way up.
Move Up and Move Down
Defines the column order in the BOM. Select a column in the BOM Columns Selected list,
and then click Move Up to place the column further left in the BOM. Click Move Down to
place the selected column further right in the BOM.
Move Up and Move Down do not set the sort order of the BOM, only the placement
of the columns. Use Sort Order to define the sort order.
Column title
Specifies the text heading for the selected column.
Column width
Specifies the width for the selected column.
Sort Order
Controls the sort order and accumulation of pipe components in the BOM. For more
information, see BOM Sort Order / Accumulation Dialog Box (on page 196).
Save and Close saves the current settings to the configuration file when you select the
Piping BOM Setup or the Pipe Support BOM Setup check boxes in Miscellaneous CFG
Content in the CADWorx Plant Setup. For more information, see Miscellaneous CFG Content
(on page 69), and Setup (on page 27).

Add or remove properties from BOM (on page 128)
Change the column order (on page 128)
Change text alignment in columns (on page 128)
Change the BOM sorting and accumulation (on page 128)

Palettes Panel
Add or remove properties from BOM

1. Type PSCBOMSETUP in the command line.
The Bill of Material Setup dialog box displays.
2. To add a property to the BOM, double-click the property in the Database Columns
Available list.
Use the Column title and Column width boxes to define the column heading text and
the column width respectively.
3. To remove a property from the BOM, double-click the property in the BOM Columns
Selected list.
4. Click OK.
Change the column order

2. Select the column to move in the BOM Columns Selected list.
3. Use Move Up and Move Down to change the column order. The column order in the list top
to bottom is the column order in the BOM from left to right.
4. Click OK.
Change text alignment in columns

2. Select the column to edit in the BOM Columns Selected list.
3. Select Left, Center, or Right to control the vertical text justification in the selected column.
4. Select Downward or Upward to control the horizontal alignment of the text in the selected
column.
5. Click OK.
Change the BOM sorting and accumulation
2. Click Sort Order.
The BOM Sort Order / Accumulation Control Setup dialog box displays.
3. Move the columns that you want to sort with to the BOM Columns Selected list.
4. Use Move Up and Move Down to specify which columns are sorted first in the BOM.
5. Select a column and use the Ascending and Descending options to control how
information in that column is sorted. Ascending means sorting from small numbers to larger
numbers (1 to 100) and from A to Z. Descending is large number to smaller (100 to 1) and Z
to A.
6. Click OK on the BOM Sort Order dialog box.
7. Click OK on the Bill of Material Setup dialog box.

Palettes Panel
Cut Pipe Support Bill of Material

Command line: PSCBOMCUT
Generates a Bill of Material schedule listing each piece of a pipe support with a length and a tag
or the assembly as a whole with the length. Identical items are accumulated in the quantity
column.
Assembly
Select this option to view the Bill of Materials list by assembly.
Components
Select this option to view the Bill of Material list by components.
Counter
Select this option to start the tag counter at any positive nonzero integer. When set, the
command resumes requesting that you pick Manual placement or Automatic placement
of tags.
Manual placement
Select to insert tags manually. You are prompted for the tag location. The software adds a
rubber band line attached to the component extending to the specified tag location. You
must continue specifying locations until the last components tag has been placed.
Automatic placement
Select to have CADWorx insert tags automatically. In model space, CADWorx places the
tag in the direction (tag to component) provided. In paper space, this prompt does not
appear if the tag optimization is on. For more information, see BomTagOptimize (on page
37).
The schedule's text size is based on the AutoCAD setvar TEXTSIZE. If this text size is larger
than the schedule spacing, the following message appears and the Bill of Material generation
stops. The schedule spacing is controlled by the BomScheduleSpacing (on page 36) variable in
the Configuration Settings.
A common mistake in AutoCAD is to apply a text height while setting up a text style. If the
height is specified in the text style dialog, then there is no other way of controlling the size. The
text size is set to the size in the dialog regardless of what the TEXTSIZE variable is set to.
CADWorx performs special optimization for automatic tag placement while in paper space only.
This optimization places tags in non-overlapping positions and is controlled by the
BomTagOptimize variable in the current configuration settings. For more information regarding
this functionality and its controls, see BomTagOptimize (on page 37).

Cut BOM using Automatic placement (on page 130)
Cut BOM using Manual placement (on page 130)

Palettes Panel
Cut BOM using Automatic placement

1. Type PSCBOMCUT in the command line.
2. Select Assembly or Components.
3. Select the Automatic placement option.
4. Enter the placement angle for the tag.
5. Specify a point in the drawing for the upper right corner of the BOM schedule.
6. Select Line Number or Select components.
7. Select the pipe components to include in the BOM. Right-click or press ENTER when you
are finished.
The BOM generates.
Cut BOM using Manual placement

1. Type PSCBOMCUT in the command line.
3. Select the Manual placement option.
are finished.
7. Specify the tag location for each component you selected.
The BOM generates.
Total Pipe Support Bill of Material

Command line: PSCBOMTOTAL
Generates a Bill of Material schedule with one tag for a total length of pipe in each size. Identical
long annotation items are accumulated in the length column.
Bill of Material lengths are based on DIMLFAC, DIMDEC, and DIMLUNIT.
Assembly
Components
Counter
of tags.

Palettes Panel
Manual placement
Automatic placement
37).

Total BOM using Automatic placement (on page 131)
Total BOM using Manual placement (on page 132)
Total BOM using Automatic placement

1. Type PSCBOMTOTAL in the command line.
are finished.
The BOM generates.

Palettes Panel
Total BOM using Manual placement

1. Type PSCBOMTOTAL in the command line.
are finished.
The BOM generates.
Single Pipe Support Bill of Material

Command line: PSCBOMSINGLE
Generates a Bill of Material schedule with each selected object having its own line in the
schedule.
Assembly
Components
Counter
of tags.
Manual placement
Automatic placement
37).

Palettes Panel

Single BOM using Automatic placement (on page 133)
Single BOM using Manual placement (on page 133)
Single BOM using Automatic placement

1. Type PSCBOMSINGLE in the command line.
are finished.
The BOM generates.
Single BOM using Manual placement

1. Type PSCBOMSINGLE in the command line.

Palettes Panel
are finished.
The BOM generates.
Export Pipe Support Bill of Material

CADWorx Plant I tab: Palettes > Pipe Support Modeler Report
Command line: PIPESUPPORTREPORT, PSCBOMEXPORT
Exports the pipe support Bill of Material schedule to an external file format that you specify. The
schedule for the Bill of Material is defined using Pipe Support Bill of Material Setup (on page
126). CADWorx can export the Bill of Material schedules to:
Access file (*.mdb)
Excel file (*.xls)
Text file (*.txt)
HTML file (*.htm)
When exporting data to Microsoft Excel, numeric data is exported as text and is preceded by a
single quote. This single quote prevents you from totaling the column in Excel. To correct this in
Excel, select the column and then select Data > Text To Columns. Step through the wizard
selecting the Delimited option and Tab as the Delimiter check box. This changes the data from
text to numbers. In Imperial/Inch settings, length is exported in feet and inches, which cannot be
totaled in Excel. To export length in decimal format, change the current AutoCAD Dimension
Style settings Primary Units format to decimal.
Assembly
Components
1. Type PSCBOMEXPORT in the command line.
2. Specify if you want an Assembly or Components
3. Specify if you want a Cut length, Total length, or Single item BOM.
5. Select the objects to include in the BOM. Right-click or press ENTER when you are finished.
6. In the Save as type box, select the file format that you want.
7. Type the file name, and specify the folder location.
8. Click Save.

Palettes Panel
Delete Pipe Support Bill of Material

Command line: PSCBOMDELETE
Deletes all entities that are on the layer designated for Bill of Materials in the current
configuration settings. This option cannot be used for deleting partial tags or for deleting the
schedule only.
Type PSCBOMDELETE.
Insert a pipe support

53).
3. Select an Assembly, or use the default.
4. Select a pipe support from the list.
5. Select the pipe from the model.
6. Select the location on the pipe to insert the support.
OR
The Pipe Support Data dialog box displays. This dialog box only displays when optional
items are available.
Specify the data for the pipe support, and then click OK.
7. Specify an insertion point and rotation around the pipe.
The software places the pipe support in the model.
Insert an elbow support

When inserting an elbow support, the following options are available for a new start point on
certain pipe supports:
A
Places the support at the A point in the drawing. A could be either the Top of Pipe or the
Bottom of Pipe.
B
Places the support at the B point in the drawing. B could be either the Top of Pipe or the
Bottom of Pipe.
Corner (C)
Places the support at the corner of the elbow.
miDpoint (D)
Places the support at the midpoint of the elbow.
E
Places the support at the E point in the drawing. E could be either the Top of Pipe or the
Bottom of Pipe.
F
Places the support at the F point in the drawing. F could be either the Top of Pipe or the
Bottom of Pipe.

Palettes Panel
53).
3. Select an Assembly or use the default.
4. Select an elbow support from the list.
5. Select the elbow from the model.
6. Specify the end point, the rotation around the pipe, and the length of the support.
OR
Specify the data for the pipe support, and then click OK.
7. Specify an insertion point and rotation around the pipe.
Insert a tee support

53).
3. Select an Assembly, or use the default.
The assembly must contain a tee support. To add a new tee support, see Add
Support Component in the CADWorx Spec Editors User's Guide.
4. Select a tee support from the list.
5. Select the tee in the model.
The tee support displays.
6. Orient the support as need.
OR
The Pipe Support Data dialog box displays. This dialog box only displays when additional
input is required.
7. Specify the length for the pipe support, change Data Table selection if needed, and then
click OK.
Insert multiple pipe supports

53).
3. Select an Assembly or use the default.

Palettes Panel
4. Under Insert Options, select the Multiple check box.

6. Specify a start point on the pipe.
7. Specify an end point on the pipe.
OR
Specify the data, and then click OK.
8. Specify the distance between each pipe support by entering the value on the command line,
and then press ENTER.
9. Specify a rotation around the pipe and the length of the pipe support.
The software places the pipe supports in the model.
Edit Pipe Support Features

Change a pipe support type in the drawing with Replace Pipe Support
1. Click Replace Pipe Support . Alternatively, type REPLACEPIPESUPPORT on the
command line, then press ENTER.
2. Select a pipe support.
The pipe support selection list displays.

The pipe support in the drawing changes.
4. Adjust the rotation as needed.

Palettes Panel
Change a pipe support type in the drawing with a plus grip

1. Insert a pipe support on a pipe.
2. Select a pipe support.
3. Click the plus grip point .

The pipe support selection list displays.

The pipe support in the drawing changes.
5. Adjust the rotation as needed.
Regenerate a pipe support in the drawing

1. Click Regenerate Pipe Support . Alternatively, type REGENERATEPIPESUPPORT on
the command line, and then press ENTER.
2. Select the pipe support, and then press ENTER.
The pipe support in the drawing updates.
Move a pipe with a pipe support attached.

1. Select the pipe you want to adjust.
The grip points display.
2. Select a grip point .
3. Move the piping as needed.
The pipe support adjusts with the movement of the piping.
The grip point at the end of the pipe support enables you to rotate and change the length
of the rod of the pipe support.
The grip point at the top of the pipe support where it connects to the piping, enables you
to move the pipe support along the pipe. The pipe support cannot move around corners,
such as elbows or tees.

Palettes Panel
Change the size of a pipe inside a pipe support

1. Insert a pipe support on a pipe.
ENTER.
you to start over.
If prompted select, the BOP, TOP, or Current after selecting the piping to keep the position.
The software continues to prompt you for selection of a component until you press ENTER
to finish.
Insulation View Palette

CADWorx Plant I tab: Palette > Insulation View
Palettes toolbar: Insulation View
Plant menu: Utility > Insulation Palette
Plant menu: Palettes > Insulation View
Command line: INSULATIONVIEW
Creates a data file with an extension .INU. In this file, you can add, modify, and remove
insulation configurations. After you create the insulation configuration data file you can apply
these configurations to selected components.
Model Insulation
Settings Tab (CADWorx Insulation View Palette) (on page 140)
Apply Tab (CADWorx Insulation View Palette) (on page 142)

Palettes Panel
Settings Tab (CADWorx Insulation View Palette)

Controls parameters for creating a data file with an .INU extension. In this file, you can add,
modify and remove insulation configurations that can be applied to CADWorx components.
Save
Saves the data in the Configuration Setup grid to the configuration file.
Save As
Displays the Save As Insulation Data dialog box to save the current data in the
Configuration Setup grid to a new file.
Open
Displays the Open Insulation Data dialog box to load an insulation data file. The data
contained in that file is displayed in the Configuration Setup grid and listed individually in
the drop down categories.
Configuration Setup
Add to drawing
Saves the selected grid rows to the current AutoCAD drawing. If similar data already exists
in the current drawing, it is not overwritten. All configurations that have been added, appear
in the Apply tab of the palette.
Options
Displays the Insulation Options dialog box. For more information, see Insulation Options
Dialog Box below.
Configuration Setup - Grid
Displays the content of the insulation data file in grid form.
Thickness
Specifies the actual insulation thickness value. Type a numeric value greater than zero. You
can also select an existing value. This parameter is required to create an insulation
configuration.
In Imperial units (Imperial pipe size / Imperial dimensions), type a value in inches.
In mixed metric units (Imperial pipe size / metric dimensions), type a value in inches or
millimeters based on the setting from the Insulation Options dialog box. If you type inch
values, the software automatically converts to millimeters when the insulation solid is
created in the model. If you type a millimeter value, no conversion is done.
In metric units (metric pipe size / metric dimensions), type a value in millimeters.
Density
Specifies the insulation density value. Type numeric values greater than zero. You can also
select an existing value. The density is used to calculate the insulation weight by multiplying
it with the insulation volume. This parameter is required to create an insulation configuration.
In Imperial units (Imperial pipe size / Imperial dimensions), this value has units of lb / in3.
In mixed metric (Imperial pipe size / metric dimensions) the value has units of g / cm 3.
In metric (metric pipe size / metric dimensions), the value has units of g / cm3.

Palettes Panel
Mastic
Specifies the mastic description. This is an optional value.
Heat Tracing
Specifies the heat tracing description. This is an optional value.
Insulation
Specifies the insulation description. This is an optional value.
Jacketing
Specifies the jacketing description. This is an optional value.
User
Specifies the user description. This is an optional value.
Add
Adds the current values from the boxes to the grid. If similar data exists, the value is not
added to the grid.
Modify
Modifies the currently selected row in the grid using the values currently shown in the boxes.
Each box corresponds to a column in the grid.
Remove
Deletes the currently selected row in the grid.
Add, Modify, and Remove only change the data currently displayed in the grid. The data
in the insulation file is not updated until you click Save or Save As.
Insulation Options Dialog Box

Controls parameters for insulation options.
Insulation
Append "_I" to layer name
Adds the characters _I to the layer name to create the insulation layer name. For example, if
the solid is on layer 1"-150-CWS, the insulation solid is on 1"-150-CWL_l. The insulation
solid is grouped with the component solid and center line.
New Layer Name
Indicates that the software creates a new layer.
Name
Specifies the layer name for the insulation solids.
Color
Displays the standard AutoCAD color selection dialog box. Select the default layer color for
the insulation.

Palettes Panel
Graphics
Show Graphics for Gasket
Indicates whether gasket insulation graphics display. This works only for enhanced mode.
Show Graphics for Weld gap
Indicates whether weld gap insulation graphics display. This works only for enhanced mode.
Show Graphics for User Shapes
Indicates whether user shape insulation graphics display.
Metric/Inch Units system
Millimeter
Indicates that you can enter thicknesses in millimeters in mixed metric units (Imperial pipe
size / metric dimensions) situations.
Inch
Indicates that you can enter thicknesses in inches in mixed metric units (Imperial pipe size /
metric dimensions) situations.
Apply Tab (CADWorx Insulation View Palette)

Controls parameters for applying configurations to CADWorx components.
For most CADWorx components, insulation is approximated with the use of single or
multiple AutoCAD cylindrical components.
Available Configuration
Displays the currently saved insulation configurations in the current AutoCAD drawing.
Remove
Removes the highlighted row in the grid from the current drawing.
Select Mode
Select on screen
Indicates that you will select components in the drawing window.
Line number
Indicates that you will select components by line numbers.
Insulation Mode
Data/Graphics
Adds both the insulation graphic and data.
Data Only
Adds only the insulation data and no graphics.

Palettes Panel
Insulation
Add
Adds the insulation currently selected in the Available Configuration grid to components in
the drawings. You are prompted to select CADWorx components. If any of the selected
components are already insulated, this action is skipped.
Modify
Modifies existing insulation graphics and data.
Remove
Removes existing insulations graphics and data.
Refresh
Generates the graphics from the insulation data stored in the component's centerline. Use
this option if insulation graphics were deleted or lost.
Graphics
Add
Adds insulation graphics to components that have had their graphics removed. The data
previously stored in the components is used to generate the graphics.
Remove
Removes the graphics from the selected components. The insulation data remains. These
components do not show the insulation solid even if you later click Refresh.
Visibility
Isolate
Isolates insulation graphics by either selecting components on screen or by selecting line
numbers from the list.
Hide/Show
Hides or shows the insulation graphics by selecting components on screen or by selecting
line numbers from the list.
Show All
Shows all objects that have been previously hidden in the current drawing.
Report
Creates a complete report, in HTML format, about all of the insulation components in the
model. The report is itemized by the different types of insulation data and calculates the total
weight, volume, and length.
Filter
Filters the list of line numbers using wild cards. For example, type *25-1B* to limit the line
number list to line numbers with 25-1B as part of the name. The text filter occurs regardless
of where the text is in the line number name.
Edit
Displays the Insulation Global Edit <number> Objects dialog box so that you can edit the
insulation data for all components having the selected insulation configuration.

Palettes Panel
Right-Click Menu
In Line Number selection mode, a right-click menu is available with additional options. The right-
click menu changes what displays in the edit box.
Select All / Clear All
Selects or clears all line numbers in the list.
List Insulated Line Numbers
Lists only insulated line numbers.
List Un-Insulated Line Numbers
Lists only uninsulated line numbers.
List Data Only Line Numbers
Lists line numbers that have insulation data but no insulation graphics.
List Un-Insulated Components
Lists only uninsulated components.
List All
Refreshes the list.
Modify
Replaces the selected insulation data with the highlighted insulation in the Available
Configuration grid. This change applies to all components in the selected line number.
Remove
Removes the insulation from all components in the selected line number.
Insulation Global Edit <number> Objects Dialog Box

Controls parameters for editing the insulation data on multiple objects. This dialog box applies
the settings to all of the selected objects.
Thickness
Displays the insulation thickness value. You cannot edit this value.
Density
Specifies the insulation density value. Type numeric values greater than zero. You can also
select an existing value. The density is used to calculate the insulation weight by multiplying
it with the insulation volume. This parameter is required to create an insulation configuration.
In Imperial units (Imperial pipe size / Imperial dimensions), this value has units of lb / in3.
In mixed metric (Imperial pipe size / metric dimensions) the value has units of g / cm 3.
In metric (metric pipe size / metric dimensions), the value has units of g / cm3.
Mastic
Specifies the mastic description. This is an optional value.
Heat Tracing
Specifies the heat tracing description. This is an optional value.

Palettes Panel
Insulation
Specifies the insulation description. This is an optional value.
Jacketing
Specifies the jacketing description. This is an optional value.
User
Specifies the user description. This is an optional value.
Discontinuity View Palette

CADWorx Plant I tab: Palette > Discontinuity View
Palettes toolbar: Discontinuity View

Plant menu: Palettes > Discontinuity View
Command line: DISCONTINUITYVIEW
Checks for different types of modeling issues, such as disconnected, un-connected, overlapped,
and not on line.
Refresh
Refreshes the data in the grid.
Show All Types

Displays all issues in the grid.
Show Disconnected Only
Displays only disconnected and un-connected issues in the grid.
Show Not On Line Only
Displays only not-on-line issues in the grid.
Show Overlap Only

Displays only overlap issues in the grid.
Tolerance Settings
Displays the tolerance settings.
Color Settings
Displays the color and Auto Refresh settings.
Remove Selected Overlaps

Deletes the selected overlaps from the model .DWG file.
Export to File
Exports all data from the palette to a Microsoft Excel (*.CSV) file

Palettes Panel
Help
Tolerance Min
Specifies the minimum connection tolerance. Two components that are separated by a
distance greater than the minimum tolerance, but less than the maximum tolerance are
considered disconnected.
Tolerance Max
Specifies the maximum connection tolerance. Two components that are separated by a
distance greater than the maximum tolerance are considered un-connected.
Color Arrow
Specifies the color for arrows.
Color Text
Specifies the color for text.
Auto Refresh
Indicates whether the software automatically updates the grid when you open the drawing.
#
Displays a number from the palette that coincides with the highlighted number in the
drawing. The arrow and text color setting is used for the graphics drawn in the model.
Line Number
Displays the line number of the component.
Type
Displays the discontinuity type for the component.
Disconnected
Displays components that are not connected within the minimum tolerance.
Un-connected
Displays components that are not connected with in the maximum tolerance.
Overlap
Displays components that are duplicated at the same location. The number in
parenthesis (n) is the number of overlapping components at this location.
Not on line
Displays components that are not connected to the pipe centerline (typically OLET
type components).
Gap
Displays the distance between the two components. This value is 0.0 for overlapping
components.
Long Description
Displays the long description of the component.

Palettes Panel
Category
Displays the category of the component.
Component Type
Displays the command named used to draw the component.
(X,Y,Z)
Displays the global X-, Y-, Z-coordinates of the component center point.
Pressing CTRL or SHIFT while left-clicking lets you select multiple items from the list.
Left-click to zoom in to the location of the issue.
Right-click to change the AutoCAD view to the location of the issue without zooming.
Pipe Support Report

CADWorx Plant I tab: Palettes > Pipe Support Modeler Report
Command line: PIPESUPPORTREPORT, PSCBOMEXPORT
Exports the pipe support Bill of Material schedule to an external file format that you specify. The
schedule for the Bill of Material is defined using Pipe Support Bill of Material Setup (on page
126). CADWorx can export the Bill of Material schedules to:
Access file (*.mdb)
Excel file (*.xls)
Text file (*.txt)
HTML file (*.htm)

Palettes Panel
Assembly
Components
1. Type PSCBOMEXPORT in the command line.
2. Specify if you want an Assembly or Components
8. Click Save.
P&ID View Palette

CADWorx Plant I tab: Palette > PID View
Palettes toolbar: P&ID View

Plant menu: Palettes > P&ID View
Command line: PIDVIEW
Links data between the Plant and P&ID table in a project database.
You must set up the following items to use this palette:
1. Create a CADWorx P&ID project that uses the P&ID live database system.
2. Create a CADWorx Plant project that uses the Plant live database system.
3. With Microsoft Access, you must write database tables used by Plant and P&ID to the same
Access file. With SQL Server and Oracle, you must write database tables used by Plant and
P&ID to the same database.
4. Create associations between in-line components and the main process line in the P&ID
drawings with the Combine Process command. For more information, see "Combine
Process" in the CADWorx P&ID User's Guide.
Matched Tab (CADWorx P&ID View Palette) (on page 149)
Unmatched Tab (CADWorx P&ID View Palette) (on page 152)

Palettes Panel
Matched Tab (CADWorx P&ID View Palette)

Controls parameters for linking matched data between the Plant and P&ID table in a project
database.
Select Configuration File
The current configuration file (Project.CFG) displays.
Browse
Select a different Project.CFG file
Options
Displays available options.
Available Line Numbers
Displays line numbers that are in both the P&ID database and the Plant database.
Select
Specifies a component in the current Plant model drawing. The software sets the line
number of this component to the current line number for P&ID View.
Component Type
Displays the component tables from the P&ID database.
Link
Links or unlinks P&ID and Plant components.
Help
Displays on-line help.
P&ID Data
P&ID ID_Count
Lists the P&ID ID_COUNT from the P&ID database.
Line Number
Lists the line number for the P&ID component.
Tag
Lists the tag for the P&ID component.
Size
Lists the size for the P&ID component.
Spec
Lists the spec for the P&ID component.
Drawing
Lists the drawing for the P&ID component.

Palettes Panel
Right-Click Menu
Insert in model
Reads the size, spec, and component type from the P&ID database and inserts the
component into the Plant model.
View P&ID drawing
Displays a preview of the P&ID drawing.
To zoom inside the viewer, use the two arrow buttons on the left side of the dialog box. Zooming
inside the viewer can also be done by holding down the left mouse button while rotating the
mouse scroll wheel. The viewer dialog box closes when you switch between drawings in the
same session of AutoCAD. The dialog box must be started with every new AutoCAD session.
Left-click an item to update the P&ID drawing viewer dialog box if it is active.
Double-click an item to run the Insert in model command.
Refresh
Refreshes the P&ID Data and Plant Data lists.
Options
Displays the Options dialog box so that you can set the colors of the items displayed in the
P&ID and Plant data.
Plant Data
P&ID ID_Count
Displays the ID_COUNT of the P&ID component if a link between the P&ID component and
the Plant component is made. The Plant database (PIPE table) saves the P&ID ID_COUNT
in the RESERVE_10 column.
Line Number
Displays the line number of the plant component.
Tag
Displays the tag of the plant component.

Palettes Panel
Size
Displays the size of the plant component.
Spec
Displays the spec associated with the plant component.
Drawing
Displays the drawing associated with the plant component.
Description
Displays the description of the plant component.
Right-Click Menu
CEdit
Displays the appropriate Component Edit dialog box.
Zoom
Zooms and highlight the component in the model.
List data from all drawings
Lists plant data from all drawings that have the line number.
List data from current drawing
Lists plant data from the open drawing.
Refresh
Refreshes the P&ID Data and Plant Data lists.
Options Dialog Box

Controls parameters for setting the colors of the items displayed in the P&ID Data and Plant
Data lists on the P&ID View palette.
Color Options
Unlinked components
Specifies the color for unlinked components.
Linked components
Specifies the color for linked components.
Highlight
Specifies the highlight color.
Auto load last Project.cfg file
Indicates whether the last-used configuration file is automatically loaded.

Link components (on page 152)
Unlink components (on page 152)

Palettes Panel
Link components
1. Select the check box next to an item in the P&ID Data list and an item in the Plant Data list.
2. Click Link.
The P&ID ID_Count value in the Plant Data list updates.
Vales, reducers, and nozzles can be linked. Instrument components cannot be linked.
Unlink components
1. Select two linked components.
Link changes to Unlink.
2. Click Unlink.
The software removes the link between the two components.
Unmatched Tab (CADWorx P&ID View Palette)

Controls parameters for unmatched data between the Plant and P&ID table in a project
database.
Line number from P&ID table with in-line components
Displays line numbers from the P&ID database that do not have corresponding line numbers
in the Plant database.
Line numbers from Pipe table with in-line components
Displays line numbers from the Plant database (PIPE table) that do not have corresponding
line numbers in the P&ID database.
Line numbers from P&ID table with no in-line components
Displays line numbers from the P&ID database that do not have any P&ID components
associated with them in the P&ID database.
Export
Exports all data from the Unmatched tab to a report. The report is written to the same folder
as the Project.CFG file. The file names of the reports are P&IDViewUnmatched1.HTML,
P&IDViewUnmatched2.HTML, and P&IDViewUnmatched3.HTML.
Refresh
Refreshes the data presented in the Unmatched tab.
Line numbers
Displays line number information from the P&ID and Plant databases.
In-line components
Displays in-line component information from the P&ID and Plant databases.

Palettes Panel
Insert a drawing into the project

When a Plant drawing is opened from the current project, Plant attempts to insert it into the
project. The Insert Drawing into Project Database dialog box opens to confirm this action.
When Insert Into DB is clicked, rows are added to the appropriate tables within the database.
Plant drawings created without a database have xdata attached to each component that allows
the software to automatically add rows into the appropriate tables.
Clash View Palette

CADWorx Plant I tab: Palette > Clash View
Palettes toolbar: Clash View

Plant menu: Palettes > Clash View
Plant menu: Utility > Clash
Command line: CLASH or CLASHVIEW
Runs interactive clash detection on AutoCAD 3D solids in the current drawing and any attached
XREF drawings.
Settings
Clash On
Turns the clash system on.
Clash Off
Turns the clash system off.
Show Clashes
Displays clash entities that exist in the model.
Options
Displays the Options dialog box. For more information, see Options Dialog Box (on page
155).
Layers
Displays the Layers dialog box. For more information, see Layers Dialog Box (on page
156).

Palettes Panel
Refresh
Updates the clash list.
Export
Writes the clash list to a text file. The file is exported to the same folder as the model
drawing file. The name of the file is the drawing name with _Clash.TXT appended.
Display by Status
New
Displays new clashes in the list.
Active
Displays active clashes in the list.
Resolved
Displays resolved clashes in the list.
Approved
Displays approved clashes in the list.
All
Displays all clashes in the list.
Clash List
#
Displays the number assigned to each clash.
Component 1
Displays the CADWorx data for the first component.
Component 2
Displays the CADWorx data for the second component.
Status
Displays the clash status.
Type
Indicates whether the clash was from a CADWorx Insulation View-created component.
You can set the color of the grid items using the Options dialog box. For more information,
see Options Dialog Box (on page 155).
Left-clicking an item in the list generates the clash entity in the model and zooms to the
clash.

Palettes Panel
Right-Click Menu
Clash Status New
Changes the status of a clash to New.
Clash Status Active
Changes the status of a clash to Active.
Clash Status Resolved
Changes the status of a clash to Resolved.
Clash Status Approved
Changes the status of a clash to Approved.
Clash Zoom To
Zooms to the clash point.
Clash Viewer
Displays a dialog box with the two clashing components.
Clash Isolate Selected
Isolates the selected clash.
Clash Isolate All
Creates clash entities for all clashes, and isolates them. To remove all clash entities from
the model, run the command CLASHDELETEALLOBJECTS.
Clash Show All
Shows all components in the drawing.
Options Dialog Box

Controls parameters for setting options on clash objects.
Start up
Indicates whether clash detection runs on drawing start up.
On
Clash detection is always on for every drawing.
Off
Clash detection is off for every drawing.
Display Prompt
The software prompts you every time a drawing opens.
On clash detection
Indicates what happens when a clash is detected.
Do Not Report
The software does not notify you if a clash is detected.
Show Tray Notification
The software notifies you through the tray bubble notification that a clash has
occurred.
Show Palette
The software displays the Clash View palette every time a clash is detected.

Palettes Panel
Ignore connected steel

Indicates whether the clash detection system checks for connecting steel members. If this
option is selected, steel members that are touching each other are ignored.
Detect clashes within blocks
Indicates whether the software detects clashes inside blocks. If this option is selected, the
system detects clashes within any blocks in the current drawing.
Synchronize clashes from XREFs
Indicates whether the software checks for clash data inside external reference drawings and
updates the master drawing data for that clash. Only New clashes in the master drawing
which are from an XREF drawing have the status updated to match the status that is saved
in the XREF drawing.
Synchronize layers from XREFs
Indicates whether the system checks for clash layer data inside externally reference
drawings and updates the master drawing clash layer data to match. If a layer in an XREF is
excluded from clash detection, the XREF layer is also excluded in the master drawing.
Ignore insulation clashes
The system ignores all clashes generated from components created with the CADWorx
Insulation View palette.
Connectivity tolerance
Specifies the tolerance for checking component connectivity. If two components are
connected, a clash is not reported, even if the actual solids intersect.
Clash zoom factor
Specifies the zoom factor used during clash.
Color Options
Specifies the color of the clash entity and the color of the list.
Clash Settings check box in Miscellaneous CFG Content in the CADWorx Plant Setup. For
more information, see Miscellaneous CFG Content (on page 69), and Setup (on page 27).
Layers Dialog Box

Controls parameters for including or excluding certain layers from clash detection. By default, all
layers are considered for clash detection. XREF layers are also displayed.
Layers
Displays the available layers. Select the check box next to the layer name to include that
layer in clash detection.
Select all
Selects all of the layers in the list.
Clear all
Clears the selection of all of the layers in the list.

Palettes Panel
Assembly View Palette

CADWorx Plant I tab: Palette > Assembly View
Palettes toolbar: Assembly View

Plant menu: Palettes > Assembly View
Command Line: ASSEMBLYVIEW
Creates assemblies for placement in a model. The Assembly Manager has four options:
create, edit, delete, and insert.
Create Assembly - Creates a new assembly. For more MAKEASSEMBLY
information, see Create an assembly (on page 158).
Edit Assembly Selected - Edits the selected assembly. For
more information, see Edit an assembly (on page 158).
Delete Assembly Selected - Deletes the selected assembly.
For more information, see Delete an assembly from the
Assembly Manager (on page 159).
Insert Assembly Selected - Inserts the selected assembly INSERTASSEMBLY
into the model. For more information, see Insert an assembly
into the drawing (on page 159).
Help - Opens the help file.
Edit Assembly Paths - Edits the path folder location of the ASSEMBLYEDITPATHS
assembly. For more information, see Edit an assembly path
(on page 159).
Project File
Specifies the project file selected for the assembly.
Global File
Specifies the global assembly file associated with the assembly. Click Browse to change
the global assembly file.
Right- Click Menu

Insert Assembly
Inserts an assembly.
View Assembly
Opens the Assembly Viewer and displays the assembly. The assembly can be zoomed
and rotated for a 360-degree view.
Wireframe
Displays the model in wireframe view.
Hidden
Displays the model in hidden view.
Shaded
Displays the model with shaded view.

Palettes Panel
Modify Assembly
Enables you to edit an assembly.
New
Creates a new assembly.
Rename
Renames an assembly.
Delete
Deletes an assembly.
Copy
Copies an assembly.
Paste
Pastes an assembly.
Reload Global File
Reloads the global assembly file.
Edit File Paths
Edits the path folder location of the assembly.
You can close the Assembly Manager at anytime by typing ASSEMBLYCLOSE on the
command line.
Create an assembly
1. Click Assembly View . Alternatively, type ASSEMBLYVIEW on the command line, and
press ENTER.
2. Click Create Assembly .
3. Select all the components necessary for the assembly, and press ENTER
4. Pick a point where you want to connect.
5. Type a name on the command line, and press ENTER.
The assembly appears in the Assembly Manager.
Edit an assembly
press ENTER.
2. Click Edit Assembly Selected .

3. Make the changes to the drawing as needed.
4. Click Close Assembly Editor.
5. Click Yes to save the changes.
To close the Assembly Editor without saving any changes, click No.
The change saves.

Palettes Panel
Delete an assembly from the Assembly Manager

press ENTER.
2. Select an assembly for deletion.
3. Click Delete Assembly Selected .
4. Click OK to delete.
If you do not want to delete the object, click Cancel.
The assembly disappears from the Assembly Manager.
Insert an assembly into the drawing

press ENTER.
2. Select an assembly from the Assemblies box.
3. Click Insert Assembly Selected .

4. Select a component to connect to.
5. Select a direction.
The assembly appears in the drawing.
If an assembly is built with a reducer and then attached to a component of a larger size
you are prompted to change the size of the reducer. The assembly usually takes on the size and
the specification of the component to which it is attached.
Edit an assembly path

then press ENTER.
2. Type ASSEMBLYEDITPATHS on the command line, and then press ENTER.
3. Select Project and then the name of the assembly from the popup.
OR
Select Global Assembly and then the name of the assembly from the popup.
4. Enter the subdirectory for the user shape path, and then press ENTER.
OR
Type B on the command line for the user shape path, press ENTER to open the Browse for
Folder window, select the new folder location, click OK, and then press ENTER.
5. Enter the subdirectory for the Topworks path, and then press ENTER.
OR
Type B on the command line for the Topworks path, press ENTER to open the Browse for
Folder window, select the new folder location, click OK, and then press ENTER.
The assembly paths are updated.

SECTION 4
Isogen Panel
CADWorx Plant I tab: Isogen
Isogen Out - Generates an isometric drawing. For more ISOGENOUT

information, see Isogen Out (on page 161).
Isogen Batch - Generates isometrics using Isogen for one ISOGENBATCH

or more line numbers. For more information, see Isogen
Batch (on page 168).
Isogen Supplemental - Places supplemental Isogen ISOGENSUPL

blocks in the drawing. For more information, see Isogen
Supplemental (on page 169).
Stop Sign - Places Isogen stop sign symbols in the STOPSIGN

drawing. For more information, see Stop Sign (on page
170).
Isogen Start Point - Places Isogen start point symbols in ISOGENSTARTPT

the drawing. For more information, see Isogen Start Point
(on page 171).
Start I-Configure - Launches the I-Configure application. LAUNCHICONFIGURE
PCF Out - Creates a piping component (PCF) file from PCFOUT

components selected in the drawing. For more information,
see PCF Out (on page 171).
PCF In - Imports components into the current drawing from PCFIN

a piping component (PCF) file. For more information, see
PCF IN (on page 171).
Start Symbol Editor - Launches the Symbol Editor LAUNCHSYMBOLEDITO

application. R

Isogen Panel
Isogen Out
CADWorx Plant I tab: Isogen > Isogen Out
Plant menu: Accessory > Isogen > Isogen Out
Command line: ISOGENOUT
Generates an isometric drawing. The components you select to use with this command must be
generated with an authorized Isogen hardware lock, or this function cannot process them. The
selection process has different options that allow you to perform more detailed selections.
You can resubmit Isogen drawings after you make changes to your CADWorx drawing. The
software displays the drawings in their previous isometric layout with the added
components. You must define the Repeatability return report in I-Configure for resubmitted
drawings to display. To set the Isogen repeatability feature, see Enable the Repeatability
return report (on page 166).
If you delete an Isogen start or stop point, the software permanently
removes the points. This can affect the repeatability output.
Use ISOGENRESET to remove the sheet and part numbers, and all Start/Stop signs from
component iso information.
Isogen drawings can be created for curved piping by using Isogen Out on an
Adjustable Bend (on page 463). Before you run Isogen Out , make sure to set the SKEY
in the Isogen Data Dialog Box (on page 89) to PB** (** designates a valid Isogen end type).
Select the Overwrite check box to enter the new SKEY. To setup curved piping in
isometrics, see Enable curved piping in Plant isometrics (on page 168).
Select Isogen Style Dialog Box

Controls parameters for selecting Isogen projects, styles, and names of the automatically-
generated isometrics. See I-Configure (on page 172) for more in information on creating and
managing these projects and styles.
Use I-configure
Specifies to use the I-Configure styles for the isometric drawing.
Directory
Specifies the folder that contains the Isogen project.
Project
Specifies the active Isogen project. The list contains all of the available projects. See I-
Configure (on page 172) for information on creating these projects.
Style
Specifies the active isometric drawing style. The list contains all of the available styles in
the project.

Isogen Panel
Browse for style

Specifies to use a specific drawing style for the isometric drawing.
Path
Specifies the selected Isogen.fls file and the folder location containing that file.
Select
Displays the Select Isogen Style Directory dialog box so that you can select an Isogen
style (Isogen.fls) file. Use this option to select an Isogen style that is in a shared network
folder.
Drawings Folder
Specifies the folder location for the drawings produced by Isogen.
File Name
Specifies the name of the file. This allows you to name an isometric file if none of the
components selected contain a line number. If the selected components contain line number
information, then the software uses line number from the last selected component as the
isometric file name.
Settings
Displays the Isogen Settings dialog box so that you can transpose the system by an X, Y,
and Z offset distance. For more information, see Isogen Out (on page 161).
Use ISOGENRESET to remove the sheet and part numbers and all Start/Stop signs
from component iso information.
The DXF edit box enables you to name a portion of the output file. The name appends a series
of numbers. Isogen might break up the selected components into multiple sheets which would
require this numbering sequence.
Select Isogen Style Directory Dialog Box

Controls parameters for selecting an Isogen style directory file.
Look in
Specifies the folder in which the file resides.
File name
Specifies the style directory file name.
Files of type
Specifies the file type (extension).

Isogen Panel
Isogen Settings Dialog Box

Controls parameters for transposing the system by X, Y, and Z offsets. The whole system can
be rotated by any angle. This allows any user-defined north arrow direction.
X
Specifies the X-direction offset.
Y
Specifies the Y-direction offset.
Z
Specifies the Z-direction offset.
Angle
Specifies the north arrow direction:
90 = World positive Y-axis as north direction. This is the default value.
180 = World positive X-axis as north direction.
270 = World negative Y-axis as north direction.
0 = World negative X-axis as north direction.
Isogen Project Data Setup Dialog Box

Controls parameters for setting position text (POS) that can be displayed on the isometric
drawing file. Review the Isogen Configuration Users Guide in I-Configure to locate the POS
number associated with each item. These values are stored with the configuration file and are
used when an isometric is exported. For I-Configure projects, this is the only option for setting
these values.
After typing a value, click the Use check box to store the value in the configuration file. To delete
a value from the configuration file, clear the Use box. The values that have the Use box selected
display at the top of the dialog box the next time it displays.
Isogen Results Dialog Box

Controls parameters for reviewing the results of the Isogen extraction.
The dialog box displays the success or failure of the extraction in a text box.
Open Plot Files
Opens all the generated ISOs in the current session of AutoCAD. The AutoCAD SDI setting
must be set to 0 for the option to be available.
View Message File
Opens Notepad to display a message file that provides information that could be used when
an error was produced. The text file that displays is an .MES file. For more information, read
the Isogen documentation.
View Extraction Logs
Displays the View Extraction Logs dialog box, which contains the log files and style data of
the isometric drawing. For more information, see Isogen Out (on page 161).

Isogen Panel
View Extraction Logs Dialog Box

Contains the log files and style data of the isometric drawing and allows you to collect data to
submit to Intergraph.
Logfiles
Contains a list of log file data that you can review for information on the isometric drawing
style.
Style Data
Input File
Specifies the .pcf file created by Isogen Out.
Open Input File
Displays the data of the .pcf file.
Project Type
Specifies the project type that was used to create the isometric drawing. Supported file
types are listed below:
I-Configure
Pipman1
Pipman2
None
IsoDir
Specifies the directory of the Isogen project that was used to create the isometric drawing.
Project
Specifies the active project that was used to create the drawing.
Style
Specifies the active style that was used to create the drawing.
Collect Data
Displays the Collect Data dialog box. For more information, see Isogen Out (on page 161).
Collect Data Dialog Box

Contains a list of Isogen data files after running Isogen Out .
Filename
Displays the file location and file name of the Collect Data file.
Size (Bytes)
Displays the size of the file in Bytes.
Dates
Displays the date and time that the file was created.

Isogen Panel
Status
Displays the status of the file.
Collect
Collects the data into a .zip file called I-Collect.zip and displays the Collect dialog box. In
the Collect dialog box, you can either Save As, Send As Email, or click OK.
Add File
Enables you to add a file to the Collect Data list.

Extract Isogen files (on page 165)
Enable the Repeatability return report (on page 166)
Setup short description column for material list with text wrapping (on page 167)
Enable curved piping in Plant isometrics (on page 168)
Extract Isogen files

1. Click Isogen Out . Alternatively, type ISOGENOUT on the command line, and press
ENTER.
The Select Isogen Style dialog box displays.
2. Set up the parameters to meet your requirements.
3. Click OK on the Select Isogen Style dialog box.
Enter an option [Line number/Select component] <Select component>.
4. Select Line Number to select components using line numbers.
Enter an option [List/Select component] <Select component>.
5. Choose List to select the line number from a list. For more information, see Select Item
or
Choose Select component to select the components by crossing, window, or any other
preferred method. You can select components that are from an XREF if the
UseObjectsFromXrefs (on page 51) is set to 1.
Processed 164 component(s) to file.
The components must have been generated with a valid Isogen authorized hardware
lock. If not, a message similar to the following displays:
Could NOT process 17 component(s) due to permissions failure...
Only components drawn with the Isogen interface are allowed...
No components were written to file...
The Isogen Results dialog box displays.

Isogen Panel
Enable the Repeatability return report

1. Click Start > All Programs > CADWorx > Isogen > I-Configure > I-Configure.
I-Configure opens.
2. In the Project View panel, select the appropriate isometric directory and project.
3. Under the active project, select the appropriate isometric drawing style.
4. Click Edit in the Properties panel.
The Isogen Configuration Home screen displays.
5. Click Reports in the Drawing Manager pane.
The Configuration view opens and displays the Reports panel.
6. Expand Report Types.
7. Double-click Repeatability return to open the data grid.
The Reports panel displays the Repeatability return options.
8. Expand File Formatting.
The File Formatting properties display.
9. Select Revised ASCII from the Content list.
10. Use the Part Numbers, Split Points, Start Point, and Weld Numbers check boxes control
the information that displays in the drawing.
11. Set Spool Identifier to Numeric or Alphabetic.
12. In the Report Location box, type the name and full path location of the report file.
Alternatively, click the Report Location browse button and navigate to the appropriate
file.
13. Click to update the active style file with the new property settings.
14. Select Home in the menu to return to the Home screen.

15. Close Isogen Configuration.
16. Verify the Reports displays in the Properties panel, and that Value is set to
REPEATABILITY-RETURN.
For more information on Reports, see Report Definition Panel in the Isogen
Configuration User's Guide.
17. Click Export Style on the I-Configure horizontal toolbar.
18. Open a drawing, and then click Setup .
19. Select Configuration Settings.
20. Set IsogenSetting to 1, 2, or, 3. For more information, see IsogenSetting (on page 42).
21. Run Isogen Out . For more information, see Isogen Out (on page 161).
Enable the RepeatFile for I-Configure 2012
1. Open I-Configure, select an isometric drawing style, and then select the Detail tab.
2. Expand Supplementary in the list, and then select RepeatFile.
3. In the Property panel, set Enabled value to True.

Isogen Panel
Setup short description column for material list with text

wrapping
I-Configure opens.
5. Click Drawing Material List in the Materials pane.
The Configuration view opens and displays the Drawing Material List panel.
6. Expand User Defined Columns.
7. Click Show to open the data grid.

The User Defined Columns properties list displays.
8. Verify that there is a -80 value in the Attribute column. If there is none, select -80 from the
Attribute list.
9. Verify the offset value. If you created a new -80 attribute, then you must also add an offset
value.
10. Verify the Maximum Characters value. If you created a new -80 attribute, then you must
also add a Maximum Characters value.
12. Select Home in the menu to return to the Home screen.

13. Click Drawing File in the Drawing Manager pane.
The Configuration view opens and displays the Drawing File panel.
14. Expand Template File.
15. Verify that Format is set to Smart DWG (DWG).
16. Type the full path location and file name of the template file that contains the correct
material list information in the Path box. Alternatively, click the browse button and
navigate to the appropriate file.
The template file displays in the Path box.
Your material list now displays with the short description and the lines do not overlap, but
are text wrapped.

Isogen Panel
Enable curved piping in Plant isometrics

I-Configure opens.
5. Click Piping Components and Features in the Dimensions pane.
The Configuration view opens and displays the Piping Components and Features panel.
6. Expand Curved Pipe.
7. Type a value greater than zero in the Threshold box.
The bend radius (inches) is divided by the nominal size (pipe diameter in inches). If
the result is lower than the Threshold setting, normal bends are drawn. If the result is
greater than the Threshold setting curves are drawn.
8. Click outside the Threshold box to set the new value.
To use this feature you need to draw an adjustable bend using the BENT command. You
also need to update the SKEY of the new bend to PB** (** designates a valid Isogen end type)
in the Isogen Data Dialog Box (on page 89). For more information, see Adjustable Bend (on
page 463).
Isogen Batch
CADWorx Plant I tab: Isogen > Isogen Batch
Plant menu: Accessory > Isogen > Isogen Batch
Command line: ISOGENBATCH
Generates isometrics using Isogen for one or more line numbers. The command uses the
default settings from the Isogen Project Manager. For more information, see I-Configure (on
page 172).
Isogen drawings can be created for curved piping by using Isogen Batch on an
Adjustable Bend (on page 463) with SKEY in the Isogen Data Dialog Box (on page 89) set to
PB** (** designates a valid Isogen end type). You need to check the Overwrite check box to
enter the new SKEY. To setup curved piping in isometrics, see Enable curved piping in Plant
isometrics (on page 168).
ISOGENBATCH also exports line number continuation information to Isogen.

Isogen Panel
Extract batch Isogen files

1. Click Isogen Batch . Alternatively, type ISOGENBATCH on the command line, and press
ENTER.
The software displays the Select Item dialog box which lists all the line numbers available in
the model.
2. Select one or more from the available line numbers. For more information, see Select Item
CADWorx sends each line number to Isogen for processing. Isogen might break up the
selected line numbers into multiple sheets.
ISOGENBATCH log file written to: C:\Drawings\Model_Isogen.log
The components must be generated with a valid Isogen authorized hardware lock. If
not, a message similar to the following displays.
Could NOT process 17 component(s) due to permissions failure...
Only components drawn with the Isogen interface are allowed...
No components were written to file...
As each line is processed, any errors encountered are displayed on the screen, and a log
file is created.
The Isogen Results dialog box displays. For more information, see Isogen Out (on page
161).
Isogen Supplemental
CADWorx Plant I tab: Isogen > Isogen Supplemental
Plant menu: Accessory > Isogen > Isogen Supplemental
Command line: ISOGENSUPL
Places supplemental Isogen blocks in the drawing. There are several types of block available for
export to Isogen:
Isogen_Arrow
Isogen_Wall
Isogen_Floor
Isogen_Instrument
Isogen_Break In
Insulation
Location Point
Arrow, wall, and floor blocks must be inserted along the center line of a pipe component.
Instrument blocks must have the instrument line connected to the end of an olet component,
TAP component, or a weld gap component.
Break in (Tie in) points must be connected to the end point of a component.

Isogen Panel
You must insert LOCATION-POINT on a component. Otherwise, Isogen does not place it in the
isometric drawing. You can insert LOCATION-POINT at any location.
Supplemental blocks do not have line numbers. Isogen processes all supplemental blocks in a
drawing at the same time.
To add other blocks to this menu, see Adding preview graphics in Graphics / Pipe Ends (on
page 297). The block name must contain Isogen_Arrow, Isogen_Instrument, Isogen_Wall,
Isogen_Floor, or Isogen_BreakIn for export to Isogen. For example, to add another instrument
type, you could name the block Isogen_Instrument_4, and add it to the menu.
If you are placing a flow arrow on a sloped line, align the UCS to the slope before
inserting the arrow.
Isogen Supplemental Dialog Box

Controls parameters for placing supplemental Isogen blocks in the drawing.
The folder containing the Isogen supplemental blocks displays at the top of the dialog box.
List
Displays the available Isogen supplemental blocks.
Preview
Displays a preview of the selected block.
Stop Sign
CADWorx Plant I tab: Stop Sign
Misc toolbar: Stop Sign
Command line: STOPSIGN
Places stop sign symbols in the drawing. This symbol is used for designating the starting and
ending locations for automatically-generated isometric output. For more information, see Isogen
Out (on page 161). Stop signs must be at a weld or connection point on the piping system. You
place these designators on the drawing and then export them to the database. This could occur
manually with Export Pipe (on page 206) or automatically with Setup Live Database (on page
204).
If stop signs are present when using the Database option of the ISOOUT command, you are
asked if stop signs should be used in generating the ISOs.
Use Stop Signs [Yes/No] <Yes>:
If you select Yes, continuity is checked and the ISOs are broken at each stop sign. If there are
no line numbers or stop signs present in the database, the following prompt displays.
Database does not have any line number or stop signs...
When exporting with the Select Isogen Style dialog box isometric generator (Isogen Out
(on page 161) or Isogen Batch (on page 168)), stop signs are used, if selected.

Isogen Panel
Isogen Start Point

CADWorx Plant I tab: Isogen Start Point
Command line: ISOGENSTARTPT
Places start point symbols in the drawing.
PCF Out
CADWorx Plant I tab: Isogen > PCF Out
Plant menu: Accessory > Isogen > PCF Out
Command line: PCFOUT
Creates a piping component (PCF) file from components selected in the drawing.
This command displays the standard file selection dialog box and prompts for a file name.
Extract piping component files

1. Click PCF Out . Alternatively, type PCFOUT on the command line, and press ENTER.
The Create dialog box displays.
2. Type the name of the PCF file in the File name box, and click Save.
or
Choose Select component to select the components by crossing, window, or any other
preferred method. You can select components that are from an XREF if the
UseObjectsFromXrefs (on page 51) is set to 1.
The software processes the components.
PCF In
CADWorx Plant I tab: Isogen > PCF In
Plant menu: Accessory > Isogen > PCF In
Command line: PCFIN
Imports components into the current drawing from a piping component (PCF) file. The PCF file
is usually produced from some other plant design system. This command requires that proper
CADWorx specification and data files exist. If the PCF file uses a specification that does not
match the CADWorx specification exactly, the model created by PCF In does not function as
expected.
The function displays a standard file selection dialog box. There is an intervention level. For
more information, see System In (on page 256).

Isogen Panel
I-Configure
Defines properties for isometric drawings. All of the software included with Isogen is supplied
with an Adobe Acrobat Portable Document Format (PDF) file. This PDF file can be printed or
viewed from the computer. The PDFs can be accessed from the program group that is created
during installation. We suggest reading the PDF manual prior to contacting for technical support.
Isogen is installed in a subfolder of CADWorx. There is not an option to install it anywhere else.
The program group created during installation provides shortcuts to all the software within these
folders. It also provides shortcuts for all the documentation.
The information supplied in the CADWorx help file is for general use only.
There are two applications available for creating and maintaining Isogen Styles: Project
Manager and I-Configure.
Project Manager and I-Configure are both delivered with the CADWorx DVD
CADWorx can use Isogen styles created by Project Manager or I-Configure.
Isogen Information
The following topics provide general Isogen information.
Material List Definition

The Material List Definition (MLD) file allows you to customize the Isogen material list. The
following table shows how CADWorx data is exported to an Isogen material list for use with the
MLD file.
CADWorx data (as listed in Isogen MLD
component edit dialog box)
Alpha size Not exported ('N.S.' in the MLD is based on the size stored
within the component data.)
Short annotation 'COMPONENT-ATTRIBUTE2'
Short annotation -80
Long annotation 'DESCRIPTION'
Line Number Not available as an MLD item.
Tag 'COMPONENT-ATTRIBUTE3'
Code 'ITEM-CODE'
(If DataBaseCodesIsogen (on page 39) = Yes in current
configuration settings)
Code 'COMPONENT-ATTRIBUTE4'
(If DataBaseCodesIsogen (on page 39) = No in current
configuration settings)
Weight 'WEIGHT'
Sort sequence Not exported
Length 'QTY'
Specification 'COMPONENT-ATTRIBUTE1'

Isogen Panel
SKEY Information
The following Isogen SKEYs can be used by CADWorx when creating an isometric.
Isogen SKEY definitions and symbol shapes are available in the Isogen Symbol Key
(SKEY) Definitions Reference Guide. You can access this document with the Help > Printable
Guides command in I-Configure.
PRGM # CADWorx Name Isogen Identifier SKEY
1 PIPE PIPE (Blank)
2 ELBOW 90 LR BUTTWELD ELBOW ELBW
3 ELBOW 90 SR BUTTWELD ELBOW ELBW
4 ELBOW 90 REDUCING BUTTWELD ELBOW-REDUCING ERBW
5 ELBOW 45 BUTTWELD ELBOW ELBW
6 BEND 180 LR RETURN BUTTWELD ELBOW EUBW
7 BEND 180 SR RETURN BUTTWELD ELBOW EUBW
8 TEE STRAIGHT BUTTWELD TEE TEBW
9 TEE REDUCING BUTTWELD TEE TEBW
10 REDUCER CONCENTRIC BUTTWELD REDUCER-CONCENTRIC RCBW
11 REDUCER ECCENTRIC BUTTWELD REDUCER-ECCENTRIC REBW
12 CAP BUTTWELD CAP KABW
13 STRAIGHT CROSS BUTTWELD CROSS CRBW
14 REDUCING CROSS BUTTWELD CROSS CRBW
15 LATERAL BUTTWELD TEE TSBW
16 STUB END BUTTWELD LAPJOINT-STUBEND FLSE
17 LONG WELD NECK FLANGE / NOZZLE FLWN /

NZFS
18 FLANGE WELD NECK FLANGE FLWN
19 FLANGE SLIP ON FLANGE FLSJ
20 FLANGE BLIND FLANGE-BLIND FLBL

Isogen Panel
21 FLANGE LAP JOINT FLANGE FLLB
22 FLANGE SOCKET WELD FLANGE FLSW
23 FLANGE THREADED FLANGE FLSC
24 BOLT BOLT (Blank)
25 GASKET GASKET (Blank)
26 NIPPLE COUPLING NRSC
27 CONCENTRIC SWAGE REDUCER-CONCENTRIC CSPL
28 ECCENTRIC SWAGE REDUCER-ECCENTRIC ESPL
29 90 LR ELBOW SOCKET WELD ELBOW ELSW
30 90 STREET ELBOW SOCKET WELD ELBOW ELSW
31 90 REDUCING ELBOW SOCKET WELD ELBOW-REDUCING ERSW
32 45 ELBOW SOCKET WELD ELBOW ELSW
33 STRAIGHT TEE SOCKET WELD TEE TESW
34 REDUCING TEE SOCKET WELD TEE TESW
35 LATERAL SOCKET WELD TEE TSSW
36 STRAIGHT CROSS SOCKET WELD CROSS CRSW
37 REDUCING BUSHING SOCKET WELD REDUCER-ECCENTRIC RBSC
38 CAP SOCKET WELD CAP KASW
39 COUPLING SOCKET WELD COUPLING COSW
40 HALF COUPLING SOCKET WELD OLET HCSW
41 UNION SOCKET WELD UNION UNSW
42 BLEED RING MISC-COMPONENT RP
43 90 LR ELBOW THREADED ELBOW ELSC
44 90 STREET ELBOW THREADED ELBOW ELSC

Isogen Panel
45 90 REDUCING ELBOW THREADED ELBOW-REDUCING ERSC
46 45 ELBOW THREADED ELBOW ELSC
47 STRAIGHT TEE THREADED TEE TESC
48 REDUCING TEE THREADED TEE TESC
49 LATERAL THREADED TEE TSSC
50 STRAIGHT CROSS THREADED CROSS CRSC
51 REDUCING BUSHING THREADED REDUCER-CONCENTRIC RBSC
52 CAP THREADED CAP KASC
53 COUPLING THREADED COUPLING COSC
54 HALF COUPLING THREADED OLET HCSC
55 UNION THREADED UNION UNSC
56 PLUG THREADED MISC-COMPONENT PL
57 SOCKET WELD ELL-O-LET ELBOLET CESW
58 THREADED ELL-O-LET ELBOLET CESC
59 WELD ELL-O-LET ELBOLET CEBW
60 SOCK-O-LET OLET SKSW
61 THREAD-O-LET OLET THSC
62 WELD-O-LET OLET WTBW
63 BALL VALVE FLANGED or BUTTWELD VALVE VBFL or

VBBW
64 BALL VALVE SOCKET WELD VALVE VBSW
65 BALL VALVE THREADED VALVE VBSC
66 BUTTERFLY VALVE FLANGED or VALVE VYFL or

BUTTWELD VYBW

Isogen Panel
67 CHECK VALVE FLANGED or VALVE CKFL or

BUTTWELD CKBW
68 CHECK VALVE SOCKET WELD VALVE CKSW
69 CHECK VALVE THREADED VALVE CKSC
70 GATE VALVE FLANGED or BUTTWELD VALVE VTFL or

VTBW
71 GATE VALVE SOCKET WELD VALVE VTSW
72 GATE VALVE THREADED VALVE VTSC
73 GLOBE VALVE FLANGED or VALVE VGFL or

BUTTWELD VGBW
74 GLOBE VALVE SOCKET WELD VALVE VGSW
75 GLOBE VALVE THREADED VALVE VGSC
76 PLUG VALVE FLANGED or BUTTWELD VALVE VPFL or

VPBW
77 PLUG VALVE SOCKET WELD VALVE VPSW
78 PLUG VALVE THREADED VALVE VPSC
79 RELIEF VALVE FLANGED or VALVE-ANGLE ARFL or

BUTTWELD ARBW
80 RELIEF VALVE SOCKET WELD VALVE-ANGLE ARSW
81 RELIEF VALVE THREADED VALVE-ANGLE ARSC
82 NEEDLE VALVE SOCKET WELD VALVE VNSW
83 NEEDLE VALVE THREADED VALVE VNSC
84 3-WAY VALVE FLANGED or VALVE-3WAY V3FL or

BUTTWELD V3BW
85 3-WAY VALVE SOCKET WELD VALVE-3WAY V3SW
86 3-WAY VALVE THREADED VALVE-3WAY V3SC

Isogen Panel
87 4-WAY FLANGED or BUTTWELD VALVE-4WAY V4FL or

V4BW
88 4-WAY SOCKET WELD VALVE-4WAY V4SW
89 4-WAY VALVE THREADED VALVE-4WAY V4SC
90 CONTROL VALVE FLANGED or INSTRUMENT CVFL

BUTTWELD
91 CONTROL VALVE SOCKET WELD INSTRUMENT CVSW
92 CONTROL VALVE THREADED INSTRUMENT CVSC
93 STRAINER FLANGED or BUTTWELD FILTER FIFL
94 STRAINER SOCKET WELD FILTER FISW
95 STRAINER THREADED FILTER FISC
96 ANGLE VALVE FLANGED or VALVE-ANGLE AVFL or

BUTTWELD AVBW
97 ANGLE VALVE SOCKET WELD VALVE-ANGLE AVSW
98 ANGLE VALVE THREADED VALVE-ANGLE AVSC
99 GAGE VALVE SOCKET WELD VALVE VKSW
100 GAGE VALVE THREADED VALVE VKSC
101 SPECTACLE BLIND MISC-COMPONENT SB
102 EXPANSION BELLOWS MISC-COMPONENT EXFL
103 to Symmetrical user shapes: NCFL MISC-COMPONENT NCFL or

(NCFL) or
107 Non-symmetrical users shapes with two XVFL
points: NCFL MULTI-PORT-
COMPONENT (XVFL)
Non-symmetrical users shapes three or
more points: XVFL
108 ELBOW 22.5 BUTTWELD ELBOW ELBW
109 ELBOW 11.25 BUTTWELD ELBOW ELBW
110 WYE BW TEE TSBW

Isogen Panel
111 REDUCER CONCENTRIC WITH REDUCER-CONCENTRIC RCSW

SOCKET WELD HUB
112 REDUCER CONCENTRIC WITH REDUCER-CONCENTRIC RCSC

THREADED HUB
113 REDUCER ECCENTRIC WITH SOCKET REDUCER-ECCENTRIC RESW

WELD HUB
114 REDUCER ECCENTRIC WITH REDUCER-ECCENTRIC RESC

THREADED HUB
115 FLANGE REDUCING SO FLANGE-REDUCING- FLRC

CONCENTRIC
116 FLANGE REDUCING THREADED FLANGE-REDUCING- FLRC

CONCENTRIC
117 FLANGE REDUCING WN FLANGE-REDUCING- FLRC

CONCENTRIC
118 COUPLING SOCKET WELD COUPLING COSW
119 COUPLING THREADED COUPLING COSC
120 LATERAL-O-LET SOCKET WELD OLET LASW
121 LATERAL-O-LET THREADED OLET LASC
122 LATERAL-O-LET WELD OLET LABW
123 NIP-O-LET THREADED OLET NISC
124 NIP-O-LET PLAIN OLET NIPL
125 PIPE FLANGED PIPE-FIXED FPFL
126 ELBOW 90 LR FLANGED ELBOW ELFL
127 ELBOW 45 FLANGED ELBOW ELFL
128 TEE STRAIGHT FLANGED TEE TEFL
129 REDUCER CONCENTRIC FLANGED REDUCER-CONCENTRIC RCFL
130 REDUCER ECCENTRIC FLANGED REDUCER-ECCENTRIC REFL

Isogen Panel
131 WYE FLANGED TEE TSFL
132 DIAPHRAGM VALVE SOCKET WELD VALVE VDSW
133 DIAPHRAGM VALVE THREADED VALVE VDSC
134 DIAPHRAGM VALVE FLANGED or VALVE VDFL or

BUTTWELD VDBW
135 ROTARY VALVE SOCKET WELD VALVE VRSW
136 ROTARY VALVE THREADED VALVE VRSC
137 ROTARY VALVE FLANGED or VALVE VRFL or

BUTTWELD VRBW
138 DUAL CHECK VALVE SOCKET WELD VALVE CKSW
139 DUAL CHECK VALVE THREADED VALVE CKSC
140 DUAL CHECK VALVE FLANGED or VALVE CKFL or

BUTTWELD CKBW
141 XBODY GATE VALVE SOCKET WELD VALVE VTSW
142 XBODY GATE VALVE THREADED VALVE VTSC
143 XBODY GATE VALVE BW VALVE VTFL
144 ELBOW 90 WITH SPECIAL END ELBOW EL**

TYPES
145 ELBOW 90 REDUCING WITH SPECIAL ELBOW-REDUCING ER**

END TYPES
146 ELBOW 45 WITH SPECIAL END ELBOW EL**

TYPES
147 TEE STRAIGHT WITH SPECIAL END TEE TE**

TYPES
148 TEE REDUCING WITH SPECIAL END TEE TE**

TYPES
149 CROSS WITH SPECIAL END TYPES CROSS CR**
150 CROSS REDUCING WITH SPECIAL CROSS CR**

END TYPES

Isogen Panel
151 LATERAL WITH SPECIAL END TYPES TEE TE**
152 REDUCER CONCENTRIC WITH REDUCER-CONCENTRIC RC**

SPECIAL END TYPES
153 REDUCER ECCENTRIC WITH REDUCER-ECCENTRIC RE**

SPECIAL END TYPES
154 STUB WITH SPECIAL END TYPES CONNECTOR MPBW
155 WYE WITH SPECIAL END TYPES TEE TS**
156 CAP WITH SPECIAL END TYPES CAP KA**
157 NUT WITH SPECIAL END TYPES NUT (BNUT) or CLAMP BNUT or
(CLMP) CLMP
158 BALL VALVE WITH SPECIAL END VALVE VB**

TYPES
159 BUTTERFLY VALVE WITH SPECIAL VALVE VY**

END TYPES
160 CHECK VALVE WITH SPECIAL END VALVE VC**

TYPES
161 GATE VALVE WITH SPECIAL END VALVE VT**

TYPES
162 GLOBE VALVE WITH SPECIAL END VALVE VG**

TYPES
163 PLUG VALVE WITH SPECIAL END VALVE VP**

TYPES
164 3-WAY VALVE WITH SPECIAL END VALVE-3WAY V3**

TYPES
165 ANGLE VALVE WITH SPECIAL END VALVE-ANGLE AV**

TYPES
166 MULTIPORT 1 VALVE WITH SPECIAL VALVE, VALVE-ANGLE, ZG**, 2Z**,

END TYPES VALVE-3WAY 3Z**
167 MULTIPORT 2 VALVE WITH SPECIAL VALVE-MULTIWAY MZ**

END TYPES

Isogen Panel
168 MULTIPORT 3 VALVE WITH SPECIAL VALVE-MULTIWAY MZ**

END TYPES
169 ELBOW 22.5 WITH SPECIAL END BEND BE**

TYPES
170 ELBOW 11.25 WITH SPECIAL END BEND BE**

TYPES
171 LATERAL REDUCING WITH SPECIAL TEE TE**

END TYPES
172 U-BEND WITH SPECIAL END TYPES Not exported Not

exported
173 WELD GAP WELD WW
174 to 197 (Future Components)
198 GENERIC INSERT Not exported Not

exported
199 WELD GAP WELD WW
200 BEND PIPE ELBOW, BEND ELBW,

BUBW,
PBBW,
201 MITER PIPE GAP (Blank)
202 ROLLED PIPE MISC-COMPONENT FXBW
203 RESTRAINTS SUPPORT Four blank

characters
204 PAD or SADDLE REINFORCEMENT-PAD (Blank)
205 RIGID ELEMENT GAP (Blank)
206 SKIPPED ELEMENT GAP (Blank)
207 SPECIAL RIGID GAP (Blank)
208 TUBING PIPE or BEND (PB) (Blank) or

PB

Isogen Panel
209 STOP SIGN ISO-SPLIT-POINT (Blank)
210 TAP CONNECTION TAP-CONNECTION (Blank)
211 OFFSET TAP CONNECTION TEE-SET-ON TTSO
212 Isogen START POINT START-CO-ORDS (Blank)
End Type Information

CADWorx special end type components are written to the PCF based on the end type used in
the data file.
CADWorx End Type Isogen End Type
0 PL
1 BW
2 FL
3 LN
4 LN
5 MP
6 MP
7 MP
8 MP
9 CL
10 CL
11 CL
12 CL
13 CL
14 SW
15 SC

SECTION 5
OrthoGen Panel
CADWorx Plant I tab: OrthoGen
The CADWorx Plant tab is only available in CADWorx Plant Professional.
CADWorx Steel tab: OrthoGen
OrthoGen Launch - Launches the OrthoGen application. ORTHOGENLAUNCH

For more information, see OrthoGen Launch (on page
183).
OrthoGen Out - Generates OrthoGen drawings from a ORTHOGENOUT

script file created using the OrthoGen application. For more
information, see OrthoGen Out (on page 183).
OrthoGen Launch
CADWorx Plant I tab: OrthoGen > OrthoGen Launch
CADWorx Steel tab: OrthoGen > OrthoGen Launch
Command line: ORTHOGENLAUNCH
Launches the OrthoGen application, which enables you to create an OrthoGen script (SCR) file
to be used in rendering an OrthoGen drawing.
For additional information about OrthoGen see the OrthoGen Help files.
OrthoGen Out
CADWorx Plant I tab: OrthoGen > OrthoGen Out
CADWorx Steel tab: OrthoGen > OrthoGen Out

Command line: ORTHOGENOUT
Generates OrthoGen drawings from a script (SCR) file created using the OrthoGen application.
OrthoGen annotates pipe lines, steel, equipment, HVAC, and more. Annotations are based on
styles created using the OrthoGen application.
1. Open a drawing, and then click Layout or create your own layout.
2. Click OrthoGen Out on the OrthoGen panel. Alternatively, type ORTHOGENOUT on the
command line, and then press ENTER.
3. Select a script file created from OrthoGen, and then click Open.
The OrthoGen script file produces the label and dimensional information on the
Orthographic drawing.

SECTION 6
LNum Panel
CADWorx Plant I tab: LNum
You can create and store line numbers in different configuration files for various requirements in
a variety of formats. There can be any number of categories within a line number.
When you start a new drawing, the line number system is not active by default.
Click Setup to automatically assign line numbers when you place components. After you set
the line number in the current drawing, it remains set until you change it.
Setup - Modifies line number configurations. For more NUMBERSETUP

Set - Sets line number from three different sources: a P&ID NUMBERSET
project, the current drawing, or a component that you
select. For more information, see Set (on page 187).
Count - Sets the present line number count value. For NUMBERCOUNT
more information, see Count (on page 188).
Increment - Increases the line number count value. For NUMBER+

more information, see Increment (on page 189).
Decrement - Decreases the line number count value. For NUMBER-

more information, see Decrement (on page 189).
Assign - Assigns new or different line numbers to existing NUMBERASSIGN

components. For more information, see Assign (on page
189).
Annotate - Labels components with existing line numbers. NUMBERANNOTATE

For more information, see Annotate (on page 190).
Line - Sets the current line number to match that of a COMP2LINE

component that you select. For more information, see Line
(on page 190).
Line Isolate - Isolates components based on their line LINEISOLATE

numbers or their specifications. For more information, see
Line Isolate (on page 191).

LNum Panel
Setup
CADWorx Plant I tab: LNum > Setup
Line Number toolbar: Setup

Plant menu: Accessory > Line Numbers > Setup
Command line: NUMBERSETUP
Modifies any line number configuration. You can turn the line numbering system on or off. If the
system is on, it can operate in a static or dynamic mode.
In the dynamic mode, CADWorx adjusts the line number according to the size or specification.
In the static mode, you must manually change the size and specification. Static is useful when
all components and sizes of a particular piping run are required to have the same line number
(such as, the 3/4 vent on an 8 process line needs a line number of 8-150-2001-N). Static line
numbering is also useful when selecting runs of piping for other functions with CADWorx. For
more information, see LineNumberSystem (on page 45).
This system also works with a CADWorx P&ID setup configuration file. You can change the
configuration file location in SETUP to use the same project configuration as any P&ID project.
For more information, see Setup (on page 27). Click Add in the Category group in this dialog
box to select additional fields located in the process lines table of a typical P&ID project
database. When using a P&ID project, changes made to a line number configuration within
CADWorx reflect within the P&ID project.
If the system is not using a CADWorx P&ID setup configuration file, the additional fields are
obtained from the DATABASE.TBL file located in the [Product Folder]\Plant\System folder. You
must manually edit this file for any modifications required of the existing fields within the default
line number system.
Line Numbering System Dialog Box

Controls parameters for line numbering systems. The name of the current configuration file
displays at the top of the dialog box. You can also use a P&ID project configuration file.
Category
Specifies the active process line item. The list contains the process line items from the
Database.TBL file in the [Product Folder]\Plant\System folder. You can add these items to
any line number system. After you select an item, click Add to place it in the Category list.
Highlight the item in the right list box, and then click Delete to remove it from the line
number system. You can also type in a value, and then click Add.
Add
Adds the item from the Category box to the Category list.
Delete
Removes the selected item from the Category list.
Separator
Specifies a separator character. Type an alphanumeric value (including special characters
such as -, ~, #, or SPACE). Click Add to place it in the Category list. Highlight the item in
the Category list, and then click Delete to remove it from the line number system.
Add
Adds the separator character to the Category list.

LNum Panel
Delete
Removes the separator character from the Category list.
Default Value
Adds any default value to any category included in the Category list. The size and
specification are disabled if the system is set to the dynamic mode.
System Off
Indicates that line numbers do not place in the drawing.
your current settings. If you run CONVERTFROMPRJDATA with this setting and do not
have the Line number check box in the Apply Change Data Rule dialog box selected, the
software erases your line numbers in the components you select for update. For more
information, see Apply Change Data Rule Dialog Box (on page 62).
System On (Dynamic Size/Spec)
Indicates that each component placed in the drawing receives a line number.
have the Line number check box in the Apply Change Data Rule dialog box selected, the
software changes your line number to the current values. For example, if you set the count
to 1500, change a line number to 1506, and then run CONVERTFROMPRJDATA, the
software changes any values in the line numbers back to 1500. For more information, see
Apply Change Data Rule Dialog Box (on page 62).
System On (Static Size/Spec)
Indicates that the line number system uses the value in the Default value box, including the
size and specification. This allows you to type anything for the size and specification.
have the Line number option in the Apply Change Data Rule dialog box selected, the
software changes your line number to the current value set in Default Value. For example, if
you have a line number specification set to 600, with a Default Value of 150, and then run
CONVERTFROMPRJDATA, the software changes any values in the 600 specification line
numbers back to 150. For more information, see Apply Change Data Rule Dialog Box (on
page 62).
Preview
Displays the line number based on the selected categories. The line number added to
components looks similar to the Preview value.
Move Up
Moves the selected item higher in the Category list. The new order also displays in the
Preview box.
Move Down
Moves the selected item lower in the Category list. The new order also displays in the
Preview box.
Line Number Setup check box in Miscellaneous CFG Content in the CADWorx Plant Setup.
For more information, see Miscellaneous CFG Content (on page 69), and Setup (on page 27).

LNum Panel
Set
CADWorx Plant I tab: LNum > Set
Line Number toolbar: Set

Plant menu: Accessory > Line Numbers > Set
Command line: NUMBERSET
Sets the line number from one of three sources: a P&ID project, the current drawing, or a
selected component.
P&ID
Requires a valid CADWorx P&ID project using an Access database. If the configuration file
is the same as an existing P&ID project, this option automatically supplies all the line
numbers within that project from the process lines table. The line numbers supplied are of
the same format as the project. If the configuration file is not the same, a standard file dialog
box displays requesting the location of the database to use.
Current Drawing
Sets the line numbers based on the current drawing. This option searches the entire
drawing and displays all the line numbers in the Select Item dialog box. This option requires
that the LineNumberSystem (on page 45) variable is set to 2. This is the same as selecting
the System On (Static Size/Spec) option in the Line Numbering System dialog box. For
more information, see Line Numbering System Dialog Box (on page 185).
Component
Sets the line numbers based on a component that you select from the current drawing. This
option searches the entire drawing and displays all the line numbers in the Select Item
dialog box. This option requires that the LineNumberSystem (on page 45) variable is set to
2. This is the same as selecting the System On (Static Size/Spec) option in the Line
Numbering System dialog box. For more information, see Line Numbering System Dialog
Box (on page 185).
Select Item Dialog Box (on page 207)

Set line numbers based on a P&ID project (on page 187)
Set line numbers based on the current drawing (on page 188)
Set line numbers based on a component (on page 188)
Set line numbers based on a P&ID project

1. Click Set . Alternatively, type NUMBERSET on the command line and press ENTER.
2. Type P on the command line and press ENTER, or select Process drawings from the
popup menu.
The Select Database File dialog box displays.
3. Select the P&ID Access database file.
4. Click Open on the Select Database File dialog box.
The software sets the line numbers.

LNum Panel
Set line numbers based on the current drawing

1. Click Set . Alternatively, type NUMBERSET on the command line and press ENTER.
2. Type D on the command line and press ENTER, or select current Drawing from the popup
menu.
The Select Item dialog box displays.
3. If needed, use the Filter box to limit the items that display.
4. Select the item to use from the list.
5. Click OK.
Set line numbers based on a component

1. Click Set . Alternatively, type NUMBERSET on the command line, and press ENTER.
2. Type C on the command line and press ENTER, or select Component from the popup
menu.
3. Select the component in the drawing.
Count
CADWorx Plant I tab: LNum > Count
Line Number toolbar: Count

Plant menu: Accessory > Line Numbers > Count
Command line: NUMBERCOUNT
Sets the present line number count value.
same as selecting the System On (Dynamic Size/Spec) option in the Line Numbering
System dialog box. For more information, see Line Numbering System Dialog Box (on page
185).
Set the line count value

1. Click Count . Alternatively, type NUMBERCOUNT on the command line, and press
ENTER.
2. Type the line count value on the command line, and press ENTER.
The software sets the line count number.

LNum Panel
Increment
CADWorx Plant I tab: LNum > Increment
Line Number toolbar: Increment

Plant menu: Accessory > Line Numbers > Increment
Command line: NUMBER+
Increases the line number count value. For example, if the current line count value is 0001, then
this increments it to 0002.
Decrement
CADWorx Plant I tab: LNum > Decrement
Line Number toolbar: Decrement

Plant menu: Accessory > Line Numbers > Decrement
Command line: NUMBER-
Decreases the line number count value. For example, if the current line count value is 0002, this
decrements it to 0001.
Assign
CADWorx Plant I tab: LNum > Assign
Line Number toolbar: Assign

Plant menu: Accessory > Line Numbers > Assign
Command line: NUMBERASSIGN
Assigns new or different line numbers to existing components. In the static mode, the line
number is replaced exactly as it is previewed in the Setup dialog box. This means that a 3/4
line can be assigned an 8-150-2001-N line number. When in dynamic mode, the line number is
automatically adjusted and the 3/4 line receives a line number of 3/4-150-2001-N. This is
based on the present size and specification listed within the component's data.
When selecting a component with a line number already attached, a message appears. Select
Yes to assign the component the new line number. You can make your selection by window,
fence, or by individually selecting a component. During the process, a rubberband cursor
appears indicating which component is being assigned the new line number.
Assign line numbers

1. Click Assign . Alternatively, type NUMBERASSIGN on the command line, and press
ENTER.
Current line number is 4"-150-HWS-3001-N.
2. Select all the components requiring a new number.

LNum Panel
3. Press ENTER to finish the selection process.

If the component already has a line number, a prompt appears confirming replacement.
Component has existing line number of 4"-150-HWS-3001-N
Replace with line number of 2"-150-HWS-3001-N
4. Type N on the command line and press ENTER, or select No from the popup menu to leave
the line numbers as they are.
Type Y on the command line and press ENTER, or select Yes from the popup menu to
replace the line numbers.
Type A on the command line and press ENTER, or select yes to All from the popup menu
to skip all future prompts and replace the line numbers.
The software assigns the line numbers.
Annotate
CADWorx Plant I tab: LNum > Annotate
Line Number toolbar: Annotate
Plant menu: Accessory > Line Numbers > Annotate
Command line: NUMBERANNOTATE
Labels components with existing line numbers. The text size is based upon the AutoCAD
environment variable TEXTSIZE and is placed on the default text layer. You can select
individual components to annotate. During the labeling process, a rubberband cursor appears
indicating which component is being labeled.
Label components with line numbers

1. Click Annotate . Alternatively, type NUMBERANNOTATE on the command line, and
press ENTER.
2. Select the components to annotate.
3. Select the point for the annotation.
4. Select the direction for the annotation, or type the angle for the annotation on the command
line and press ENTER.
The software places the annotation.
Line
CADWorx Plant I tab: LNum > Line
Setting toolbar: Line

Plant menu: Utility > Set Component > Line
Command line: COMP2LINE
Sets the current line number by selecting a component with the required line number. Any
components created after running this command use the new line number.
same as selecting the System On (Static Size/Spec) option in the Line Numbering System
dialog box. For more information, see Line Numbering System Dialog Box (on page 185).

LNum Panel
Set the current line number to that of a component

1. Click Line . Alternatively, type COMP2LINE on the command line, and press ENTER.
2. Select a component in the drawing.
CADWorx displays the line number.
Line Isolate
Plant menu: Utility > Line Isolate
Command line: LINEISOLATE
Isolates components based on their line numbers or their specifications. You can use this
command to isolate an entire line number or to isolate one line number and include surrounding
buildings or equipment. It can also turn off any isolation of components or surrounding
equipment and building.
Isolate
Isolates only components with particular specifications or line numbers. This option hides all
objects including non-CADWorx objects in the drawing. To make them visible again, run this
command again and select the Show all option.
Partial isolate
Works similar to the Isolate option, except that it leaves the surrounding graphics (building,
equipment, dimensions, and so on) visible. This option has the same additional options as
Isolate.
Show all
Turns off any isolation and makes all objects in the drawing visible.
Spec
Lists all specs used in the model. You can select one or more specifications to isolate.
Line number
Lists all line numbers used in the drawing. You can select one or more line numbers to
isolate.
List
Displays a dialog box listing either the specifications or line numbers within the drawing. You
can select one or more items using the standard Windows selection methods.
Select component
Select a component in the drawing.

SECTION 7
Pipe BOM / DB Panel

CADWorx Plant I tab > Steel BOM DB Panel
Command Description Command line
BOM Setup - Customizes the Bill of Material schedule to any style BOMSETUP
or layout that you need. For more information, see Bill of Material
Setup (on page 193).
Cut BOM - Generates a Bill of Material schedule listing each piece BOMCUT
of pipe with a length and a tag. For more information, see Cut Pipe
Bill of Material (on page 197).
Total BOM - Generates a Bill of Material schedule with one tag for BOMTOTAL
a total length of pipe in each size. For more information, see Total
Pipe Bill of Material (on page 198).
Single BOM - Generates a Bill of Material schedule with each BOMSINGLE
selected object on a line by itself. For more information, see Single
Pipe Bill of Material (on page 200).
Export BOM - Exports the steel Bill of Material schedule to an BOMEXPORT
external file format that you specify. For more information, see
Export Pipe Bill of Material (on page 201).
Import BOM - Imports a database into a Bill a Material schedule. BOMIMPORT
For more information, see Import Pipe Bill of Material (on page
202).
Delete BOM - Deletes all entities designated for Bill of Material. BOMDELETE
For more information, see Delete Bill of Material (on page 203).
Tag Toggle - Turns on and off the placement of tags. For more TAGTOGGLE
information, see Tag Toggle Bill of Material (on page 203).
Tag Location - Moves a tag. For more information, see Tag TAGRELOCATE
Location (on page 203).
Insert Tag - Places a tag on the drawing without having to run a TAGINSERT
Bill of Material. For more information, see Insert Tag (on page
203).
Setup Live Database - Links the drawing to an external database. LIVEDB
For more information, see Setup Live Database (on page 204).
Export Pipe - Exports CADWorx component information to a DBFGEN
Microsoft Access or Microsoft Excel file. For more information, see
Export Pipe (on page 206).
Import Pipe - Imports and draws CADWorx components from a DBFIN
Import Pipe (on page 208).

Pipe BOM / DB Panel
Audit Pipe Database - Maintains the database for each DBAUDIT

component in the drawing that has data attached. For more
information, see Audit Pipe Database (on page 209).
Synchronize - Checks all components in the drawing and updates SYNC
them according to the current value in the database. For more
information, see Synchronize Pipe Database (on page 209).
C.G. Generator - Calculates the center of gravity for selected pipe CG
members. For more information, see C.G. Generator (on page
211).
Bill of Material Setup

CADWorx Plant I tab: Pipe BOM / DB > Setup
Pipe BOM / DB toolbar: Setup
Plant menu: Bill of Material > Setup
Command line: BOMSETUP, PSCBOMSETUP
Customizes the Bill of Material schedule to any style or layout that you need. Using this dialog
box, you can specify column widths, provide the schedule direction (up or down), provide user
specified headings for columns, allow alignment of columns, and the selection of over 30
different entries into the schedule. You can arrange the columns in any order.

Use PSCBOMSETUP to setup bill of materials for pipe supports.
Use the Tag Toggle Bill of Material (on page 203) command to turn the tags on and off in the
schedule.
See also Pipe Support Bill of Material Setup (on page 126).
Bill of Material Setup Dialog Box

Lists all the information that you can include in the BOM. These columns can be added to
any schedule template in any order using Add.
There are six special columns: USER1, USER2, USER3, USER4, USER5, UNIT. These
columns are blank in the BOM. You can manually enter data after the BOM is generated.
Custom Data created in the Specification Editor can be added to any schedule template in
any order using Add. Find the custom data field name in the Database Columns Available
to add it to BOM Columns Selected.
PT4_X, PT4_Y and PT4 _Z are the world coordinate system location of the approximate
center point of the component.

Pipe BOM / DB Panel

Add and Remove
Moves selected columns between the Database Columns Available and BOM Columns
Selected lists. You can also move a column to the other list by double-clicking the column
name in the list.
Alignment
Grow Direction
Move Up and Move Down do not set the sort order of the BOM, only the placement
of the columns. Use Sort Order to define the sort order.
Column title
Column width
Sort Order
Controls the sort order and accumulation of pipe components in the BOM. For more
information, see BOM Sort Order / Accumulation Dialog Box (on page 196).
Piping BOM Setup or the Pipe Support BOM Setup check boxes in Miscellaneous CFG
Content in the CADWorx Plant Setup. For more information, see Miscellaneous CFG Content
(on page 69), and Setup (on page 27).


Pipe BOM / DB Panel

1. On the Pipe BOM / DB panel, click Setup .
You can also type BOMSETUP in the command line.
2. To add a property to the BOM, double-click the property in the Database Columns
Available list.
Selected list.
4. Click OK.

4. Click OK.

column.
5. Click OK.

The BOM Sort Order / Accumulation Control Setup dialog box displays.

Pipe BOM / DB Panel
to A.
6. Click OK on the BOM Sort Order dialog box.
7. Click OK on the Bill of Material Setup dialog box.
BOM Sort Order / Accumulation Dialog Box

Controls the sort order of the BOM. Columns that you place in the BOM Columns Selected list
are used to sort the BOM starting with the top column, then the second column, and so forth.
Use Move Up and Move Down to change the order in which the BOM is sorted.
This dialog box also controls the accumulation of piping components. If two valves have different
TAG values and you do not want these to accumulate, then you need to add TAG to the BOM
Columns Selected list.
Lists all the information on a steel member that you can use to sort the BOM. These
columns can be used to sort using Add.
Shows all the columns that have been selected for sorting and their sort order from top to
bottom.
Add and Remove
Moves selected columns between the BOM Columns Available and BOM Columns
Selected lists. You can also move a column to the other list by double-clicking on the
column name in the list.
Column Sort
Controls additional sorting on each selected column.
Ascending
Sorts from small numbers to larger numbers (1 to 100) and from A to Z.
Descending
Sorts from large numbers to small numbers (100 to 1) and from Z to A.
If you want the BOM to sort from large size piping to small size piping, use Descending for
MAIN_NOM and RED_NOM.
Defines the sort order in the BOM. Select a column in the BOM Columns Selected list, and
then click Move Up to sort that column before other columns. Click Move Down to sort the
column after columns higher in the list.
When you add the line number (LINE_NUM) to BOM Columns Selected, the bill of
material export options (BOMCUT, BOMTOTAL, and BOMEXPORT) calculates the
components by the line number rather than the total number of the selected components.

Pipe BOM / DB Panel
Cut Pipe Bill of Material

CADWorx Plant I tab: Pipe BOM / DB > Cut
Pipe BOM / DB toolbar: Cut
Plant menu: Bill of Material > Run > Cut
Command line: BOMCUT
Generates a Bill of Material schedule listing each piece of pipe with a length and a tag. Identical
items are accumulated in the quantity column.
Counter
of tags.
Manual placement
Automatic placement
37).


Pipe BOM / DB Panel

1. On the Pipe BOM / DB panel, click Cut .
You can also type BOMCUT in the command line.
are finished.
The BOM is generated.

1. On the Pipe BOM / DB panel, click Cut .
You can also type BOMCUT in the command line.
are finished.
Total Pipe Bill of Material

CADWorx Plant I tab: Pipe BOM / DB > Total
Pipe BOM / DB toolbar: Total

Plant menu: Bill of Material > Run > Total
Command line: BOMTOTAL
Generates a Bill of Material schedule with one tag for a total length of pipe in each size. Identical
long annotation items are accumulated in the length column.
Counter
of tags.
Manual placement

Pipe BOM / DB Panel
Automatic placement
37).


1. On the Pipe BOM / DB panel, click Total .
You can also type BOMTOTAL in the command line.
are finished.

Pipe BOM / DB Panel

1. On the Pipe BOM / DB panel, click Total .
You can also type BOMTOTAL in the command line.
are finished.
Single Pipe Bill of Material

CADWorx Plant I tab: Pipe BOM / DB > Single
Pipe BOM / DB toolbar: Single

Plant menu: Bill of Material > Run > Single
Command line: BOMSINGLE
schedule.
Counter
of tags.
Manual placement
Automatic placement
37).

Pipe BOM / DB Panel


1. On the Pipe BOM / DB panel, click Single .
You can also type BOMSINGLE in the command line.
are finished.

1. On the Pipe BOM / DB panel, click Single .
You can also type BOMSINGLE in the command line.
are finished.
Export Pipe Bill of Material

CADWorx Plant I tab: Pipe BOM / DB > Export
Pipe BOM / DB toolbar: Export

Plant menu: Bill of Material > Export
Command line: BOMEXPORT

Pipe BOM / DB Panel
Exports the steel Bill of Material schedule to an external file format that you specify. The
schedule for the Bill of Material is defined using Bill of Material Setup (on page 193). CADWorx
can export the Bill of Material schedules to:
Access file (*.mdb)
Excel file (*.xls)
Text file (*.txt)
HTML file (*.htm)
An additional command called BOMEXTERNAL is available to export a project database
to a file based on the columns chosen in the BOMSETUP.
1. On the Pipe BOM / DB panel, click Export .

You can also type BOMEXPORT in the command line.
2. Specify if you want a Cut, Total, or Single BOM.
6. Click Save.
Import Pipe Bill of Material

Plant menu: Bill of Material > Import
Command line: BOMIMPORT
Imports a database into a Bill of Material schedule on the present drawing. The schedule is
generated using the BOMSETUP parameters, see Bill of Material Setup (on page 193). You can
import only Access files (*.mdb) formats created with the DBFGEN command. For more
information, see Export Pipe (on page 206).
This command cannot be used to import data from the files generated with the BOMEXPORT
command because BOMEXPORT exports only partial field information. BOMIMPORT command
expects all the fields to be present.
1. Select Plant > Bill of Material > Import.
You can also type BOMIMPORT in the command line.
3. Select to use the current database or to select another database. The current database
displays in the command line area.
4. Select the upper right corner location of the Bill of Material in the drawing.

Pipe BOM / DB Panel
Delete Bill of Material

Plant menu: Bill of Material > Delete
Command line: BOMDELETE
Deletes all entities that are on the layer designated for Bill of Materials in the current
configuration settings. This option cannot be used for deleting partial tags or for deleting the
schedule only.
1. Select Plant > Bill of Material > Delete.
You can also type BOMDELETE in the command line.
Tag Toggle Bill of Material

Plant menu: Bill of Material > Tag > Toggle
Command line: TAGTOGGLE
Toggle Bill of Material tags in the schedule on and off.
1. Select Plant > Bill of Material > Tag > Toggle.
You can also type TAGTOGGLE in the command line.
Tag Location
Plant menu: Utilities > Nozzle Schedule > Tag > Location
Command line: TAGRELOCATE (EQUIPTAGRELOCATE in CADWorx Equipment)
Relocates a tag. This command is useful when tags are placed on top of each other. Optionally,
this command deletes the connector line from the item mark to the component. This is useful
when multiple items are required for one location, such as gaskets and bolts associated with a
flange.
Tags and the associated leader lines are grouped. This makes them easier to
manipulate. You can use the AutoCAD Group command to un-group the items and manually
rearrange them.
Insert Tag
Plant menu: Utilities > Nozzle Schedule > Tag > Insert
Command line: TAGINSERT (EQUIPTAGINSERT in CADWorx Equipment)
Places tags on the drawing without having to run the main Bill of Material generator. The tag is
scaled according to the present text size.

Pipe BOM / DB Panel
Setup Live Database

CADWorx Plant I tab: Pipe BOM / DB > Setup
Pipe BOM / DB toolbar: Setup

Plant menu: Accessory > Database > Setup
Command line: LIVEDB
CADWorx supports a fully functional live external database. Use this command to define the
database settings that are saved to the configuration file listed. When a drawing is opened and a
configuration file is located in the same folder, the drawing initializes according to that
configuration file using a live database or not.
When you delete a component from a drawing with an active live database, the database
marks that component for deletion. When you close the drawing without saving, then the
item does not deleted from the database. If you save the drawing, then the item deletes from
the database.
When a component or a group of components are copied from a drawing to a new drawing
that uses the same live database, the copied components are duplicated in the live
database with the new drawing name.
When a component or a group of components are cut from a drawing and placed in another
drawing that uses the same live database, the components duplicate in the live database
with the new drawing name. When the old drawing is saved and closed any duplicate items
from the first drawing are deleted from the live database because they are no longer on the
first drawing.
All changes to live database settings take effect in the next drawing session.
On/Off
Turns the live database system on and off. When on, all components drawn are updated
instantaneously to the database. Changes can be made in the drawing or in the database.
When off, all CADWorx component information is stored only within the drawing.
Database Type
Select the type of database to use as the live database. Depending on the type chosen, the
path to the database or schema is displayed.
Access Path
Defines the Microsoft Access database information. Click Create Table to create the PIPE
table in the database when creating a new database. Click Select File to specify an existing
database.
SQL Server Database Name and Schema
Defines the Microsoft SQL Server database information. You must have already created the
ODBC schemas (refer to the installation guide for help). Type the database name in the
Database box. Type the ODBC schema name in the Schema box, either
Plant_SQL_SERVER or Steel_SQL_SERVER.

Pipe BOM / DB Panel
Oracle Schema
Defines the Oracle database information. Type the ODBC schema name in the Schema
box.
Startup Dialog Options
Sets the database option on CADWorx startup.
No dialog (new drawings are in Live DB)
Select to place new drawings automatically in the database. Selecting this option
requires that a new drawing be named and saved immediately on creation.
Drawings that use a live database must be in the same folder with the appropriate
configuration file.
No dialog (new drawings are not in Live DB)
Select to not add new drawings to the database. You can add drawings to the live
database later using this command.
Show dialog
Select to display a dialog box on which you can choose to use a database or not.
Piping Live Database Settings or the Steel Live Database Settings check box in
Miscellaneous CFG Content in the CADWorx Plant Setup. For more information, see
Miscellaneous CFG Content (on page 69), and Setup (on page 27).
Existing components in drawings can be added to the database by using DBFGEN for
Pipe or SDBFGEN for Steel. For more information, see Export Pipe (on page 206).
Enter User Name and Password Dialog Box

Enables you to access the system by entering a user name and password when required.
User Name
Specifies your user name for the system.
Password
Type the password, if your system requires a password.
Passwords in a SQL server for a SQL database now save with the project. You need
only enter the password the first time you log in to a drawing. If you receive the Enter User
Name and Password dialog box after opening the drawing a second time, then the
password in the SQL server was changed.
Database : Schema
Displays the database name and schema from the Enter Value dialog box. For Oracle, only
the schema displays from the Enter Schema dialog box.

Pipe BOM / DB Panel
Export Pipe
CADWorx Plant I tab: Pipe BOM / DB > Export
Pipe BOM / DB toolbar: Export
Plant menu: Accessory > Database > Export
Command line: DBFGEN
Exports CADWorx component information to a Microsoft Access or Microsoft Excel file.
When using live database, this command updates the appropriate database setup for the
drawing.
Database Type
Select Access to write to a Microsoft Access file, or select Excel to write to a Microsoft
Excel file.
Browse
Click to define the file name and folder location. The disabled boxes at the bottom of the
dialog display the file name and folder in use.
Append/Sync
Synchronizes the drawing and the database file by removing entries from the database that
no longer exist in the drawing and updating components in the database according to the
drawing. You can use this command once a day or five times an hour to maintain the
database according to the drawing. Many users can append to the same database file at the
same time.
New
Creates a new database file based on the chosen folder and database type.
1. On the Pipe BOM / DB panel, click Export .
You can also type DBFGEN in the command line.
or
Choose Select component to select the needed components by crossing, window, or any
other preferred method.
4. Select the components to write to the database file. Right-click or press ENTER when you
are finished.
The Select Database Type dialog box displays.
5. Select Access or Excel to define the file type.
6. Click Browse, and define the folder and file name.

Pipe BOM / DB Panel
7. Select New if you are creating a new file.

or
Select Append/Sync if you want to synchronize an existing file.
8. Click OK.
If live database is being used, the prompt Continue to update live database? [Yes/No]
<Yes>: displays.
9. Click Yes to update the database.
or
Click No to stop updating the live database.
Select Item Dialog Box

Lists all the line number or specifications in the drawing (or database). You can select multiple
items using the CTRL or SHIFT keys.
Filter
Enter a wildcard filter to limit the items available in the list. The filter is case sensitive.
Wildcards
Character Used to
# (pound) Matches any single numeric digit
@ (at) Matches any single alphabetic character
. (period) Matches any single non-alphanumeric character
* (asterisk) Matches any character sequence, including an empty one, and it can
be used anywhere in the search pattern: beginning, middle, or end
? (question mark) Matches any single character
~ (tilde) If it is the first character in the pattern, it matches anything except the
pattern
[...] Matches any one of the characters enclosed
[~...] Matches any single character not enclosed
- (hyphen) Used inside brackets to specify a range for a single character
, (comma) Separates two patterns
` (reverse quote) Escapes special characters (reads next character literally)

Pipe BOM / DB Panel
In the example below, lines with 2C or A1 display for selection.
Import Pipe
CADWorx Plant I tab: Pipe BOM / DB > Import
Pipe BOM / DB toolbar: Import

Plant menu: Accessory > Database > Import
Command line: DBFIN
Imports and draws CADWorx components from a Microsoft Access or Microsoft Excel file. This
command is not available when you are using a live database.
You can select one or more drawings to import. CADWorx then draws the imported components
in single line mode. These can be converted to any other modes using the Mode Convert (on
page 98) tools available.
1. On the Pipe BOM / DB panel, click Import .

You can also type DBFIN in the command line.
2. Browse to and select the file to import.
3. Click Open.
The Select Item dialog box displays.
4. Select the drawings in the file to import into the active drawing.
5. Click OK.

Pipe BOM / DB Panel
Audit Pipe Database

CADWorx Plant I tab: Pipe BOM / DB > Audit
Pipe BOM / DB toolbar: Audit

Plant menu: Accessory > Database > Audit
Command line: DBAUDIT
Maintains the database for each component in the drawing that has data attached. Use this
command whenever the drawing or the database has any problems. If a problem is found in the
drawing, for example a component in the database is not present in the drawing, you have the
option to delete this component in the database or to simply ignore it.
1. On the Pipe BOM / DB panel, click Audit .

You can also type DBAUDIT in the command line.
2. Browse to and select the file to audit against the drawing.
3. Click Open.
The message Checking objects in this drawing with rows in the database displays.
4. If no problems are found, the message Audit completed displays.
5. If a problem is found, you are prompted to delete the row from the database. Select Yes to
delete the row. Select No to ignore the row.
Synchronize Pipe Database

CADWorx Plant I tab: Pipe BOM / DB > Synchronize
Pipe BOM / DB toolbar: Synchronize

Plant menu: Accessory > Database > Synchronize
Command line: SYNC
Checks all components in the drawing and updates them according to the current value in the
database. This command does not write new records to the database for new components that
are in the model but are not in the database. You need to use Setup Live Database (on page
204) before using this command.
When a drawing has a live database attached, you can open the database and edit the
ALPHA_SIZE, SHORT_DESC, LONG_DESC, TAG, LINE_NUM, DB_CODE, WEIGHT, and any
Custom Data values in the PIPE table. Changing any other column value does not have any
effect on the drawing.
The external database does not update newly created custom data if the database itself
is opened in a separate session.
If the SPEC_FILE column value is changed, the values in the other columns listed above are
ignored. The SPEC_FILE column value must be changed to an existing valid specification. The
column values listed above are updated according to the information derived from the
specification. When a specification is changed, it must match the base rating of the specification.

Pipe BOM / DB Panel
For example, changing a component from a 150 lb rated specification to a 300 lb rated
specification causes discontinuity within the drawing. This discontinuity does not present itself
until a mode convert is performed on the component.
After data is changed and you run Synchronize , the data is updated. The Synchronize
command now works in conjunction with the SyncOnStartUp (on page 50) variable in
Configuration Settings (on page 31). Setting the SyncOnStartUp variable to Synchronize With
Changes Review displays the Synchronize Component dialog box that enables you to review
the changes made to a database and decide which ones to accept or reject. These changes
also include the custom data fields created in the Specification Editor.
Synchronize Component Dialog Box

Enables you to review the changes made in a live database and accept or reject the changes.
The Field Name includes information from the Component Edit dialog box including the
custom data. For more information, see Local Edit (on page 82).
Field Name
Specifies the database information name, as they pertain to the database and the
corresponding information in the Component Edit dialog box fields. When SyncOnStartUp
(on page 50) is set to Synchronize With Changes Review while using a live database, the
editable boxes in the Component Edit dialog box display for review in this window. You can
then update the changes in the Synchronize Component dialog box, by clicking Accept
Changes.

Pipe BOM / DB Panel
Database Values
Specifies the changed information value for the Field Name when a change was made. If no
change was made, the Database Values keep the same value as the Component Values
indicating no change takes place when the changes are accepted.
Component Values
Specifies the original database information values for the Field Name.
Field Name, Database Values, and Component Values display in red when a
change has been made to the database.
select / deselect all
Enables you to select or clear all changes made to the database.
Accept Changes
Accepts the selected changes made to the database and updates the Component Edit
dialog box.
Reject Changes
Rejects the changes to the database and returns them to their original value.
Each component changed displays the Synchronize Component dialog box separately.
You must except or reject each change individually.
1. On the Pipe BOM / DB panel, click Synchronize .

You can also type SYNC in the command line.
2. Click Yes to confirm that you want to synchronize the drawing with the database.
OR
The Synchronize Component dialog box displays.
Review the information, and accept or reject the changes.
If you reject the changes, the changes you made in the database file are reset to the
previous information.
C.G. Generator
CADWorx Plant I tab: Pipe BOM / DB > C.G. Generator
Plant menu: Accessory > C.G. Generator
Command line: TCG
Calculates center of gravity for all components drawn in X,Y planes (2D plans) or in X,Y,Z
planes (3D Model). You can use a generic attach (from Plant > Toolbars > Misc) which
provides the center of gravity location and weight. For more information on specifying a center of
gravity location for a generic attach, see Generic Attach (on page 251) or Steel - Generic
Attachment (on page 358).
Selection can be done by crossing, window, or selecting individual component.

Pipe BOM / DB Panel
Total Center of Gravity Calculation Dialog Box

Calculates the total center of gravity for all components.
Selected Components
Select
Enables you to select items to calculate the total center of gravity for that item.
Piping
Enables piping to be calculated for the total center of gravity. Reports the selected
component counters in the corresponding box.
Piping Insulation
Enables piping insulation to be calculated for the total center of gravity. Reports the selected
Steel
Enables steel to be calculated for the total center of gravity. Reports the selected
HVAC
Enables HVAC to be calculated for the total center of gravity. Reports the selected
Equipment
Enables equipment to be calculated for the total center of gravity. Reports the selected
You must have a material set for the equipment, and then run EQUIPCG before you
can get a center of gravity calculation for equipment in CADWorx Plant.
Report Options
Title
Specifies a title for the report that prints when CG is calculated.
Path
Specifies the location of the report file. Click the Path ellipsis to change the location and
save the file.
Print report to command line
Prints the total center of gravity report to the command line.
View Report
Indicates that the software opens the report after the center of gravity calculates.
Insert drawing marker
Inserts a drawing marker for the total center of gravity.

Pipe BOM / DB Panel
1. Click C.G. Generator on the Pipe BOM / DB panel in the CADWorx Plant I tab.
Alternatively, type TCG on the command line and then press ENTER.
The Total CG Calculation dialog box displays.
2. Select the type of components to calculate center of gravity.
3. Enter a title for the report in the Title box.
4. Select whether you want the report to print on the command line, view the report, or whether
you want to insert a marker.
5. Click Select.
Before you can get a center of gravity calculation for equipment in CADWorx Plant, you
must have a material set for the equipment, and then you must run EQUIPCG.
When selecting equipment to calculate the center of gravity, you have the following
choices:
Select all.
Zoom to the small white cross and select it.
6. Select the components, and then press ENTER.
The center of gravity calculates and the Total CG Calculation dialog box redisplays with
the selected component counters in the corresponding boxes.
7. Click OK.
A center of gravity reference point and a report display.

SECTION 8
Misc Panel
CADWorx Plant I tab: Misc
Auto Connect - Turns automatic connection on or off. For CONNECTOG

more information, see Auto Connect (on page 216).
Group On/Off - Turns on or off the grouping of the GROUPTOG

centerline of the component with the accompanying
graphics. For more information, see Group On/Off (on page
216).
Weld Size - Sets the default size of the weld dots that WELDSIZE
accompany single line components. For more information,
see Weld Size (on page 216).
Join Pipe - Changes segmented piping to non-segmented JOINPIPE

piping. For more information, see Join Pipe (on page 217).
Create - Creates symmetrical or non-symmetrical user USERCREATE

shape components. For more information, see User
Shapes (on page 218).
Top Works Add - Adds top works to a valve already drawn TOPWORKSADD
in the model. For more information, see Top Works Add (on
page 241)
Top Works Change - Changes the orientation of or TOPWORKSCHANGE

deletes top works already associated with a valve. For
more information, see Top Works Change (on page 242).
System Out - Creates a CAESAR II input file. For more C2OUT

information, see System Out (on page 242).
Break Pipe - Changes non-segmented piping to BREAKPIPE

segmented piping. For more information, see Break Pipe
(on page 244).
Offset Tap - Creates offset tap connections for use by OTAP

Isogen. For more information, see Offset Tap (on page
244).

Misc Panel
Nozzle Generic Attach - Attaches nozzle information to ENGENERIC

any generic AutoCAD object in the drawing. For more
information, see Nozzle Generic Attach (on page 249).
Generic Attach - Attaches information to any generic GENERIC

AutoCAD object in the drawing. For more information, see
Generic Attach (on page 251).
System In - Reads a CAESAR II input file. For more C2IN

information, see System In (on page 256).
Change Elevation - Changes the elevation of a selected CHANGEELEVATION

pipe in the drawing. For more information, see Change
Elevation (on page 257).
Tap Connection - Creates tap connections for use by TAP

Isogen. For more information, see Tap (on page 259).
Elbow Centerline - Turns on or off elbow centerlines for ELBOWCL

use with isometrics. For more information, see Elbow
Centerline (on page 261).
ISO Flag - Sets a flag in the component indicating that the ISOFLAG
present stored length should be used regardless of what
type of length modifications are made to the pipe
component. For more information, see ISO Flag (on page
261).
Dim Adjustment - Adjusts a dimension when the pipe DIMADJUST

segments of a particular run have been adjusted or
modified with the ISO flag command. For more information,
see Dim Adjustment (on page 259).
Re-associate the Components - Enables you to re- REASSOCIATEMODEL

associate disconnected components. For more information,
see Re-associate the Components (on page 261).
System Visibility - Turns on or off visibility of components SYSVIS

usually located on the system layer. For more information,
see System Visibility (on page 262).
Set OTAP SKEY - Sets an SKEY for the selected OTAP. SETOTAPSKEY
For more information, see Set an OTAP SKEY (on page
248).

Misc Panel
Auto Connect
CADWorx Plant I tab: Misc > Auto Connect
Plant menu: Utility > Drawing Control > Auto Connect
Settings toolbar:
Command line: CONNECTTOG
Turns automatic connection on or off. Auto connection provides minimum prompts and makes
certain assumptions.
The last component placed in the drawing provides the starting point for the next
component. The direction of the last component indicates the direction of the new
component.
If you select a component which requires a second direction, such as an elbow, or tee, there
are additional prompts requesting the direction.
Typical elbow - Prompts you for a direction.
Pipe with an arbitrary length - Prompts you for an end point.
Elbow pointing up or down - Prompts you for a direction.
This is useful for placing components down a line. It can dramatically decrease the time required
to place components in assemblies, such as control valve bypass loops.
If you have run any type of mode conversion, the last point is not available. The software
prompts you to pick the starting point.
Auto Connect does not work in conjunction with Router (on page 282).
Group On/Off
CADWorx Plant I tab: Misc > Group On/Off
Plant menu: Utility > Drawing Control > Group On/Off
Settings toolbar:
Command line: GROUPTOG
Turns on or off the grouping of the centerline of the component with the accompanying graphics.
This is useful for selecting any piece of the component rather than only the centerline. By
default, grouping is turned on.
Weld Size
CADWorx Plant I tab: Misc > Weld Size
Plant menu: Utility > Drawing Control > Weld Size
Command line: WELDSIZE
Specifies the default size of the weld dots that accompany single line components. This
command also allows for the change of weld dots already placed in the drawing.

Misc Panel
Specify the weld dot size for a single line pipe

1. Click Weld Size . Alternatively, type WELDSIZE on the command line, and press
ENTER.
2. Type the new weld size on the command line, and press ENTER.
The software changes the weld dot size.
Join Pipe
CADWorx Plant I tab: Misc > Join Pipe
Command line: JOINPIPE
Changes segmented piping to non-segmented piping.
Run
Joins the entire run of pipe.
Segment
Joins the selected segments of pipe.

Join by Run (on page 217)
Join by Segment (on page 217)
Join by Run
1. Click Join Pipe on the Misc panel in the CADWorx Plant I tab.
2. Type R on the command line, and then press ENTER.
3. Select the pipe to join.
The software joins all segments along the selected piping.
The JOINPIPE command for the Run option does not work around elbows. To join
the piping on the other side of the elbow select it during step 3.
Join by Segment
1. Click Join Pipe on the Misc panel in the CADWorx Plant I tab.
2. Type S on the command line, and then press ENTER.
3. Select the segments to join.
The software joins the selected segments.

Misc Panel
User Shapes
CADWorx Plant I tab: Misc > Create
Misc toolbar: Create

Command line: USERCREATE
Creates symmetrical or nonsymmetrical user shape components. Symmetrical shapes require
you to draw an outline that can be used to create the user component. Non-symmetrical shapes
require a block or an object completely drawn in 2D and 3D that represents the complete
component. A symmetrical object can be converted from 2D to 3D Mode, or vice versa, using
the mode convert (on page 98) commands. It does not allow double-line to single-line
conversion in 2D mode. Non-symmetrical shapes can only convert between isometric and solids
(Convert Isometric (on page 99) or 3D Solids (on page 99)).
1. Create the component.
2. Click Create , or type USERCREATE on the command line, and then press ENTER.
The Define User Shape dialog box displays.
You can also tag user shapes as optional components in the specification. This allows for an
infinite number of additional components.
For symmetrically shaped components, draw a 2D polyline indicating the outline of the shape.
The symmetrical shape is limited to straight lines between vertices in the polyline. In other
words, there cannot be a fillet radius on any corner of the polyline. If fillets exist, the routine
draws them with chamfered corners. Draw only half of the shape on one side of the centerline.
We recommend preparing an outline before trying to draw the polyline. For example, draw the
component using standard AutoCAD methods or CADWorx components, and then draw a
polyline around the contour.
For symmetrical shapes, the polyline may overlap as shown in the example below for 2D
solids (drawn to each indicated point, PT1, PT2, and so on). For use with 3D solids, the polyline
cannot overlap (there cannot be a PT4 or PT7). If the polyline overlaps, an ACIS error occurs
indicating the object cannot be revolved.
For non-symmetrically shaped components, you must first create a 2D and 3D representation.
This representation needs to show all the required details of the component. The 3D
representation is used when in the 3D drawing mode. It can be used for orthographic and
model-type representation. The 2D representation is used when in the 2D isometric drawing
mode.
After the polyline or components are complete, click Create . This creates a data file in the
required folder with the required file name. For non-symmetrically shaped components, it also
creates two drawing files: one 2D and one 3D. The drawing names have appended in square
brackets, the size and drawing mode (for example, [4.0-3D]). The file name must be unique.
User Shapes are stored in Product Folder]\Plant\Spec. You can change were User Shapes are
stored under Folder Setting in the Define User Shape dialog box.
Make sure to set a default size and specification first. Create must be run multiple times for
creating components with different sizes.

Misc Panel
Component Setup
Name
Specifies the name of the user shape. You have a limit of 16 characters for the user shape
name.
Number
Specifies the number of the user shape. Select a number in the range of 1 to 5.
Specification
Sets the specification for the user shape.
Color
Sets the color of the user shape.
Layer
Sets the layer for the user shape. This setting defaults to the layer named as the
specification in the Define User Shape dialog box.
Material
Sets the material type of the user shape.
Density
Sets the density of the user shape.
Weight
Sets the weight of the user shape
Length
Sets the length of the user shape.
Save to Catalog
Saves the user shape to the catalog.
Optional Component
Sets the user shape as an optional component.
With the use of optional components, a specification file can have an unlimited
number of user shapes.
Define Size and Geometry

Type
Sets the type selection for the user shape.
Block
Specifies a block to form the shape. If you create the component on layer 0, the
component inherits the specification color when inserted. This option requires a fully
developed component drawn to the correct size with AutoCAD or CADWorx. The
software removes any attached extended entity data. Use this option with non-
symmetrical components.

Misc Panel
Select Polyline
Specifies a polyline to form the shape. The software automatically extracts all the
points from the selected polyline. You must first select the reference and end points.
Use this option with symmetrical components.
Pick Point
Specifies each point required to form the shape. You must first select the reference
and end points (PT1 and PT37 in the following figure). Use this option with
symmetrical components. Press ENTER to end the sequence.
Main Size
Sets the main size of the user shape.
Reduction Size
Sets the reduction size of the user shape.
Reducing
Specifies that the user shape has a reducing side. Also, activates the Reduction
Size option so that you can set a reduction size for your user shape.
Select 3D Solid
Creates 3D user shapes.
Select 2D Double Line
Creates 2D double line user shapes.
Select 2D Single Line
Creates 2D single line user shapes.
Isogen Symbol Information

Identifier
Identifies the isometric information for the component.
SKEY
Sets the SKEY for the user shape.

Misc Panel
Define Connections
Define Connections
Defines up to eight connection points for the user shape. You must have previously selected
the user shape with either Select 3D Solid, Select 2D Double Line, or Select 2D Single
Line.
Apply same end type and ratings to all ends
Specifies that all connection points have the same end types and ratings. Select the Apply
same end type and ratings to all ends check box, to apply the same end types and
ratings to all connections.
Connection
Enables you to select a connection point to specify the End type and the Isogen Symbol
for that connection.
End type
Specifies the end type for the selected connection.
Isogen Sym
Specifies the Isogen symbol for the selected connection. This defaults to the same as the
End type, unless you specify otherwise.
If you create a component less than 1/16" long (2 mm when in metric mode), the associated
xdata inserts a block named XATB. The component is located on the default layer named
SYSTEM instead of the CL layer so that it does not plot or display while this layer is turned off.
If you create a non-symmetrical component, a block named NATB inserts at the start point. This
block, like the XATB block, contains all the associated xdata and acts as any other component.
When you do not draw a 2D representation of a non-symmetrical component (you only created
the 3D representation option) and you convert the component to the 3D mode, the NATB
remains. This block can be converted to 2D but does not have any graphics in the 3D mode.
You can move and control the NATB and XATB blocks just as with any other CADWorx
component.
Rating
Component Class
Sets the specification class for the user shape.
Temperature Rating
Sets the highest temperature allowed for the user shape.
Pressure Rating
Sets the highest pounds per square inch allowed for the component.

Misc Panel
BOM
BOM Type
Sets the bill of material type for the user shape.
Sort Sequence
Sets the sort sequence of the user shape.
Folder Settings
Listed Location
Specifies the default location where the user shape saves.
Folder
Defines the save location for the user shape.
Browse
Enables you to search the computer folders for a specific location.
Description
Long
Describes the component in long format.
Short
Describes the component in short format.
Tag
Tags the user shape with the entered information.
Notes
Sets other information about the user shape.
When placing non-symmetrical user shapes

Up
Rolls the component by 90 degrees. This option turns the component up if the non-
symmetrical component has a branch-like extrusion.
Down
Rolls the component by 90 degrees. This option turns the component down if the non-
symmetrical component has a branch-like extrusion.
Roll
Allows the non-symmetrical user shape to be rolled at any angle. When the component has
been flipped with one of the mirror options, the angle may need to be negative. If the rolled
angle input is incorrect, retype the angle as a negative to correct it. When the component
has been turned up or down with one of the options above, rolling is from that location.

Misc Panel
mirrorX
Mirrors the non-symmetrical user shape along the X-axis. After a shape has been mirrored,
it has an effect on all the options above. Run this option again to place the component back
in its original position.
mirrorY
Mirrors the nonsymmetrical user shape along the Y-axis. After a shape has been mirrored, it
has an effect on all the options above. Run this option again to place the component back in
its original position.
mirrorZ
Mirrors the nonsymmetrical user shape along the Z-axis. After a shape has been mirrored, it
has an effect on all the options above. Run this option again to place the component back in
its original position.
<Pick rotation>
Rotates the nonsymmetrical user shape by the angle you specify. This option causes the
command to exit, and the options above become unavailable. This should be the last option
chosen.

Create a user shape file (on page 223)
Edit an existing user shape (on page 225)
Create a user shape from points (on page 230)
Create a user shape from a polyline (on page 231)
Create a user shape from a block (on page 233)
Create a 3D user shape (on page 234)
Create a 2D user shape (on page 236)
Create a 2D single line user shape (on page 238)
Add a user shape to a specification (on page 240)
Place a symmetrical user shape in the drawing (on page 241)
Place a nonsymmetrical user shape in the drawing (on page 241)
Create a user shape file

1. Click Create . Alternatively, type USERCREATE on the command line, and press
ENTER.
2. Type the name of the user shape in the Name box.
3. Select a user shape number in the Number list. The available numbers are 1 through 5.
4. Select a specification in the Specification list.
5. Select the color of the user shape in the Color list.

Misc Panel
6. Type the layer number of the component in the Layer box.

7. If available, select the material information for the user shape in the Material list.
8. Type the density of the component in the Density box.
9. Type the weight of the component in the Weight box.
10. Type the length of the component in the Length box.
11. If you want the user shape saved in the catalog then select the Save to catalog check box.
This is the default setting.
12. Select Optional Component to make this component an optional component.
13. Select the type of the user shape in the Type list.
14. Select the main size in the Main Size list.
15. If the component reduces, select the Reducing check box.
The Reducing Size list becomes available.
16. Select the reducing size in the Reducing Size list.
Do not mix reducing and non-reducing components in the same file.
17. Click Select 3D Solid, Select 2D Double Line, or Select 2D Single Line and follow the
prompts.
18. Type the Isogen identifier in the Identifier box.
19. Select an SKEY in the SKEY list.
20. Click Define Connections.
Pick direction.
Pick connection 2 or <Enter to finish>.
22. If you have more than one connection point select each one as prompted, and then press
ENTER when finished.
Connection points indicate where other equipment or components attach to the
nonsymmetrical user shape. These points are very important when exporting the model and
affect the scaling if not properly selected.
23. To give all connections the same end type and rating, select Apply same end type and
rating to all ends; otherwise complete the following:
a. Select a connection from the Connection list.
b. Select an end type from the End type list.
c. Select an Isogen symbol from the Isogen Sym. list.
d. Type the Component Class or accept the default.
e. Type the Temperature Rating.
f. Type the Pressure Rating.
g. Repeat steps a through f until you define all connections.

Misc Panel
24. Select the bill of material type in the BOM Type list.
25. Type the sort sequence for the user shape in the Sort Sequence box.
26. If you want to change the default folder location of the user shape, click Browse, or type the
location in the Folder box.
27. Type the long description in the Long box. The data file uses the long description.
28. Type the short description in the Short box.
29. Type the tag information in the Tag box.
30. Type notes in the Notes box, if needed.
31. Click OK.
The software creates the user shape.
The user shape is now available on the Misc (on page 641) toolbar. For more information
on placing the user shape, see Place a symmetrical user shape in the drawing (on page 241) or
Place a nonsymmetrical user shape in the drawing (on page 241).
Edit an existing user shape

ENTER.
2. Select the name of the user shape, you want to modify, in the Name box.
The software auto-populates the boxes with the information you used when you initially
created the shape.
3. Change any other data as needed.
4. When finished making changes to the file, click OK.
The software updates the user shape.
The user shape is now available on the Misc (on page 641) toolbar. For more information
on placing the user shape, see Place a symmetrical user shape in the drawing (on page 241) or
Place a nonsymmetrical user shape in the drawing (on page 241).
Edit by redefining connection points

Command line: EDITUSERSHAPE
Enables you to redefine connection points on user shapes.
When you import legacy user shape data, the software may not map the connection
points. Use EDITUSERSHAPE to define the user shape connection points.
1. Type EDITUSERSHAPE on the command line, and then press ENTER.
2. Select the user shape to edit.
3. Select connection points for each point you want to change, and then select an end type.
4. Changing the connections points and end types, and then press ENTER to finish.
The connection points update in the drawing and the catalog, with routing points added to
the user shape.

Misc Panel
Isogen Export Options

Select connection points based on the images below, where one is the first pick, two is the
second pick, and so on.
PCF Identification Valid SKEY Connection Connection Points Order

Points
NUT BNUT 1
CAP KA** 2
MISC- BR** 2
COMPONENT-
RETURN

Misc Panel
TEE TE**, TS** 3
REDUCER- CT** 3
CONCENTRIC-
TEED
REDUCER- EX** 3
ECCENTRIC-
TEED
VALVE-3WAY V3** 3

Misc Panel
VALVE-4WAY V4** 4
MISC- BA** 3
COMPONENT-
ANGLE
CROSS CR** 4

Misc Panel
MISC- BO** 4
COMPONENT-
OFFSET*^
VALVE- MD** 7
MULTIWAY-
***
VALVE- MD** 9
MULTIWAY-
***
*^For MISC-COMPONENT-OFFSET, point 1 and point 2 are required. Point 3 and Point 4 are
optional.

Misc Panel
Create a user shape from points

ENTER.
13. Select Pick Points in the Type list.
17. Click Select.
Pick point.
18. Select points on the drawing based on the following graphic.
Pick insertion point.

Select an insertion point on the shape.
Pick end point.

Misc Panel
19. Select an end point on the drawing.

If reducing is selected as the insertion point you receive the following prompt. If not skip to
step 12.
Set start connection as reducing [Yes/No]<No>.
20. Select the required option.
24. Select the bill of material type in the BOM Type list. For more information, see User Shapes
(on page 218).
30. Click OK.
The user shape becomes available on the Misc (on page 641) toolbar. For more
information on placing the user shape, see Place a symmetrical user shape in the drawing (on
page 241) or Place a nonsymmetrical user shape in the drawing (on page 241).
Create a user shape from a polyline

ENTER.

Misc Panel

13. Select Polyline in the Type list.
14. Click Select.
Select polyline.
15. Select the polyline that defines the shape.
Pick insertion point.
16. Select the insertion point on the model.
Pick end point.
17. Select the end point on the model.
The prompt below only displays if you have a reducing component in the user shape.
Set start connection as reducing [Yes/No]<No>.
18. If you want all connections to have the same end type and rating, then select the Apply
same end type and rating to all ends check box Otherwise complete the following:
c. Select Isogen symbol from the Isogen Sym. list.
g. Repeat steps A through F until you define all connections.
21. Select the bill of material type in the BOM Type list. For more information, see User Shapes
(on page 218).

Misc Panel

27. Click OK.
information on placing the user shape, see Place a symmetrical user shape in the drawing
(on page 241) or Place a nonsymmetrical user shape in the drawing (on page 241).
Create a user shape from a block

ENTER.
13. Select Block from the Type list.
17. Click Select 3D Solid, Select 2D Double Line, or Select 2D Single Line and follow the
prompts.
Pick direction.

Misc Panel

31. Click OK.
Create a 3D user shape

ENTER.

Misc Panel

15. If the component reduces, click the Reducing check box.
17. Click Select 3D Solid.
Select 3D solid representation.
18. Click a point in the upper left of the drawing, drag the mouse, and then click in the lower
right of the drawing to select the entire user shape to create. Press ENTER to finish
selection.
Pick insert point.
19. Select an insertion point on the component.
Pick direction.

Misc Panel
33. Click OK.
The user shape is now available on the Misc (on page 641) toolbar. For more
Create a 2D user shape

ENTER.

Misc Panel
17. Click Select 2D Double Line.
Select 2D double line representation.
selection.
Pick insert point.
Pick direction.

Misc Panel
31. Click OK.
Create a 2D single line user shape

ENTER.
17. Click Select 2D Single Line.
Select 2D single line representation.

Misc Panel
selection.
Pick insert point.
Pick direction.
31. Click OK.

Misc Panel
Add a user shape to a specification

Adds a user shape to the specification.
If Spec Editor is already displayed skip to step 2.
1. Click Start Spec Editor on the spec view palette. Alternatively, click Spec Editor on the
desktop.
The Specification Editor software opens.
2. Click File > Open.
The Open File dialog box displays.
3. Select a catalog, and then click Open.
The Catalog Data window displays.
4. Click the (+) sign on the Data Tables folder.
The Data Tables list displays.
5. Right-click User Shapes, and select Add Data Table .

The New Usershape Table displays.
6. Type the name of the table in the Name box.
7. Select a user type in the Type list.
8. Select a size table in the Size Table list.
You can select and clear multiple sizes by clicking the Size Table ellipsis.
9. Select the Reducing Component check box if you want this to be a reducing component.
10. Type the user shape folder name in the Usershape Folder box.
11. Type the part number in the Part Number box.
12. Type the description of the user shape in the Description box.
13. Click OK.
The user shape file appears under the User Shape category in the Data Tables folder, and
also to the right of Catalog Data, in the Main Table List View.
14. Click File > Save to save the changes to the catalog.
You can now enter information for the specifics of the user shape that you have
added to this specification catalog. For more information, see Add a new data table in
CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide.

Misc Panel
Place a symmetrical user shape in the drawing

1. Click and hold Create on the Misc toolbar.
A list of numbered buttons displays.
2. Click the numbered button associated with the shape to place.

3. Select a point in the drawing.
4. Select a direction in the drawing, or type Up or Down.
The software places the shape in the drawing.
Place a nonsymmetrical user shape in the drawing

1. Click and hold Create on the Misc toolbar.
A list of numbered buttons displays.
2. Click the numbered button associated with the shape to place.

3. Select the start point for the shape in the drawing.
4. Select the rotation option that meets your requirements.
Top Works Add

CADWorx Plant I tab: Misc > Top Works Add
Operators toolbar: Top Works Add

Command line: TOPWORKSADD
Adds top works to a valve already drawn in the model.

Misc Panel
Top Works Change

CADWorx Plant I tab: Misc > Top Works Change
Operators toolbar: Top Works Change
Command line: TOPWORKSCHANGE
Changes the orientation of or deletes top works already associated with a valve.
System Out
CADWorx Plant I tab: MISC > System Out
Plant menu: Accessory > CAESAR II > System Out
Command line: C2OUT
Creates a CAESAR II input file. This input file can then be used in CAESAR II without any
modification. Components selected in the drawing convert to the appropriate elements for the
stress model. For example, a tee connected to pipe in all directions is represented with one
node at the intersection instead of four (three at the ends and one at the intersection). This
provides the stress analyst a model that is ready for use. All pertinent information is transferred
(weights, wall thickness, and so on).
The selection process in the drawing environment is available in two ways. The first requires
selecting the components with the standard selection processes in AutoCAD. This can include
selection by crossing, window or any other preferred method. The second selection process
allows the selection by line number or selecting a component with an existing line number. The
database option is not available with this command.
System In (on page 256) do not function correctly. For more information, see LanguageFile (on
page 42).
Generate a CAESAR II input file

1. Click System Out . Alternatively, type C2OUT on the command line, and press ENTER.
The CAESAR II Output File dialog box displays.
2. Specify the location and file name for the file, and click Save.
Enter an option [Database/Line number/Select component] <Select component>.
or
Choose Select component to select the needed components by crossing, window, or any
other preferred method.
Provide start locations [Yes/No] <No>
5. Select Yes to provide a start and direction, or select No to process all of the components.
6. Press ENTER to finish the selection.

Misc Panel
Example
1. Select the starting point at node 10.
2. Select anywhere along the centerline toward node 90 for a direction.
3. Select the intersection at 30, and then select a direction toward 50.
4. Select a point at 40 and then select a direction toward 50.
5. Select the intersection at 50 and then select a direction toward 70.
6. You could let CAESAR II automatically node the rest of the model, or you could finish by
manually selecting the next point at 30 and then selecting a direction toward 90.
Make sure Ortho is off, and use OSnap NEArest to pick along centerlines for directions.

Misc Panel
Break Pipe
CADWorx Plant I tab: Misc > Break Pipe
Command line: BREAKPIPE
Changes non-segmented piping to segmented piping.
Length
Specifies breaking the segments by length of the segments.
Number
Specifies breaking the segments by the number of segments.

Break by Length (on page 244)
Break by Number (on page 244)
Break by Length
1. Click Break Pipe on the Misc panel in the CADWorx Plant I tab.
2. Type L on the command line, and then press ENTER.
3. Type the length on the command line, and then press ENTER.
4. Select the pipe to break.
The piping breaks into segments based on the value entered for Length.
Break by Number
1. Click Break Pipe on the Misc panel in the CADWorx Plant I tab.
2. Type N on the command line, and then press ENTER.
3. Type the number of segments on the command line, and then press ENTER.
4. Select the pipe to break.
The piping breaks into segments based on the value entered for Number.
Offset Tap
CADWorx Plant I tab: Offset Tap
Command line: OTAP
Creates offset tap connections for use by Isogen. Offset taps are for use with large branches.
After you create an offset tap connection for a component, you can route piping from that point.
Use offset taps for all major branches of the main pipeline. Offset tap is more robust at
processing branches then tap connection. Use an offset tap connection if Isogen reports
discontinuity or tap connection does not produce the necessary results.
Verify that the main size is set to the size of the tap before drawing this component.

Misc Panel
The OTAP command allows several types of pipe-to-pipe connections. The default connection
for OTAP is TANGENTIAL (TTSO). To change to another type of connection, change the
symbol key (SKEY) value on the Isogen Data Dialog Box (on page 89) for the OTAP
component.
SKEY Connection Type
TTSO TANGENTIAL
TTRF TANGENTIAL REINFORCED
TOSO OFFSET
TORF OFFSET REINFORCED
TSSO STUB IN
TSRF STUB IN REINFORCED
TESO SET ON
TERF SET ON REINFORCED
If the OTAP connects two pipes that are the same size, using the following SKEY produces the
following results:
TERF, TESO, TSRF, TSSO:
The length of pipe for the cut list increases to include the OTAP length.
The dimension includes OTAP length.
If the OTAP connects two pipes that are the same size, using the following SKEY produces the
following results:
TORF, TOSO, TTRF, TTSO:
The actual length of pipe drawn in the model is used for the cut list.
The dimension does not include OTAP length.

Misc Panel
If the OTAP connects two pipes that are of different sizes (reduction), Isogen Option Switch 2 is
used for cut length calculation.
Set-on Branch - Calc. to Centre Line of Main Run option with SKEYs: TERF, TESO, TSRF,
TSSO:
The length of pipe for the cut list is increased to include the OTAP length.
The dimension includes the OTAP length.
Set-on Branch - Calc. to Centre Line of Main Run option with SKEYs: TORF, TTRF, TTSO,
TOSO:
The actual length of pipe drawn in the model is used for the cut list.
The dimension does not include the OTAP length.
Set-on Branch - Calc. to Actual Connection Point option with SKEYs: TERF, TESO, TSRF,
TSSO:
The actual length of the pipe drawn in the model is used for the cut list.
The dimension includes the OTAP length.

Misc Panel
Set-on Branch - Calc. to Actual Connection Point option with SKEYs: TORF, TTRF, TTSO:
The length of the pipe for the cut list is adjusted based on the diameter of the main and
reduction pipe sizes.
Set-on Branch - Calc. to Actual Connection Point setting with SKEYs: TOSO:
The actual length of the pipe drawn in the model is used for the cut list.
Option switch 77 Generate PAD Item Code and Show Symbol on Iso option shows a
reinforcement pad on OTAP connections with SKEYs: TTRF, TORF, TERF. A CADWorx
reinforcement pad does not have to be drawn in the model for these three SKEYs.
For all other SKEYs, a CADWorx reinforcement pad must be drawn in the model for it to appear
in the ISO drawing.

Misc Panel
Isogen option switch 77 No Extra Welds added at Reinforcement Pads, One Extra Weld
added at Reinforcement Pads, and Two Extra Welds added at Reinforcement Pads settings
control weld numbering at the reinforcement pads. Extra welds are only shown for the following
SKEYs: TTRF, TORF, TERF.
Set an OTAP SKEY

Command line: SETOTAPSKEY
Sets an SKEY for the selected OTAP.
select Otap components
Enables you to select the OTAPs you need to change.
select All
Selects all OTAPs in the drawing.
line Number
Enables you to select OTAPs by line number.

Misc Panel
1. Type SETOTAPSKEY on the command line, and then press ENTER.

2. Select an option to select OTAPs in the drawing, and then press ENTER.
For the select Otap components option, the software prompts you to select the
components.
For the line Number option, the Select Item dialog box displays, and you must select a
line number.
3. Type the new SKEY on the command line, and then press ENTER.
The SKEY renames.
4. Double-click an OTAP, click Isogen in the Component Edit dialog box, and then check
SKEY.
Place an offset tap

1. Click Offset Tap . Alternatively, type OTAP on the command line, and press ENTER.
2. Select a point for the tap. This point is normally the inner most endpoint of the tapping
component.
3. Select a point on the center line of the component that is being taped.
The software places the offset tap.
Nozzle Generic Attach

CADWorx Plant I tab: Misc > Nozzle Generic Attach
Command line: ENGENERIC
Draws a generic nozzle object in the drawing. You can use the information later in bill of material
extraction, labeling, and so forth. A project, a specification, and a Main size must be set before
you can draw a generic nozzle.
Description
Specifies the description of the nozzle generic attachment.
Equipment Name
Specifies the name of the equipment nozzle generic attachment that you are creating or
editing.
Size
Specifies the nominal size of the generic nozzle. You can edit the size with the list.
Flange Rating
Specifies the flange rating for the nozzle generic attachment that you are creating or editing.
Flange Thickness
Specifies the flange thickness for the nozzle generic attachment that you are creating or
editing.

Misc Panel
Flange Type
Specifies the flange type for the nozzle generic attachment that you are creating or editing.
Layer
Specifies the layer for the generic nozzle.
Color
Specifies the color for the generic nozzle. You can use the Select Color option from the list
to open the AutoCAD Color Index, and select any color.
Points List
Enables you to select the face end and buttweld end points for the nozzle generic
attachment.
Face end
Specifies the face end point with a red arrow on the nozzle generic attachment.
Buttweld end
Specifies the buttweld end point with a green arrow on the nozzle generic
attachment.
Specify On-Screen
Enables you to specify the face end and buttweld end points on the nozzle generic
attachment on screen by the X, Y, and Z. These coordinates can also be entered manually.
Specifying the end and middle points sets those points for the routing point for the next
nozzle.
Remove
Removes the existing xdata from the generic nozzle. Alternatively, you can use
ENGENERICREMOVE to remove data from any generic nozzle.

Place a nozzle generic attachment (on page 250)
Route from a generic nozzle (on page 251)
Change position and direction of generic nozzle (on page 251)
Place a nozzle generic attachment

1. Click Nozzle Generic Attach . Alternatively, type ENGENERIC on the command line,
and press ENTER.
2. Select the nozzle flange face point in the drawing.
3. Select the nozzle buttweld end point in the drawing.
The Nozzle Generic Attach (Edit) dialog box displays.
4. Type a description in the Description box.
5. Type an equipment name in the Equipment Name box.

Misc Panel
6. Select a size from the Size list if needed. Main size must be set before you can draw a
generic nozzle.
7. To change the flange rating, select a rating from the Flange Rating list. A project and
specification must be set before you can draw a generic nozzle.
8. Type the thickness of the flange in the Flange Thickness box. This must be higher than
zero.
9. Select a Flange Type from the list.
10. Select a layer from the Layer list, or leave the default.
11. Select a color from the Color list, or leave the default.
12. Click OK.
A red arrow indicates the end point. The start and end points can be re-specified after the
nozzle generic attachment is drawn.
To edit the generic nozzle, double-click it in the drawing.
Route from a generic nozzle

1. Select the generic nozzle in the drawing.
A plus grip displays.

3. Route pipe as needed in any direction, or select an option.
Change position and direction of generic nozzle

1. Select the generic nozzle in the drawing.
A grip point displays.
2. Select one of the two grip points to define the nozzle direction or position.
Generic Attach
CADWorx Plant I tab: Misc > Generic Attach
Misc toolbar: Generic Attach
Command line: GENERIC
Attaches information to any generic AutoCAD object in the drawing. You can use the information
later in bill of material extraction, labeling, and so forth. After manually constructing a
component, use this routine to attach xdata information.
Generic Attach Dialog Box
Specifies the details for the generic attach.
Alpha size
Short annotation

Misc Panel
Long annotation
Line number
Tag
Code
Weight
Sort sequence
Length
Specifies a length for the component.
Component type
Displays the type of the component.
Specification
Displays the specification used by the component.
Coordinates
World
Iso
261).
Miscellaneous
Existing

Misc Panel
BOM Item Type

Fabrication
Erection
Offshore
Misc
Isogen
Custom Data
Remove
AutoCAD geometry.
Many commands in CADWorx use xdata in the components and do not function if
the data is removed.
BOM/CG Point
Displays the Get BOM/CG Location dialog box, which enables you to specify the bill of
material location and the center of gravity location.
Attach
Cancel

Misc Panel
Get BOM/CG Location Dialog Box

BOM Mark Point
Shows the drawing coordinate location at which the information was attached.
Specify On-screen
Click the location in the model view to specify the bill of material mark point.
View
Displays the BOM Mark Point.
X
Specifies the X-location for the bill of material mark point. This value defaults to zero.
Y
Specifies the Y-location for the bill of material mark point. This value defaults to zero.
Z
Specifies the Z-location for the bill of material mark point. This value defaults to zero.
CG Location
Shows the center of gravity location at which the information was attached.
Specify On-screen
Click the location in the model view to specify the generic attach center of gravity point.
View
Displays the CG Location.
X
Specifies the X-location for the generic attach center of gravity location. This value defaults
to zero.
Y
Specifies the Y-location for the generic attach center of gravity location. This value defaults
to zero.
Z
Specifies the Z-location for the generic attach center of gravity location. This value defaults
to zero.
You cannot attach information to a CADWorx object or component.
To pinpoint the center of gravity locations use the Osnap commands. For example, to place
information on a beam and have it correctly reflect the center of gravity, draw a centerline and
pick MIDpoint, NEArest to the end of the centerline, or the exact location.

Misc Panel
Place a generic attachment in the drawing

1. Click Generic Attach . Alternatively, type GENERIC on the command line, and press
ENTER.
The Generic Attach dialog box displays.
2. Alpha Size auto-populates with the main size already selected when you set up the
drawing. Type the alpha size in the Alpha size box, if you need to change it.
3. Type an abbreviated description, such as PUMP 2X1X8, in the Short annotation box.
4. Type a complete description, such as PUMP, INGERSOLL-RAND, MODEL HOC, 2X1X8, in
the Long annotation box.
5. Type a line number in the Line number box, if you want to assign a line number to the
component.
6. Type the tag in the Tag box.
7. Type the code in the Code box, if you want to assign a code to the component.
9. Type the sort sequence number for the bill of material schedule location in the Sort
sequence box.
11. Change the Coordinates if available and needed.
12. Select Existing in the Miscellaneous column, if needed.
13. Change the BOM Item Type, if needed.
14. Click Attach.
15. Select the object to attach the information.
The software attaches the information to the object, and a red arrow displays indicating the
BOM Mark Point.
16. Press ENTER.
Specify the Bill of Material Mark Point and the Center of
Gravity Location
1. Double-click the entity.
2. Click BOM/CG Point.
3. Click Specify On-screen under BOM Mark Point.
4. Select a point on the object to specify the mark point.
A red arrow displays indicating the point.
5. Click Specify On-screen under CG Location.
A green arrow displays indicating the location.
7. Click OK.

Misc Panel
System In
CADWorx Plant I tab: Misc > System In
Plant menu: Accessory > CAESAR II > System In
Command line: C2IN
Reads a CAESAR II input file. You must select the necessary ._A or .C2 file. This is the input file
created by CAESAR II or the output facility in CADWorx. After you select the input file, a dialog
box indicating that the file was read displays.
Make sure that the CAESARIIVersion (on page 39) startup variable is set to match your
CAESAR II installation. If this variable is set to 2011, and the C2IN command is issued on a file
created or modified with CAESAR II 2014, then an error message displays indicating that the
valid file is corrupt.
The next prompt requires that a specification be set. Although, there might be an existing
specification set, confirmation or a new specification is required. The specification might not be
used. The input facility in CADWorx attempts to determine the proper specification for the
component being input from data in the CAESAR II input file. The input facility or the data in the
input file does not always indicate a specification. Therefore, a default specification needs to be
set for these components.
Caesar
Derives the descriptive information within any new components from the material passed
back from CAESAR II and the name of the purposed component located in the PRGM.TBL
file. This file is located in the [Product Folder]\Plant\System folder. The system automatically
assigns all the required paths for data files which might be used later for reconstruction
(such as mode conversion). If the material was not supplied in CAESAR II, then this option
uses the description from the specification but does not populate the line number.

Misc Panel
Environment
Assigns the component information based on the default specification. It also assigns a line
number if there is a current line numbering system setup. You are responsible for the correct
line number being set before importing. This option overrides any material sent from
CAESAR II. For example, if A-133-B material type was chosen in CAESAR II, and the
default specification above dictated A-106-B as the material type, this option would override
the A-333-B grade and place A-106-B in the component. The full description would be from
the default specification set above.
System In (on page 256) do not function correctly. For more information, see LanguageFile (on
page 42).
Read a CAESAR II input file

1. Click System In . Alternatively, type C2IN on the command line, and press ENTER.
The CAESAR II Input File dialog box displays.
2. Select the file to read, and click Open.
3. Set the default specification, or press ENTER to use the current specification.
The software reads the CAESAR II input file.
4. Select the option that meets your requirements.
The software writes the CAESAR II components in the drawing.
Change Elevation
CADWorx Plant I tab: Misc > Change Elevation
Command line: CHANGEELEVATION
Changes the elevation of a selected pipe in the drawing.
Pick
Enables you to select the location for the change in the elevation.
BOP
Changes the elevation location to the bottom of pipe after specifying the elevation
change.
TOP
Changes the elevation location to the top of pipe after specifying the elevation
change.
Current
Keeps the center of the pipe as the current location after specifying the elevation
change.

Misc Panel
BOP
Enables you to change the elevation to the bottom of pipe.
TOP
Enables you to change the elevation to the top of pipe.

Change elevation by entering the elevation value (on page 258)
Change elevation by Pick (on page 258)
Change elevation by BOP (on page 258)
Change elevation by TOP (on page 259)
Change elevation by entering the elevation value

1. Click Change Elevation on the Misc panel in the CADWorx Plant I tab.
2. Select the pipe requiring an elevation change.
3. Type the elevation value on the command line, and then press ENTER.
4. Select the location option (BOP, TOP, Current) to specify where to locate the changed
piping.
The piping elevation changes and places at the new location.
Change elevation by Pick

3. Type P on the command line, and then press ENTER.
4. Select a point in the drawing to move the piping elevation.
The length of pipe must exist in the specification or you get a response that the
piping length does not exist.
5. Select the location option (BOP, TOP, Current) to specify where to locate the changed
piping.
The piping elevation changes and places at the new location.
Change elevation by BOP

3. Type B on the command line, and then press ENTER.
The piping elevation changes to the bottom of the pipe.

Misc Panel
Change elevation by TOP

3. Type T on the command line, and then press ENTER.
The piping elevation changes to the top of the pipe.
Tap
CADWorx Plant I tab: Tap
Command line: TAP
Creates tap connections for use by Isogen. The tap connections are used for small branches.
After creating a tap connection for a component, piping can be routed from that point. The
CADWorx Isogen interface automatically processes numerous types of taps without needing a
tap connection. Only use a tap connection if Isogen reports a discontinuity.
Verify that the main size is set to the size of the tap before drawing this component.
Place a tap
1. Click Tap . Alternatively, type TAP on the command line, and press ENTER.
2. Select a point for the tap. This point is normally the inner most endpoint of the tapping
component.
3. Select a point on the center line of the component that is being taped.
The software places the tap.
Dim Adjustment
Plant menu: Utility Dim Adjustment
Command line: DIMADJUST
Adjusts a dimension when the pipe segments of a particular run have been adjusted or modified
with the ISO flag command. For more information, see ISO Flag (on page 261). This command
works with the associate dimensioning setvar DIMASSOC on. The command also adjusts the
pipes stored xdata length. This is performed by using the dimension to adjust the pipes xdata.
You can adjust the pipe with Dimension option, or adjust the dimension with Pipe option. Both
options of this command read and write fractional characters used with the dimension routines.
Options
Dimension
Adjusts the pipe to match an existing dimension. Select the dimension, then select the
pipes centerline.
Pipe
Adjusts the dimension to match the stored length in the pipes xdata.

Misc Panel
Line
Adjusts the pipe distance to match the length of a line that you select. AutoCAD dimension
lines stop at the back of the arrow, so they are not typically a good choice for this option.
Pick reference points
Adjusts the pipe distance based on two reference points that you select. This is the most
commonly used option and can be used to pick each end of a pipe.
For this option, the following prompts requests the selection of the pipe(s) that were adjusted.
Selection can be made by crossing, window or individually selecting the centerlines. Other
components which might have been selected with crossing or window are simply ignored. This
only detects adjusted pipe.
Adjust a dimension to match a pipe

1. Click Plant > Utility > Dim Adjustment. Alternatively, type DIMADJUST on the command
line, and press ENTER.
2. Select Pipe.
3. Select the reference points for the pipe. Press ENTER to finish.
Adjust a pipe length to match a dimension

1. Click Plant > Utility > Dim Adjustment. Alternatively, type DIMADJUST on the command
line, and press ENTER.
2. Select Dimension.
3. Select the dimension text. Press ENTER to finish.

Misc Panel
Elbow Centerline
Plant menu: Utility > Drawing Control > Elbow Center Line
Command line: ELBOWCL
Turns on or off elbow centerlines for use with isometrics. When toggled on, it provides square
elbow centerlines which can be used for dimensioning. This also produces attractive isometrics.
ISO Flag
Plant menu: Utility > ISO Flag
Command line: ISOFLAG
Sets a flag in the component indicating that the present stored length should be used regardless
of what type of length modifications are made to the pipe component. This command only
affects pipes and nipples. This is useful when adjusting a pipe which is to be used in an
isometric. For example, if you use this command before stretching a pipe which was 120'-0" long
to 5'-0" long, the Bill of Material generator reflects a 120'-0" long piece of pipe.
The components xdata is flagged when using the CEDIT dialog box.
Re-associate the Components

CADWorx fieldPipe - CloudWorx Interface Palette: Re-associate the Components
Command line: REASSOCIATEMODEL
If you have not purchased fieldPipe, you can only enter the command on the command
line.
Enables you to re-associate disconnected components.
Entire drawing
Re-associates the entire drawing.
Select components
Re-associates only the selected components.
Re-associate the Entire drawing
1. Click Re-associate the Components on the on the CADWorx fieldPipe - CloudWorx
Interface palette. Alternatively, type REASSOCIATEMODEL on the command line, and
then press ENTER.
2. Select Entire drawing.
The entire drawing is re-associated.
Re-associate the Select components
1. Click Re-associate the Components on the on the CADWorx fieldPipe - CloudWorx
Interface palette. Alternatively, type REASSOCIATEMODEL on the command line, and
then press ENTER.
2. Select Select components.
3. Select the components you want to re-associate.
The components in the drawing are re-associated.

Misc Panel
System Visibility
Command line: SYSVIS
Turns on or off visibility of components usually located on the system layer. The command
affects the components listed below.
Weld gaps
Pads / Saddles
Bolts
Gaskets
TAPs

SECTION 9
2D Panel
CADWorx Plant I tab: 2D
2D Representation - Creates a 2D representation. For 2DREP

more information, see 2D Representation (on page 263).
2D Representation Hidden - Creates a 2D representation 2DREPH

with hidden lines. For more information, see 2D
Representation Hidden (on page 264).
Box - Creates views based on a picked box. For more VIEWBOX

information, see Box (on page 265).
Edit - Edits a views box. For more information, see Edit (on VIEWEDIT
page 267).
Zoom Lock - Allows zooming in paper space only. For more ZOOMLOCK
information, see Zoom Lock (on page 267).
Zoom Factors - Zooms an Mview to a specified scale. For ZOOMF

more information, see Zoom Factors (on page 268).
2D Representation
CADWorx Plant I tab: 2D > 2D Representation
This ribbon option is only available in CADWorx Plant Professional.
Plant menu: Accessory > 2D Representation (Utility > 2D Representation in CADWorx
Equipment)
Command line: 2DREP (EQUIP2DREP in CADWorx Equipment)
Creates a two-dimension representation from a three-dimensional model. This command
removes hidden lines and retains layer and color information. It can work in model or paper
space. In model space, the 2D representation is created as a block.
An alternate command, 2DREPH (EQUIP2DREPH in CADWorx Equipment), is also available.
This command exports the hidden lines from solids to the 2D representation. All other features
of this command are similar to the 2DREP command.
Solids
Generates 2D representations of native AutoCAD 3D solids.
sOlids-and-centerlines
Generates 2D representations of native AutoCAD 3D solids and copies selected CADWorx
Piping and Steel center lines to the 2D representation.

2D Panel
soLids-and-lines
Generates 2D representations of native AutoCAD 3D solids and copies selected AutoCAD
3dPolyline, Arc, Circle, Ellipse, Leader, Line, Polyline, Spline, and Helix to the 2D
representation. This includes CADWorx Piping and Steel center lines.
Centerlines
Copies selected CADWorx Piping and Steel center lines to the 2D representation.
cEnterlines-and-lines
Copies selected CADWorx Piping and Steel center lines to the 2D representation and
copies selected AutoCAD 3dPolyline, Arc, Circle, Ellipse, Leader, Line, Polyline, Spline and
Helix to the 2D representation. This includes CADWorx Piping and Steel center lines.
This command only processes native AutoCAD solid and line entities that are typically
created by CADWorx. This command does not process any custom solid or line entities that
are created by other add-on AutoCAD applications.
If you are using AutoCAD 2015, you must have AutoCAD 2015 Service Pack 1 or higher for
the 2DREP command to function correctly.

Create a 2D representation (on page 264)
Create a 2D representation with hidden lines (on page 265)
Create a 2D representation
1. Type 2DREP (EQUIP2DREP in CADWorx Equipment).
2. Select the objects to include in the 2D representation.
3. Select the filter option that meets your needs.
If you are in paper space, the software asks if you want the viewports to be turned off.
4. Type Yes to turn off the viewports, or type No to leave the viewports on.
This option is useful when there are changes made to the model and the 2D
representation needs to be updated. You can turn on the viewport again using the AutoCAD
Properties dialog box, and then run the command again.
2D Representation Hidden
CADWorx Plant I tab: 2D > 2D Representation Hidden
Plant Menu: Accessory > 2D Representation
Command line: 2DREPH
Creates a 2D representation with hidden lines. This command exports the hidden lines from
solids to the 2D representation. All other features of this command are similar to the 2DREP
command. For more information, see 2D Representation (on page 263).

2D Panel
Create a 2D representation with hidden lines

1. Type 2DREPH (EQUIP2DREPH in CADWorx Equipment).
2. Select the objects to include in the 2D representation.
3. Select the filter option that meets your needs. For more information, see 2D Representation
(on page 263).
If you are in paper space, the software asks if you want the viewports to be turned off.
4. Type Yes to turn off the viewports, or type No to leave the viewports on.
This option is useful when there are changes made to the model and the 2D
representation needs to be updated. You can turn on the viewport again using the AutoCAD
Properties dialog box, and then run the command again.
Box
CADWorx Plant I tab: 2D > Box
Plant menu: Utility > View > Box
Command line: VIEWBOX
Displays the View Creation dialog box. This dialog box creates clipped views by defining a 3D
box. This command is useful in creating layout drawings in paper space.
View Creation Dialog Box
View set name
Specifies the overall set name for the views. Each view created is named based on this
name.
First corner point

Specify On-screen
Select a point in the model as the first corner point of the view box. Selecting a point in the
model automatically fills in values for the X, Y, and Z boxes.
X
Specifies the X-axis value for the view box.
Y
Specifies the Y-axis value for the view box.
Z
Specifies the Z-axis value for the view box. The Z-axis value must be different for the first
and second corner points.

2D Panel
Second corner point

Specify On-screen
Select a point in the model as the second corner point of the view box. Selecting a point in
the model automatically fills in values for the X, Y, and Z boxes.
X
Specifies the X-axis value for the view box.
Y
Specifies the Y-axis value for the view box.
Z
Specifies the Z-axis value for the view box. The Z-axis value must be different for the first
and second corner points.
Views
View Type
Indicates the orientation of the view.
Name
Specifies the view name. The default name is a combination of the View set name value
and the View Type. After you create the view set, the views display in the AutoCAD View
dialog box.
Available
Indicates whether the view is included in the set. Select the checkbox to include the view.
Clear the checkbox to exclude the view.
Select All
Selects all of the check boxes in the Available column.
Delete All
Deletes all of the AutoCAD views that were previously created with this view set, and close
the dialog box.
Set Current
Sets the AutoCAD window to the selected view.
Isolate Box
Hides all AutoCAD entities outside the view box. Entities that cross the boundaries of the
view box are not hidden.
Show All
Shows all of the entities in the drawing.

2D Panel
Edit
CADWorx Plant I tab: 2D > Edit
Plant menu: Utility > View > Edit
Command line: VIEWEDIT
Edits the box created with the VIEWBOX command. Double-clicking an existing view box runs
this command. For more information, see Box (on page 265).
Zoom Lock
CADWorx Plant I tab: 2D > Zoom Lock
Plant menu: Utility > Zoom Lock
Settings toolbar:
The Settings toolbar Zoom Lock option is only available in CADWorx Plant
Professional.
Command line: ZOOMLOCK
Locks the AutoCAD ZOOM command to allow zooming in paper space only. This means that
while you are in paper space with the MSPACE command activated (the cursors are in the
Mview), you can zoom without resizing the model space viewport. Instead, this command
intercepts the ZOOM command and changes to paper space before zooming. When you are
finished zooming, the command returns the cursor and environment back to the Mview.
This command simplifies working on CADWorx isometrics.

Turn on the zoom lock (on page 267)
Turn off the zoom lock (on page 267)
Turn on the zoom lock

Type ZOOMLOCK.
Paperspace zoom lock toggled on.
Turn off the zoom lock

Type ZOOMLOCK.
Paperspace zoom lock toggled off.

2D Panel
Zoom Factors
Plant menu: Utility > Zoom Factors
This menu option is only available in CADWorx Plant Professional.
Command line: ZOOMF
Zooms an Mview to a specified scale. This command zooms to a perfect scale for your current
Mview. If you use this command from model space (tilemode 1), it displays a warning that
tilemode has to be set to 0 (paper space). After selecting the scale from one of the menus, a
prompt displays requesting the center of the view.

SECTION 10
Bolt
CADWorx Plant I tab: Bolt
Auto Gasket - Place gaskets automatically after the last AUTOGASKET

flange face drawn. For more information, see Auto Gasket (on
page 269).
Automatic - Sizes and places stud bolts automatically at each AUTOBOLT

gasket. For more information, see Automatic (on page 270).
Auto Weld - Places weld gaps automatically after the last butt AUTOWELD
weld drawn. For more information, see Auto Weld (on page
271).
Weld Total - For more information, see Weld Total (on page WELDTOTAL
272).
Standard - Places standard stud bolts at the selected STDBOLT

location. For more information, see Standard (on page 273).
Non Standard - Places nonstandard stud bolts at the selected NONSTDBOLT

location. For more information, see Non Standard (on page
273).
Auto Gasket
CADWorx Plant I tab: Bolt > Auto Gasket
Plant Menu: Utility > Drawing Control > Auto Gasket
Command line: AUTOGASKET
Places a gasket on flange sets, and valves.
Automatic
Places a gasket into the drawing automatically.
Manual
Places a gasket into the drawing manually.
This option can also be set with a piping rule. For more information, see Piping Rules (on
page 55).

Bolt
Place a gasket automatically

1. Click Auto Gasket . Alternatively, type AUTOGASKET on the command line, and then
press ENTER.
2. Press ENTER for Automatic.
3. Select the flange set or flange and valve set.
4. Select the branches to add gaskets, or press ENTER to finish.
5. Select a component to keep the position, or press ENTER to finish.
The gasket is placed.
Place a gasket manually

1. Click Auto Gasket . Alternatively, type AUTOGASKET on the command line, and then
press ENTER.
2. Type M on the command line, and press ENTER.
3. Select the flange set or flange and valve set.
5. Select a component to keep the position, or press ENTER to finish.
The gasket is placed.
Automatic
CADWorx Plant I tab: Bolt > Automatic
Command line: AUTOBOLT
Assigns stud bolt sets with similar sizes and specifications to all gaskets within the current
selection set. Gaskets of different sizes and specifications are automatically handled.
Automatic
Places a bolt into the drawing automatically.
Manual
Places a bolt into the drawing manually.
When the Bolt Insertion rule is turned on and you place a flange in the drawing it
does not have a bolt until you place a flange or a valve on the other side. Only then is the bolt
automatically inserted into the drawing when necessary.
page 55) and Apply Bolt Insertion Rule (on page 58).
Place stud bolts automatically

1. Click Automatic . Alternatively, type AUTOBOLT on the command line, and then press
ENTER.
3. Select a flange set or flange and valve set.
The bolt is placed.

Bolt
Place stud bolts manually

1. Click Automatic . Alternatively, type AUTOBOLT on the command line, and then press
ENTER.
3. Select a flange set or flange and valve set.
The bolt is placed.
Auto Weld
CADWorx Plant I tab: Bolt > Auto Weld
Plant Menu: Utility > Drawing Control > Auto Weld
Command line: AUTOWELD
Places weld gaps on every end of any butt weld and socket weld component or only on every
end of any butt weld when the component is selected. Three different scenarios can occur when
the weld gaps are placed:
1. When a weld gap is automatically placed on the end of a butt weld or socket weld
component, do one of the following to place the next component:
Press ENTER to place the component at the weld gap.
Pick the end point of the weld gap symbol.
2. When a component, such as a tee, is inserted into a pipe, and the weld gaps are placed at
each end of the tee, the weld gaps automatically break and cut back the pipe on both sides
of the tee. If one exists, the branch connection pipe is also broken.
3. When a component is placed against another component that cannot be cut back, a weld
gap must already exist. For example, if you are placing a flange against an elbow, the elbow
must have an existing weld gap. If not, the software places the flange against the elbow
without any gap. In this scenario, it is your responsibility to place a weld gap before placing
the flange.
Automatic
Places a weld gap into the drawing automatically.
Manual
Places a weld gap into the drawing manually.
page 55) and Apply Weld Insertion Rule (on page 57).
Setting BOM Item Type to Misc causes Isogen to process weld gaps as field fit welds. For
more information about the options on the Component Edit dialog box, see Local Edit (on
page 82). Use Isogen Option Switch 22 to increase cut piece add-on allowances for field fit
welds.

Bolt
Place weld gaps automatically

1. Click Auto Weld . Alternatively, type AUTOWELD on the command line, and then press
ENTER.
3. Select the piping components where you want welds placed, and press ENTER when
finished.
4. Select branches to add welds, or press ENTER to finish.
The software displays the number of welds added.
Place weld gaps manually

1. Click Auto Weld . Alternatively, type AUTOWELD on the command line, and then press
ENTER.
3. Select the piping components where you want welds placed, and press ENTER when
finished.
The software displays the number of welds added.
Weld Total
CADWorx Plant I tab: Bolt > Weld Total
Command line: WELDTOTAL
Counts weld gaps on a drawing for estimating purposes.
An example of the typical output is shown below. You can copy this information and paste it
into a text file or to a Microsoft Excel workbook.
Qty. Spec. Nominal Actual Thk. Linear Lg.
5 A0 2.000 2.375 0.154 37.310

4 A0 3.000 3.500 0.216 43.980
14 A1 10.000 10.750 0.365 472.810
1 A1 14.000 14.000 0.375 43.980
150 A1 2.000 2.375 0.154 1119.190
The ability to export the drawing to a database using the DBFGEN or LIVEDB command
can also help manage weld gaps.
Setting BOM Item Type to Misc causes Isogen to process weld gaps as field fit welds. For
more information about the options on the Component Edit dialog box, see Local Edit (on
page 82). Use Isogen Option Switch 22 to increase cut piece add-on allowances for field fit
welds.

Count weld gaps automatically (on page 273)

Bolt
Count weld gaps automatically

1. Click Weld Total . Alternatively, type WELDTOTAL on the command line, and then
press ENTER.
2. Select the objects you want to have automatically counted, and then press ENTER.
The software displays a prompt showing the total number of welds in the drawing.
Standard
CADWorx Plant I tab: Bolt > Standard
Gaskets, Etc. toolbar: Standard

Command line: PLACEBOLT
Inserts stud bolt sets into the drawing environment for Bill of Materials extraction. You can insert
a stud bolt set anywhere in the drawing. However, stud bolt sets must be attached to a flange
set or flange valve set to be placed on the model. Size and specification must be set
accordingly.
If the bolt Weight equals 0.0 in the Stud Bolts data table, the software calculates the weight
using the Density value from the Material Table and the AutoCAD solid volume of the whole
set of bolts.
If the bolt Weight is greater than 0.0 for flange-to-flange components, then the software assigns
the weight to the bolt set without performing any other calculations. However, when there is a
component between the flanges, such as a bleed ring, the software uses the Density and solid
volume calculation.
This option is set when the bolt piping rule is set. For more information, see Piping Rules
(on page 55) and Apply Bolt Insertion Rule (on page 58). If you need to change the bolt set by
the bolt piping rule, delete the bolt placed and place a bolt using this option.
Place standard stud bolts

1. Click Standard . Alternatively, type PLACEBOLT on the command line, and then press
ENTER.
The bolts display in the drawing.
Non Standard
CADWorx Plant I tab: Bolt > Non Standard
Gaskets, Etc. toolbar: Non Standard

Command line: NONSTDBOLT
Inserts a stud bolt set anywhere. However, nonstandard bolt sets must be attached to a flange
set or flange valve set to be placed on the model. You can also insert special bolts. Size and
specification must be set accordingly.
This option is set when the bolt piping rule is set. For more information, see Piping Rules
(on page 55) and Apply Bolt Insertion Rule (on page 58). If you need to change the bolt set by
the bolt piping rule, delete the bolt placed and place a bolt using this option.

Bolt
Place nonstandard stud bolts

1. Click Non Standard . Alternatively, type NONSTDBOLT on the command line and then
press ENTER.
2. Type the required text. For example, you can type NON STD STUD BOLTS.
3. Type the required description. For example, you can type STUD BOLTS W/ DOUBLE
NUTS & WASHERS.
4. Type the stud diameter. You must enter the value as a real number, such as 5/8".
5. Type the length. You must enter a real number, such as 7.25 or 7-1/4".
6. Type the required stud value.
7. Type the required weight.
8. Type a string, a real number, or press ENTER to accept the default.
9. Type the value, or press ENTER to accept the default.
11. Use the compass to pick a direction in the drawing, and click to finish.
The bolt is placed in the drawing.

SECTION 11
RT Panel
CADWorx Plant I tab: RT
Auto Route - Provides the ability to draw components AUTOROUTE, ROUTE

continuously without selecting them from the toolbar or
palette. For more information, see Auto Route (on page
275).
Router - Provides routing lines with various options such as ROUTER

slope and elevation changes. For more information, see
Router (on page 282).
Buttweld LR - Attaches elbows and piping to a selected ROUTEBWLR

routing line. For more information, see Buttweld LR (on page
283).
Buttweld SR - Attaches elbows and piping to a selected ROUTEBWSE

routing line. For more information, see Buttweld SR (on
page 284).
Threaded - Attaches elbows and piping to a selected ROUTETRHD

routing line. For more information, see Threaded (on page
284).
Socket Weld - Attaches elbows and piping to a selected ROUTESW

routing line. For more information, see Socket Weld (on
page 285).
Auto Route
CADWorx Plant I tab: RT > Auto Route
Command Line: AUTOROUTE, ROUTE
You can also use the PIPW command to start routing pipe.
Starts the ROUTE in the X-Y plane as needed. This command can be used to route pipe from
one component to another without accessing the pipe, or elbow commands. The command is
best used to start a new route of pipe, but it also works to continue routing a previous section of
pipe. However, the most useful way to continue routing pipe is to use the + sign on the ends and
middle of the pipe. For more information on continuing routing, see Continue Routing (on page
279).
last point
Starts the pipe at the last point of the previously-created component.
component List
Displays a list of available components to place in the drawing. All components available
display in the list based on the main size you have set.

RT Panel
Slope
Starts the pipe in a slope direction.
Meter
Places the slope rise or drop in the degrees entered based on meters.
Foot
Places the slope rise or drop in the degrees entered based on feet.
Rise
Places the slope rise or drop based on the degrees entered.
Projected Distance
Specifies the projected distance from the start point of the slope to the end point on
the slope along the x-axis.
Centerline Distance
Specifies the distance from the start point of the slope, as measured along the
centerline of the sloped pipe.

RT Panel
sKew
Places the pipe at a skewed angle and allows you to continue piping. To finish or end the
running of skewed piping, you must press ENTER. sKew works in conjunction with the
Apply Skew Pipe Maximum Angle rule. CADWorx does not allow the piping to be placed
at a greater angle then set in the piping rule. For more information on the rule, see Apply
Skew Pipe Maximum Angle (on page 63).
component List
Displays a list of available components to place in the drawing at the skewed point.
Plane
Starts the component in the XYZ plane plotting based on the UCS. Type P on the
command line, and then press ENTER to reorient the compass direction.
Undo
Takes you back to the previous step in your process.
Elevation
Starts the pipe perpendicular to the plane for routing.
Plane
Starts the component in the XYZ plane plotting based on the UCS. Type P on the command
line and press ENTER to reorient the compass direction.
Reference
Starts the line at a distance based on the reference point chosen.
Fitting mode
Starts the pipe as Buttweld, Socket Weld, Threaded, Flanged, or Special Endtype fitting
mode, depending on your selection.
elBow type
Enables you to select the elbow types based on the fitting mode you have selected. For
instance, with Buttweld the list would be Long Radius Buttweld, Short Radius Buttweld,
or Miter Elbow Buttweld. However, for Socket Weld the list would be Elbow Socket Weld
and Miter Elbow Socket Weld. You can change the fitting mode of the router in the
CADWorx Spec View palette. For more information, see Draw pipe components (on page
105).
Undo
Undoes the last piece of routed pipe.
Connect
Connects to a component or other piece of pipe.
Components
Displays all possible connecting directions to the component or pipe using an image
of piping.
Lines
Displays specific lines in a box form for connecting to the component or pipe.

RT Panel
Toggle length
Toggles the dimension of the pipe from the start point.
Alignment
Starts the pipe at a chosen alignment.
Center
Center of pipe
BOP
Bottom of pipe
TOP
Top of pipe
Left
Left of pipe
Right
Right of pipe
TOP
Places the pipe along the top of the pipe, as defined along the Z-axis.
BOP
Places the pipe along the bottom of the pipe, as defined along the Z-axis.
Additional Auto Routing Commands
AUTOROUTELR
Defaults to route long radius elbows.
AUTOROUTESR
Defaults to route short radius elbows.
AUTOROUTESW
Defaults to route socket weld piping.
AUTOROUTETHRD
Defaults to route threaded piping.
AUTOROUTEFLG
Defaults to route flanged piping components.
AUTOROUTESPECEND
Defaults to route special end piping components.

Start a new route (on page 279)
Continue Routing (on page 279)
Route skewed pipe (on page 281)
Moveline (on page 281)

RT Panel
Start a new route

1. Click Auto Route . Alternatively, type AUTOROUTE, or ROUTE on the command line,
and press ENTER.
2. Select a start point.
3. Select an end point, or select one of the options in the list.
CADWorx lets you continue routing pipe as needed, using the component List and other
options to allow you to route to components as needed.
4. When finished routing pipe, press ENTER.
The new pipe is inserted in the drawing.
Continue Routing
This procedure does not require a command to start. However, the ROUTE command used to
start new piping, can also be used to continue routing pipe.
The options below display when selecting the middle grip point on a pipe to insert a
component in an already routed piece of piping. If you select the grip point at the end of a piping
run the run just continues as a normal pipe with the options listed in Auto Route (on page 275).
List
Displays a list of available components to place in the drawing.
poinT distance
Enables you to specify a point on the pipe or component to move the selected component.
Component distance
Displays the distance from the selected component to the selected piping or component.
The distance measured to a specifically selected component can be changed by using
Point.
Point
Enables you to change the distance from the selected component to another component
on the same linear pipe.
Pipe end point distance
Displays the distance measurement from the selected component to the end of the pipe.
Repeating the command changes the direction of the measurement to the opposite end of
the piping, where it connects to the next component.
insertion Justification
Changes the justification of a selected component from the end of the piping. Justification
for the component is left, right, or center. Use the Pipe end point distance option by typing
P on the command line, which enables you to change the justification from either end of the
piping.

RT Panel
Change connection
Enables you to change the direction of a component. This option is only available on certain
components when using the List or component List option.
Turning on Auto Connect (on page 216) allows you to continue routing from your last point
without having to click the grip point or without pressing ENTER. Turn off Auto Connect to
start from a different point, or to start a new point in the drawing.
You can move components by typing MOVECOMPONENT on the command line. The
above options, as well as the TAB key, are available with the MOVECOMPONENT
command. You can move more than one component at a time with MOVECOMPONENT.
You can also move components around to the other side of an elbow.
TAB key - Allows components to jump over other components in the piping after they
have been selected using the MOVECOMPONENT command.
Piping can be moved and lengthened by using the MOVELINE command. For more
information, see Moveline (on page 281).
Route from a grip point

1. In a model, click on the component you want to route from.

3. Continue to route pipe as needed in any direction, or select an option.
As you click, the pipe stops at that point, and allows you to go in any other direction. Do not
click on the screen unless you want the pipe to stop.
You can change a tee to a cross by selecting the plus grip point on the main at the
opposite side of the branch.
You can add a pipe branch or nipple to a reducer with the plus grip point on the side.
Route mitered elbows

1. Click Auto Route . Alternatively, click the plus grip point to continue routing.
2. Right-click, and then select elBow type.
The elbow type list displays.
3. Select Miter Elbow Buttweld. This selection is determined by the router type. Right-click
Pipe in the CADWorx Spec View palette to change the router type. For more information,
see Draw pipe components (on page 105).
4. Route the piping.
The software routes mitered elbows.
If you stop routing and then start routing again on the same line, the software continues
to route mitered elbows. However, if you stop routing and start a new route from a different
location, the software resets the elbow type. If you want to only route one mitered elbow, then
you can use the component List and place an elbow from Elbows > Mitered Elbow.

RT Panel
Route skewed pipe

1. Click Setup .
The CADWorx Plant Setup dialog box displays.
2. Select Piping Rules.
3. Select Apply Skew Pipe Maximum Angle.
4. Type an angle in the text box.
You can type a value of 1 to 179 for the angle. For more information, see Apply Skew
Pipe Maximum Angle (on page 63).
5. Click Auto Route . Alternatively, type AUTOROUTE, or ROUTE on the command line,
and then press ENTER.
The routing options display on the command line.
7. To skew a pipe, type K or SKEW on the command line, and then press ENTER.
The skewed piping options display on the command line. For more information, see Auto
Route (on page 275).
Turn off the AutoCAD ORTHO Mode in order for the piping to move in a 360 degree
direction.
8. Click the end point of the pipe to place the skewed piping.
The software inserts the skewed pipe in the drawing.
You cannot skew pipe larger than the angle set in the Apply Skew Pipe Maximum
Angle rule. If you do, the following message displays: The skew pipe does not allow an angle
bigger than the maximum value of 15.0000...
Moveline
Enables you to move, lengthen, or change the elevation of the piping in the plane.
Elevation
Enables you to move the elevation of the piping.
Pick
Select the elevation point in the drawing to place the piping.
BOP
Places the piping in the elevation based on the Bottom of Pipe.
TOP
Places the piping in the elevation based on the Top of Pipe.
1. Select the piping.
The grip points display.
2. Select a grip point .
3. Move the piping as needed.
To move the piping in the elevation, type E on the command line and then follow the
prompts. The prompt options are listed above.
If an item is unable to move, a message displays on the command line.

RT Panel
Router
CADWorx Plant I tab: RT > Router
Plant Menu: Accessory > Auto Route > Router
Command line: ROUTER
Draws a 3D polyline for the previous welded, threaded, and socket automatic routing routines.
If you are using known 3D points, the UCS must be at the world position: Type UCS on the
command line, and press ENTER.
Unlike a normal 3D polyline, the elevation must be controlled with the Elevation option of
the Router command or the UCS position.
Slope
Specifies the known slope or drop per foot to the next point in degrees (positive or negative).
Alternatively, use one of the options listed below to define the slope. This option does not
take effect until the next point is selected. For example, select the Slope option and then
select the next point of the 3D polyline for a change to the new position.
Meter
Defines the rise or drop in millimeters per meter.
Foot
Defines the rise or drop in inches per foot.
Drop
Defines the drop to the next point as a real number, such as 1'-8
Rise
Defines the rise to the next point as a real number, such as 2'-9.
Continuous
Turns constant sloping on or off.
Position
Starts the 3D polyline at an elevated position. This option does not take effect until the next
point is selected. For example, select the Position option and then select the next point of
the 3D polyline for a change to the new position.
Nominal
Determine the present size used by the BOP or TOP option.
Size
Determines the present size used by the BOP or TOP option.
BOP
Draws the 3D polyline one-half the present set size upward.
TOP
Draws the 3D polyline one-half the present set size downward.
Centerline
Default when starting this routine. You can change to the bottom of pipe BOP
option, then change back with this option.

RT Panel
Reference
Starts the line at a given distance from a reference point. After you provide this reference
point, you must provide relative/polar coordinates with an @ location.
Elevation
Changes the elevation in conjunction with the present UCS coordinate system. The
elevation change can be expressed using a positive or a negative number.
World
Specifies the elevation in the world coordinate system.
Pick
Establishes the working elevation based on a point selected in the drawing. You can
use object snap, if necessary.
Undo
Removes the last 3D polyline segment, and prompts you to enter the next point.
Specify next point
Selects the next point along the 3D polyline segment. Press ENTER to end the selection.
Router commands
The CADWorx Plant auto route commands listed below provide a quick and effective way of
drawing pipe. You can draw long radius, short radius, threaded, or socket weld pipe.
Buttweld LR (on page 283)
Buttweld SR (on page 284)
Threaded (on page 284)
Socket Weld (on page 285)
All commands have the same options.
Buttweld LR
CADWorx Plant I tab: RT > Buttweld LR
Plant Menu: Accessory > Auto Route > Buttweld LR
Command line: ROUTEBWLR
Draws a long radius pipe.
Elbows only
Draws only elbows on a particular pipe run.
Pick points
Draws pipe and elbows on a particular pipe run. The software first prompts you to select a
starting point. Afterwards, you select a location point for each elbow you want to place,
followed by an ending location. Press ENTER to finish the command. Pipe and elbows are
drawn along each construction point.
An elbow is not placed at the starting and ending locations.

The Elbows only and Pick points options allow you to select location points only, not
polylines.
Select polyline
Builds pipe and elbows based on polyline selection. This option also provides rolling offsets.
For information on 3D polyline construction, see Router (on page 282).

RT Panel
Buttweld SR
CADWorx Plant I tab: RT > Buttweld SR
Plant Menu: Accessory > Auto Route > Buttweld SR
Command line: ROUTEBWSR
Draws a short radius pipe.
Elbows only
Pick points

polylines.
Select polyline
Threaded
CADWorx Plant I tab: RT > Threaded
Plant Menu: Accessory > Auto Route > Threaded
Command line: ROUTETHRD
Draws threaded pipe.
Elbows only
Pick points

polylines.
Select polyline

RT Panel
Socket Weld
CADWorx Plant I tab: RT > Socket Weld
Plant Menu: Accessory > Auto Route > Socket Weld
Command line: ROUTESW
Draws socket weld pipe.
Elbows only
Pick points

polylines.
Select polyline

SECTION 12
VUE Panel
CADWorx Plant I tab: VUE
Command Name Command line
Export to VUE - Exports CADWorx drawings to a .vue file format. EXPORTVUEFORMAT

For more information, see Export to VUE (on page 286).
Export to VUE
CADWorx Plant I tab: VUE > Export to VUE
Command line: EXPORTVUEFORMAT
Exports CADWorx drawings to VUE file format. After export the software creates a .vue, a .drv,
a .txt, an .mdb2, and a .log files.
The software exports the following objects as polymesh when you run Export to VUE :
classic CADWorx objects (rolled pipe, some reducing elbows)
steel without data
any other object enabler 3D solid types
Entire Drawing
Exports entire drawing to a VUE file.
Select Objects
Exports selected objects to a VUE file.
When you have Microsoft Office 32 bit installed, the software does not export the .mdb2
file. For the software to create the .mdb2 file, you must have the following software
requirements:
CADWorx Plant 64 bit
Microsoft Access Database Engine 2010 Redistributable 64 Bit

VUE Panel
Export an entire drawing to a VUE file

1. Click Export to VUE .
2. Select Entire Drawing.
3. Type a file name.
4. Click Save.
The software creates a .vue, a .drv, a .log, an .mdb2, and a .txt file. The software exports
the 3D geometry to the .vue file, the applicable component data to the .drv file, CADWorx
model data for other Intergraph products to the .mdb2 file, and the .log or .txt files list
feedback on the success or failure of the conversion. The .log and .txt file includes Number
of objects successful, Number of objects failed, and Total number of objects.
To open the other files, go to the location where you saved the VUE file and open the
remaining files, as needed.
Export selected objects to a VUE file
1. Click Export to VUE .

2. Select Select Objects.
3. Select the objects to export, and then press ENTER.
4. Type a file name.
5. Click Save.
The software creates a .vue, a .drv, a .log, an .mdb2, and a .txt file. The software exports
the 3D geometry to the .vue file, the applicable component data to the .drv file, CADWorx
model data for other Intergraph products to the .mdb2 file, and the .log or .txt files list
feedback on the success or failure of the conversion. The .log and .txt file includes Number
of objects successful, Number of objects failed, and Total number of objects.
To open the other files, go to the location where you saved the VUE file and open the
remaining files, as needed.

SECTION 13
Dimension Panel
CADWorx Plant II tab: Dimensions
Automatic - Automatically creates dimensions for a set of AUTODIM
components that you select. For more information, see
Automatic (on page 289).
Horizontal - Places horizontal dimensions. For more DIMH
information, see Horizontal (on page 289).
Vertical - Places vertical dimensions. For more information, DIMV
see Vertical (on page 290).
Set - Sets the elevation. For more information, see Set (on ELEV
page 290).
Rotated - Places rotated dimensions. For more information, DIMR
see Rotated (on page 291).
Horizontal with Tail - Places tailed horizontal dimensions DIMTAILH
on objects from a user-selected reference point. For more
information, see Horizontal with Tail (on page 291).
Vertical with Tail - Places tailed vertical dimensions on DIMTAILV
objects from a user-selected reference point. For more
information, see Vertical with Tail (on page 292).
Change - Changes the elevation. For more information, see CHANGEELEV
Change (on page 292).
Component - Places component annotation. For more ANOTCOMP
information, see Component (on page 293).
Elevation - Places component elevation annotation. For ANOTELEV
more information, see Elevation (on page 293).
Coordinates - Places coordinates in either a user DIMCOORD
coordinate system or a world coordinate system. For more
information, see Coordinates (on page 294).
Tick Mark - Shows which side of the dimension extension TICK
line the gasket is on. For more information, see Tick Mark
(on page 295).
ISO Text - Creates 0, 30, and 330 oblique angled text in
paper space when working with isometrics. For more
information, see ISO Text (on page 296).
Height - Changes the height of selected text by matching it TEXTHEIGHT
with other text. For more information, see Height (on page
296).

Dimension Panel
Automatic
CADWorx Plant II tab: Dimensions > Automatic
Plant menu: Dimension > Automatic
Command line: AUTODIM
Automatically creates dimensions for a set of components that you select. Options to set the
offset distance and whether to include flanges are also provided.
Options
Flange
Dimensions flange faces. You specify whether flange dimensioning is turned On or Off.
Offset
Specifies the distance from the dimension line to the component.
Selection
Starts the dimensioning process.
Place automatic dimensions

1. Click Automatic . Alternatively, type AUTODIM on the command line, and press ENTER.
2. Type S on the command line, and press ENTER to select objects to dimension.
3. Select the objects to dimension. Press ENTER when you are finished.
4. Select the centroid for the dimensions. For example, if you selected two pieces of parallel
pipe with elbows attached to each end to dimension, and then selected a point between the
two pieces of pipe, the software would place the dimension lines to the outside.
The software displays the dimensions.
If you try to place automatic dimensions on two pieces of parallel pipe with no elbows, an
error code displays. Combined components must have at least one turn.
Horizontal
CADWorx Plant II tab: Dimensions > Horizontal
Plant menu: Dimension > Multiple > Horizontal
Command line: DIMH
Places horizontal dimensions. You are prompted for the points to dimension. To end the
sequence, you must type D for dimension line.
Place horizontal dimensions

1. Click Horizontal . Alternatively, type DIMH on the command line, and press ENTER.
2. Select the origin location for the first extension line.
3. Select the origin location for the second extension line.
The software continues to prompt you for extension lines.
4. Type D on the command line, and press ENTER to end the sequence.

Dimension Panel
5. Select a location for the dimension line.

6. Press ENTER, or type a new value for the dimension.
The software displays the dimension.
Vertical
CADWorx Plant II tab: Dimensions > Vertical
Plant menu: Dimension > Multiple > Vertical
Command line: DIMV
Places vertical dimensions. You are prompted for the points to dimension. To end the sequence,
you must type D for dimension line.
Place vertical dimensions

1. Click Vertical . Alternatively, type DIMV on the command line, and press ENTER.
Set
CADWorx Plant II tab: Dimensions > Set
Plant menu: Utility > Elevation > Set
Command line: ELEV
Places piping at a preset elevation. This is the standard AutoCAD Elev command. When using
this option, remember to place the elevation back to 0'-0" for the proper elevation placement of
all future components. Use this command with caution. An alternative is to use the Flat (on page
328) command built into CADWorx (VIEWFLAT).
Refer to the AutoCAD documentation for complete details regarding this command (ELEV).
Set the Elevation

1. Click the CADWorx Plant II tab, and then click Set on the Dimensions panel.
Alternatively, type ELEV on the command line, and press ENTER.
2. Select a point in the drawing to specify a new elevation.
3. Select a second point in the drawing.
4. Enter a thickness value.
Piping is now at the new elevation.
Remember to set it back to 0'-0" when you are finished with the new elevation.

Dimension Panel
Rotated
CADWorx Plant II tab: Dimensions > Rotated
Plant menu: Dimension > Multiple > Rotated
Command line: DIMR
Places rotated dimensions. You are prompted for the angle of rotation and the points to
dimension. To end the sequence, you must type D for dimension line.
Place rotated dimensions

1. Click Rotated . Alternatively, type DIMR on the command line, and press ENTER.
2. Type the dimension angle, or select two points to indicate the angle.
Horizontal with Tail

CADWorx Plant II tab: Dimensions > Horizontal with Tail
Plant menu: Dimension > Tailed > Horizontal
Command line: DIMTAILH
Places tailed horizontal dimensions on objects from a user-selected reference point. To end this
sequence, press ENTER or SPACE.
Place horizontal tailed dimensions

1. Click Horizontal with Tail . Alternatively, type DIMTAILH on the command line, and
press ENTER.
2. Select the reference point for the dimension.
3. Select the origin point, or press ENTER to end.
4. Select the location for the dimension.
5. Press ENTER to end the sequence.
When you run this command a second time, you have the option to either reselect the
reference point or use the previous reference point.

Dimension Panel
Vertical with Tail

CADWorx Plant II tab: Dimensions > Vertical with Tail
Plant menu: Dimension > Tailed > Vert
Command line: DIMTAILV
Places tailed vertical dimensions on objects from a user-selected reference point. To end this
sequence, press ENTER or SPACE.
Place vertical tailed dimensions

1. Click Vertical with Tail . Alternatively, type DIMTAILV on the command line, and press
ENTER.
2. Select the reference point for the dimension.
3. Select the origin point, or press ENTER to end.
4. Select the location for the dimension.
5. Press ENTER to end the sequence.
When you run this command a second time, you have the option to either reselect the
reference point or use the previous reference point.
Change
CADWorx Plant II: Dimensions > Change
Command line: CHANGELEV
Moves all selected entities (blocks, lines, polylines and so on) to a new elevation in reference
with the world coordinate system. You can also change a component elevation to 1/2 its actual
outside diameter.
Arbitrary
Places the component anywhere in the drawing.
BOP Correction
Aligns the pipe bottom with the center of the connected piece.
Change the Elevation

1. Click the CADWorx Plant II tab, and then click Change on the Dimensions panel.
Alternatively, type CHANGEELEV on the command line, and press ENTER.
2. Press ENTER to select the default.
3. Select a point in the drawing, or enter a numerical value.
5. Select the needed objects for elevation, and press ENTER.
The component appears at the new elevation.

Dimension Panel
Component
CADWorx Plant II tab: Dimensions > Component
Plant menu: Text > Annotate > Component
Command line: ANOTCOMP
Places component annotation.
Options
Tag
Annotates the component with its tag.
Long
Annotate the component with its long description and appends the size to the front.
Short
Annotates the component with its short description and appends the size to the front.
Justify
Allows five different justifications according to the AutoCAD standards. For more information
please refer to the AutoCAD documentation.
Leader
Adds a leader to the text.
Start point
Specifies the starting point for the text.
Place component annotation

1. Click Component . Alternatively, type ANOTCOMP on the command line, and press
ENTER.
2. Select the annotation type.
3. Select the component to annotate.
4. Select the start point, or set up the leader line and justification.
5. Type the rotation angle, or select two points to specify the angle.
The software displays the annotation.
Elevation
CADWorx Plant II tab: Dimensions > Elevation
Plant menu: Text > Annotate > Elevation
Command line: ANOTELEV
Places component elevation annotation.

Dimension Panel
Options
BOP
Labels the bottom of the pipe elevation.
TOP
Labels the top of the pipe elevation.
Centerline
Labels the centerline elevation.
Justify
Allows five different justifications according to the AutoCAD standards. For more information
please refer to the AutoCAD documentation.
Leader
Adds a leader to the text.
Start point
Specifies the starting point for the text.
Place component elevation annotation

1. Click Elevation . Alternatively, type ANOTELEV on the command line, and press
ENTER.
2. Select the component to annotate elevation.
3. Specify the elevation option to use.
The software displays a rubber band to the selected component.
4. Select the start point, or set up the leader line and justification.
5. Type the rotation angle, or select two points to specify the angle.
The software displays the annotation.
Coordinates
CADWorx Plant II tab: Dimensions > Coordinates
Plant menu: Dimension > Coordinates
Command line: DIMCOORD
Places coordinates in either a user coordinate system or a world coordinate system. You can
place the text at the coordinate with or without a leader.
TEXTSIZE is controlled by DIMSCALE and DIMTXT.
Options
Leader
Places a leader.

Dimension Panel
Other point
Places the dimension text in an alternate location without a leader.
Same point
Places the dimension text at the same location which is picked without a leader.
Centerline
Places the dimension text either with a north or east designation. This option labels a
vertical dimension as east and a horizontal dimension as north.
The following AutoCAD setvars affect the dimensioning routines: DIMALT, DIMALTD,
DIMALTF, DIMASZ, DIMBLK, DIMEXE, DIMEXO, DIMLFAC, DIMTXT, DIMZIN, DIMSCALE,
LUNITS, LUPREC, and UNITMODE.
Place coordinates
1. Click Coordinates . Alternatively, type DIMCOORD on the command line, and press
ENTER.
2. If necessary, press ENTER, or type Y on the command line and press ENTER, to change to
the world coordinate system.
3. Select an extension line point.
4. Select an option.
5. Follow the prompts to place the coordinates.
The coordinates display.
Tick Mark
CADWorx Plant II tab: Dimensions > Tick Mark
Gaskets, Etc. toolbar: Tick Mark
Command line: TICK
Shows which side of the dimension extension line the gasket is on.
This command is dependent upon the DIMSCALE being set properly. For example; if the gasket
thickness was set to 1/8" and the scale of the drawing was set to full, the distance from the
extension line to the tick mark would be 1/8". If the scale of the drawing was set to 3/4"=1'-0",
the distance from the tick mark to the extension line would be 3/8". This insures that the tick
mark is visible on a plotted drawing.
The initial prompt allows you to set the thickness, but does not appear again during the single
drawing session. Changing the thickness is allowed in the next prompt.
Place tick marks

1. Click Tick Mark . Alternatively, type TICK on the command line, and press ENTER.
2. Type the thickness, or press ENTER to accept the default.
3. Type C on the command line, and press ENTER if you need to change the thickness.
4. Type a value for the thickness.

Dimension Panel
5. Select the point.

6. Select a direction parallel with the extension line.
7. Select the gasket side.
8. Select the extension line.
9. Select a direction parallel with the extension line.
10. Select the gasket side.
The software displays the tick mark.
ISO Text
Plant menu: Text > ISO Text
Creates 0, 30, and 330 oblique angled text in paper space when working with isometrics. These
commands are similar to the AutoCAD DTEXT command.
Height
Plant menu: Text > Height
Command line: TEXTHEIGHT
Changes the height of selected text by matching it with other text. This is useful when you are
zoomed to an unknown factor in paper space.
Options
Entire drawing
Chooses all text on the drawing.
Layer
Specifies a layer for selection. CADWorxs default text layer is TEXT.
Selection
Matches the height of text that you select.

SECTION 14
Graphics / Pipe Ends

CADWorx Plant II tab: Graphics / Pipe Ends
Section - Opens the Sections dialog box in which you can SECTIONS
select a section graphic to place on the drawing. For more
information, see Section (on page 300).
Detail - Opens the Details dialog box in which you can select DETAILS
a detail graphic to place on the drawing. For more information,
see Detail (on page 301).
Plan - Opens the Plan dialog box in which you can select a PLANS
plan graphic to place on the drawing. For more information,
see Plan (on page 303).
Instrument - Opens the Instruments dialog box in which you INSTRUMENTS
can select an instrument graphic to place on the drawing. For
more information, see Instrument (on page 304).
Elevation - Opens the Elevations box in which you can select ELEVATIONS
an elevation graphic to place on the drawing. For more
information, see Elevation (on page 305).
Arrow - Opens the Arrows dialog box in which you can select ARROWS
an arrow head graphic to place on the drawing. For more
information, see Arrow (on page 306).
Weld - Opens the Weld Symbols dialog box in which you WELDS
select a weld symbol graphic to place on the drawing. For
more information, see Weld (on page 307).
ISO - Opens the Isometric Symbols dialog box in which you ISOS
can select an ISO symbol graphic to place on the drawing. For
more information, see ISO (on page 309).
Dots - Opens the Dots dialog box in which you can select a DOTS
weld dots graphic to place on the drawing. For more
information, see Dots (on page 311).
Misc - Opens the Miscellaneous dialog box in which you can MISC
select a miscellaneous symbol graphic to place on the
drawing. For more information, see Misc (on page 312).
Flange O.D. - Inserts a graphical representation of a flange ENDFLG
O.D. For more information, see Flange O.D. (on page 313).
Plain End - Inserts a graphical representation of the plain end ENDPLAIN
of a pipe. For more information, see Plain End (on page 313).

Hidden End - Inserts a graphical representation of the hidden ENDHIDDEN

end of a pipe. For more information, see Hidden End (on page
314).
Pipe End - Inserts a graphical representation of the pipe end ENDPIPE
of a pipe. For more information, see Pipe End (on page 314).
Fitting Width - Controls the appearance of all flanged, socket FITTINGWIDTH
weld, and threaded fittings. For more information, see Fitting
Width.
Single Line Width - Specifies the line width for single-line LINEWIDTH
components. For more information, see Single Line Width.
Each of the Graphics commands opens a related dialog box, which is used to preview and
select a graphic for placement in the drawing. A drawing file is used to display the preview
graphic in the dialog box. These graphic drawing files are delivered to the [Product
Folder]\Support folder. They can be modified to meet your specific project requirements.
A modified graphic drawing file must contain the same number of attributes as are
currently in the drawing.
Adding preview graphics

If necessary, you can add more graphics to any of the graphics dialog boxes by modifying the
contents of the Pipe_alt.dat file. This file contains the definitions for each graphic type. The
example below shows the graphics group in the Pipe_alt.dat file that is referenced in the
Sections dialog box.
[Sections]
s1s.dwg Head graph1 s1 1
s2s.dwg Head w/ Attrib graph1 s2 2
s3s.dwg Head w/ 2 Attrib graph1 s3 3
s4s.dwg End w/ Attrib graph1 s4 4
Columns must start at positions 1, 40, and 75 and define the information outlined below.
COL1 (Position 1) - Drawing used in the dialog box for preview image.
COL2 (Position 40) - Name displayed in the dialog box for graphic name.
COL3 (Position 75) - Function used to draw the graphic in the drawing with
arguments.
Before you modify the Pipe_alt.dat file, make a backup copy.

If the columns are not at the required positions, the drawing function fails.
There must not be any blank lines located within a section.
There must be a blank line at the beginning and at the end of a section.
The scale of the graphics inserted into the drawing, excluding isometric symbol graphics, is
based upon the value of the AutoCAD setvar DIMSCALE. If DIMSCALE is set to 0, as is
required for paper space, the software inserts graphics at a scale of 1. Isometric symbol
graphics are inserted at a scale of 1 regardless of the DIMSCALE setting.

System Prompts
The system prompts required to draw the graphic types delivered with the software are outlined
in the table below.
Function System Response
Prompt 1 Pick left justified insertion point: pick a point in the drawing
Rotation angle: pick a direction or enter angle
Enter scale: type a string on the command line, and press ENTER
Prompt 2 Pick left justified insertion point: pick point in the drawing
Rotation angle: pick direction or enter angle
Enter mark: type a string on the command line, and press ENTER
Enter scale: type a string on the command line, and press ENTER
Prompt 3 Pick left justified insertion point: pick a point in the drawing
Rotation angle: pick a direction in the drawing or enter angle
Enter mark: type a string on the command line, and press ENTER (ex: A)
Enter drawing: type a string on the command line, and press ENTER (ex: 106)
Enter scale: type a string on the command line, and press ENTER (ex: 3/8"=1'-0")
Prompt 4 Pick insertion point: pick a point in the drawing

Section direction: pick a direction in the drawing
Projection direction: pick a direction in the drawing

Projection direction: pick a direction in the drawing
Enter drawing: type a string on the command line, and press ENTER ( ex: 106)

Projection or other direction: pick a direction in the drawing
Prompt 7 Pick object to mark: pick an object in the drawing

Pick mark location: pick point in the drawing
Prompt 8 Pick object to mark: pick an object in the drawing

Pick mark location: pick a point in the drawing
Enter drawing: type a string on the command line, and press ENTER (ex: 106)
Prompt 9 Pick left end point: pick a point in the drawing

Pick right end point: pick a point in the drawing
Enter title: type a string on the command line, and press ENTER (ex: ELEVATION NORTH)
Enter scale: enter a string (ex: 3/8"=1'-0")
Prompt 10 Pick instrument to label: pick a point in the drawing

Enter first level label: type a string on the command line, and press ENTER (ex: SDV)
Enter second level label: type a string on the command line, and press ENTER (ex: 1)
Prompt 11 Pick instrument to label: pick a point in the drawing

Enter first level label: type a string on the command line, and press ENTER (ex: PI)
Enter second level label: type a string on the command line, and press ENTER (ex: 106)
Enter third level label: type a string on the command line, and press ENTER (ex: B)

Function System Response
Prompt 12 Pick center insertion point: pick a point in the drawing

Rotation angle: pick a direction or enter angle

Pick direction: pick a direction
Prompt 15 Pick insertion point: pick a point in the drawing (not center insertion, outside edge)
Pick direction: pick a direction in the drawing
Enter mark: type a string on the command line, and press ENTER (ex: 101)Weld
Prompt 16 Pick leader start point: pick a point in the drawing

Pick intermediate point: pick a point in the drawing
Pick direction for tail: pick a direction in the drawing

Pick rotation: pick a direction in the drawing
Prompt 19 Pick insertion point on line: pick a point in the drawing

Pick rotation: pick a direction in the drawing
Prompt 20 Pick location: pick a point in the drawing

Pick rotation or [Up/Down/Roll/mirrorX/mirrorY/mirrorZ]: select an option or pick the rotation
Section
CADWorx Plant II tab: Section
Plant menu: Graphics > Section
Command line: SECTIONS
Opens the Sections dialog box, which allows you to select a section graphic for placement in
the drawing.
Sections Dialog Box

Displays the sections graphics that are currently defined in the software.
Preview
Displays a graphical representation of the selected graphic.
Each section graphic is based on an AutoCAD drawing file. Graphics drawing files are
delivered to [Product Folder]\Support. You can modify any graphical representation to fit your
specific project requirements. You can also create additional graphics, and add them to the
dialog box. For more information, see Graphics / Pipe Ends (on page 297).

The table below lists the section graphics that display in the Sections dialog box by default. The
table also includes the name of the AutoCAD drawing that defines the graphical representation,
as well as the name of the function used for placement. Each function carries with it a specific
set of prompts that you must follow to place the specific graphic in the drawing. For more
information, see System Prompts (on page 299).
Sections Graphic Name AutoCAD Drawing Name Function Name
Head S1S.dwg Prompt 1
Head w/ Attrib S2S.dwg Prompt 2
Head w/ 2Attrib S3S.dwg Prompt 3
End w/ Attrib S4S.dwg Prompt 4
End w 2Attrib S5S.dwg Prompt 5
End S6S.dwg Prompt 6
Middle S7S.dwg Prompt 6
Place a section graphic

1. Click Section . Alternatively, type SECTIONS on the command line and then press
ENTER.
In CADWorx Steel Professional, click Steel > Graphics > Section.
The Sections dialog box appears.
2. Select the required graphic in the list.
The Preview box shows a graphical representation of the selected graphic.
3. Click OK to close the dialog box, and return to the drawing.
4. Follow the system prompts to define the placement of the selected graphic in the current
drawing.
The system prompts vary depending on the graphic you have selected.
Detail
CADWorx Plant II tab: Detail
Plant menu: Graphics > Details
Command line: DETAILS
Opens the Details dialog box, which allows you to select a detail graphic for placement in the
drawing.

Details Dialog Box

Displays the detail graphics that are currently defined in the software.
Preview
Each details graphic is based on an AutoCAD drawing file. Graphics drawing files are
The table below lists the detail graphics that display in the Details dialog box by default. The
table also includes the name of the AutoCAD drawing that define the graphical representation,
Detail Graphic Name AutoCAD Drawing Name Function Name
Head D1S.dwg Prompt 1
Head w/ Attrib D2S.dwg Prompt 2
Head w/ 2Attrib D3S.dwg Prompt 3
Mark w/ Attrib D4S.dwg Prompt 7
Mark w 2Attrib D5S.dwg Prompt 8
Place a detail graphic

1. Click Detail . Alternatively, type Details on the command line and then press ENTER.
In CADWorx Steel Professional, click Steel > Graphics > Detail.
The Details dialog box appears.
drawing.

Plan
CADWorx Plant II tab: Plan
Plant menu: Graphics > Plans
Command line: PLANS
Opens the Plans dialog box, which allows you to select a plan graphic for placement in the
drawing.
Plans Dialog Box

Displays the plan graphics that are currently defined in the software.
Preview
Each plan graphic is based on an AutoCAD drawing file. Graphics drawing files are
The table below lists the plan graphics that display in the Plans dialog box by default. The table
also includes the name of the AutoCAD drawing that define the graphical representation, as well
as the name of the function used for placement. Each function carries with it a specific set of
prompts that you must follow to place the specific graphic in the drawing. For more information,
see System Prompts (on page 299).
Plan Graphic Name AutoCAD Drawing Name Function Name
Head P1S.dwg Prompt 1
Head w/ Attrib P2S.dwg Prompt 2
Head w/ 2Attrib P3S.dwg Prompt 3
Place a plan graphic

1. Click Plan . Alternatively, type PLANS on the command line and then press ENTER.
In CADWorx Steel Professional, click Steel > Graphics > Plan.
The Plans dialog box appears.
drawing.

Instrument
CADWorx Plant II tab: Instrument
Plant menu: Graphics > Instruments
Command line: INSTRUMENTS
Opens the Instruments dialog box, which allows you to select an instrument graphic for
placement in the drawing.
Instruments Dialog Box

Displays the instrument graphics that are currently defined in the software.
Preview
Each instrument graphic is based on an AutoCAD drawing file. Graphics drawing files are
The table below lists the instrument graphics that display in the Instruments dialog box by
default. The table also includes the name of the AutoCAD drawing that define the graphical
representation, as well as the name of the function used for placement. Each function carries
with it a specific set of prompts that you must follow to place the specific graphic in the drawing.
For more information, see System Prompts (on page 299).
Instrument Graphic Name AutoCAD Drawing Name Function Name
2 Attrib Local F1S.dwg Prompt 10
3 Attrib Local F2S.dwg Prompt 11
2 Attrib Board F3S.dwg Prompt 12
Place an instrument graphic

1. Click Instrument . Alternatively, type INSTRUMENTS on the command line and then
press ENTER.
In CADWorx Steel Professional, click Steel > Graphics > Instrument.
The Instruments dialog box appears.
drawing.

Elevation
CADWorx Plant II tab: Elevation
Plant menu: Graphics > Elevations
Command line: ELEVATIONS
Opens the Elevations dialog box, which allows you to select an elevation graphic for placement
in the drawing.
Elevations Dialog Box
Displays the elevation graphics that are currently defined in the software.
Preview
Each elevation graphic is based on an AutoCAD drawing file. Graphics drawing files are
The table below lists the elevation graphics that display in the Elevations dialog box by default.
The table also includes the name of the AutoCAD drawing that define the graphical
Elevation Graphic Name AutoCAD Drawing Name Function Name
Head E1S.dwg Prompt 1
Head w/ Attrib E2S.dwg Prompt 2
Head w/ 2Attrib E3S.dwg Prompt 3
Generic Head L1S.dwg Prompt 9
Place an elevation graphic

1. Click Elevation . Alternatively, type ELEVATIONS on the command line and then press
ENTER.
In CADWorx Steel Professional, click Steel > Graphics > Elevation.
The Elevations dialog box appears.
drawing.

Arrow
CADWorx Plant II tab: Arrow
Plant menu: Graphics > Arrows
Command line: ARROWS
Opens the Arrows dialog box, which allows you to select an arrow head graphic for placement
in the drawing.
Arrows Dialog Box

Displays the arrow head graphics that are currently defined in the software.
Preview
Each arrow head graphic is based on an AutoCAD drawing file. Graphics drawing files
are delivered to [Product Folder]\Support. You can modify any graphical representation to fit
your specific project requirements. You can also create additional graphics, and add them to the
The table below lists the arrow head graphics that display in the Arrows dialog box by default.
The table also includes the name of the AutoCAD drawing that defines the graphical
Arrow Graphic Name AutoCAD Drawing Name Function Name
North N1S.dwg Prompt 14
Prevailing N2S.dwg Prompt 12
Model Iso North N3S.dwg Prompt 12
Paper Iso North N4S.dwg Prompt 14
Small A1S.dwg Prompt 12
Medium A2S.dwg Prompt 12
Large A3S.dwg Prompt 12
Place an arrow head graphic

1. Click Arrow . Alternatively, type ARROWS on the command line and then press ENTER.
In CADWorx Steel Professional, click Steel > Graphics > Arrow.
The Arrows dialog box appears.


drawing.
Weld
CADWorx Plant II tab: Weld
Plant menu: Graphics > Weld
Command line: WELDS
Opens the Weld Symbols dialog box, which allows you to select a weld symbol graphic for
placement in the drawing.
Weld Symbols Dialog Box

Displays the weld symbol graphics that are currently defined in the software.
Preview
Each weld symbol graphic is based on an AutoCAD drawing file. Graphics drawing files
are delivered to [Product Folder]\Support. You can modify any graphical representation to fit
The table below lists the weld symbol graphics that display in the Weld Symbols dialog box by
default. The table also includes the name of the AutoCAD drawing that defines the graphical
Weld Symbol Graphic Name AutoCAD Drawing Name Function Name
Leader W1X.dwg Prompt 16
Fillet W2X.dwg Prompt 17
Weld Around W3X.dwg Prompt 18
Field Weld W4X.dwg Prompt 17
Back W5X.dwg Prompt 17
Square W6X.dwg Prompt 17

V Groove W7X.dwg Prompt 17
Bevel W8X.dwg Prompt 17
U Groove W9X.dwg Prompt 17
J Groove W10X.dwg Prompt 17
V Flare W11X.dwg Prompt 17
Flare Bevel W12X.dwg Prompt 17
Flush Small W14X.dwg Prompt 17
Flush Large W15X.dwg Prompt 17
Convex Small W16X.dwg Prompt 17
Convex Medium W17X.dwg Prompt 17
Convex Large W18X.dwg Prompt 17
Backing W19X.dwg Prompt 19
Spacer W20X.dwg Prompt 19
Plug W13X.dwg Prompt 17
Place a weld symbol graphic

1. Click Weld . Alternatively, type WELDS on the command line and then press ENTER.
In CADWorx Steel Professional, click Steel > Graphics > Weld.
The Welds dialog box appears.
drawing.

ISO
CADWorx Plant II tab: ISO
Plant menu: Graphics > ISO
Command line: ISOS
Opens the Isometric Symbols dialog box, which allows you to select an isometric symbol
graphic for placement in the drawing.
Isometric Symbols Dialog Box

Displays the isometric symbol graphics that are currently defined in the software.
Preview
Each isometric symbols graphic is based on an AutoCAD drawing file. Graphics drawing
files are delivered to [Product Folder]\Support. You can modify any graphical representation to fit
The table below lists the isometric symbol graphics that display in the Isometric Symbols
dialog box by default. The table also includes the name of the AutoCAD drawing that defines the
graphical representation, as well as the name of the function used for placement. Each function
carries with it a specific set of prompts that you must follow to place the specific graphic in the
drawing. For more information, see System Prompts (on page 299).
Isometric Symbol Display Name AutoCAD Drawing Name Function Name
Adjustable Base Ell Adjustable_Base_Ell.dwg Prompt 20
Angle Angle.dwg Prompt 20
Arrow1 Arrow1.dwg Prompt 20
Base Support Base_Support.dwg Prompt 20
Channel Channel.dwg Prompt 20
Column Column.dwg Prompt 20
Column Knee Brace Column_Knee_Brace.dwg Prompt 20
DummyLeg DummyLeg.dwg Prompt 20

Floorwall Penetration Floorwall_Penetration.dwg Prompt 20
Grating Penetration1 Grating_Penetration_1.dwg Prompt 20
Hanger Clamp Hanger_Clamp.dwg Prompt 20
Hanger Clamp 1 Hanger_Clamp_2.dwg Prompt 20
Hanger Clevis Hanger_Clevis.dwg Prompt 20
Hanger Clevis 1 Hanger_Clevis_1.dwg Prompt 20
Insulation Saddle Insulation_Saddle.dwg Prompt 20
Knee Brace Knee_Brace.dwg Prompt 20
Pipe Clamp Pipe_Clamp.dwg Prompt 20
Pipe Shoe Extrude Pipe_Shoe_Extrude.dwg Prompt 20
Pipe Shoe Faced Pipe_Shoe_Faced.dwg Prompt 20
Spring Hanger Clamp Spring_Hanger_Clamp.dwg Prompt 20
T Support T_Support.dwg Prompt 20
Ubolt Ubolt.dwg Prompt 20
Ubolt 1 Ubolt_2.dwg Prompt 20
Wide Flange Beam WFlange_Beam.dwg Prompt 20
Place an isometric symbol graphic

1. Click ISO . Alternatively, type ISOS on the command line and then press ENTER.
In CADWorx Steel Professional, click Steel > Graphics > ISO.
The Isometric Symbol dialog box appears.
drawing.

Dots
CADWorx Plant II tab: Dots
Plant menu: Graphics > Dots
Command line: DOTS
Opens the Dots dialog box, which allows you to select a weld dot graphic for placement in the
drawing.
Dots Dialog Box
Displays the weld dot graphics that are currently defined in the software.
Preview
Each weld dot graphic is based on an AutoCAD drawing file. Graphics drawing files are
The table below lists the weld dot graphics that display in the Dots dialog box by default. The
Dots Graphic Name AutoCAD Drawing Name Function Name
Head S1.dwg Prompt 1
Head w/ Attrib S2.dwg Prompt 2
Head w/ 2Attrib S3.dwg Prompt 3
End w/ Attrib S4.dwg Prompt 4
End w 2Attrib S5.dwg Prompt 5
End S6.dwg Prompt 6
Middle S7.dwg Prompt 6
Place a weld dot graphic

1. Click Dots . Alternatively, type DOTS on the command line and then press ENTER.
In CADWorx Steel Professional, click Steel > Graphics > Dots.
The Dots dialog box appears.
drawing.

Misc
CADWorx Plant II tab: Misc
Plant menu: Graphics > Misc
Command line: MISC
Opens the Miscellaneous dialog box, which allows you to select a graphic for placement in the
drawing.
Miscellaneous Dialog Box

Displays the set of miscellaneous graphics that are currently defined in the software.
Preview
Each listed graphic is based on an AutoCAD drawing file. Graphics drawing files are
The table below lists the graphics that display in the Miscellaneous dialog box by default. The
Sections Graphic Name AutoCAD Drawing Name Function Name
Small Circle M1S.dwg Prompt 15
Small Hexagon M2S.dwg Prompt 15
Small Square M3S.dwg Prompt 15
Small Rev M4S.dwg Prompt 15
Large Circle M5S.dwg Prompt 15
Large Hexagon M6S.dwg Prompt 15
Large Square M7S.dwg Prompt 15
Large Rev M8S.dwg Prompt 15

Place a miscellaneous graphic

1. Click Misc . Alternatively, type MISC on the command line and then press ENTER.
In CADWorx Steel Professional, click Steel > Graphics > Misc.
The Miscellaneous dialog box appears.
drawing.
Flange O.D.
CADWorx Plant II tab: Flange O.D.
Pipe Ends toolbar: Flange O.D.

Command line: ENDFLG
Draws a circle around the diameter of the selected flange at the size and specification currently
defined for the drawing. The circle, which represents the end view of a flange, is placed at the
center of the selected point.
The resulting circle has centerlines that are on the default CL layer.
Insert a flange O.D.

1. Click Flange O.D. . Alternatively, type ENDFLG on the command line and then press
ENTER.
Pick point for 4"-150 flange O.D.
2. Pick a point in the drawing.
The software places a flange O.D. symbol at the specified location.
3. Repeat step 2 as necessary. When finished, press ENTER to exit the command.
Plain End
CADWorx Plant II tab: Plain End
Pipe Ends toolbar: Plain End
Command line: ENDPLAIN
Draws a circle around the diameter of the selected pipe at the size and specification currently
defined for the drawing. The circle, which represents the end view of a pipe, is placed at the
center of the selected point.

Insert a plain end

1. Click Plain End . Alternatively, type ENDPLAIN on the command line and then press
ENTER.
Pick point for 4"-150 baseball.
The software places a plain end symbol at the specified location.
Hidden End
CADWorx Plant II tab: Hidden End
Pipe Ends toolbar: Hidden End
Command line: ENDHIDDEN
Draws a circle around the diameter of the selected pipe at the size and specification currently
defined for the drawing. The circle, which represents the end view of a pipe, is drawn with a
hidden line type and placed at the center of the selected point.
Insert a hidden end

1. Click Hidden End . Alternatively, type ENDHIDDEN on the command line and then press
ENTER.
The software places a hidden end symbol at the specified location.
Pipe End
CADWorx Plant II tab: Pipe End
Pipe Ends toolbar: Pipe End
Command line: ENDPIPE
Places a baseball at the center of the selected point. The size and the layer of the baseball are
determined by the current defined specification.
Insert a pipe end

1. Click Pipe End . Alternatively, type ENDPIPE on the command line and then press
ENTER.
The software places a pipe end symbol at the specified location.

SECTION 15
Layers Panel
CADWorx Plant II tab: Layers
Change Layer - Changes an objects layer to the layer LAYERCHANGE

associated with another object that you select. For more
information, see Change Layer (on page 316).
Set Layer - Sets the current layer to that of an object that LAYERSET
you select. For more information, see Set Layer (on page
316).
Delete Layer - Removes all of the entities on the layer LAYERDELETE

associated with an entity that you select. For more
information, see Delete Layer (on page 316).
Layer Off - Turns off the layer associated with an entity LAYEROFF
that you select. For more information, see Layer Off (on
page 317).
On - Turns a layer back on that was turned off with the LAYERON
Layer Off command. For more information, see Layer On
(on page 317).
Match Layer - Changes an objects properties to match MATCH

those of another object that you select. For more
information, see Match Layer (on page 317).
Isolate Layer - Turns off all layers except for the layer LAYERISOLATE
associated with an entity that you select. For more
information, see Isolate Layer (on page 318).
Un-isolate Layer - Turns all of the layers back on that LAYERUNISO

were turned off with the Isolate Layer command. For more
information, see Un-Isolate Layer (on page 318).
Previous - Sets the current layer back to the previous layer LAYERRESTORE
when you have placed dimensioning or text. For more
information, see Previous (on page 318).

Layers Panel
Change Layer
CADWorx Plant II tab: Layers > Change Layer
Plant menu: Utility > Layer Control > Change
Command line: LAYERCHANGE
Changes an objects layer to the layer associated with another object that you select. You can
select the objects to change individually or with a fence.
Change the layer associated with an object

1. Click Change Layer .
2. Select the objects whose layer you want to change.
3. Select additional object to change layers, or press ENTER to end the selection process.
4. Select an object on the layer to which you want to move the objects.
The software moves the selected object to the new layer.
Set Layer
CADWorx Plant II tab: Layers > Set Layer
Plant menu: Utility > Layer Control > Set
Command line: LAYERSET
Sets the current layer to that of an object that you select. You must select an individual object.
Set the active layer

1. Click Set Layer .
2. Select the objects whose layer you want to be the active layer.
The software sets the active layer to that of the selected object.
Delete Layer
CADWorx Plant II tab: Layers > Delete Layer
Plant menu: Utility > Layer Control > Delete
Command line: LAYERDELETE
Removes all of the entities on the layer associated with an entity that you select. For example,
you can delete all the entities, such as lines, text, and so on, on layer 0. You must select an
individual entity.
If you select the VIEWL layer, the software displays a warning message. Deleting the VIEWL
layer deletes a block named CPM which the software inserts when beginning a new drawing.
This block contains information (sizes, specification, and so on) that are used when opening an
existing drawing. If you delete this layer, this information is not available for the next drawing
session. You can re-enter this information.

Layers Panel
Delete a layer
1. Click Delete Layer .
2. Select the object whose layer you want to delete.
The software deletes the layer associated with the selected object.
Layer Off
CADWorx Plant II tab: Layers > Layer Off
Plant menu: Utility > Layer Control > Off
Command line: LAYEROFF
Turns off the layer associated with an entity that you select. You must select an Individual entity.
Turn off a layer

1. Click Layer Off .
2. Select the object whose layer you want to turn off.
The software turns off the display of the layer associated with the selected object.
Layer On
CADWorx Plant II tab: Layers > Layer On
Plant menu: Utility > Layer Control > On
Command line: LAYERON
Turns a layer back on that was turned off with the Layer Off command. For more information,
see Layer Off (on page 317). No selection is required.
Redisplay a layer turned off by the Layer Off command

Click Layer On .
The software redisplays the layer.
Match Layer
CADWorx Plant II tab: Layers > Match Layer
Plant menu: Utility > Layer Control > Match
Command line: MATCH
Changes an objects layer to match that of another object that you select.
Match an object's layer

1. Click Match Layer .
2. Select the objects whose layer you want to change. Press ENTER to end the selection.
3. Select an object on the layer that you want to match.
The software changes the layer of the objects.

Layers Panel
Isolate Layer
CADWorx Plant II tab: Layers > Isolate Layer
Plant menu: Utility > Layer Control > Isolate
Command line: LAYERISOLATE
Turns off all layers except for the layer associated with an entity that you select.
Display only the layer associated with an object

1. Click Isolate Layer .
2. Select an object on the layer to isolate.
The software turns off all layers except for the layer associated with the selected object.
Un-Isolate Layer
CADWorx Plant II tab: Layers > Un-Isolate Layer
Plant menu: Utility > Layer Control > Un-Isolate
Command line: LAYERUNISO
Turns all of the layers on. No selection is required.
Turn on all layers

Click Un-Isolate Layer .
The software turns on display for all layers.
Previous
Plant menu: Utility > Layer Control > Previous
Command line: LAYERRESTORE
Sets the current layer back to the previous layer when you have placed dimensioning or text.
This command is only available after these two items are placed. This command does not
restore a previous layer that has been changed with the Layer or Ddlmodes commands.

SECTION 16
Restraints Panel
CADWorx Plant II tab: Restraints
The types of restraints used with CADWorx Plant are listed in the table below.
Reinforcing Pad - Inserts intelligent information indicating a REINFPAD
reinforcement pad. For more information, see Reinforcing Pad
(on page 320).
Reinforcing Saddle - Inserts intelligent information indicating REINFSAD
a reinforcement saddle. For more information, see Reinforcing
Saddle (on page 320).
Translational - Creates a translational-type restraint. For TRANSLATIONAL
more information, see Translational (on page 321).
Anchor - Creates an anchor-type restraint. For more ANCHOR
information, see Anchor (on page 322).
Spring Hanger- Creates a spring hanger-type restraint. For SPRING
more information, see Spring Hanger (on page 322).
Rotational - Creates a rotational-type restraint. For more ROTATIONAL
information, see Rotational (on page 323).
Snubber - Creates a snubber-type restraint. For more SNUBBER
information, see Snubber (on page 323).
Guide - Creates a guide-type restraint. For more information, GUIDE
see Guide (on page 324).
Restraints appear on the drawing in a symbolic format. You can modify the symbol shape that
appears on the output drawing by editing the restraint drawing file. These drawing files are
delivered to the [Product Folder]\Support folder. If necessary, a restraint symbol can be re-
drawn as a three-dimensional shape. In these instances, you must maintain the base of the
restraint at 0,0,0 and the direction of the restraint at 0 degrees.
The restraint is used in the bi-directional link with CAESAR II. The position of the restraint is
important for the evaluation of the stress model within CAESAR II. For example, you can
position a rotational restraint at any vector.
The CAESARIITolerance (on page 38) variable is useful when the bi-directional process
encounters a problem locating a restraint along a pipe line, especially if the pipe line is
sloped.
All supports drawn using the Restraint commands in CADWorx Plant are exported as guides
to Isogen. To export a different symbol to Isogen, use the Isogen Data Dialog Box (on page
89) to change the SKEY. Acceptable SKEY values are: Four blank characters, ANCH,
DUCK, GUID, SKID, SPRG, and HANG. For information about the sample Isogen shapes
used with these SKEYS, see the Isogen Symbol Keys Reference Guide, which you can find
in [Product Folder]Plant\Isogen\I-Configure\resdlls\0009.
You can also use the Isogen Data dialog box to change the support direction.

Restraints Panel
Reinforcing Pad
CADWorx Plant II tab: Restraints > Reinforcing Pad
Misc toolbar: Reinforcing Pad

Command line: REINFPAD
Attaches a reinforcement pad to a branch connection. On the drawing, the reinforcement pad is
represented by the alpha-identifier P. This symbolic letter has Xdata attached to it that is used in
Bill of Material generation and with the CAESAR II bi-directional link.
For information about showing reinforcement pads on an Isogen isometric drawing, see
Offset Tap (on page 244).
Insert a reinforcement pad

1. Click Reinforcing Pad on the Restraints panel.
3. Select the branch pipe component.
4. Type the thickness of the reinforcement pad on the command line, and press ENTER.
5. Type the required value on the command line, and press ENTER.
The software places the reinforcement pad and notates the drawing with the reinforcing pad
alpha-identifier.
Reinforcing Saddle
CADWorx Plant II tab: Restraints > Reinforcing Saddle
Misc toolbar: Reinforcing Saddle

Command line: REINFSAD
Attaches a reinforcement saddle to a branch connection. On the drawing, the reinforcement
saddle is represented by the alpha-identifier S. This symbolic letter has Xdata attached to it that
is used in Bill of Material generation and with the CAESAR II bi-directional link.

Restraints Panel
Insert a reinforcement saddle

1. Click Reinforcing Saddle on the Restraints panel.
3. Select the branch run of the component.
4. Type the thickness of the reinforcement saddle on the command line, and press ENTER.
The software places the reinforcement saddle and notates the drawing with the reinforcing
saddle alpha-identifier.
Translational
CADWorx Plant II tab: Restraints > Translational
Restraints toolbar: Translational

Command line: TRANSLATIONAL
Creates a translational-type restraint.
This type of restraint appears on the drawing in a symbolic format.
Place a translational restraint

1. Click Translational on the Restraints panel.
2. Click where you want the transitional placed.
4. Type a numerical value on the command line, and press ENTER.
The transitional is placed in the drawing.

Restraints Panel
Anchor
CADWorx Plant II tab: Restraints > Anchor
Restraints toolbar: Anchor

Command line: ANCHOR
Creates an anchor-type restraint.
Place an anchor
1. Click Anchor on the Restraints panel.
2. Click where you want the anchor placed.
The anchor is placed in the drawing.
Spring Hanger
CADWorx Plant II tab: Restraints > Spring Hanger
Restraints toolbar: Spring Hanger

Command line: SPRING
Creates a spring hanger-type restraint.
Place a spring hanger

1. Click Spring Hanger on the Restraints panel.
2. Click where you want the spring hanger placed.
The spring hanger is placed in the drawing.

Restraints Panel
Rotational
CADWorx Plant II tab: Restraints > Rotational
Restraints toolbar: Rotational
Command line: ROTATIONAL
Creates a rotational-type restraint.
Place a rotational restraint

1. Click Rotational on the Restraints panel.
2. Click where you want the restraint placed.
The restraint is placed in the drawing.
Snubber
CADWorx Plant II tab: Restraints > Snubber
Restraints toolbar: Snubber

Command line: SNUBBER
Creates a snubber-type restraint.
Place a snubber
1. Click Snubber on the Restraints panel.
2. Click where you want the snubber placed.
The snubber is placed in the drawing.

Restraints Panel
Guide
CADWorx Plant II tab: Restraints > Guide
Restraints toolbar: Guide

Command line: GUIDE
Creates a guide-type restraint.
Place a guide
1. Click Guide on the Restraints panel.
2. Click where you want the guide placed.
The guide is placed in the drawing.

SECTION 17
UCS Panel
CADWorx Plant II tab: UCS
Flat - Places the current user coordinate system in the flat VIEWFLAT
position. For more information, see Flat (on page 328).
Next - Places the current user coordinate system in the next UCSNEXT
position. For more information, see UCS Next (on page
328).
Compass - Displays a compass-type symbol that indicates COMPASS

the Point and Shoot orientation. For more information, see
Compass (on page 328).
North - Places the current user coordinate system in the VIEWNORTH

north position. For more information, see North (on page
329).
South - Places the current user coordinate system in the VIEWSOUTH

south position. For more information, see South (on page
329).
East - Places the current user coordinate system in the east VIEWEAST
position. For more information, see East (on page 330).
West - Places the current user coordinate system in the VIEWWEST

west position. For more information, see West (on page
330).
UCS Object - Orients the current user coordinate system UCS

according to an object that you select. For more information,
see UCS Object (on page 331).
Point and Shoot UCS

AutoCAD allows you to manipulate the X, Y, Z coordinate system UCS (user coordinate
system). You must be familiar with the Point and Shoot system of manipulating the UCS.
The UCSICON option needs to be On (visible) and set to Origin. This lets you see exactly
where the icon is at all times. Although it isnt necessary, it is highly recommended that it be
somewhere on the centerline of the components you are drawing. This keeps everything in the
same plane. If you must turn into another plane, use the UCS NEXT command, or choose the
appropriate plane (North, South, East, West, or Flat) and place the icon on the centerline of the
new plane.

UCS Panel
If you cannot see the rubber band effect, or if it doesnt appear correctly, you are out of plane.
Pay attention to the icon as it shows where you are. If the broken pencil icon appears, and there
are strange lines on the screen instead of pipe and components, your current plane is
perpendicular to the viewpoint. Use the Undo command, or change the viewpoint.
When dimensioning or annotating an isometric or 3D model, place the UCS icon on a node or a
centerline on the run you are working on. The text has the same orientation as the icon.
Xtext
Rotates the UCS 180 degrees along the X-axis. When you view a model from the bottom
side using a view point with a negative angle from the X-Y plane, text and dimension
placement is upside down and backwards. This option rotates the X-axis of the UCS to
remedy this. Text and dimensions are then placed in the proper orientation for viewing and
plotting. If you change from a negative to positive angle from the X-Y view point, you must
replace the text for the proper orientation.
Ztext
Rotates the UCS 180 degrees along the Z-axis. When viewing a model from the back side
using a view point with a 0 to 180 degree angle in the X-Y plane from the X axis, text and
dimension placement is upside down and backwards. This option rotates the Z-axis of the
UCS to remedy this. Text and dimensions are then placed in the proper orientation for
viewing and plotting. If you change to a rear view position (180 - 360 degree angle in the X-
Y plane from the X-axis), you must replace the text for the proper orientation.
Elevation
Sets the elevation to the present UCS. This command does not set the depth in a North,
South, East, or West plane. Setting an elevation of 10' (when the present elevation is 0')
raises the UCS to 10' regardless of the position.
Rotate
Rotates the present UCS around the X-, Y-, and Z-axes. For example, rotating the UCS to
45 degrees after inserting a 45 degree elbow allows you to place other components in line
with the 45 degree elbow.
COordinate
Specifies an exact X, Y, Z-coordinate in relation to the WCS (world coordinate system).
CLip
Clips the view at the present plane set by the UCS. This plane can be established with the
Point and Shoot UCS options or any three-point UCS position. The plane can be skewed at
any angle.
On
Turns on view clipping with clipping distances as set by the Back and Front options.
Off
Turns off view clipping.
Back
Sets the distance to the back of the clipping area. This value must be a negative number. If
this value is positive, it can clip past the front clipping area and leave nothing in the view.

UCS Panel
Front
Sets the distance to the front of the clipping area. This value must be a positive number. If
this value is negative, it can clip past the back clipping area and leave nothing in the view.
The CLip option is also available as the command VIEWCLIP.
Pick point
Moves the 0,0,0 user base to a point you select. Press Enter to keep the UCS at the same
origin but switch to a new plane. For example, press Enter to change from the north plate to
a west plane.
You must enter other UCS positions with AutoCADs UCS command. Two extremely useful
options in this command are the OBject and 3 Point. Leave the UCSICON on and set to origin
when using any method of rearranging the UCS.
If you select a point close to the screens edge, and the UCS icon is on and set to origin,
the icon may not remain at this point. AutoCAD requires that the whole icon be visible and
places the icon in the lower left corner of the screen. If this happens, zoom out a little or pan
toward the new UCS position.

UCS Panel
Flat
CADWorx Plant II tab: UCS > Flat
UCS toolbar: Flat
Plant menu: UCS > Flat
Command line: VIEWFLAT
Places the current user coordinate system in the flat position.
UCS Next
UCS toolbar: Next
Plant menu: UCS > UCS Next
Command line: UCSNEXT
Toggles through each of the Point and Shoot UCS positions.
Compass
UCS toolbar: Compass
Command line: COMPASS
Displays a compass-type symbol that indicates the Point and Shoot orientation. The symbol
displays at the point you select.
As the display's orientation changes, the symbol changes accordingly.

The aliases VF, VN, VS, VE, and VW are also available.

UCS Panel
North
CADWorx Plant II tab: UCS > North
UCS toolbar: North
Plant menu: UCS > North
Command line: VIEWNORTH
Places the current user coordinate system in the north position.
South
CADWorx Plant II tab: UCS > South
UCS toolbar: South

Plant menu: UCS > South
Command line: VIEWSOUTH
Places the current user coordinate system in the south position.

UCS Panel
West
CADWorx Plant II tab: UCS > West
UCS toolbar: West
Plant menu: UCS > West
Command line: VIEWWEST
Places the current user coordinate system in the west position.
East
CADWorx Plant II tab: UCS > East
UCS toolbar: East

Plant menu: UCS > East
Command line: VIEWEAST
Places the current user coordinate system in the east position.

UCS Panel
UCS Object
UCS toolbar: UCS Object
Plant menu: UCS > UCS Object
Command line: UCS
Orients the UCS according to an object that you select. Please refer to the AutoCAD
documentation on the UCS (User Coordinate System) for more detail.
This command is useful for rearranging dimensions in the model space (MSPACE) of a
CADWorx isometric model. Run this command, and then select the dimension. The software
places the UCS according to the position of the dimension allowing it to be stretched and
moved.

SECTION 18
Steel Shapes Panel

CADWorx Steel: Steel Shapes
Shape Name Command Line
Wide Flange WSHAPE
Channel CSHAPE
Angle LSHAPE
Tee TSHAPE
Pipe PSHAPE
Tube TSSHAPE
Flat Bar FBSHAPE
Round Bar RBSHAPE
Channel with Lip CLIPSHAPE
Angle with Lip LLIPSHAPE
Z ZSHAPE
Double Angle 2LSHAPE
Shapes
CADWorx Steel tab > Steel Shapes panel
Plant menu: Steel > Shapes
Command line: STEEL
Draws many different steel shapes in the drawing. When placing steel shapes, you can:
attach steel shapes to lines or you can specify the end points.
place members into the current UCS.
define the location of the centerline and the angle about the centerline.
place steel on arcs.
copy, stretch, or edit the size with the edit function.

Steel Shapes Panel
Draw Steel Dialog Box

Select Type
Select the shape to place. The drop down lists each folder defined by the
SteelLibraryDirectory (on page 48) startup variable. In each folder is a Type.ini file
specifying the member type in that folder (W, T, TS, and so forth).
Select Data File
Select the data file that contains the component to place. All the data files located in the
folder defined by the SteelLibraryDirectory (on page 48) startup variable display for
selection. You can have a mix of metric and imperial data files in the same folder. CADWorx
automatically converts the selected data file to the proper drawing units.
Select Member
You can edit the data files to have the members in any order.
Rotation Angle
Select the component rotation about the centerline. You can select 0, 90, 180, 270, or type
the needed rotation angle. Do not use AutoCAD commands (ROTATE, MIRROR,
3DROTATE) to change the rotation angle of the shape. The rotation angle of the shape can
only be set from the Draw Steel dialog box.
Pick Insertion Location
Click to select the insertion point. The red box indicates the active location.
Centerline location
Select the top, center, or bottom location of the centerline relative to the component shape.
The centerline location can only be along the three locations on the Y-axis of the
component.
Use UCS
Select to use the current UCS as the XY plane. For example, if the UCS is located in the
same plane as a slope roof, components are easily added at this angle if you select this
option. Select two points within the plane to determine the rotation automatically.
Flip Flange
Select to flip the flange to the opposite side on a steel component. This option is only
available and only displays if the steel component has a flange that can flip, such as a
channel.
Existing
Edits the existing status of the plate.
Short Annotation
Defines the short annotation name for the component. The default value is the text in the
MEMBER column of the data file up to the first "X" character.
Long Annotation
Defines the long annotation name for the component. The default value is the text in the
MEMBER column of the data file.

Steel Shapes Panel
Description
Defines the component description. The default value is the "DESCRIPTION=" value in the
data file header.
Part Number
Specifies the part number for the component. You can enter the part number yourself or use
the part number automatically assigned by the SteelPartNumberFile (on page 49) startup
variable.
Material
Specifies the material for the component. The default value is the "MATERIAL=" value in the
data file header.
Pick Points
Click to define the component by two points on the screen.
Select Lines
Click to select lines in the drawing to place the component. The length and position of the
line define the component.
Properties
Activates the Properties dialog box that you can use to edit the shape properties before
placement. For more information, see Properties Dialog Box.
User Input
Activates the User Input dialog box that you can use to create a custom-dimensioned
shape. Select a shape that is close to the size you need before clicking User Input. For
more information, see User Input Dialog Box.
Properties Dialog Box

Displays the available properties of the selected member.
The reference data file path and file name is shown at the top.
Weight
Displays the weight of the component. Select Manual Update to enter the weight yourself.
Length
Displays the length of the component. Select Manual Update to enter the length yourself.
The component length is calculated based on the shape of the solid, not the length of the
centerline. For example, if one end of the component is cut 45 degrees, the full length would
be to the very end of the 45 degree cut, not the centerline length.
The top grid displays the required properties to place the shape. Do not add to or edit the order
of these properties in the data file or the component does not place correctly in the drawing.
The bottom grid displays the optional properties. You can add or remove properties in the data
file as needed. For example, you might want to add a column in the data file for the gage
distance.

Steel Shapes Panel
User Input Dialog Box

Defines custom dimensioned components.
Dimensions
Displays the dimensions that you can define. Refer to the figure for a key of which
dimension is which.
Rotation Angle
Select the component rotation about the centerline or base point. You can select 0, 90, 180,
270, or type the needed rotation angle.
Short Annotation
Defines the short annotation name for the component.
Long Annotation
Defines the long annotation name for the component. The thickness, length, and width
dimensions are appended to the long annotation as the component is drawn and placed.
Description
Defines the component description.
Density
Defines the material density for the component.
Use the SteelLibraryDirectory (on page 48) startup variable to define the data files location
associated with the steel software. The delivered libraries are Steel_I and Steel_M. Steel_I
contains imperial unit data files using inches while Steel_M contains metric data files.
Steel channel and angle shapes cannot be modified using the AutoCAD MIRROR
command. Use Flip Flange in the dialog to mirror channel and angle shapes.
When editing shape data files, remember these rules:
Columns have to be separated by two or more spaces.
First column has to be called "MEMBER". The member name cannot have two consecutive
spaces.
Required columns have to in the exact order listed for each type of steel shape to generate
the AutoCAD solid.
All columns after the required columns are optional. These optional columns display in the
Properties dialog box for reference. The Ix (Inertia about X-axis), Iy (Inertia about Y-axis),
and J (torsion) columns might be used by the SEXPORT command when export to
CAESAR II Steel (*.str) files.
The cross sectional area (AREA) and fillet radius (R) columns are required in the data file
but are not used by the software to generate the AutoCAD solid shape. These values are
not stored with the component.
For imperial sizes:
Weight (WGT) column is in pounds per foot (lbs/ft)
Area (AREA) column is in square inches (in2)
All other required columns are in inches (in)
For metric sizes:
Weight (WGT) column is in kilograms per meter (kg/m)
Area (AREA) column is in square centimeters (cm2)
All other required columns are in millimeters (mm)

Steel Shapes Panel
Wide Flange Shapes

Data file sample (TYPE=W)
Required columns:
MEMBER - Member Name
WGT - Weight
AREA - Cross sectional Area (not used)
DEPTH - Depth
WEB_THK - Web Thickness
FLG_WIDTH - Flange Width
FLG_THK - Flange Thickness
R - Fillet Radius (not used)

Steel Shapes Panel
Channel Shapes
Data file sample (TYPE=C)
Required Columns:
WGT - Weight
WEB_THK - Web Thickness
X - Centroid location X axis (used only when SteelNeutralAxis = 0)

Steel Shapes Panel
Angle Shapes
Data file sample (TYPE=L)
Required Columns:
WGT - Weight
LEG1 - Leg 1 length
LEG2 - Leg 2 length
THK - Thickness
Y - Centroid location Y axis (used only when center line location is set to center)

Steel Shapes Panel
Tee Shapes
Data file sample (TYPE=WT)
Required Columns:
WGT - Weight
DEPTH - Depth
STEM_THK - Stem Thickness

Steel Shapes Panel
Pipe Shapes
Data file sample (Type=P)
Required Columns:
WGT - Weight
OD - Outside Diameter
WALL_THK - Wall Thickness (not used)

Steel Shapes Panel
Tube Shapes
Data file sample (Type=TS)
Required Columns:
WGT - Weight
SIDE1 - Side 1 length
SIDE2 - Side 2 length
THK - Thickness

Steel Shapes Panel
Flat Bar Shapes

Data file sample (TYPE=FB)
Required Columns:
WGT - Weight
WIDTH - Width
THK - Thickness

Steel Shapes Panel
Round Bar Shapes

Data file sample (Type=RB)
Required Columns:
WGT - Weight
OD - Outside Diameter

Steel Shapes Panel
Channel Shape with Lip

Data file sample (TYPE=C_LIP):
Required Columns:
WGT - Weight
DEPTH - Web Thickness
THK - Thickness
LIP - Lip Length

Steel Shapes Panel
Angle Shape with Lip

Data file sample (TYPE=L_LIP):
Required Columns:
WGT - Weight
LEG1 - Leg 1 length
THK - Thickness
LEG2 - Leg 2 length
LIP - Lip Length

Steel Shapes Panel
Z Shapes
Data file sample (TYPE=Z):
Columns:
WEIGHT - Weight
HEIGHT - Height
THK - Thickness
LEG1 - Leg 1 length
LIP1 - Lip 1 length (optional)
LEG2 - Leg 2 length (optional)
LIP2 - Lip 2 length (optional)
THK_LEG1 - Leg 1 thickness (optional)
THK_LEG2 - Lip 1 thickness (optional)
THK_LIP1 - Leg 2 thickness (optional)
THK_LIP2 - Lip 2 thickness (optional)

Steel Shapes Panel
Angle Double Shape

Data file sample (TYPE=2L)
Required Columns:
WGT - Weight
LEG1 - Leg 1 length
LEG2 - Leg 2 length
THK - Thickness

SECTION 19
Steel Draw Panel

CADWorx Steel tab: Steel Draw
Plate - Places plates in the drawing. For more information, SPLATE

see Plate (on page 349).
Base Plate - Places base plates in free space or at the SBPLATE

end of a member. For more information, see Base Plate
(on page 352).
Steel Bolt - Places a bolt in the drawing. For more BTSHAPE

information, see Steel Bolts (on page 355).
Set Size by Component - Sets the steel size by selecting COMP2STEEL

an existing component in the model. For more information,
see Set Size by Component (on page 358).
Generic Attach - Attaches information to any generic SGENERICD

Steel - Generic Attachment (on page 358).
User Shape - Places a component using a custom user SUSER

shape. For more information, see User Shape (on page
360).
Loft - Creates loft steel components. For more SLOFT

information, see Loft (on page 362).
Steel Single Line - Places steel single line components in SLS

the drawing. For more information, see Single Line Steel
(on page 363).
Frame Creation - Creates intelligent frames that they can SFRAME

use to build structural steel models. For more information,
see Steel - Frame Creation (on page 372).
Annotate - Annotates and dimensions frame lines. For SFRAMEANOT

more information, see Frame Annotation (on page 375).
Ladder - Places ladders, with or without cages, in the SLADDER

drawing. For more information, see Ladder (on page 376).

Steel Draw Panel
Hand Rail - Places hand rails in the drawing. For more SHRAIL
information, see Handrail (on page 380).
Stair - Places stairs in the drawing. For more information, SSTAIR

see Stair (on page 382).
Plate
CADWorx Steel tab: Steel Draw > Plate
Steel toolbar: Plate
Plant menu: Steel > Plate

Command line: SPLATE
Creates plates in the model using existing shapes or by specifying a minimum of three plate
corners. You define the extrusion direction after selecting the shape or defining the corners.
Use the SteelLibraryDirectory (on page 48) startup variable to define plate data files location.
The delivered libraries are Steel_I and Steel_M. Steel_I contains imperial unit data files using
inches while Steel_M contains metric data files.
Draw Plate Dialog Box

Select Data File
Select Member
Existing
Short Annotation
Defines the short annotation name for the plate. The default value is the text in the
Long Annotation
Defines the long annotation name for the plate. The default value is the text in the MEMBER
column of the data file.
Description
Defines the plate description. The default value is the "DESCRIPTION=" value in the data
file header.

Steel Draw Panel
Part Member
Specifies the part number for the plate. You can enter the part number yourself or use the
part number automatically assigned by the SteelPartNumberFile (on page 49) startup
variable.
Material
Specifies the material for the plate. The default value is the "MATERIAL=" value in the data
file header.
Length
Displays the length of the plate computed by finding a bounding box around the plate
aligned along an alignment axis. The alignment axis through the plate is the axis formed by
the long segment of the polyline used to create the plate.
Width
Displays the width of the plate computed by finding a bounding box around the plate aligned
along an alignment axis. The alignment axis through the plate is the axis formed by the long
segment of the polyline used to create the plate.
Weight
Displays the weight of the plate. Select Manual Update to enter the value yourself.
Manual Update
Select this option to manually specify the plate weight in the Weight box. Clear this option to
have the software compute the plate weight using the shape and the weight defined in the
data file.
Insert Location
Select the centerline location for the plate. This option is only available when editing an
existing plate in the model.
Pick Points
Click to define the plates by its corners.
Select Lines
Click to define the plate using an existing closed polyline shape.
Select Curves
Click to define the plate using an existing closed curved shape.

Place plate by points (on page 351)
Place plate by closed polyline (on page 351)
Place plate by curves (on page 351)

Steel Draw Panel
Place plate by points

1. On the Steel Draw panel, click Plate .
You can also type SPLATE in the command line.
The Draw Plate dialog box displays.
2. In the Select Data File box, select Structural Plate.
3. Select the plate to place in the Select Member list.
4. Edit the Details boxes as needed.
5. Click Pick points.
6. Define the first corner location of the plate.
7. Continue to define the corners of the plate. When you are finished, right-click and then
select Enter on the menu.
8. Select Positive or Negative from the context menu.
You can also press ENTER for positive Z direction or press N for negative.
Place plate by closed polyline

5. Click Select line(s).
6. Select an existing closed polyline shape in the model.
7. Right-click and, then select Positive or Negative from the context menu.
You can also press ENTER for positive Z direction or press N for negative.
Place plate by curves

5. Click Select curve(s).
6. Select the existing curves in the model.

Steel Draw Panel
7. Right-click.
8. Enter the width distance for the plate.
9. Click in the model to indicate which direction to apply the width.
10. Select Bottom, Center, or Top for the insertion location.
Base Plate
CADWorx Steel tab: Steel Draw > Base Plate
Steel toolbar: Base Plate
Plant menu: Steel > Base Plate

Command line: SBPLATE
Places base plates in open space or attached to the end of a steel member. CADWorx
automatically copes the steel member with the base plate.
Base Plate Dialog Box

Select Data File
Select Member
Details
Existing
Short annotation
Long annotation
Description
file header.
Part number
variable.

Steel Draw Panel
Material
file header.
Weight
Displays the weight of the plate. The software automatically subtracts the material weight
removed by any holes from the plate weight. Select Manual Update to enter the value
yourself.
Manual Update
data file.
Plate Dimensions
Length
Width
Rotation
Specifies the rotation angle for the plate placement.
X offset
Specifies the X-axis offset from the plate centroid.
Y offset
Specifies the Y-axis offset from the plate centroid.
Hole Dimensions
On/Off
Select this option to place holes in the base plate. Clear this option to place a plate without
holes.
Row count
Enter the number of hole rows.
Row spacing
Enter the distance between the hole rows measured from the center of the holes.
Column count
Enter the number of hole columns.

Steel Draw Panel
Column spacing
Enter the distance between the hole columns measured from the center of the holes.
Diameter
Enter the diameter of the hole.
Rotation
Enter the angle at which to rotate the hole rows and columns within the base plate.
Slotted length
Enter a distance to create an elongated hole. This distance is measured from the hole
center.
X offset
Specifies the X-axis offset for the holes. Holes places at zero offset are at the base plate
center.
Y offset
Specifies the Y-axis offset for the holes. Holes places at zero offset are at the base plate
center.
Pick Point
Click to place the base plate.

Place a base plate (on page 354)
Place a base plate with holes (on page 355)
Place a base plate

1. On the Steel Draw panel, click Base Plate .
You can also type SBPLATE in the command line.
The Steel Base Plates dialog box displays.
5. Edit the Plate dimensions boxes as needed.
6. Clear the On/Off option to place the base plate without holes.
7. Click Pick point.
The prompt Specify center base point displays.
8. Define the location for the base plate center.
9. Continue to define the locations for addition base plates as needed.

Steel Draw Panel
Place a base plate with holes

1. On the Steel Draw panel, click Base Plate .
You can also type SBPLATE in the command line.
The Steel Base Plates dialog box displays.
5. Edit the Plate dimensions boxes as needed.
6. Select the On/Off option to place the base plate with holes.
7. Enter the values for the hole dimensions and locations.
8. Click Pick point.
The prompt Specify center base point displays.
9. Define the location for the base plate center.
10. Continue to define the locations for addition base plates as needed.
Steel Bolts
CADWorx Steel tab: Steel Draw > Steel Bolts
Command line: BTSHAPE
Draws bolts in the drawing. You can place bolt shapes on lines, or you can specify the end
points.
Select Type
Select Data File
Select Member
Rotation Angle

Steel Draw Panel

Centerline location
component.
Use UCS
Flip Flange
channel.
Existing
Short Annotation
Long Annotation
Description
data file header.
Part Number
variable.
Material
data file header.
Pick Points
Select Lines
Properties

Steel Draw Panel
User Input

Weight
Length
distance.
Dimensions
dimension is which.
Rotation Angle
Short Annotation
Long Annotation
Description
Density
Use the SteelLibraryDirectory (on page 48) startup variable to define the data files location
associated with the steel software. The delivered libraries are Steel_I and Steel_M. Steel_I
contains imperial unit data files using inches while Steel_M contains metric data files.

Steel Draw Panel
Set Size by Component

CADWorx Steel tab: Steel Draw > Set Size by Component
Steel toolbar: Set Size by Component
Plant menu: Steel > Utility > Set Size by Component

In CADWorx Steel Professional, Set Size by Component is located under Steel menu >
Utility > Set Size by Component.
Command line: COMP2STEEL
Sets the steel size by selecting an existing component in the model.
1. On the Steel Draw panel, click Set Size by Component .

2. Select an existing component in the model that has the size that you want to use.
Steel - Generic Attachment

CADWorx Steel tab: Steel Draw > Generic Attach
Plant menu: Steel > Utility > Generic Attach
In CADWorx Steel Professional, Generic Attach is located under Steel menu > Utility >
Generic Attach.
Command line: SGENERICD
information on a beam and have it reflect the CG correctly, draw a centerline and pick MIDpoint
or NEArest to the end of the centerline or the exact known location.
Generic Attach (Create/Edit) Dialog Box

Controls parameters for attaching information to generic AutoCAD objects.
Long Annotation
Specifies the long annotation for the component, such as W6X25.
Description
Specifies the description for the component, such as Wide Flange.
Short Annotation
Specifies the short annotation for the component, such as W6.
Part number
Specifies the part number for the component, such as 12345.

Steel Draw Panel
Material
Specifies the material for the component, such as ASTM A-36.
Length
Specifies the length of the component. Any real number is valid.
Weight
Specifies the weight of the component. Any real number is valid.
BOM Mark Point
Specify On-screen
X
Y
Z
CG Location
Specify On-screen
X
to zero.
Y
to zero.
Z
to zero.
1. On the Steel Draw panel, click Generic Attach .

You can also type SGENERICD in the command line.
The Generic Attach (Create) dialog box displays.
2. Enter the information to attach in the appropriate boxes.
3. Click Attach.
4. Select the non CADWorx object to attach the information.
5. Press ENTER to finish.
After the information is attached you can use the Specify On-screen options for BOM
Mark Point and COG Location to indicate those points on the object. These options help to
determine the Center of Gravity.

Steel Draw Panel
Specify the Bill of Material Mark Point and the Center of Gravity Location
The Generic Attach (Edit) dialog box displays.
6. Click OK.
User Shape
CADWorx Steel tab: Steel Draw > User Shape
Plant menu: Steel > User Shape
Command line: SUSER
Places a component using a custom user shape. You select the component to draw based on
the user shape DWG file that you previously created. The extrusion direction and distance is
based on points picked or line selected in the drawing. You can edit Roll angle along with the
standard annotations.
User Shapes Dialog Box

Controls parameters for placing user-defined shapes in the drawing.
Short Annotation
Specifies the short annotation for the shape. The default value comes from the drawing file
that contains the user shape.
Long Annotation
Specifies the long annotation description for the shape. The default value comes from the
drawing file that contains the user shape.
Description
Specifies the description for the shape. The default value comes from the drawing file that
contains the user shape.
Part Number
Specifies the part number for the shape. The default value comes from the drawing file that
Material
Specifies the material for the shape. The default value comes from the drawing file that

Steel Draw Panel
Length
Specifies the length of the shape.
Weight
Specifies the weight of the shape.
Roll Angle
Specifies the roll angle about the placement line for the shape. Do not use AutoCAD
commands (ROTATE, MIRROR, 3DROTATE) to change the roll angle of the shape. The roll
angle of the shape can only be set from the User Shapes dialog box.
Pick points
Places the shape between two points that you identify in the drawing.
Select line
Places the square straight or oval straight shape along an existing polyline in the drawing.
This option is disabled for all other shapes.
For user shapes to work, an ASCII file named Type.ini must be in the same folder as the user
shape drawing files. The Type.ini must have TYPE=USER as the first line in the file. The folder
..\CADWorx (version)\Steel_I\User Shape is used to store the user shape drawing files.
The figure below shows the parameters stored in a user created DWG file that can be used to
create a roof purlin user shape.
After selecting the user shape from the dialog, you pick points or select a line to define the
extrusion length. See the figure below.

Steel Draw Panel
1. On the Steel Draw panel, click User Shape .

You can also type SUSER in the command line.
The User Shapes dialog box displays.
2. In the Select Member box, select the user shape to use.
3. Enter values in the Details boxes as needed.
4. Click Pick points to place the component by defining the two end locations.
-or-
Click Select line to select an existing line in the drawing on which to place the component.
Loft
CADWorx Steel tab: Steel Draw > Loft
Command line: SLOFT
Creates lofted steel components. You must have two cross sections and the path curve between
them defined in the drawing before using this command. The cross sections define the shape of
the resulting steel component. The path curve must intersect all planes of the cross sections.
1. Draw the two cross sections and the path curve in the drawing.
2. On the Steel Draw panel, click Loft .

You can also type SLOFT in the command line.
3. Enter the material density.
4. Select the first cross section.

Steel Draw Panel
5. Select the second cross section.

6. Right-click to indicate you are finished selecting cross sections.
7. Select the path curve.
8. Define the annotations, descriptions, part number, and material.
Single Line Steel

CADWorx Steel tab: Steel Draw > Single Line Steel
Steel menu: Utility > Single Line Palette
This menu option is only available in CADWorx Steel Professional.
Command line: SLS
Using the Steel Single Line program

1. Generate the 3D model of the steel in Model Space.
2. Create viewports in the Layouts.
3. Configure the object settings on the General tab. (see below).
4. Generate the viewports.
5. Apply new settings to objects.
6. Configure the dimension settings on the Dimension tab (see below).
7. Dimension the viewport.
This feature is only part of CADWorx Steel Professional Plus or CADWorx Plant
Professional.
Using the Steel Drawing Manager

The palette can be resized, docked and hidden like any AutoCAD palette. The command
SLSSHOWPALETTE shows the palette if it is hidden. The column line between the field labels
and the settings can be moved left or right to resize the columns.

Steel Draw Panel
General Tab

Steel Draw Panel
Tools
Save Settings to File

Save your set of settings to an external file for use in another drawing.
Load Settings From File

Load a saved set of settings from a file into the drawing. Any existing named settings are
lost when a new set is loaded from the file.
Add Setting
Add a name to a set of settings you want to reuse.
Delete Setting
Delete a named setting from the list.
Match Settings
Apply settings from one object to other objects.
Turn off Vertical symbols

Used to turn off vertically places symbols representing Z-Axis objects.
Generate
Generate the steel member drawing objects in a viewport.
Set to Object
Apply new settings to a viewport or individual steel components already drawn.
Update
Updates the existing objects to match changes made to the model.
Reset Settings
Resets individual member objects back to the viewport settings and link them back to the
view port.
Archive drawings
Detaches all intelligence from the drawing objects. Underlying models can be removed.

Steel Draw Panel
Turn of Vertical Symbols

Used to turn on vertically places symbols representing Z-Axis objects previously turned off.
Settings List Box
Choose the named settings.
Line Settings
Layer
AutoCAD Layer for New Steel.
Color
AutoCAD object color for New Steel.
Linetype
Loaded AutoCAD linetype for New Steel.
Weight
AutoCAD line weight for New Steel.
Layer Exist
AutoCAD Layer for Existing Steel.
Color Exist
AutoCAD object color for Existing Steel.
Weight Exist
AutoCAD line weight for Existing Steel.
Gap Style
Used to set either Manual gap distance or automatic gap distance.
Automatic uses the steel member end gap type to gap the lines set by the Gap
Distance setting.
Manual applies the Gap Distance to all ends regardless of gap type.

Steel Draw Panel
Gap Distance
This is a paper space distance for the coping gaps.
Tag Settings
Layer
AutoCAD Layers.
Color
AutoCAD object colors.
Text Style
Loaded text styles.
Text Height
Paper space text height.
Offset
Set an offset above the line / symbol for the tag to be placed.
Justification
AutoCAD text justifications.
Style
Short or Long descriptions.
Display
Display of the tag, on or off.

Steel Draw Panel
Symbol Settings
Layer Main
AutoCAD Layers for visible parts of the symbol.
Color Main
AutoCAD object colors for visible parts of the symbol.
Linetype Main
Loaded AutoCAD linetypes for visible parts of the symbol.
Layer Minor
AutoCAD Layers for hidden parts of the symbol.
Color Minor
AutoCAD object colors for hidden parts of the symbol.
Linetype Minor
Loaded AutoCAD linetypes for hidden parts of the symbol.
Scale
Width scale based on the actual visual width in the viewport.
Length
Paper space length.
Offset
Set the distance between parallel elements for visual effect.
Display
Display of the symbol, on or off.

Steel Draw Panel
Dimension Tab
Tools
Save Settings to File

Save your set of settings to an external file for use in another drawing.
Load Settings from File

Load a saved set of settings from a file into the drawing. Any existing named settings are
lost when a new set is loaded from the file.
Add Named Style

Add a name to a set of settings you want to reuse.

Steel Draw Panel
Delete Named Style

Delete a named setting from the list.
Generate Plan Dimension

Generate the plan style dimensions of a selected viewport.
Generate Elevated Dimension

Generate the elevation style dimensions of a selected viewport.
Clear Dimensions
Remove all dimensions of a selected viewport.
Update Dimensions
Update existing dimensions of a selected viewport.
Settings List Box
Used to choose the named settings.
Dimension Level
Select how many dimension levels to use.
Dimension Settings
Layer
AutoCAD Layers.
Dim Style
AutoCAD Dimension Styles.
Dim Type
Select the dimension type.
Baseline Type
Continue Type
Ordinate Type

Steel Draw Panel
Offset
The distance from the edge of the viewport to place the first level dimensions.
Elevation Value
The relative elevation of the selected origin point.
Elevation Prefix
Prefix for the elevation dimensions.
Tag Settings
Display
To display the column tags on the plan dimensions.
Layer
AutoCAD Layer of the column tags and text.
Color
AutoCAD color of the column tags and text.
Style
Text style for the column tags and text.
Height
Text height for the column tag text.
Balloon Size
Diameter of the column tags.
Orientation
The order of the automatic numbering of the column tags.
LR-BT left to right, bottom to top
LR-TB left to right, top to bottom
RL-BT right to left, bottom to top
RL-TB right to left, top to bottom

Steel Draw Panel
Vertical
Vertical column tag numbering start and style.
Letter (A)
Letter + Number (A1)
Number (1)
Number + Letter (1A)
Horizontal
Horizontal column tag numbering start and style.
Letter (A)
Letter + Number (A1)
Number (1)
Number + Letter (1A)
Vertical Inc
The increment value of the tag number.
Increments the second value of a combination tag
Value = 1 then "A" to "B" or "A1" to "A2"
Horizontal Inc
The increment value of the tag number.
Increments the second value of a combination tag
Value = 1 then "A" to "B" or "A1" to "A2"
Steel - Frame Creation

CADWorx Steel tab: Steel Draw > Frame Creation
Steel toolbar: Frame Creation
Plant menu: Steel > Frame > Creation

Command line: SFRAME
Create intelligent frames that you can use to build structural steel models.
Frame Creation Dialog Box

Name
Specifies the name for the current frame. The frame name is required only when you create
more than one frame in the same drawing. If you do not specify a name and you save the
frame configuration, the software uses the file name as the frame name.
Specify On-screen
Select this option to specify the frame insertion point with your mouse. Clear this option to
use the coordinate location specified in the X, Y, and Z boxes as the frame insertion
location.

Steel Draw Panel
Repeat Rows/Columns
Select this option to repeat the same rows and columns as the first plan for all subsequent
plans. This option provides a quick way to create large frames without repeatedly entering
the same information. The setting of this option is saved with the frame configuration.
Create Clipped Views
Select this option to create clipped views for each plan, row, and column. These views can
then be accessed using the View command in AutoCAD. The views are clipped in the front
and back making them excellent to use in annotation layouts. You need to select the
Update Layer option in the View command dialog for the view to be set correctly. The
setting of this option is saved with the frame configuration.
Rotation Angle
Enter the rotation angle for the entire frame. The rotation is about the specified insertion
point. The rotation angle is saved with the frame configuration.
Draw Sloped Vertical Lines
Select this option to make the vertical lines sloped according to each plans X and Y offsets.
This option is useful when creating platform frames and requires that each plan have the
same number of rows and columns. The setting of this option is saved with the frame
configuration.
Plan
Defines the plans for the current frame. Specify the distance from one plan to the next in the
Distance column for each plan. You can also specify X and Y offset values from the
insertion point before the row and column lines for this plan are created.
CADWorx automatically creates labels for each plan based on the distance specified. The
elevation label default setting is defined in [Product Folder]\System\FrameSetup.tbl with the
PLAN_LABEL_START setting. Clear the Auto label option to define the label text yourself. The
label is saved with the frame after it is drawn and is available for the Frame Annotation
command. For more information, see Frame Annotation (on page 375).
Click Add to add a new plan to the current frame. Click Remove to delete the selected plans
from the current frame. If Repeat Rows/Columns is not selected, Remove deletes all rows and
columns associated with the plan that is being removed.
Row
Defines the rows for the current frame. You can specify the distance from one row to the
next in the Distance column for each row. If Repeat Rows/Columns is selected, the rows
are for the currently selected plan.
CADWorx automatically creates labels for each row. The row label default setting is defined in
[Product Folder]\System\FrameSetup.tbl. The [ROW] section contains the characters used in
making the label. If there are more rows and available characters, the labels are concatenated.
For example, A, B, C......X, Y, Z, AA, AB, AC and so on. Clear the Auto label option to define
the label text yourself. This label is saved with the frame after it is drawn and is available for the
Frame Annotation command. For more information, see Frame Annotation (on page 375).
Columns
Defines the columns for the current frame. You can specify the distance from one column to
the next in the Distance column for each column. If Repeat Rows/Columns is selected, the
columns are for the currently selected plan.

Steel Draw Panel
CADWorx automatically creates labels for each column. The column label default settings is
defined in [Product Folder]\System\FrameSetup.tbl. The [COLUMN] section contains the
characters used in making the label. If there are more columns than available characters, the
labels are concatenated. For example, A, B, C......X, Y, Z, AA, AB, AC and so on. Clear the
Auto label option to define the label text yourself. This label is saved with the frame after it is
drawn and is available for the Frame Annotation command. For more information, see Frame
Annotation (on page 375).
New
Click to create a new frame. You are prompted to save any changes to the current frame.
Save
Click to save the current frame to a file. You are prompted to enter a name and specify the
location to save the frame configuration.
Save As
Click to save the current frame under a different file name.
OK
Click to draw the frame in the current drawing. You are prompted to save any changes to
the current frame.

Create a new frame configuration (on page 374)
Edit a frame configuration (on page 374)
Place a frame in the drawing (on page 375)
Create a new frame configuration

1. On the Steel Draw panel, click Frame Creation .
You can also type SFRAME in the command line.
The Frame Creation dialog box displays.
2. Define the insertion point for the frame.
3. Define the plans, rows, and columns using Add and Remove.
4. Click Save As.
5. Enter the frame name, and specify of folder location.
6. Click Save.
Edit a frame configuration

2. Click Browse, and then open the frame to edit.

Steel Draw Panel
3. Edit the frame options and insertion point as needed.

4. Edit the plans, rows, and columns using Add and Remove.
5. Click Save.
Click Save As to save the frame to a different file.
Place a frame in the drawing

2. Click Browse, and then open the frame to place.
3. Edit the frame options and insertion point as needed.
4. Edit the plans, rows, and columns using Add and Remove as needed.
5. Click OK.
You are prompted to save any edits that you have made to the frame.
Frame Annotation
CADWorx Steel tab: Steel Draw > Frame Annotation
Plant menu: Steel > Frame > Annotation

Command line: SFRAMEANOT
Annotates and dimensions frame lines. This command can also create the dimensions in call
outs in paper space.
Dimensions only
Draws only the dimension for the selected frame line. You are prompted to pick the
dimension side. The distance the dimensions are offset from the frame line is controlled by
the AutoCAD setvar DIMDLI. This option respects the current DIMSCALE setting.
Call outs only
Creates the call out and places the label of the selected frame line in a block with attribute.
The M5 block located in the [Product Directory]\Support folder is used for the call out. You
are prompted to pick the call out location.
Both
This option creates both dimensions and call outs.
1. On the Steel Draw panel, click Frame Annotation .

You can also type SFRAMEANOT in the command line.
2. Select the frame line in the drawing.
3. Select Dimensions only, Call outs only, or Both.
4. Select the side of the frame line to place the annotation.
5. Pick the location of the annotation.

Steel Draw Panel
Ladder
CADWorx Steel tab: Steel Draw > Ladder
Steel toolbar: Ladder
Plant menu: Steel > Ladder

Command line: SLADDER
Creates ladders by specifying the start and end points of the ladder and rotation angle of the
ladder. Click Browse to load a predefined ladder into the dialog box. Use Save As to save a
ladder configuration for use later.
Position Tab
Start point / End point
Defines the location of the ladder.
Specify On-screen
Select this option to specify the start and end ladder locations interactively in the model.
Clear this option to define the locations using the X, Y, and Z coordinate boxes.
Rotation angle
Defines the rotation angle for the entire ladder. Select Specify On-screen to define the
rotation interactively in the drawing. Clear the option to use the rotation value specified in
the Angle box.
Dimension Tab
Sloped ladder
Select to allow the ladder to be sloped. The slope is determined by the difference between
the X or Y start and end locations in the Position Tab.
Rail width
Enter the inside distance from rail to rail.
Above platform
Enter the distance the ladder rails (offset extension of rail) are to extend above the top rung.
Rail top exit width
Enter the inside to inside distance of the ladder opening above the platform.
Rung spacing
Enter the center to center distance of the ladder rungs.
Offset (+/-)
Enter the distance the ladder is offset from the platform.

Steel Draw Panel
Cage Tab
Cage ladder
Select to place a cage on the ladder if the height of the ladder is over the minimum distance.
Curved
Select to connect the hoop bars to the ladder using a curved connection.
Max. hoop spacing
Enter the distance from center to center of the intermediate hoops.
Cage bar spacing
Enter the distance from the center to center of the vertical bars on the cage.
Bottom hoop clearance
Enter the distance from the base elevation or grade to the bottom hoop.
Distance to middle
Enter the distance from the ladder rungs to the center of the cage.
Small hoop radius
Enter the radius of the hoop bar at the ladder rail location. This box is available only when
Curved is selected.
Connection distance
Enter the distance of the hoop bar at the ladder rail location. This box is available only when
Curved is not selected.
Top hoop radius
Enter the radius of the top hoop from the center of the cage.
Intermediate hoop radius
Enter the radius of the intermediate hoop from the center of the cage.
Bottom hoop radius
Enter the radius of the bottom hoop from the center of the cage.
Top hoop opening
Defines the direction of the hoop opening. If you select Open Left or Open Right, you need
to define the side outlet width and extension distances.
Side outlet width
Enter the width of the cage side opening.
Side outlet extension
Enter the length of the side outlet extension.
Sizes Tab
The bars, rungs, hoops, and cage bars rows allows the selection of different components to be
used with the ladder.

Steel Draw Panel
Type
Select the member type.
Data file
Select the data file to use. The data files that display are controlled by the
SteelLibraryDirectory (on page 48) variable in the configuration settings.
Size
Select the member section size from the data file selected.
Details
Click the three-dots button to activate the Details dialog box. Using the Details dialog box,
you can define annotations, offsets, rotations, and mirror the section.
Short annotation
Enter a description for the short annotation of the member. This annotation is used in bill of
material reports.
Long annotation
Enter a description for the long annotation of the member. This annotation is used in bill of
material reports.
X offset
Specify the member offset along the X-axis.
Remember that the base point is not always located at the centroid of the member.
Y offset
Specify the member offset along the Y-axis.
Rotation angle
Enter a rotation value in degrees for the member.
Mirror
Select to mirror the member about its base point.

Place a ladder interactively (on page 378)
Place a ladder using key-ins (on page 379)
Place a ladder with a cage (on page 379)
Place a ladder interactively

1. On the Steel Draw panel, click Ladder .
You can also type SLADDER in the command line.
The Ladder dialog box displays.
2. Optionally, click Browse, and then open the ladder configuration to place.

Steel Draw Panel
3. Select the Position tab.

4. Select the Specify On-screen option for the start and end points.
5. If needed, edit the ladder properties on the Dimension, Cage, and Size tabs.
6. Click OK.
7. If you edited properties, click Yes to save your changes for reuse. Click No to place the
ladder as defined but not to save the ladder properties for reuse.
8. Define the location of the ladder bottom.
9. Define the location of the ladder top.
Place a ladder using key-ins

3. Select the Position tab.
4. Clear the Specify On-screen option for the start and end points.
5. Enter the ladder start and end points using the X, Y, and Z boxes. The bottom of the ladder
is defined on the left. The top of the ladder is defined on the right.
6. If needed, edit the ladder properties on the Dimension, Cage, and Size tabs.
7. Click OK.
The ladder is placed in the drawing.
Place a ladder with a cage

3. Select the Cage tab.
4. Select the Caged ladder option.
5. If needed, edit the ladder properties on the Position, Dimension, and Size tabs.
6. Click OK.
The ladder is placed in the drawing.

Steel Draw Panel
Handrail
CADWorx Steel tab: Steel Draw > Hand Rail
Steel toolbar: Hand Rail
Plant menu: Steel > Hand Rail

Command line: SHRAIL
Creates handrails in the drawing using specified corner points of the handrail or a polyline or 3D
polyline that defines the path of the handrail. You are prompted to specify the offset direction
after the points have been picked, or the polyline has been selected.
Dimensions Tab
Post below platform (+/-)
Enter the distance to place the hand rail above or below the platform to which it is attached
to.
Platform offset dist (+/-)
Enter the distance to offset the hand rail. The hand rail can be offset away from or over the
platform.
Start/end offset
Enter the distance from the end of the hand rail to place the post or stanchion. This distance
applies to both ends of the hand rail.
Max post spacing
Enter the maximum distance between the post or stanchions.
Spacing distance
Enter the vertical spacing between the rails. Use Add and Remove to change the number of
rails.
Sizes Tab
The top rail, intermediate rail, bottom rail, and post can have different components for the hand
rail.
Type
Data file
SteelLibraryDirectory (on page 48) variable in the configuration file.
Size
Details

Steel Draw Panel
Short annotation
material reports.
Long annotation
material reports.
X offset
Y offset
Rotation angle
Mirror

Place hand rail by points (on page 381)
Place hand rail by polyline (on page 382)
Place hand rail by points

1. On the Steel Draw panel, click Hand Rail .
You can also type SHRAIL in the command line.
The Hand Rail dialog box displays.
2. Optionally, click Browse, and then open a different hand rail configuration to place.
3. Edit the hand rail properties on the Dimension and Sizes tabs.
hand rail as defined but not to save the hand rail properties for reuse.
6. Specify the starting location for the hand rail.
7. Continue placing vertex points for the hand rail path.
8. Right-click, and then select Enter.
9. Identify the path side that is away from the platform.

Steel Draw Panel
Place hand rail by polyline

1. Place a polyline or 3D polyline in the drawing that defines the hand rail path.
2. On the Steel Draw panel, click Hand Rail .

You can also type SHRAIL in the command line.
The Hand Rail dialog box displays.
3. Optionally, click Browse, and then open a different hand rail configuration to place.
4. Edit the hand rail properties on the Dimension and Sizes tabs.
5. Click Select line.
hand rail as defined but not to save the hand rail properties for reuse.
7. Select the polyline in the drawing.
8. Identify the path side that is away from the platform.
Stair
CADWorx Steel tab: Steel Draw > Stair
Steel toolbar: Stair
Plant menu: Steel > Stair

Command line: SSTAIR
Creates stairs in the drawing by specifying the top point of the stair and then a base elevation.
Position Tab
Top point
Enter the X, Y, and Z coordinates for the top of the stairs. You can click Specified On-
screen to select a point in the drawing.
Base elevation
Enter the elevation at the bottom of stringer. You can click Specified On-screen to select a
point in the drawing.
Rotation angle
Enter the rotation in degrees. You can click Specified On-screen to define the rotation in
the drawing.

Steel Draw Panel
Dimension Tab
Tread
Boxes are disabled until the top point and bottom elevation are entered in the Position Tab. The
software then calculates initial values based on the top point and bottom elevation.
Changes made to Recalculates
(A) Total rise (C) Rise
(B) Riser count (C) Rise, (E) Run
(C) Rise (A) Total rise
(D) First rise (C) Rise
(E) Run (F) Total run
(F) Total run (E) Run
(A) Total rise

Enter the distance between the bottom elevation and the top point.
(B) Riser count
Enter the number of risers (steps or treads) in the stair.
(C) Rise
Enter the distance between from the top of one riser to the top of the next riser.
(D) First rise
Enter the distance from the bottom elevation to the top of the first riser.
(E) Run
Enter the depth of the riser (if you were standing in front of the stair).
(F) Total Run
Enter the total length (measured horizontally) of the stair.
Stringer
Width
Enter the inside distance between the two stringers.
(H) Top extend
Enter the distance between the stringer end and the riser.
(J) Top clear
Enter the distance between the top of the stringer and the top point defined for stair.

Steel Draw Panel
(K) Base extend

Enter the distance between the stringer end and the edge of the first riser.
(M) Base clear
Enter the distance between the bottom of the stringer and the bottom elevation point.
Miscellaneous
(N) Stair offset
Enter the offset distance from the top stair location point.
(P) Angle
Enter the stair angle measured from horizontal.
Sizes Tab
You can define different components to use for the riser and the stringer.
Type
Data file
SteelLibraryDirectory (on page 48) variable in the configuration file.
Size
Details
Short annotation
material reports.

Steel Draw Panel
Long annotation
material reports.
X offset
Y offset
Rotation angle
Mirror
1. On the Steel Draw panel, click Stair .

You can also type SSTAIR in the command line.
The Stair dialog box displays.
2. Using the Specify On-screen button or the X, Y, and Z boxes, define the top point for the
stairs.
3. Using the Specify On-screen button or the Z box, define the base elevation for the stairs.
4. Using the Specify On-screen button or the Angle box, define the rotation for the stairs.
5. Select the Dimension tab.
6. Review and edit the tread and stringer properties as needed. Refer to Dimension Tab if
needed.
7. Select the Sizes tab.
8. Define the components sizes for the treads and the stringers.
9. Click OK.

SECTION 20
Steel Edit Panel

CADWorx Steel tab: Steel Edit
Cope - Cuts a member back to other members. For more SCOPE

information, see Steel - Cope (on page 387).
Miter - Cuts two coplanar members back to one another. For more SMITER
information, see Miter (on page 387).
Cut - Cuts members by a plane that you define. For more SCUT
information, see Cut (on page 388).
Union - Joins two members. For more information, see Union (on SUNION
page 389).
Local Edit - Edits a selected member. For more information, see SCEDIT
Edit (on page 389).
Global Edit - Edits the annotation, description, part number, and SGCEDIT
material of multiple components. For more information, see Global
Edit (on page 396).
Global Edit All - Edits multiple components of the same member SGCEDITALL
shape. For more information, see Global Edit All (on page 396).
Annotate Component - Places the long or short annotation of the SCOMPANOT

component in the drawing. For more information, see Annotate
Component (on page 399).
Convert Solid - Converts components to solids. For more SCONVERTSOLID

information, see Convert Solid (on page 400).
Layer Change - Moves steel solid or center lines to a new layer. For SLAYERCHANGE /
more information, see Layer Change (on page 400). SSETEXIST /
SREMOVEEXIST
Selection Control - Toggles the display of grips on and off. For SELECTCONTROL
more information, see Select Control (on page 400).
Auto Cope - Turns on or off the automatic coping of members. For SAUTOCOPE
more information, see Auto Cope (on page 401).

Steel Edit Panel
Steel - Cope
CADWorx Steel tab: Steel Edit > Cope
Steel toolbar: Cope
Plant menu: Steel > Cope

Command line: SCOPE
Copes steel members to other steel members. You can place bolted coping or welded coping.
Bolted coping is controlled by SteelCopeBoltDistance (on page 48) and provides a gap between
the coped member and the boundary member. Welded cope is controlled by
SteelCopeWeldDistance (on page 48) and provides a gap between the coped member and the
boundary member. You can:
Cope a single member to another single member that provides the cope boundary.
Cope many members to many other members.
A member that crosses another member is cut into two separate members.
Bolt
Copes the members with the offset specified in the SteelCopeBoltDistance startup variable.
Weld
Copes the members with the offset specified in the SteelCopeWeldDistance startup
variable.
1. On the Steel Edit panel, click Cope .
You can also type SCOPE in the command line.
2. Select the members to cope. Press ENTER or right-click when you are finished.
3. Select the members to cope against. Press ENTER or right-click when you are finished.
4. Select bolted or welded cope.
Miter
CADWorx Steel tab: Steel Edit > Miter
Steel toolbar: Miter
Plant menu: Steel > Miter

Command line: SMITER
Miters two structural pieces to fit each other. The two structural pieces must be in the same
plane and have connected member ends. You miter multiple member pairs in each command
pass.
1. On the Steel Edit panel, click Miter .
You can also type SMITER in the command line.
2. Select the members to miter.
3. Press ENTER or right-click when you are finished.
The software miters the selected members.

Steel Edit Panel
Cut
CADWorx Steel tab: Steel Edit > Cut
Steel toolbar: Cut
Plant menu: Steel > Cut

Command line: SCUT
Cuts steel members along a plane that you define by an existing line or by points placed in the
drawing. The software updates the lengths, weight, and other affected properties of the cut
members. You cannot cut plate members with this command.
Line
Defines the plane using the two end points of the line and its extrusion direction (the Z-axis
of the plane the line was drawn in).
Points
Defines the plane using three points you pick in the drawing.

Cut members by line (on page 388)
Cut members by three-point plane (on page 388)
Cut members by line

1. On the Steel Edit panel, click Cut .
You can also type SCUT in the command line.
2. Select Line.
3. Select the line to use to define the plane.
4. Select the members to cut.
5. Right-click or press ENTER to cut the members.
Cut members by three-point plane

1. On the Steel Edit panel, click Cut .
You can also type SCUT in the command line.
2. Select Points.
3. Pick three points in the drawing to define the cutting plane.
4. Select the members to cut.
5. Right-click or press ENTER to cut the members.

Steel Edit Panel
Union
CADWorx Steel tab: Steel Edit > Union
Steel toolbar: Union
Plant menu: Steel > Union

Command line: SUNION
Joins two or more steel members into one member. The members must have the same
properties for:
Member size (W10x30 for example)
Insertion location
Centerline location
Rotation angle
Data file
Short annotation
Long annotation
Description
Material
Part number
In addition, the two center lines must meet each other but not intersect or overlap.
Curved members cannot be joined with straight members.
1. On the Steel Edit panel, click Union .

You can also type SUNION in the command line.
2. Select the first member to join.
3. Select the second member to join.
4. Continue to select members. When you are finished, right-click or press ENTER to join the
members.
Edit
CADWorx Steel tab: Steel Edit > Edit
Steel toolbar: Edit
Plant menu: Steel > Component Edit > Local Edit

In CADWorx Steel Professional, Local Edit is located under Steel menu > Utility >
Component Edit > Local Edit.
Command line: SCEDIT
Edits the properties of steel shapes and plates in the drawing. You can start this command from
the command line, the command icon, or by double-clicking the object you want to edit.

Steel Edit Panel

Select Type
Select Data File
Select Member
Rotation Angle
Centerline location
component.
Use UCS
Flip Flange
channel.
Existing
Short Annotation
Long Annotation

Steel Edit Panel
Description
data file header.
Part Number
variable.
Material
data file header.
Pick Points
Select Lines
Properties
User Input

Weight
Length
distance.

Steel Edit Panel

Dimensions
dimension is which.
Rotation Angle
Short Annotation
Long Annotation
Description
Density
Draw Plate Dialog Box

Select Data File
Select Member
Existing
Short Annotation
Long Annotation
Description
file header.

Steel Edit Panel
Part Member
variable.
Material
file header.
Length
Width
Weight
Displays the weight of the plate. Select Manual Update to enter the value yourself.
Manual Update
data file.
Insert Location
Select the centerline location for the plate. This option is only available when editing an
existing plate in the model.
Pick Points
Click to define the plates by its corners.
Select Lines
Click to define the plate using an existing closed polyline shape.
Select Curves
Click to define the plate using an existing closed curved shape.
Base Plate Dialog Box

Select Data File
Select Member

Steel Edit Panel
Details
Existing
Short annotation
Long annotation
Description
file header.
Part number
variable.
Material
file header.
Weight
Displays the weight of the plate. The software automatically subtracts the material weight
removed by any holes from the plate weight. Select Manual Update to enter the value
yourself.
Manual Update
data file.
Plate Dimensions
Length
Width
Rotation
Specifies the rotation angle for the plate placement.

Steel Edit Panel
X offset
Specifies the X-axis offset from the plate centroid.
Y offset
Specifies the Y-axis offset from the plate centroid.
Hole Dimensions
On/Off
Select this option to place holes in the base plate. Clear this option to place a plate without
holes.
Row count
Enter the number of hole rows.
Row spacing
Enter the distance between the hole rows measured from the center of the holes.
Column count
Enter the number of hole columns.
Column spacing
Enter the distance between the hole columns measured from the center of the holes.
Diameter
Enter the diameter of the hole.
Rotation
Enter the angle at which to rotate the hole rows and columns within the base plate.
Slotted length
Enter a distance to create an elongated hole. This distance is measured from the hole
center.
X offset
Specifies the X-axis offset for the holes. Holes places at zero offset are at the base plate
center.
Y offset
Specifies the Y-axis offset for the holes. Holes places at zero offset are at the base plate
center.
Pick Point
Click to place the base plate.

Steel Edit Panel
Global Edit
CADWorx Steel tab: Steel Edit > Global Edit
Plant menu: Steel > Component Edit > Global Edit
In CADWorx Steel Professional, Global Edit is located under Steel menu > Utility >
Component Edit > Global Edit.
Command line: SGCEDIT
Edits short annotation, long annotation, description, part number, and material for multiple
components at one time. Changes to any or all of the edit boxes are made to each selected
component. Leave the edit boxes blank for those properties you do not want to edit.
Steel Global Edit Dialog Box
Short Annotation
Defines the short annotation name. Generally, this is the member name up to the first "X"
character (for example, W10 is the short annotation name for W10X30).
Long Annotation
Defines the long annotation name (for example, W10X30).
Description
Part Member
Specifies the part number for the component.
Material
Specifies the material for the component.
1. On the Steel Edit panel, click Global Edit .
You can also type SGCEDIT in the command line.
2. Select the members to edit. Press ENTER or right-click when you are finished.
The Steel Global Edit dialog box displays.
3. Edit the appropriate property boxes. Leave blank the properties that you do not want to
change.
4. Click OK.
Global Edit All

CADWorx Steel tab: Steel Edit > Global Edit All
Plant menu: Steel > Component Edit > Global Edit All
In CADWorx Steel Professional, Global Edit All is located under Steel menu > Utility >
Component Edit > Global Edit All.
Command line: SGCEDITALL
Edits multiple components of the same member shape. After selecting multiple components or
maybe your entire drawing, you can filter the component to edit by member shape.

Steel Edit Panel

Select Type
Select Data File
Select Member
Rotation Angle
Centerline location
component.
Use UCS
Flip Flange
channel.
Existing
Short Annotation
Long Annotation

Steel Edit Panel
Description
data file header.
Part Number
variable.
Material
data file header.
Pick Points
Select Lines
Properties
User Input

Weight
Length
distance.

Steel Edit Panel
1. On the Steel Edit panel, click Global Edit All .

You can also type SGCEDITALL in the command line.
2. Select the members to edit. Press ENTER or right-click when you are finished.
The Steel Global Edit dialog box displays.
3. Select the member shapes you want to edit. You can select more than one group to edit,
although you edit the groups one at a time.
4. Click OK.
5. Edit the member properties as needed. See Draw Steel Dialog Box for more information
about this dialog.
6. Click OK.
The software displays the number of components that were updated.
7. If you selected more than one group, the Component Edit dialog box displays the next
group.
8. Edit the member properties as needed.
9. Click OK.
Annotate Component
CADWorx Steel tab: Steel Edit > Annotate Component
Command line: SCOMPANOT
Places the short or long annotations of selected steel members in the drawing.
1. On the Steel Edit panel, click Annotate Component .

You can also type SCOMPANOT in the command line.
2. Select the component to annotate. Type Auto to have the software automatically determine
the annotation rotation and location. Press ENTER or right-click when you are finished.
3. Select Long to place the defined long annotation.
or
Select Short to place the defined short annotation.
4. Define the annotation starting location.
5. Define the annotation rotation.

Steel Edit Panel
Convert Solid
CADWorx Steel tab: Steel Edit > Convert Solid
Command line: SCONVERTSOLID
Creates the solid representation of component. When you have deleted the solid representation
and have been modeling using only centerlines, this command is used to re-create the solid
cross-section representation of the component.
1. On the Steel Edit panel, click Convert Solid .

You can also type SCONVERTSOLID in the command line.
2. Select the components to convert. Press ENTER or right-click when you are finished.
The software creates the solids.
Layer Change
CADWorx Steel tab: Steel Edit > Layer Change
Command line: SLAYERCHANGE / SSETEXIST / SREMOVEEXIST
Edits the existing flag for steel members and changes layers for steel solid and centerline
graphics.
The software automatically moves steel plates and base plates centerlines to whichever
layer is chosen for the corresponding solid.
1. On the Steel Edit panel, click Layer Change .
You can also type SLAYERCHANGE in the command line.
2. Select All to select all components in the drawing.
-or-
Select Select to manually select steel members. Press ENTER or right-click when you are
finished.
3. Select Yes to change the solid layer of the selected components.
4. Select the new layer, and then click OK.
5. Select Yes to change the centerline layer of the selected components.
6. Select the new layer, and then click OK.
Select Control
CADWorx Steel tab: Steel Edit > Select Control
Command line: SELECTCONTROL
Toggles whether grip points are displayed on solids. To change the length of pipe or steel, you
can grip stretch the pipe or steel centerline. However, it may be difficult to select the center line
endpoint grip for steel shapes when solid grip points are on. Turning off the solid grip points with
this toggle makes it easier to grip stretch components.

Steel Edit Panel
Auto Cope
CADWorx Steel tab: Steel Edit > Auto Cope
Steel toolbar: Auto Cope
Plant menu: Steel > Auto Cope

Command line: SAUTOCOPE
Toggles the automatic coping of members on or off. When two members are coped and this
feature is on, the software automatically reapplies the cope when one of the members changes.
Select this command again to turn off the automatic coping feature.

SECTION 21
Steel BOM / DB Panel

CADWorx Steel tab: Steel BOM DB
Steel BOM Setup - Customizes the Bill of Material schedule to SBOMSETUP

any style or layout that you need. For more information, see Steel
BOM Setup (on page 403).
Cut Steel BOM - Generates a Bill of Material schedule listing each SBOMCUT
piece of steel with a length and a tag. For more information, see
Cut Steel Bill of Material (on page 406).
Total Steel BOM - Generates a Bill of Material schedule with one SBOMTOTAL
tag for a total length of steel in each size. For more information,
see Total Steel Bill of Material (on page 408).
Single Steel BOM - Generates a Bill of Material schedule with SBOMSINGLE

each selected object on a line by itself. For more information, see
Single Steel Bill of Material (on page 410).
Export Steel BOM - Exports the steel Bill of Material schedule to SBOMEXPORT
an external file format that you specify. For more information, see
Export Steel Bill of Material (on page 412).
Setup Live Database - Links the drawing to an external database. SLIVEDB

For more information, see Setup Live Database Steel (on page
413).
Export Steel Database - Exports steel components to Microsoft SDBFGEN

Access or Microsoft Excel. For more information, see Export Steel
(on page 414).
Import Steel Database - Imports and draws CADWorx steel SDBFIN

components from a Microsoft Access or Microsoft Excel file. For
more information, see Import Steel (on page 415).
Audit Steel Database - Compares the database with the drawing SDBAUDIT
displaying any differences between the two. For more information,
see Audit Steel Database (on page 415).
Synchronize Steel Database - Checks all components in the SSYNC

drawing and updates them according to the current value within
the database tables. For more information, see Synchronize Steel
Database (on page 416).

Export Steel Model - Exports the steel model to CAESAR II, SEXPORT
Robobat, or CIS/2 files. For more information, see Export Steel
Model (on page 416).
Import Steel Model - Imports a CIS/2 file into the current drawing. SIMPORT
For more information, see Import Steel Model (on page 417).
C.G. Generator - Calculates the center of gravity for selected SCG

steel members. For more information, see CG Generator (on page
417).
Steel BOM Setup

CADWorx Steel tab: Steel BOM / DB > Setup
Plant menu: Steel > Bill of Material > Setup

Command line: SBOMSETUP
box, you can specify column widths, provide the schedule direction (up or down), provide user
specified headings for columns, allow alignment of columns, and the selection of different
entries into the schedule. You can arrange the columns in any order.
Steel Bill of Material Setup Dialog Box

BOM Columns Available
Lists all the information on a steel member that you can include in the BOM. These columns
can be added to any schedule template in any order using Add.
Add and Remove
Alignment
Grow Direction


Move Up and Move Down do not set the sort order of the BOM, only the placement of
the columns. Use Sort Order to define the sort order.
Column title
Column width
Sort Order
Controls the sort order and accumulation of steel components in the BOM. For more
information, see Steel BOM Sort Order / Accumulation Dialog Box (on page 405).
Steel BOM Setup check box in Miscellaneous CFG Content in the CADWorx Plant Setup.


1. On the Steel BOM / DB panel, click Setup .
You can also type SBOMSETUP in the command line.
The Steel Bill of Material Setup dialog box displays.
2. To add a property to the BOM, double-click the property in the BOM Columns Available
list.
Selected list.
4. Click OK.


4. Click OK.

column.
5. Click OK.

The Steel BOM Sort Order / Accumulation Control Setup dialog box displays.
to A.
6. Click OK on the Steel BOM Sort Order dialog box.
7. Click OK on the Steel Bill of Material Setup dialog box.
Steel BOM Sort Order / Accumulation Dialog Box

Controls the sort order of the BOM. Columns that you place in the BOM Columns Selected list
are used to sort the BOM starting with the top column, then the second column, and so forth.
Use Move Up and Move Down to change the order in which the BOM is sorted.

This dialog box also controls the accumulation of steel components. For example, if two
members have different Short Annotation values and you do not want these to accumulate,
Short Annotation would have to be added to the BOM Columns Selected list.
Lists all the information on a steel member that you can use to sort the BOM. These
columns can be used to sort using Add.
Shows all the columns that have been selected for sorting and their sort order from top to
bottom.
Add and Remove
Column Sort
Controls additional sorting on each selected column. Ascending means sorting from small
numbers to larger numbers (1 to 100) and from A to Z.
Defines the sort order in the BOM. Select a column in the BOM Columns Selected list, and
then click Move Up to sort that column before other columns. Click Move Down to sort the
column after columns higher in the list.
Steel BOM Setup check box in Miscellaneous CFG Content in the CADWorx Plant Setup.
Cut Steel Bill of Material

CADWorx Steel tab: Steel BOM / DB > Cut
Plant menu: Steel > Bill of Material > Run > Cut
Command line: SBOMCUT
Generates a Bill of Material schedule listing each piece of steel with a length and a tag. Identical
items are accumulated in the quantity column. For example, if you select two W14X74
components that are both 120 feet long, the BOM looks like this:
BILL OF MATERIALS
MARK QTY LONG ANNOTATION LENGTH WEIGHT
1 2 W14X74 120.00 1480.00
TOTAL WEIGHT: 1480.00
The steel component could have been converted with the Existing option.

Counter
of tags.
Manual placement
Automatic placement
37).



1. On the Steel BOM / DB panel, click Cut .
You can also type SBOMCUT in the command line.
5. Select the steel components to include in the BOM. Right-click or press ENTER when you
are finished.

1. On the Steel BOM / DB panel, click Cut .
You can also type SBOMCUT in the command line.
are finished.
Total Steel Bill of Material

CADWorx Steel tab: Steel BOM / DB > Total
Plant menu: Steel > Bill of Material > Run > Total
Command line: SBOMTOTAL
Generates a Bill of Material schedule with one tag for a total length of steel in each size.
Identical long annotation items are accumulated in the length column. For example, if you select
two W14X74 components that are both 120 feet long, the BOM looks like this:
BILL OF MATERIALS
1 1 W14X74 240.00 1480.00
The component could have been converted with the Existing option.

Counter
of tags.
Manual placement
Automatic placement
Select to have CADWorx insert tags automatically. In model space, CADWorx places the tag in
the direction (tag to component) provided. In paper space, this prompt does not appear if the tag
optimization is on. For more information, see BomTagOptimize (on page 37).


1. On the Steel BOM / DB panel, click Total .
You can also type SBOMTOTAL in the command line.


are finished.

1. On the Steel BOM / DB panel, click Total .
You can also type SBOMTOTAL in the command line.
are finished.
Single Steel Bill of Material

CADWorx Steel tab: Steel BOM / DB > Single
Plant menu: Steel > Bill of Material > Run > Single
Command line: SBOMSINGLE
schedule. For example, if you select two W14X74 components that are both 120 feet long, the
BOM looks like this:
BILL OF MATERIALS
1 1 W14X74 120.00 740.00
2 1 W14X74 120.00 740.00
The component could have been converted with the Existing option.
Counter
of tags.

Manual placement
Automatic placement
37).


1. On the Steel BOM / DB panel, click Single .
You can also type SBOMSINGLE in the command line.
are finished.


1. On the Steel BOM / DB panel, click Single .
You can also type SBOMSINGLE in the command line.
are finished.
Export Steel Bill of Material

CADWorx Steel tab: Steel BOM / DB > Export
Plant menu: Steel > Bill of Material > Export
Command line: SBOMEXPORT
Exports the steel Bill of Material schedule to an external file format that you specify. The
schedule for the Bill of Material is defined using Steel BOM Setup (on page 403). CADWorx can
export the Bill of Material schedules to:
Access file (*.mdb)
Excel file (*.xls)
Text file (*.txt)
HTML file (*.htm)
1. On the Steel BOM / DB panel, click Export .

You can also type SBOMEXPORT in the command line.
2. Specify if you want a Cut, Total, or Single BOM.
6. Click Save.

Setup Live Database Steel

CADWorx Steel tab: Steel BOM / DB > Setup
Plant menu: Steel > Database > Setup
Command line: SLIVEDB
CADWorx supports a fully functional live external database. Use this command to define the
database settings that are saved to the configuration file listed. When a drawing is opened and a
configuration file is located in the same folder, the drawing initializes according to that
configuration file using a live database or not.
When you delete a component from a drawing with an active live database, the database
marks that component for deletion. When you close the drawing without saving, then the
item does not deleted from the database. If you save the drawing, then the item deletes from
the database.
When a component or a group of components are copied from a drawing to a new drawing
that uses the same live database, the copied components are duplicated in the live
database with the new drawing name.
When a component or a group of components are cut from a drawing and placed in another
drawing that uses the same live database, the components duplicate in the live database
with the new drawing name. When the old drawing is saved and closed any duplicate items
from the first drawing are deleted from the live database because they are no longer on the
first drawing.
All changes to live database settings take effect in the next drawing session.
On/Off
Turns the live database system on and off. When on, all components drawn are updated
instantaneously to the database. Changes can be made in the drawing or in the database.
When off, all CADWorx component information is stored only within the drawing.
Database Type
Select the type of database to use as the live database. Depending on the type chosen, the
path to the database or schema is displayed.
Access Path
Defines the Microsoft Access database information. Click Create Table to create the PIPE
table in the database when creating a new database. Click Select File to specify an existing
database.
SQL Server Database Name and Schema
Defines the Microsoft SQL Server database information. You must have already created the
ODBC schemas (refer to the installation guide for help). Type the database name in the
Database box. Type the ODBC schema name in the Schema box, either
Plant_SQL_SERVER or Steel_SQL_SERVER.
Oracle Schema
Defines the Oracle database information. Type the ODBC schema name in the Schema
box.

Startup Dialog Options

Sets the database option on CADWorx startup.
No dialog (new drawings are in Live DB)
Select to place new drawings automatically in the database. Selecting this option
requires that a new drawing be named and saved immediately on creation.
Drawings that use a live database must be in the same folder with the appropriate
configuration file.
No dialog (new drawings are not in Live DB)
Select to not add new drawings to the database. You can add drawings to the live
database later using this command.
Show dialog
Select to display a dialog box on which you can choose to use a database or not.
Save and Close saves the current settings to the configuration file when you select
the Piping Live Database Settings or the Steel Live Database Settings check box in
Miscellaneous CFG Content in the CADWorx Plant Setup. For more information, see
Miscellaneous CFG Content (on page 69), and Setup (on page 27).
Existing components in drawings can be added to the database by SDBFGEN. For more
information, see Export Steel (on page 414).
Export Steel
Plant menu: Steel > Database > Export
Command line: SDBFGEN
Exports CADWorx steel information to a Microsoft Access or Microsoft Excel file.
Database Type
Excel file.
Browse
dialog display the file name and folder in use.
Append/Sync
same time.
New


You can also type SDBFGEN in the command line.
2. Select the steel components to write to the database file. Right-click or press ENTER when
you are finished.
or
6. Click OK.
Import Steel
CADWorx Steel tab: Steel BOM / DB > Import
Plant menu: Steel > Database > Import
Command line: SDBFIN
Imports and draws CADWorx steel components from a Microsoft Access or Microsoft Excel file.
This command is not available when you are using a live database.
Use the Export Steel (on page 414) command to create the Microsoft Access or Microsoft Excel
file to import.
1. On the Steel BOM / DB panel, click Import .

You can also type SDBFIN in the command line.
2. Browse to and select the file to import.
3. Click Open.
The Select Drawings for Import dialog box displays.
5. Click OK.
Audit Steel Database

CADWorx Steel tab: Steel BOM / DB > Audit
Plant menu: Steel > Database > Audit
Command line: SDBAUDIT
option to delete this component in the database or to simply ignore it.

1. On the Steel BOM / DB panel, click Audit .

You can also type SDBAUDIT in the command line.
2. Browse to and select the file to audit against the drawing.
3. Click Open.
The message Checking objects in this drawing with rows in the database displays.
The software prompts you to Apply to all.
6. Click Yes to apply to all.
OR
Click No to ignore.
Synchronize Steel Database

CADWorx Steel tab: Steel BOM / DB > Synchronize
Plant menu: Steel > Database > Synchronize
Command line: SSYNC
are in the model but are not in the database. You need to use Setup Live Database Steel (on
page 413) before using this command.
SHORT_ANNOTATION, LONG_ANNOTATION, DESCRIPTION, PART_NUMBER, and
MATERIAL fields in the STEEL table. Changing any other column value does not have any
effect on the drawing.
1. On the Steel BOM / DB panel, click Synchronize .

You can also type SSYNC in the command line.
Export Steel Model

Plant menu: Steel > Utility > Export
In CADWorx Steel Professional, Export is located under Steel menu > Utility > Export.
Command line: SEXPORT
Exports selected CADWorx steel components to one of three data format: CIS/2, CAESAR II, or
Robobat. The export to CIS/2 requires installing the "ST-Runtime" in [Product
Folder]\System\struntime.msi.


You can also type SEXPORT in the command line.
2. Select the steel components to export. Right-click or press ENTER when you are finished.
The Select Export Output File Type dialog box displays.
3. Select the file type to save in the Save as type box.
4. Specify the folder and file name, and then click Save.
If you selected CAESAR II, a prompt displays.
5. Enter the starting node number for the CAESAR II file.
6. Enter the node increment value.
Import Steel Model

CADWorx Steel tab: Steel BOM / DB > Import
Plant menu: Steel > Utility > Import
In CADWorx Steel Professional, Export is located under Steel menu > Utility > Import.
Command line: SIMPORT
Imports a CIS/2 data file and creates CADWorx steel components. The import requires that the
CADWorx steel parametric data file be available for the components that are being imported
from the CIS/2 file. This command requires installing the "ST-Runtime" from [Product
Folder]\System\struntime.msi.
1. On the Steel BOM / DB panel, click Import .
You can also type SIMPORT in the command line.
2. Select the file to import.
3. Click Open.
CG Generator
CADWorx Steel tab: Steel BOM / DB > C.G. Generator
Steel toolbar: C.G. Generator
Plant menu: Steel > C.G. Generator

Command line: SCG
Calculates the center of gravity (CG) of the steel members (including plates) in a drawing. You
must select the members for which to calculate the center of gravity.
To combine center of gravity reports for piping and steel components, take the weight
summations and add them together. Then take each separate moment (ft-lb) X, Y, Z and add
them together separately. To find the new X centroid location, divide the total X moment by the
total weight. To find the new Y and Z centroid location, divide them by the total weight.

1. On the Steel BOM / DB panel, click C.G. Generator .

You can also type SCG in the command line.
2. Select the members to cope. Type All in the command line to select all the members in
drawing. Press ENTER or right-click when you are finished.
3. Select Yes to save the center of gravity report to a text file. Provide the file name and folder
information if you choose to save the report.
4. Select Yes to view the weight summation in the command area.
5. Select Yes to place a smaller round marker in the drawing indicating the calculated center of
gravity.

SECTION 22
HVAC Draw / BOM / DB Panel

CADWorx HVAC tab: HVAC Draw / BOM / DB
HVAC Shapes - Places HVAC and cable tray shapes in the HVAC
drawing. For more information, see HVAC (on page 420).
HVAC Shapes Catalog - Places HVAC shapes and cable tray HVACC
shapes that are defined in a data file library. For more information,
see HVAC Shapes Catalog (on page 423).
User Shape - Places a component using a custom user shape. HUSER

For more information, see User Shape (on page 427).
Generic Attach - Attaches information to any generic AutoCAD HGENERIC

object in the drawing. For more information, see Generic Attach
(on page 431).
Edit - Edits HVAC or cable tray shapes. For more information, see HCEDIT
Edit (on page 433).
GC Edit - Edits global HVAC component data. For more HGCEDIT

information, see GC Edit (on page 433).
HVAC BOM Setup - Customizes the Bill of Material schedule to HBOMSETUP

any style or layout that you need. For more information, see HVAC
BOM Setup (on page 434).
Cut HVAC BOM - Generates a Bill of Material schedule listing HBOMCUT

each piece of HVAC with a length and a tag. For more information,
see Cut HVAC Bill of Material (on page 437).
Total HVAC BOM - Generates a Bill of Material schedule with one HBOMTOTAL
tag for a total length of HVAC in each size. For more information,
see Total HVAC Bill of Material (on page 439).
Single HVAC BOM - Generates a Bill of Material schedule with HBOMSINGLE

each selected object on a line by itself. For more information, see
Single HVAC Bill of Material (on page 441).
Data Remove - Removes CADWorx data from components. For HDATAREMOVE

more information, see Data Remove (on page 442).

Layer Change - Changes the solid and centerline layers HLAYERCHANGE

associated with components. For more information, see Layer
DB Generate - Exports CADWorx HVAC information to a HDBFGEN

DB Generate (on page 443).
DB In - Imports and draws CADWorx HVAC components from a HDBFIN

DB In (on page 444).
Audit HVAC Database - Maintains the database for each HDBAUDIT

information, see Audit HVAC Database (on page 444).
Synchronize HVAC Database - Checks all components in the HSYNC

drawing and updates them according to the current value in the
database. For more information, see Synchronize HVAC Database
(on page 445).
HVAC
CADWorx HVAC tab: HVAC Draw / BOM / DB > HVAC Shapes
Plant menu: HVAC > Shapes
Command line: HVAC
Places HVAC and cable tray shapes in the drawing. Double-click an existing HVAC shape to
modify the parameters.
Draw HVAC/Cable Tray Shape Dialog Box

Controls parameters for placing HVAC and cable tray shapes in the drawing.
Select Shape
Lists the available shapes. Select a shape from the list to place it in the drawing. The
Dimensions values update to match the selected shape.
Dimensions
Displays a dimensioned preview of the selected shape. Type dimension values for the
drawing in the A through K boxes. All dimensions are in the current units set. Dimension
boxes that are not required are disabled.
Options
Thickness
Specifies the thickness of the shape wall. This value is required when the Inside
dimensions box is selected or the shape is Hollow or Open top.

Inside Dimensions
Indicates that the software draws the shape with the Thickness value added to all the
necessary dimensions in the A through K boxes. If this option is cleared, the dimensions of
the shape do not include the Thickness value.
Solid
Indicates that the software draws the shape as a solid. This is the default setting.
Hollow
Indicates that the software draws the shape as hollow.
Open top
Indicates that the software draws the shape with the top open. You cannot use this option
with oval shapes.
Open bottom
Indicates that the software draws the shape with the bottom open. You cannot use this
option with oval shapes.
Creating a large number of HVAC shapes with the Hollow or Open top options in a
single drawing can significantly increase the drawing size.
Details
Long annotation
Specifies the long annotation description for the shape.
Part number
Specifies the part number for the shape.
Tag
Specifies the tag description for the shape.
Weight
There is no automatic method for creating long annotation, part number, tag, or
weight.
Pick points
Select lines

Controls parameters for modifying HVAC and cable tray shapes in the drawing.
Select Shape
Lists the available shapes. Select a shape from the list to place it in the drawing. The
Dimensions values update to match the selected shape.

Dimensions
Options
Thickness
Inside Dimensions
Solid
Hollow
Open top
with oval shapes.
Open bottom
Details
Long annotation
Part number
Tag
Weight
weight.
Select lines

Add an HVAC shape to the drawing (on page 423)
Modify an HVAC shape (on page 423)

Add an HVAC shape to the drawing

1. Click HVAC Shapes . Alternatively, type HVAC on the command line, and press ENTER.
The Draw HVAC/Cable Tray Shape dialog box displays.
2. Select the shape to place from the Select Shape list.
The preview and dimensions for that shape display in the Dimensions boxes.
3. Set up the shape parameters to meet your requirements.
5. Select the first point for the shape.
6. Select the end point for the shape.
Modify an HVAC shape

1. Double-click an HVAC shape in the drawing.
The Component Edit dialog box displays the parameters associated with the shape.
2. Change the parameters to meet your requirements. For more information, see HVAC (on
page 420).
3. Click Apply.
The software changes the parameters of the shape.
HVAC Shapes Catalog

CADWorx HVAC tab: HVAC Draw / BOM / DB > HVAC Shapes Catalog
Command line: HVACC
Places HVAC shapes and cable tray shapes that are defined in a data file library. Double-click
an existing HVAC shape to modify the parameters.
Draw HVAC/Cable Tray Shape Dialog Box

Select Data File
Specifies the data file that contains the components to place. The list contains all the data
files located in the folder defined by the HVACLibraryDirectory (on page 40) startup variable.
You can have a mix of metric and imperial data files in the same folder. CADWorx
Select Type
Specifies the shape to place. The list contains the folders defined by the
HVACLibraryDirectory (on page 40) startup variable. In each folder is a Type.INI file
specifying the shape type in that folder (Square Straight, Oval Straight, and so forth).
Select Member

Dimensions
Thickness
Inside Dimensions
Solid
Hollow
Open top
with oval shapes.
Open bottom
Long annotation
Part number
Part Name
Specifies the part name for the shape.
Tag
Material
Specifies the material for the component. The default value is the MATERIAL= value in the
data file header.
Weight
weight.

Length
Area
Specifies the area of the shape.
Manual
Indicates that the software uses the manual override value rather than the value from the
catalog.
Pick points
Select lines
Component Edit Dialog Box (Catalog)

Select Data File
Specifies the data file that contains the components to place. The list contains all the data
files located in the folder defined by the HVACLibraryDirectory (on page 40) startup variable.
You can have a mix of metric and imperial data files in the same folder. CADWorx
Select Type
Specifies the shape to place. The list contains the folders defined by the
HVACLibraryDirectory (on page 40) startup variable. In each folder is a Type.INI file
specifying the shape type in that folder (Square Straight, Oval Straight, and so forth).
Select Member
Dimensions
Options
Thickness
Inside Dimensions
Solid

Hollow
Open top
with oval shapes.
Open bottom
Details
Long annotation
Part number
Part Name
Specifies the part name for the shape.
Tag
Material
Specifies the material for the component. The default value is the MATERIAL= value in the
data file header.
Weight
weight.
Length
Area
Specifies the area of the shape.
Manual
catalog.
Pick points
Select lines

Place an HVAC shape from the catalog (on page 427)
Modify an HVAC shape from the catalog (on page 427)

Place an HVAC shape from the catalog

1. Click HVAC Shapes Catalog . Alternatively, type HVACC on the command line, and
press ENTER.
The Draw HVAC/Cable Tray Shape dialog box displays.
2. Select the data file to use from the Select Data file list.
The software populates the Select Type list with the available types.
3. Select the type of shape to use from the Select Type list.
The software populates the Select Member list with the available members.
4. Select the member to use from the Select Member list.
The preview and dimensions for that shape display in the Dimensions boxes.
5. Set up the shape parameters to meet your requirements. For more information, see HVAC
Shapes Catalog (on page 423).
Modify an HVAC shape from the catalog

2. Change the parameters to meet your requirements. For more information, see HVAC
Shapes Catalog (on page 423).
3. Click Apply.
User Shape
CADWorx HVAC tab: HVAC Draw / BOM / DB > User Shape
Command line: HUSER
Places a component using a custom user-defined shape. You select the component to draw
based on an existing user-shape DWG file. The extrusion direction and distance is based on
points picked or a line selected in the drawing. You can edit the roll angle along with the
standard annotations.
For user shapes to work, an ASCII file named Type.INI must be in the same folder as the user
shape drawing files. The Type.INI file must have TYPE=USER as the first line in the file. The
folder (...\CADWorx\Plant\\HVAC\) contains the user shape drawing files.

Shown below are the parameters stored in a user-created .DWG file that can be used to create
a user shape. The user shape profile must be a closed polyline or an AutoCAD Region entity.
After you select the shape from the dialog box, you can pick points or select a line to determine
the extrusion length.
The default insert location for the user shape is 0,0,0. To specify a different insert location, add
an AutoCAD POINT entity to the profile .DWG to locate the insert point.
User Shapes Dialog Box

Controls parameters for placing user-defined shapes in the drawing.
Short Annotation

Long Annotation
Description
Part Number
Material
Length
Weight
Roll Angle
Specifies the roll angle about the placement line for the shape. Do not use AutoCAD
commands (ROTATE, MIRROR, 3DROTATE) to change the roll angle of the shape. The roll
angle of the shape can only be set from the User Shapes dialog box.
Pick points
Select line

Controls parameters for modifying user-defined shapes in the drawing.
Short Annotation
Long Annotation
Description

Part Number
Material
Length
Weight
Roll Angle
Specifies the roll angle about the placement line for the shape.
Manual Update
drawing.
Pick points
Select line

Place a user-defined HVAC shape (on page 430)
Modify a user-defined HVAC shape (on page 431)
Place a user-defined HVAC shape

1. Click User Shape . Alternatively, type HUSER on the command line, and press ENTER.
The HVAC User Shapes dialog box displays.
2. Select the folder that contains the Type.INI data file to use from the Select Directory list.
The software populates the Select Member list with the available shapes.
3. Select the shape to use from the Select Member list.
The preview and details for that shape display in the Details boxes.
4. Set up the shape parameters to meet your requirements. For more information, see User
Shape (on page 427).

Modify a user-defined HVAC shape

2. Change the parameters to meet your requirements. For more information, see User Shape
(on page 427).
3. Click Apply.
Generic Attach
CADWorx HVAC tab: HVAC Draw / BOM / DB > Generic Attach
Command line: HGENERIC
information on a beam and have it correctly reflect the center of gravity, draw a centerline and
pick MIDpoint, NEArest to the end of the centerline, or the exact location.
Generic Attach (Create/Edit) Dialog Box

Controls parameters for attaching information to generic AutoCAD objects.
Long Annotation
Specifies the long annotation for the component, such as W6X25.
Description
Specifies the description for the component, such as Wide Flange.
Short Annotation
Specifies the short annotation for the component, such as W6.
Part number
Specifies the part number for the component, such as 12345.
Material
Specifies the material for the component, such as ASTM A-36.
Length
Specifies the length of the component. Any real number is valid.
Weight
Specifies the weight of the component. Any real number is valid.
BOM Mark Point

Specify On-screen
X
Y
Z
CG Location
Specify On-screen
X
to zero.
Y
to zero.
Z
to zero.

Place a generic attachment in the drawing (on page 432)
Modify a generic attachment
Place a generic attachment in the drawing

1. Click Generic Attach . Alternatively, type HGENERIC on the command line, and press
ENTER.
The Generic Attach (Create) dialog box displays.
2. Set up the attachment parameters to meet your requirements. For more information, see
3. Click Attach.
4. Select the non CADWorx object to which to attach the information.

Specify the Bill of Material Mark Point and the Center of Gravity Location
The Generic Attach (Edit) dialog box displays.
6. Click OK.
Edit
CADWorx HVAC tab: HVAC Draw / BOM / DB > Edit
Command line: HCEDIT
Edits HVAC or cable tray shapes. This command displays the same dialog box that was used to
place the shape. You cannot change the object shape using this command. For more
information, see HVAC (on page 420).
GC Edit
CADWorx HVAC tab: HVAC Draw / BOM / DB > GC Edit
Command line: HGCEDIT
Edits global HVAC component data.
HVAC Global CEdit Dialog Box

Controls parameters for editing global HVAC component data.
Thickness
Alter solid
Specifies whether the way the components are drawn can be changed.
Solid
Hollow
Open top
with oval shapes.

Open Bottom
Long annotation
Part number
Tag
Weight
weight.
Edit HVAC components globally

1. Click GCEdit . Alternatively, type HGCEDIT on the command line, and press ENTER.
2. Select the objects to edit, and press ENTER.
The HVAC Global CEdit dialog box displays.
3. Set up the parameters to meet your requirements. For more information, see GC Edit (on
page 433).
4. Click OK.
The software applies the parameters to the selected components.
HVAC BOM Setup

CADWorx HVAC tab: HVAC Draw / BOM / DB > Setup
Plant menu: HVAC > Bill of Material > Setup
Command line: HBOMSETUP
box, you can specify column widths, provide the schedule direction (up or down), provide user-
specified headings for columns, allow alignment of columns, and the selection of different
entries into the schedule. You can arrange the columns in any order.
Table Setup Tab



Lists all the information on a HVAC component that you can include in the BOM. These
columns can be added to any schedule template in any order using Add.
Add and Remove
Selected lists.
Alignment
Grow Direction
the columns. Use Sort Order Setup tab to define the sort order.
Column title
Column width
HVAC BOM Setup check box in Miscellaneous CFG Content in the CADWorx Plant Setup.
Sort Order Setup Tab

Lists all the information on a HVAC component that you can include in the BOM. These
columns can be added to any schedule template in any order using Add.

Add and Remove

Selected lists.
Alignment
Grow Direction
the columns. Use Sort Order Setup tab to define the sort order.
Column title
Column width
HVAC BOM Setup check box in Miscellaneous CFG Content in the CADWorx Plant Setup.


1. On the HVAC Draw / BOM / DB panel, click Setup . Alternatively, type HBOMSETUP in
the command line, and press ENTER.
The HVAC Bill of Material Setup dialog box displays.
2. To add a property to the BOM, select the property in the BOM Columns Available list, and
then click Add.
3. To remove a property from the BOM, select the property in the BOM Columns Selected
list, and then click Remove.
4. Click OK.


4. Click OK.

column.
5. Click OK.

2. Select the Sort Order Setup tab.
to A.
6. Click OK.
Cut HVAC Bill of Material

CADWorx HVAC tab: HVAC Draw / BOM / DB > Cut
Plant menu: HVAC > Bill of Material > Run > Cut
Command line: HBOMCUT
Generates a Bill of Material schedule listing each HVAC component with a length and a tag.

Counter
of tags.
Manual placement
Automatic placement
37).


1. On the HVAC Draw / BOM / DB panel, click Cut . Alternatively, type HBOMCUT in the

3. Type the placement angle for the tag, and press ENTER.
5. Select the HVAC components to include in the BOM. Right-click or press ENTER when you
are finished.

1. On the HVAC Draw / BOM / DB panel, click Cut . Alternatively, type HBOMCUT in the
are finished.
Total HVAC Bill of Material

CADWorx HVAC tab: HVAC Draw / BOM / DB > Total
Plant menu: HVAC > Bill of Material > Run > Total
Command line: HBOMTOTAL
Generates a Bill of Material schedule with one tag for a total length of HVAC components in
each size. Identical long annotation items are accumulated in the length column.
Counter
of tags.
Manual placement
Automatic placement
37).



1. On the HVAC Draw / BOM / DB panel, click Total . Alternatively, type HBOMTOTAL in
are finished.

1. On the HVAC Draw / BOM / DB panel, click Total . Alternatively, type HBOMTOTAL in
are finished.

Single HVAC Bill of Material

CADWorx HVAC tab: HVAC Draw / BOM / DB > Single
Plant menu: HVAC > Bill of Material > Run > Single
Command line: HBOMSINGLE
schedule.
Counter
of tags.
Manual placement
Automatic placement
37).



1. On the HVAC Draw / BOM / DB panel, click Single . Alternatively, type HBOMSINGLE
in the command line, and press ENTER.
are finished.

1. On the HVAC Draw / BOM / DB panel, click Single . Alternatively, type HBOMSINGLE
in the command line, and press ENTER.
are finished.
Data Remove
CADWorx HVAC tab: HVAC Draw / BOM / DB > Data Remove
Command line: HCDATAREMOVE
Removes CADWorx data from components.
Remove CADWorx data from components

1. On the HVAC Draw / BOM / DB panel, click Data Remove . Alternatively, type
HDATAREMOVE in the command line, and press ENTER.
2. Select the objects from which to remove the CADWorx data, and press ENTER.
A dialog box displays asking if you are sure that you want to remove the data.
3. Click Yes.
The software removes the CADWorx data from the selected components.
Layer Change
CADWorx HVAC tab: HVAC Draw / BOM / DB > Layer Change
Command line: HLAYERCHANGE
Changes the solid and centerline layers associated with components.

Change the layers associated with HVAC components

1. On the HVAC Draw / BOM / DB panel, click Layer Change . Alternatively, type
HLAYERCHANGE in the command line, and press ENTER.
2. Select the objects to change, and press ENTER.
3. If you want to change the solid layer, type Y in the command line, or select Yes from the
popup menu.
The Please select Layer dialog box displays.
4. Select the layer with which to associate the solid part of the component, and click OK.
5. If you want to change the centerline layer, type Y in the command line, or select Yes from
the popup menu.
The Please select Layer dialog box displays.
6. Select the layer with which to associate the centerline of the component, and click OK.
The software changes the layers.
DB Generate
CADWorx HVAC tab: HVAC Draw / BOM / DB > DB Generate
Command line: HDBFGEN
Exports CADWorx HVAC information to a Microsoft Access or Microsoft Excel file.
Select Database Type Dialog Box
Controls parameters for exporting CADWorx HVAC component information.
Database Type
Excel file.
Browse
dialog display the file name and directory in use.
Append/Sync
same time.
New
Directory
Displays the location of the database file.
Access File
Displays the name of the database file.
Excel File
Displays the name of the database file.

Export CADWorx HVAC data

1. On the HVAC Draw / BOM / DB panel, click DB Generate . Alternatively, type
HDBFGEN in the command line, and press ENTER.
2. Select the HVAC components to write to the database file. Right-click or press ENTER when
you are finished.
or
6. Click OK.
DB In
CADWorx HVAC tab: HVAC Draw / BOM / DB > DB In
Command line: HDBFIN
Imports and draws CADWorx HVAC components from a Microsoft Access or Microsoft Excel
file. This command is not available when you are using a live database.
Use the DB Generate (on page 443) command to create the Microsoft Access or Microsoft Excel
file to import.
Import CADWorx HVAC data

1. On the HVAC Draw / BOM / DB panel, click DB In . Alternatively, type HDBFIN in the
2. Select the file to import.
3. Click Open.
The records dialog box displays.
5. Click OK.
Audit HVAC Database

CADWorx HVAC tab: HVAC Draw / BOM / DB > Audit
Command line: HDBAUDIT
option to delete this component in the database or to ignore it.

Audit the HVAC database

1. On the HVAC Draw / BOM / DB panel, click Audit . Alternatively, type HDBAUDIT in the
2. Select the file to audit against the drawing.
3. Click Open.
Checking objects in this drawing with rows in the database.
Synchronize HVAC Database

CADWorx HVAC tab: HVAC Draw / BOM / DB > Synchronize
Command line: HSYNC
are in the model but are not in the database.
SHORT_ANNOTATION, LONG_ANNOTATION, DESCRIPTION, PART_NUMBER, and
MATERIAL fields in the HVAC table. Changing any other column value does not have any effect
on the drawing.
Synchronize the HVAC database

1. On the HVAC Draw / BOM / DB panel, click Synchronize . Alternatively, type HSYNC in

SECTION 23
Toolbars
In This Section
Accessing and Docking the Toolbars ............................................ 446
Aliases and Command Names ...................................................... 447
Connecting to components ............................................................ 447
Compass ........................................................................................ 447
Plane versus Isometrics view modes ............................................ 447
3D Modeling versus 2D Modeling .................................................. 447
Buttweld ......................................................................................... 448
Flanges .......................................................................................... 484
Flgd/BW Valves ............................................................................. 498
Lined .............................................................................................. 513
Fiberglass ...................................................................................... 519
Sanitary .......................................................................................... 540
Victaulic ......................................................................................... 580
Threaded/Socket ........................................................................... 584
Thrd/SW Valves ............................................................................. 621
Gaskets, Etc. ................................................................................. 638
Pipe Ends ...................................................................................... 640
Restraints ....................................................................................... 640
Misc................................................................................................ 641
Operators ....................................................................................... 649
Line Numbers ................................................................................ 649
UCS ............................................................................................... 650
Steel ............................................................................................... 650
Settings .......................................................................................... 652
Palettes .......................................................................................... 654
Accessing and Docking the Toolbars

Toolbars duplicate commands available on the CADWorx Plant I and CADWorx Plant II tabs.
You may find it useful to open toolbars containing frequently-used commands when screen
space for the tab is limited.
To open a Plant toolbar, click Plant > Toolbars, and select the needed toolbar. You can also
open an alternate set of toolbars from View tab > Windows panel > Toolbars > PIPEALT,
PIPEFLY, or PIPERIB.
To dock a toolbar, drag it to any edge of the window. Press CTRL to drag a toolbar without
docking it. You can then drag a toolbar off of the window space.
The AutoCAD Toolbar command opens the Customize User Interface dialog box. You
can choose any needed toolbars for AutoCAD or CADWorx Plant.

Toolbars
Aliases and Command Names

Ribbon, toolbar, and menu commands have a command name that you can type in the
command line.
A command alias is an abbreviation that you type at the command line instead of typing the
entire command name. Command aliases created for Plant are delivered in the [Product
Folder]\Plant\Support\Flow_alt.pgp file.
You can change alias names but should avoid conflicts with aliases already defined in the .pgp
file for AutoCAD.
Connecting to components
In connecting to components, Piping Rules effect the behavior of prompts when set to No or
Show Options. If selecting a component from a palette or toolbar, the selected component
prompts you if unable to derive information from the surrounding components due to the piping
rules. When the rules are set to Automatic, the process is simplified for connecting components
to appropriate valued objects. For instance, when inserting a flange to a pipe, if both have the
same size and specification you are not prompted and the flange inserts automatically. For more
information, see Apply Flange Insertion Rule (on page 59) or all other Piping Rules (on page
55). Prompts depend on the settings you have chosen for the piping rules. Also, you may be
prompted in certain situations based on the components of the model. Most of the components
are built to work as smart objects. They connect using the previous information of the last point
of a component. If you change sizes while working with a component, you are prompted
accordingly. In addition, you may not receive prompts based on the actions of connection to
components. Prompts depend on the actions you take, and some prompts appear only when not
connecting to a previous component.
Compass
Enables 360 degree navigation for placement of components. You can turn the compass on and
off in Setup (on page 27). You are also provided with the option to change the color. When the
compass is turned on the screen displays a circle around the components when they are pulled
into the drawing space.
Plane versus Isometrics view modes

When plotting components using Plane views, some prompts appear differently when working in
3D Solids then when plotting components in Isometric views. This is based on the directional
limitations of those views. The prompts do not differ when you are working in 2D Double Line or
2D Single Line. All commands in the following sections are based off the isometrics view for all
modes of modeling.
3D Modeling versus 2D Modeling

The CADWorx option for working in 3D modeling and 2D modeling is set up in the CADWorx
Plant Setup dialog box. All commands on the toolbars work in both modes, however some
commands are ideally designed for working in 3D mode versus working in 2D mode. The
commands are grouped according to which commands are better suited for either 3D modeling
or 2D modeling. You can use the commands as needed, but in 3D modeling some of the
commands better suited for 2D have the same response as those better suited for 3D. For more
information, see Setup (on page 27) and CADWorx Plant Setup Dialog Box.

Toolbars
Buttweld
Plant menu: Toolbars > Buttweld
The commands on the Buttweld toolbar can be used for modeling in 3D or 2D mode
depending on how you define the drawing mode. For more information, see 3D Modeling versus
2D Modeling (on page 447).
Pipe - Places a butt-welded pipe component. For more PIPW

information, see Pipe (on page 452).
Plan 90 LR Ell - Places a 90 degree long radius elbow in the 90LR

X-Y plane. For more information, see Plan 90 LR Ell (on page
453).
Plan 90 SR Ell - Places a 90 degree short radius elbow in the 90SR

X-Y plane. For more information, see Plan 90 SR Ell (on page
453).
Plan 45 Ell - Places a 45 degree elbow in the X-Y plane. For 45LR
more information, see Plan 45 Ell (on page 454).
Plan 90 Reducing Ell - Places a 90 degree reducing elbow in 90RD

the X-Y plane. For more information, see Plan 90 Reducing Ell
(on page 455).
Plan Tee - Places a straight tee in the X-Y plane. For more TESW
information, see Plan Tee (on page 455).
Plan Reducing Tee - Places a straight reducing tee in the X-Y TERW
plane. For more information, see Plan Reducing Tee (on page
456).
Plan 180 LR Return - Places a 180 degree long radius return 18LR
in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Plan 180 LR
Return (on page 457).
Plan 180 SR Return - Places a 180 degree short radius return 18SR
in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Plan 180 SR
Conc Reducer - Places a concentric reducer component in CONC

the X-Y plane. For more information, see Conc Reducer (on
page 458).
Ecc Reducer - Places an eccentric reducer component in the ECC

X-Y plane. For more information, see Ecc Reducer (on page
458).

Toolbars
Cap - Places a pipe cap in the X-Y plane. For more CAPW
information, see Cap (on page 459).
Plan Cross - Places a four-way straight cross in the X-Y CRSW

plane. For more information, see Plan Cross (on page 460).
Plan Reducing Cross - Places a four-way reducing cross in CRRW

the X-Y plane. For more information, see Plan Reducing
Cross (on page 460).
Plan Lateral - Places a 45 degree lateral tee in the X-Y plane. LATW
For more information, see Plan Lateral (on page 461).
Miters - Places a mitered pipe component in the X-Y plane. MPIP

For more information, see Miters (on page 462).
Rolled Pipe - Places a free-form pipe component, such as a SPIP

hose or flexible connection. For more information, see Rolled
Pipe (on page 462).
Adjustable Bend - Places an adjustable pipe bend. For more BENT

information, see Adjustable Bend (on page 463).
90 LR Ell - Places a 90 degree long radius elbow with the end R90LR
rolled at a 45 degree angle from the X-Y plane. For more
information, see 90 LR Ell (on page 465).
90 SR Ell - Places a 90 degree short radius elbow with the R90SR

end rolled at a 45 degree angle from the X-Y plane. For more
information, see 90 SR Ell (on page 466).
45 LR Ell - Places a 45 degree elbow with the end rolled at a R45LR

45 degree angle from the X-Y plane. For more information,
see 45 LR Ell (on page 467).
Tee - Places a tee with the branch rolled at a 45 degree angle RTESW
from the X-Y plane. For more information, see Tee (on page
467).
Plan 11.25 Ell - Places an 11.25 degree elbow in the X-Y 11LR
plane. For more information, see Plan 11.25 Ell (on page 468).
Plan 22.5 Ell - Places a 22.5 degree elbow in the X-Y plane. 22LR
For more information, see Plan 22.5 Ell (on page 469).
Plan Wye - Places a wye in the X-Y plane. For more YB

information, see Plan Wye (on page 469).

Toolbars
The commands in the table below are designed for modeling in 2D.
Side 90 LR Ell - Places a 90 degree long radius elbow normal H90LR

to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Side 90 LR Ell (on
page 470).
Side 90 SR Ell - Places a 90 degree short radius elbow H90SR

normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Side 90
SR Ell (on page 471).
Side 45 Ell - Places a 45 degree elbow normal to the X-Y H45LR

plane when the previous or next run is horizontal to the X-Y
plane. For more information, see Side 45 Ell (on page 471).
Vert 45 Ell - Places a 45 degree elbow normal to the X-Y V45LR

plane when the previous or next run is vertical to the X-Y
plane. For more information, see Vert 45 Ell (on page 472).
Side 90 Reducing Ell - Places a 90 degree reducing elbow H90RD

Reducing Ell (on page 473).
Side Tee - Places a straight tee with the branch normal to the HTESW
X-Y plane. For more information, see Side Tee (on page 473).
Vert Tee - Places a straight tee with the main normal to the X- VTESW
Y plane. For more information, see Vert Tee (on page 474).
Side Reducing Tee - Places a straight reducing tee with the HTERW
branch normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see
Side Reducing Tee (on page 475).
Vert Reducing Tee - Places a straight reducing tee with the VTERW
main normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Vert
Reducing Tee (on page 475).
Side 180 LR Return - Places a 180 degree long radius return H18LR
normal to the X-Y plane with the return ends on the X-Y plane.
For more information, see Side 180 LR Return (on page 476).
Vert 180 LR Return - Places a 180 degree long radius return V18LR
normal to the X-Y plane with the return ends also normal to
the X-Y plane. For more information, see Vert 180 LR Return
(on page 476).
Side 180 SR Return - Places a 180 degree short radius return H18SR
For more information, see Side 180 SR Return (on page 477).

Toolbars
Vert 180 SR Return - Places a 180 degree short radius return V18SR
the X-Y plane. For more information, see Vert 180 SR Return
(on page 478).
Side Cross - Places a four-way straight cross with the branch HCRSW
normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Side Cross
(on page 478).
Side Reducing Cross - Places a four-way reducing cross HCRRW

with the reducing branch normal to the X-Y plane. For more
information, see Side Reducing Cross (on page 479).
Vert Reducing Cross - Places a four-way reducing cross with VCRRW

the main branch normal to the X-Y plane. For more
information, see Vert Reducing Cross (on page 479).
Side Lateral - Places a 45 degree lateral tee in the X-Y plane HLATW
with the branch in the X-Z or Y-Z plane. For more information,
see Side Lateral (on page 480).
Vert Lateral - Places a 45 degree lateral tee with the main VLATW
normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Vert
Lateral (on page 480).
Side 11.25 Ell - Places an 11.25 degree elbow normal to the H11LR
X-Y plane. For more information, see Side 11.25 Ell (on page
481).
Vert 11.25 Ell - Places an 11.25 degree elbow normal to the V11LR
X-Y plane. For more information, see Vert 11.25 Ell (on page
481).
Side 22.5 Ell - Places a 22.5 degree elbow normal to the X-Y H22LR
plane. For more information, see Side 22.5 Ell (on page 482).
Vert 22.5 Ell - Places a 22.5 degree elbow normal to the X-Y V22LR
plane. For more information, see Vert 22.5 Ell (on page 483).
Side Wye - Places a wye on the X-Y plane with the branches HYB
normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Side Wye
(on page 483).
Vert Wye - Places a wye normal to the X-Y plane with the VYB
branches also normal to the X-Y plane. For more information,
see Vert Wye (on page 484).

Toolbars
Modeling in 3D
These commands are useful for 3D modeling. All of the following commands are available in 3D
and 2D modeling.
Pipe
Buttweld toolbar: Pipe
Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary Tubing
Victaulic toolbar: Victaulic Pipe
Command line: PIPW
You can also now use PIPW1 for buttweld piping, PIPF1 for socket weld or threaded
piping, and PIPFL1 for flanged piping, to draw singular pipe. PIPW starts the pipe router.
Places a pipe component in the X-Y plane.
last point
Center
Places the pipe along the center of the pipe, as defined along the Z-axis.
TOP
BOP
Right
Places the pipe along the right side of the pipe, as defined along the Z-axis
Left
Places the pipe along the left side of the pipe, as defined along the Z-axis
Place a pipe
1. Click a pipe component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, or type coordinates in the command line and press ENTER.
3. Click to select an ending point, or type coordinates in the command line and press ENTER.
The pipe component is drawn.

Toolbars
Plan 90 LR Ell
Buttweld toolbar: Plan 90 LR Ell
Victaulic toolbar: Plan 90 LR Ell

Command line: 90LR
Places a 90 degree long radius elbow in the X-Y plane.
last point
Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Start
Places the component anywhere in the drawing at any chosen start point.
Corner
Places the component at the corner of two pipes.
otherEnd
Places the start point of the component on the other end.
Place a 90 degree plan elbow

1. Click a 90 degree plan elbow component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, or select an option. The system prompts vary based on the
selection.
3. Click in the direction of the corner.
4. Click in the direction of the bend of the elbow.
The elbow component is drawn.
Plan 90 SR Ell
Buttweld toolbar: Plan 90 SR Ell
Victaulic toolbar: Plan 90 SR Ell

Command line: 90SR
Places a 90 degree short radius elbow in the X-Y plane.
last point
Start
Corner
otherEnd

Toolbars

selection.
Plan 45 Ell
Buttweld toolbar: Plan 45 Ell
Victaulic toolbar: Plan 45 Ell

Command line: 45LR
Places a 45 degree elbow in the X-Y plane.
last point
Start
Corner
otherEnd
Place a plan elbow

1. Click a plan elbow command.
2. Pick a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.

Toolbars
Plan 90 Reducing Ell

Buttweld toolbar: Plan 90 Reducing Ell
Victaulic toolbar: Plan 90 Reducing Ell

Command line: 90RD
Places a 90 degree reducing elbow in the X-Y plane.
last point
Corner
otherEnd
Places the start point of the component on the other end. For this component, this option
switches to the reducing side.
Place a 90 degree reducing plan elbow

1. Click a 90 degree reducing plan elbow component command.
2. To optionally place the reducing end first, right-click and select otherEnd.
Plan Tee
Buttweld toolbar: Plan Tee
Victaulic toolbar: Plan Tee

Command line: TESW
Places a straight tee in the X-Y plane.
last point
Branch
Places the branch of the tee at the start point.
Middle
Places the tee at the centerline intersection of the branch and main of the tee.

Toolbars
Place a plan tee

1. Click a plan tee command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.
3. Click in the direction of the main of the tee.
4. Click in the direction of the branch of the tee.
The tee component is drawn.
Plan Reducing Tee

Buttweld toolbar: Plan Reducing Tee
Victaulic toolbar: Plan Reducing Tee

Command line: TERW
Places a straight reducing tee in the X-Y plane.
last point
Branch
Middle
Place a plan tee


Toolbars
Plan 180 LR Return

Buttweld toolbar: Plan 180 LR Return
Command line: 18LR
Places a 180 degree long radius return in the X-Y plane.
last point
Start
Corner
otherEnd
Place a 180 degree plan return

1. Click a 180 degree plan return component command.
3. Click in the direction of the bend of the return.
4. Click in the direction of the end of the return.
The return component is drawn.
Plan 180 SR Return

Buttweld toolbar: Plan 180 SR Return
Command line: 18SR
Places a 180 degree short radius return in the X-Y plane.
last point
Start
Corner
otherEnd

Toolbars
Place a 180 degree plan return

1. Click a 180 degree plan return component command.
4. Click in the direction of the end of the return.
Conc Reducer
Buttweld toolbar: Conc Reducer
Victaulic toolbar: Conc Reducer

Command line: CONC
Places a concentric reducer component in the X-Y plane.
last point
Large end
Places the non-reducing end at the start point.
Small end
Places the reducing end at the start point.
If you are connecting to another component where the large end is the same size as the
last component, press ENTER to attach to the last component drawn.
Place a concentric reducer

1. Click a concentric reducer component command.
2. Pick a starting point for the large end, such as at the end of a pipe.
3. Click in the direction of the small end of the reducer.
The reducer component is drawn.
Ecc Reducer
Buttweld toolbar: Ecc Reducer
Victaulic toolbar: Ecc Reducer

Command line: ECC

Toolbars
Places an eccentric reducer component in the X-Y plane.

last point
Large end
Small end
Up
Places the flat side of the reducer in the positive Z direction.
Down
Places the flat side of the reducer in the negative Z direction.
Place an eccentric reducer

1. Click an eccentric reducer component command.
or
Select Small end, and press ENTER.
3. Click in the direction of the other end of the reducer.
4. To place the flat side in the X-Y plane, click in the direction of the flat side.
or
To place the flat side in the Z direction, select Up or Down.
Cap
Buttweld toolbar: Cap
Victaulic toolbar: Cap

Command line: CAPW
Places a pipe cap in the X-Y plane.
last point
Cap end
Places the top of the cap at the start point.
Place a cap
1. Click a cap component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as the end of a pipe.
3. Click to select the direction of the top of the cap.
The cap component is drawn.

Toolbars
Plan Cross
Buttweld toolbar: Plan Cross
Victaulic toolbar: Plan Cross

Command line: CRSW
Places a four-way straight cross in the X-Y plane.
last point
Middle
Places the cross at the centerline intersection of the cross.
Branch
Places the branch of the cross at the start point.
Place a plan cross

1. Click a four-way straight cross command.
3. Click in the direction of the cross.
The cross component is drawn.
Plan Reducing Cross

Buttweld toolbar: Plan Reducing Cross
Victaulic toolbar: Plan Reducing Cross

Command line: CRRW
Places a four-way reducing cross in the X-Y plane.
last point
Branch
Places the reducing branch of cross tee at the start point.
Middle
Places the tee at the centerline intersection of the cross.

Toolbars
Place a plan reducing cross

1. Click a four-way plan reducing cross command.
Plan Lateral
Buttweld toolbar: Plan Lateral
Victaulic toolbar: Plan Lateral

Command line: LATW
Places a 45 degree lateral in the X-Y plane.
last point
Middle
Places the lateral at the centerline intersection of the branch and main.
Branch
Places the branch of the lateral at the start point.
otherEnd
Place a plan lateral

1. Click a plan lateral command.
3. Click in the direction of the main of the lateral.
4. Click in the direction of the branch of the lateral.
The lateral component is drawn.

Toolbars
Miters
Buttweld toolbar: Miters
Command line: MPIP
Places a mitered pipe component in the X-Y plane. The pipe is placed on a 2D polyline created
with Polyline . A miter is placed on the pipe at each vertex of the polyline. For more
information, see PLINE in AutoCAD Help.
This command can also be used to create pipe with bends. For more information, see
CHAMFER in AutoCAD Help.
Mitered pipe cannot be placed on a 3D polyline created with 3D Polyline . For more
information, see 3DPOLY in AutoCAD Help.
Place a mitered pipe

1. On the Draw panel of the Home tab, click Polyline .
2. Draw the needed polyline.
3. Click Miters .
4. Select the polyline.
The mitered pipe component is drawn.
Rolled Pipe
Buttweld toolbar: Rolled Pipe
Command line: SPIP
Places a free-form pipe component, such as a hose or flexible connection. The pipe is placed on
a 2D polyline created with Polyline and edited with the Fit or Spline options of Edit
Polyline . For more information, see PLINE and PEDIT in AutoCAD Help.

Toolbars
Fit Example
Spline Example
Rolled pipe cannot be placed on a 3D polyline created with 3D Polyline . For more
information, see 3DPOLY in AutoCAD Help.
Place a rolled pipe

1. On the Draw panel of the Home tab, click Polyline .
2. Draw the needed polyline.
3. On the Modify panel, click Edit Polyline .
5. Select Fit or Spline.
6. Click Rolled Pipe .
Adjustable Bend
Buttweld toolbar: Adjustable Bend
Command line: BENT
Places a pipe bend based on the selected method: Enter radius, Trimmed elbow, or Select
arc.

Toolbars
Enter radius
Places a pipe bend by typing a radius, and then selecting the bend center, start, and end
points in a counterclockwise direction. This is the most common type of adjustable bend.
Degree
Defines the total angle of the bend from the start point. For example, if the start
point is at 91, and the value for Degree is 180, the end point is at 271 and the
total angle of the bend is 180.
Angle
Defines the angle of the bend as the value minus the angle defined by the start
point from the positive X-axis. For example, if the start point is at 91, and the value
for Angle is 180, the end point is at 180 and the angle of the bend is 79.
Tangent length
Defines straight lengths of pipe at each end of the bend. This is frequently required
for machine bending. You can type a value of 0.
Trimmed elbow
Places an elbow by selecting the center of the bend arc, the start point, and the end point.
Short radius
Defines a short radius elbow according to the current specification.
Long radius
Defines a long radius elbow according to the current specification.
Select arc
Places a pipe bend on an arc created with an arc command. For more information, see
Draw Arcs in AutoCAD Help.
Tangent length
Defines straight lengths of pipe at each end of the bend. This is frequently required
for machine bending. You can type a value of 0.
Place an adjustable bend
Enter Radius
1. Click Adjustable Bend on the Buttweld toolbar in the Miters drop-down. Alternatively,
type BENT on the command line, and then press ENTER.
2. Type a radius on the command line, and then press ENTER.
3. Select a center point.
4. Select a first direction.
5. Select a second direction.
6. Type a Tangent length on the command line, and then press ENTER.
The adjustable bend displays in the drawing.

Toolbars
Select Arc
1. Draw an AutoCAD arc.
3. Click Select Arc.
4. Select the arc in the drawing.
5. Type a Tangent length on the command line, and then press ENTER.
Trimmed Elbow
2. Select Trimmed Elbow.
3. Select a corner point.
4. Select a first direction.
5. Select a second direction.
6. Select Long radius or Short radius.
90 LR Ell
Buttweld toolbar: 90 LR Ell
Command line: R90LR
Places a 90 degree long radius elbow with the end rolled at a 45 degree angle from the X-Y
plane.
last point
Start
Corner
otherEnd
Up
Rotates the end of the elbow 45 degrees in the positive Z direction.
Down
Rotates the end of the elbow 45 degrees in the negative Z direction.
This command is only available for welded fittings.

The elbow centerline is out-of-plane. You must use an AutoCAD UCS command to obtain
the proper plane before modifying the elbow. For more information, see UCS in AutoCAD
Help.

Toolbars
Place a 90 degree rolled elbow

1. Click a 90 degree rolled elbow component command.
90 SR Ell
Buttweld toolbar: 90 SR Ell
Command line: R90SR
Places a 90 degree short radius elbow with the end rolled at a 45 degree angle from the X-Y
plane.
last point
Start
Corner
otherEnd
Up
Down

Help.

1. Click a 90 degree rolled elbow component command.

Toolbars
45 LR Ell
Buttweld toolbar: 45 LR Ell
Command line: R45LR
Places a 45 degree elbow with the end rolled at a 45 degree angle from the X-Y plane.
last point
Start
Corner
otherEnd
Up
Down

Help.

1. Click 45 LR Ell .
Tee
Buttweld toolbar: Tee
Command line: RTESW
Places a tee with the branch rolled at a 45 degree angle from the X-Y plane.
Middle

Toolbars
Up
Rotates the branch of the tee 45 degrees in the positive Z direction.
Down
Rotates the branch of the tee 45 degrees in the negative Z direction.
Place a rolled tee

1. Click a rolled tee command.
5. Select Up or Down.
Plan 11.25 Ell

Buttweld toolbar: Plan 11.25 Ell
Victaulic toolbar: Plan 11.25 Ell

Command line: 11LR
Places an 11.25 degree elbow in the X-Y plane.
last point
Corner
otherEnd
Place a plan elbow


Toolbars
Plan 22.5 Ell

Buttweld toolbar: Plan 22.5 Ell
Victaulic toolbar: Plan 22.5 Ell

Command line: 22LR
Places a 22.5 degree elbow in the X-Y plane.
last point
Corner
Place a plan elbow

Plan Wye
Buttweld toolbar: Plan Wye
Victaulic toolbar: Plan Wye
Command line: YB
Places a wye in the X-Y plane.
last point
Middle
Places the wye at the centerline intersection of the main and the branches of the wye.
Branch
Places the branch of the component at the start point.
otherEnd

Toolbars
Place a plan wye

1. Click a plan wye command.
3. Click in the direction of the wye.
The wye component is drawn.
Modeling in 2D
Commands are designed for plotting in 2D. The views in these commands appear this way only
in a 2D drawing.
Side 90 LR Ell
Buttweld toolbar: Side 90 LR Ell
Victaulic toolbar: Side 90 LR Ell

Command line: H90LR
Places a 90 degree long radius elbow normal to the X-Y plane.
last point
Up
Places the elbow bend in the positive Z direction.
Down
Places the elbow bend in the negative Z direction.
Place a side or vertical elbow

1. Click a side or vertical elbow component command.

Toolbars
Side 90 SR Ell
Buttweld toolbar: Side 90 SR Ell
Victaulic toolbar: Side 90 SR Ell

Command line: H90SR
Places a 90 degree short radius elbow normal to the X-Y plane.
last point
Up
Down

Side 45 Ell
Buttweld toolbar: Side 45 Ell
Victaulic toolbar: Side 45 Ell

Command line: H45LR
Places a 45 degree elbow normal to the X-Y plane. Use this command when the previous or
next run is horizontal to the X-Y plane.
last point
Up
Down

Toolbars

Vert 45 Ell
Buttweld toolbar: Vert 45 Ell
Victaulic toolbar: Vert 45 Ell

Command line: V45LR
next run is vertical to the X-Y plane.
last point
Up
Down


Toolbars
Side 90 Reducing Ell

Buttweld toolbar: Side 90 Reducing Ell
Victaulic toolbar: Side 90 Reducing Ell

Command line: H90RD
Places a 90 degree reducing elbow normal to the X-Y plane.
last point
Corner
Small
Places the reducing end of the elbow at the start point.
Up
Down
Place a side reducing elbow

1. Click a side reducing plan elbow component command.
2. To optionally place the reducing end first, right-click and select Small.
Side Tee
Buttweld toolbar: Side Tee
Victaulic toolbar: Side Tee

Command line: HTESW
Places a straight tee with the branch normal to the X-Y plane.
last point

Toolbars
Middle
Up
Places the branch of the tee in the positive Z direction.
Down
Places the branch of the tee in the negative Z direction.
Place a side tee

1. Click a side tee component command.
Vert Tee
Buttweld toolbar: Vert Tee
Victaulic toolbar: Vert Tee

Command line: VTESW
Places a straight tee with the main normal to the X-Y plane. The center of the tee is placed at
the start point by default.
last point
Branch
Place a vertical tee

1. Click a vertical tee component command.

Toolbars
Side Reducing Tee

Buttweld toolbar: Side Reducing Tee
Victaulic toolbar: Side Reducing Tee

Command line: HTERW
Places a straight reducing tee with the branch normal to the X-Y plane.
last point
Middle
Up
Down
Place a side tee

Vert Reducing Tee

Buttweld toolbar: Vert Reducing Tee
Victaulic toolbar: Vert Reducing Tee

Command line: VTERW
Places a straight reducing tee with the main normal to the X-Y plane. The center of the tee is
placed at the start point by default.
last point
Branch

Toolbars

Side 180 LR Return

Buttweld toolbar: Side 180 LR Return
Command line: H18LR
Places a 180 degree long radius return normal to the X-Y plane with the return ends on the X-Y
plane. This command is typically used with pipe that is normal to the X-Y plane.
last point
Middle
Places the return at the center point of the arc of the return.
Up
Places the return bend in the positive Z direction.
Down
Places the return bend in the negative Z direction.
Place a 180 degree side return

1. Click a 180 degree side return component command.
Vert 180 LR Return

Buttweld toolbar: Vert 180 LR Return
Command line: V18LR
Places a 180 degree long radius return normal to the X-Y plane with the return ends also normal
to the X-Y plane. This command is typically used with pipe that is on the X-Y plane.

Toolbars
last point
Middle
Up
Places the return direction in the positive Z direction.
Down
Places the return direction in the negative Z direction.
Place a 180 degree vertical return

1. Click a 180 degree vertical return component command.
Side 180 SR Return

Buttweld toolbar: Side 180 SR Return
Command line: H18SR
Places a 180 degree short radius return normal to the X-Y plane with the return ends on the X-Y
plane. This command is typically used with pipe that is normal to the X-Y plane.
last point
Middle
Up
Places the return bend in the positive Z direction.
Down
Places the return bend in the negative Z direction.
Place a 180 degree side return

1. Click a 180 degree side return component command.

Toolbars
Vert 180 SR Return

Buttweld toolbar: Vert 180 SR Return
Command line: V18SR
Places a 180 degree short radius return normal to the X-Y plane with the return ends also
normal to the X-Y plane. This command is typically used with pipe that is on the X-Y plane.
last point
Middle
Up
Places the return direction in the positive Z direction.
Down
Places the return direction in the negative Z direction.
Place a 180 degree vertical return

1. Click a 180 degree vertical return component command.
Side Cross
Buttweld toolbar: Side Cross
Victaulic toolbar: Side Cross

Command line: HCRSW
Places a four-way straight cross with the branch normal to the X-Y plane.
last point
Middle
Place a side cross

1. Click a four-way straight side cross command.

Toolbars
Side Reducing Cross

Buttweld toolbar: Side Reducing Cross
Victaulic toolbar: Side Reducing Cross

Command line: HCRRW
Places a four-way reducing cross with the reducing branch normal to the X-Y plane.
last point
Middle
Place a side reducing cross

1. Click a four-way side reducing cross command.
Vert Reducing Cross

Buttweld toolbar: Vert Reducing Cross
Victaulic toolbar: Vert Reducing Cross

Command line: VCRRW
Places a four-way reducing cross with the main normal to the X-Y plane. The center of the cross
is placed at the start point by default.
last point
Branch
Places the reducing branch of the cross tee at the start point.
Place a vertical reducing cross

1. Click a four-way vertical reducing cross command.

Toolbars
Side Lateral
Buttweld toolbar: Side Lateral
Victaulic toolbar: Side Lateral

Command line: HLATW
Places a 45 degree lateral in the X-Y plane with the branch in the X-Z or Y-Z plane.
last point
Middle
Up
Places the branch of the lateral in the positive Z direction.
Down
Places the branch of the lateral in the negative Z direction.
Place a side lateral

1. Click a side lateral component command.
Vert Lateral
Buttweld toolbar: Vert Lateral
Victaulic toolbar: Vert Lateral

Command line: VLATW
Places a 45 degree lateral with the main normal to the X-Y plane. The center of the lateral is
last point
Up
Down

Toolbars
Place a vertical lateral

1. Click a vertical lateral component command.
Side 11.25 Ell

Buttweld toolbar: Side 11.25 Ell
Victaulic toolbar: Side 11.25 Ell

Command line: H11LR
Places an 11.25 degree elbow normal to the X-Y plane. Use this command when the previous or
last point
Up
Down

Vert 11.25 Ell

Buttweld toolbar: Vert 11.25 Ell
Victaulic toolbar: Vert 11.25 Ell
Command line: V11LR

Toolbars
last point
Up
Down

Side 22.5 Ell

Buttweld toolbar: Side 22.5 Ell
Victaulic toolbar: Side 22.5 Ell

Command line: H22LR
Places a 22.5 degree elbow normal to the X-Y plane. Use this command when the previous or
last point
Up
Down


Toolbars
Vert 22.5 Ell

Buttweld toolbar: Vert 22.5 Ell
Victaulic toolbar: Vert 22.5 Ell

Command line: V22LR
last point
Up
Down

Side Wye
Buttweld toolbar: Side Wye
Victaulic toolbar: Side Wye

Command line: HYB
Places a wye on the X-Y plane with the branches normal to the X-Y plane. This command is
typically used with pipe that is on the X-Y plane.
last point
Middle
Places the wye at the centerline intersection of the main and branches of the wye.
Place a side wye

1. Click a side wye command.
3. Click in the direction of the wye main.

Toolbars
Vert Wye
Buttweld toolbar: Vert Wye
Victaulic toolbar: Vert Wye
Command line: VYB
Places a wye normal to the X-Y plane with the branches also normal to the X-Y plane. This
command is typically used with pipe that is normal to the X-Y plane.
last point
Middle
Place a vertical wye

1. Click a vertical wye command.
3. Click in the direction of the wye branches.
Flanges
Plant menu: Toolbars > Flanges
Weld Neck - Places a weld neck flange in the X-Y plane. For FLGW
more information, see Weld Neck Flange (on page 485).
Slip On - Places a slip-on flange in the X-Y plane. For more FLGO
information, see Slip-On Flange (on page 487).
Blind - Places a blind flange in the X-Y plane. For more FLGB
information, see Blind Flange (on page 488).
Socket Weld - Places a socket type flange in the X-Y plane. FLGS
For more information, see Socket Type Flange (on page 489).
Threaded - Places a threaded flange in the X-Y plane. For FLGT

more information, see Threaded Flange (on page 490).
Lap Joint - Places a lapped-joint flange in the X-Y plane. For FLGL
more information, see Lap Joint Flange (on page 492).
Stub End - Places a stub-end coupling component in the X-Y STB

plane. For more information, see Stub End (on page 492).

Toolbars
Long Weld Neck - Places a long weld neck component in the LWN
X-Y plane. For more information, see Long Weld Neck (on
page 493).
Reducing Slip On - Places a reducing slip on flange in the X- FLRO

Y plane. For more information, see Reducing Slip-on Flange
(on page 493).
Reducing Threaded - Places a reducing threaded flange in FLRT

the X-Y plane. For more information, see Reducing Threaded
Flange (on page 495).
Reducing Weld Neck - Places a reducing weld neck flange in FLRW

the X-Y plane. For more information, see Reducing Weld Neck
Weld Neck Flange

Flanges toolbar: Weld Neck
Command line: FLGW
Places a weld neck flange in the X-Y plane. You can place gaskets on flange sets using Auto
Gasket . For more information, see Auto Gasket (on page 269). Gaskets can also be added
to flange sets or flanges connecting to other components by setting the Apply Gasket Insertion
Rule (on page 58).
last point
Starts the plain end of the flange at the last point of the previously-created component.
Buttweld end
Starts the flange at the buttweld end. This option appears when the previously placed
component (such as another flange) would logically take the face end as the start point for
the flange. Use this option to place the flange in a different location or in the opposite
direction.
Face end
Starts the flange at the face end. This option appears when the previously placed
component (such as a pipe) would logically take the butt-welded end as the start point for
direction.

Place a flange on a pipe (on page 486)
Place a flange that mates with another flange (on page 486)

Toolbars
Place a flange on a pipe

1. Place a pipe component.
Place a pipe (on page 452)
2. Click a flange component command.
3. Click to select a starting point at an end of the pipe. Alternatively, press ENTER to connect
to the last point.
The flange component is drawn.
Flanges do not have a bolt or gasket automatically added unless the proper piping
rule is set. You must also have a set of flanges for this to occur. For more information, see
Apply Gasket Insertion Rule (on page 58), Apply Bolt Insertion Rule (on page 58), or Auto
Gasket (on page 269).
.
For more information, see Connecting to components (on page 447).
Place a flange that mates with another flange

1. Place a pipe and a flange.
3. Click to select a starting point at the end of the existing flange. Alternatively, press ENTER
to connect to the last point.
The flange component is drawn with the face mating to the face of the existing flange.
rule is set. For more information, see Apply Gasket Insertion Rule (on page 58), or Apply
Bolt Insertion Rule (on page 58).

Toolbars
Slip-on Flange
Flanges toolbar: Slip On
Victaulic toolbar: Victaulic Flange

Command line: FLGO
Places a slip-on flange in the X-Y plane. If Auto Gasket is turned on, then a gasket is also
placed on the flange. For more information, see Auto Gasket (on page 269).
last point
Slip on end
Starts the flange at the slip-on end. This option appears when the previously placed
direction.
Face end
component (such as a pipe) would logically take the slip-on end as the start point for the
flange. Use this option to place the flange in a different location or in the opposite direction.


to the last point.
.

Toolbars

Blind Flange
Flanges toolbar: Blind
Fiberglass toolbar: FRP Blind Flange

Lined toolbar: Lined Blind Flange
Command line: FLGB
Places a blind flange in the X-Y plane.
last point
Place a flange
2. Click to select a starting point. This must be another flange component; otherwise, the
system prompts you to add another flange. If prompted, select a flange from the list, and
skip step 3.
If you selected a Stub End or a Long Weld Neck the system prompts you to define
the length. Type the length as needed, and skip step 3.
3. Click to select the direction of the flange.
Some of the system prompts you may receive are based on the settings you have
defined in the piping rules for Apply Flange Insertion Rule (on page 59) and Default Flange
Insertion Type.

Toolbars
Socket Type Flange

Flanges toolbar: Socket Weld
Fiberglass toolbar: FRP Flange

Command line: FLGS
Places a socket type flange in the X-Y plane. You can place gaskets on flange sets using Auto
Rule (on page 58).
last point
Socket end
Starts the flange at the Socket end.
Face end
Starts the flange at the face end.


to the last point.
.

Toolbars

Threaded Flange
Flanges toolbar: Threaded
Command line: FLGT
Places a threaded flange in the X-Y plane. You can place gaskets on flange sets using Auto
Rule (on page 58).
last point
Thread end
Starts the flange at the threaded end.
Face end
Starts the flange at the face end.


Toolbars

to the last point.
.


Toolbars
Lap Joint Flange

Flanges toolbar: Lap Joint
Command line: FLGL
Places a lapped-joint flange in the X-Y plane.
last point
Place a flange
2. Click to select a starting point. This must be another flange component; otherwise, the
system prompts you to add another flange. If prompted, select a flange from the list, and
skip step 3.
If you selected a Stub End or a Long Weld Neck the system prompts you to define
the length. Type the length as needed, and skip step 3.
3. Click to select the direction of the flange.
Some of the system prompts you may receive are based on the settings you have
defined in the piping rules for Apply Flange Insertion Rule (on page 59) and Default Flange
Insertion Type.
Stub End
Flanges toolbar: Stub End
Command line: STB
Places a stub-end coupling component in the X-Y plane. You can place gaskets on flange sets
using Auto Gasket . For more information, see Auto Gasket (on page 269). Gaskets can also
be added to flange sets or flanges connecting to other components by setting the Apply Gasket
Insertion Rule (on page 58).
Length
Defines the length of the stub-end. If no length is defined, the default value from the current
specification is used.
Plan end
Starts the stub at the plain end.
Face end
Starts the stub at the face end.
Place a stub or weld neck

1. Click a stub or weld neck component command.
2. If needed, select Length and type a length for the component.
3. Pick a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe. Alternatively, press ENTER to connect to
the last point.
The component is drawn.

Toolbars
Long Weld Neck

Flanges toolbar: Long Weld Neck
Command line: LWN
Places a long weld neck component in the X-Y plane.
Length
Defines the length of the stub-end. If no length is defined, the default value from the current
specification is used.
Plan end
Starts the stub at the plain end.
Face end
Starts the stub at the face end.
Place a stub or weld neck
1. Click a stub or weld neck component command.
2. If needed, select Length and type a length for the component.
3. Pick a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe. Alternatively, press ENTER to connect to
the last point.
Reducing Slip-on Flange

Flanges toolbar: Reducing Slip On
Lined toolbar: Lined Reducing Flange
Command line: FLRO
Places a reducing slip-on flange in the X-Y plane. You can place gaskets on flange sets using
Auto Gasket . For more information, see Auto Gasket (on page 269). Gaskets can also be
added to flange sets or flanges connecting to other components by setting the Apply Gasket
last point
Reducing end
Starts the flange at the reducing end. This option appears when the previously placed
direction.
Face end
component (such as a pipe) would logically take the reducing end as the start point for the


Toolbars

to the last point.
.


Toolbars
Reducing Threaded Flange

Flanges toolbar: Reducing Threaded
Command line: FLRT
Places a reducing threaded flange in the X-Y plane. You can place gaskets on flange sets using
last point
Reducing end
direction.
Face end


to the last point.
.

Toolbars

Reducing Weld Neck Flange

Flanges toolbar: Reducing Weld Neck
Command line: FLRW
Places a reducing weld neck flange in the X-Y plane. You can place gaskets on flange sets
last point
Reducing end
direction.
Face end


Toolbars

to the last point.
.


Toolbars
Flgd/BW Valves
Plant menu: Toolbars > Flgd/BW Valves
The commands on the Flgd/BW Valves toolbar can be used for modeling in 3D or 2D mode
depending on how you define the drawing mode. For more information, see 3D Modeling
versus 2D Modeling (on page 447).
It is possible to add multiple pressure and ratings to valves in the Specification Editor. For
more information, see New and Edit Component Pane in the CADWorx Spec Editor User's
Guide.
If you draw a valve with multiple ratings in CADWorx Plant and then attach a flange, the
software prompts you when the flange and the valve rating do not match. You can select
Yes to override and insert the flange. Optionally, select No, and then insert a flange with a
matching rating.
Gate - Places a gate valve component in the X-Y plane. For GATF
more information, see Gate Valve (on page 500).
Ball - Places a ball valve component in the X-Y plane. For BALF
more information, see Ball Valve (on page 500)
Globe - Places a globe valve component in the X-Y plane. For GLBF
more information, see Globe Valve (on page 501).
Plug - Places a plug valve component in the X-Y plane. For PLUF
more information, see Plug Valve (on page 502).
Check - Places a check valve component in the X-Y plane. CHKF

For more information, see Check Valve (on page 502).
Butterfly - Places a butterfly valve component in the X-Y BFYF

plane. For more information, see Butterfly Valve (on page
503).
Diaphragm - Places a diaphragm valve and flange gasket DIAF

component in the X-Y plane. For more information, see
Diaphragm Valve (on page 504).
Rotary - Places a rotary valve component in the X-Y plane. ROTF

For more information, see Rotary Valve (on page 504).
Dual Check - Places a dual check valve and flange gasket DCHF
components in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Dual
Check Valve (on page 505).

Toolbars
Control - Places a control valve component in the X-Y plane. CNTF

For more information, see Control Valve (on page 506).
3 Way Plan - Places a three-way valve component in the X-Y 3VF

plane. For more information, see 3-Way Plan Valve (on page
506).
4 Way Plan - Places a four-way valve component in the X-Y 4VF

507).
Relief Side - Places a 90 degree pressure relief valve in the RELF

X-Y plane. For more information, see Relief Side Valve (on
page 508).
Angle Top - Places a 90 degree angle valve in the X-Y plane. ANGF
For more information, see Angle Top Valve (on page 508).
3 Way Side - Places a three-way valve component with the H3VF

valve branch normal to the X-Y plane. For more information,
see 3-Way Side Valve (on page 509)
3 Way Vertical - Places a three-way valve component with V3VF

the main normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see
3-Way Vertical Valve (on page 510).
4 Way Side - Places a four-way valve component with the H4VF

valve branches normal to the X-Y plane. For. more
information, see 4-Way Side Valve (on page 510)
Relief Top - Places a 90 degree pressure relief valve with the HRELF
relief end normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see
Relief Top Valve (on page 511)
Pressure Top - Places a 90 degree pressure relief valve with VRELF

the pressure end normal to the X-Y plane. For more
information, see Pressure Top Valve (on page 511).
Angle Side - Places a 90 degree angle valve in the X-Y plane. HANGF
For more information, see Angle Side Valve (on page 512).

Toolbars
Modeling in 3D
and 2D modeling.
Gate Valve
Flanged Valves toolbar: Gate
Command line: GATF
Places a gate valve component in the X-Y plane. You can place gaskets on flange sets using
last point
Starts the plain end of the valve at the last point of the previously-created component.
Middle
Places the valve at its center.
Place a valve
1. Click a valve component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe or a flange.
Alternatively, press ENTER to connect to the last point. This works only when
connecting to a flange, otherwise follow the prompts provided by the software.
The valve component is drawn.
Ball Valve
Flanged Valves toolbar: Ball
Victaulic toolbar: Victaulic Ball Valve

Command line: BALF
Places a ball valve component in the X-Y plane. You can place gaskets on flange sets using
last point
Middle

Toolbars
Place a valve
Globe Valve
Flanged Valves toolbar: Globe
Command line: GLBF
Places a globe valve component in the X-Y plane. You can place gaskets on flange sets using
last point
Middle
Place a valve

Toolbars
Plug Valve
Flanged Valves toolbar: Plug
Victaulic toolbar: Sanitary Plug Valve
Command line: PLUF
Places a plug valve component in the X-Y plane. You can place gaskets on flange sets using
last point
Center
Place a valve
Check Valve
Flanged Valves toolbar: Check
Victaulic toolbar: Victaulic Check Valve

Command line: CHKF
Places a check valve component in the X-Y plane. You can place gaskets on flange sets using
last point
Middle
otherEnd

Toolbars
Place a valve
Butterfly Valve
Flanged Valves toolbar: Butterfly
Victaulic toolbar: Victaulic Butterfly Valve

Command line: BFYF
Places a butterfly valve component in the X-Y plane. You can place gaskets on flange sets
last point
Middle
Place a valve

Toolbars
Diaphragm Valve
Flanged Valves toolbar: Diaphragm
Command line: DIAF
Places a diaphragm valve component in the X-Y plane. You can place gaskets on flange sets
last point
Middle
Place a valve
Rotary Valve
Flanged Valves toolbar: Rotary
Command line: ROTF
Places a rotary component in the X-Y plane. You can place gaskets on flange sets using Auto
Rule (on page 58).
last point
Middle

Toolbars
Place a valve
Dual Check Valve

Flanged Valves toolbar: Dual Check
Command line: DCHF
Places a dual check valve component in the X-Y plane. You can place gaskets on flange sets
last point
Middle
otherEnd
Place a valve

Toolbars
Control Valve
Flanged Valves toolbar: Control
Command line: CNTF
Places a control valve component in the X-Y plane. You can place gaskets on flange sets using
last point
Length
Specifies the length of the valve.
Start
Places the valve at the start point.
Middle
Places the valve at its middle.
Place a valve
3-Way Plan Valve

Flanged Valves toolbar: 3 Way Plan
Command line: 3VF
Places a three-way valve component in the X-Y plane. You can place gaskets on flange sets
last point
Starts the plain end of the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Middle
Places the valve at the centerline intersection of the branch and main of the valve.
Branch
Places the branch of the valve at the start point.

Toolbars
Place a 3-way plan valve

1. Click a three-way valve command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe or a flange. Alternatively, press
ENTER to connect to the last point and skip the next step.
3. Click in the direction of the main of the valve. This prompt only appears when you are not
connecting to a component in the model.
4. Click in the direction of the branch of the valve.
4-Way Plan Valve

Flanged Valves toolbar: 4 Way Plan
Command line: 4VF
Places a four-way valve component in the X-Y plane. You can place gaskets on flange sets
last point
Middle

1. Click a four-way plan valve command.
ENTER to connect to the last point.
3. Click in the direction of the valve.

Toolbars
Relief Side Valve

Flanged Valves toolbar: Relief Side
Command line: RELF
Places a 90 degree pressure relief valve in the X-Y plane.
last point
Length
Defines the length of the pressure side and the relief side of the valve.
Pressure
Places the pressure end of the valve at the start point.
Corner
Relief
Places the relief end of the valve at the start point.
Place an angle valve

1. Click an angle or relief valve component command.
4. Click in the direction of the branch or relief end of the valve.
Angle Top Valve

Flanged Valves toolbar: Angle Top
Command line: ANGF
Places a 90 degree angle valve in the X-Y plane. You can place gaskets on flange sets using
last point
Corner
otherEnd

Toolbars

Modeling in 2D
in a 2D drawing.
3-Way Side Valve

Flanged Valves toolbar: 3 Way Side
Command line: H3VF
Places a three-way valve component with the valve branch normal to the X-Y plane. You can
place gaskets on flange sets using Auto Gasket . For more information, see Auto Gasket (on
page 269). Gaskets can also be added to flange sets or flanges connecting to other components
by setting the Apply Gasket Insertion Rule (on page 58).
last point
Middle
Branch
Up
Places the branch of the valve in the positive Z direction.
Down
Places the branch of the valve in the negative Z direction.

Toolbars
Place a 3-way side valve

1. Click a three-way side valve component command.
3. Click in the direction of the main of the valve.
3-Way Vertical Valve

Flanged Valves toolbar: 3 Way Vertical
Command line: V3VF
Places a three-way valve component with the main normal to the X-Y plane. You can place
gaskets on flange sets using Auto Gasket . For more information, see Auto Gasket (on page
269). Gaskets can also be added to flange sets or flanges connecting to other components by
setting the Apply Gasket Insertion Rule (on page 58).
last point
Middle
Place a 3-way vertical valve

1. Click a three-way vertical valve component command.
4-Way Side Valve

Flanged Valves toolbar: 4 Way Side
Command line: H4VF
Places a four-way valve component with the valve branches normal to the X-Y plane. You can
place gaskets on flange sets using Auto Gasket . For more information, see Auto Gasket (on
page 269). Gaskets can also be added to flange sets or flanges connecting to other components
by setting the Apply Gasket Insertion Rule (on page 58).
last point
Middle

Toolbars

1. Click a four-way side valve command.
Relief Top Valve

Flanged Valves toolbar: Relief Top
Command line: HRELF
Places a 90 degree pressure relief valve with the relief end normal to the X-Y plane.
last point
Length
Relief
Places the relief end at the start point.
Corner
Up
Down
Place an angle side valve

1. Click an angle or relief side valve component command.
Pressure Top Valve

Flanged Valves toolbar: Pressure Top
Command line: VRELF
Places a 90 degree pressure relief valve with the pressure end normal to the X-Y plane.
last point

Toolbars
Length
Pressure
Corner
Up
Down

Angle Side Valve

Flanged Valves toolbar: Angle Side
Command line: HANGF
Places a 90 degree angle valve in the X-Y plane. You can place gaskets on flange sets using
last point
Corner
Up
Down


Toolbars
Lined
Plant menu: Toolbars > Lined
The commands on the Lined toolbar can be used for modeling in 3D or 2D mode
Lined Pipe - Places a flanged and lined pipe component in PIPFL

the X-Y plane. For more information, see Lined Pipe (on page
516).
Lined 90 Ell Plan - Places a 90 degree flanged and lined 90FL

elbow in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Flanged 90
Degree Elbow Plan (on page 528).
Lined 45 Ell Plan - Places a 45 degree flanged and lined 45FL

Lined Tee Plan - Places a flanged and lined tee in the X-Y TEFL
plane. For more information, see Flanged Tee Plan (on page
530).
Lined Reducing Tee Plan - Places a flanged and lined TERE

reducing tee in the X-Y plane. For more information, see
Reducing Tee Plan (on page 549).
Lined Concentric - Places a flanged and lined concentric CNFL

reducer component in the X-Y plane. For more information,
see Flanged Concentric Reducer (on page 530).
Lined Eccentric - Places a flanged and lined eccentric ECFL

see Lined Eccentric Reducer (on page 516).
Lined Wye Plan - Places a flanged and lined wye in the X-Y YFL
plane. For more information, see Lined Wye Plan (on page
517).
Lined Cross Plan - Places a four-way flanged and lined cross CRSE
in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Cross Plan (on
page 550).
Lined Reducing Cross Plan - Places a four-way flanged and CRRE

lined reducing cross in the X-Y plane. For more information,
see Cross Reducing Plan (on page 551).

Toolbars
Lined Lateral Plan - Places a 45 degree flanged and lined LATE

lateral in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Lateral
Plan (on page 552).
Lined Spacer - Places a lined spacer in the X-Y plane. For BLD
more information, see Bleed Ring or Spacer (on page 644).
Lined Reducing Flange - Places a lined reducing flange in FLRO

the X-Y plane. For more information, see Reducing Slip-on
Lined Blind Flange - Places a lined blind flange in the X-Y FLGB
plane. For more information, see Blind Flange (on page 488).
Lined 90 Ell Side - Places a 90 degree flanged and lined H90FL

elbow normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see
Flanged 90 Degree Elbow Side (on page 536).
Lined 45 Ell Side - Places a 45 degree flanged and lined H45FL

Lined 45 Ell Vert - Places a 45 degree flanged and lined V45FL

Flanged 45 Degree Elbow Vert (on page 538).
Lined Tee Side - Places a flanged and lined tee with the HTEFL
Flanged Tee Side (on page 538).
Lined Tee Vert - Places a flanged and lined tee with the main VTEFL
normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Flanged
Tee Vertical (on page 539).
Lined Reducing Tee Side - Places a flanged and lined HTERE

reducing tee with the branch normal to the X-Y plane. For
more information, see Reducing Tee Side (on page 569)
Lined Reducing Tee Vert - Places a flanged and lined VTERE

reducing tee with the main normal to the X-Y plane. For more
information, see Reducing Tee Vertical (on page 570).

Toolbars
Lined Wye Side - Places a flanged and lined wye on the X-Y HYFL
plane with the branches normal to the X-Y plane. For more
information, see Lined Wye Side (on page 518).
Lined Wye Vert - Places a flanged and lined wye normal to VYFL
the X-Y plane with the branches also normal to the X-Y plane
For more information, see Lined Wye Vert (on page 518).
Lined Cross Side - Places a four-way flanged and lined cross HCRSE
with the branches normal to the X-Y plane. For more
information, see Cross Side (on page 570).
Lined Reducing Cross Side - Places a four-way flanged and HCRRE

lined reducing cross with the reducing branch normal to the X-
Y plane. For more information, see Cross Reducing Side (on
page 571).
Lined Reducing Cross Vert - Places a four-way flanged and VCRRE

lined reducing cross with the main normal to the X-Y plane.
For more information, see Cross Reducing Vertical (on page
571).
Lined Lateral Side - Places a 45 degree flanged and lined HLATE

lateral in the X-Y plane with the branch in the X-Z or Y-Z
plane. For more information, see Lateral Side (on page 572).
Lined Lateral Vert - Places a 45 degree flanged and lined VLATE

lateral with the main normal to the X-Y plane. For more
information, see Lateral Vertical (on page 572).
The specification for lined pipe components is delivered in the <Units>_Lined_Specs.prj file
in the [Product Folder]\Plant\Spec folder.
The FLGS column in the flanged component data files controls placement of flanges. A
value of 1 places a flange on the first end of the component. 2 places a flange on the
second end. 3 places flanges on both ends. 4 places a flange on the branch end of a tee or
wye. Other combinations of flanges are based on adding these values. For example, if the
flanges are needed on all ends of a tee, use 1 + 2 + 4 = 7.

Toolbars
Modeling in 3D
and 2D modeling.
Lined Pipe
Lined toolbar: Lined Pipe
Command line: PIPFL
Places a flanged and lined pipe component in the X-Y plane.
last point
Flanged end
Places the flanged end of the pipe at the start point. This option is used when the pipe has a
flange on one end.
Plain end
Places the plain end of the pipe at the start point. This option is used when the pipe has a
flange on one end.
Length
Defines the length of the pipe. If no length is defined, the length is based on the start and
end points.
Place a pipe
Lined Eccentric Reducer

Lined toolbar: Lined Eccentric
Command line: ECFL
Places a flanged and lined eccentric reducer component in the X-Y plane.
last point
Small end
This command reverses the main and reduction sizes automatically after execution.

Toolbars

or
or
Lined Wye Plan

Lined toolbar: Lined Wye Plan
Command line: YFL
Places a flanged and lined wye in the X-Y plane.
last point
Middle
Branch
Places the branch of the wye at the start point.
otherEnd
Places the component at the other end of the start point.
Place a plan wye


Toolbars
Modeling in 2D
in a 2D drawing.
Lined Wye Side

Lined toolbar: Lined Wye Side
Command line: HYFL
Places a flanged and lined wye on the X-Y plane with the branches normal to the X-Y plane.
This command is typically used with pipe that is on the X-Y plane.
last point
Middle
Place a side wye

Lined Wye Vert

Lined toolbar: Lined Wye Vert
Command line: VYFL
Places a flanged and lined wye normal to the X-Y plane with the branches also normal to the X-
Y plane. This command is typically used with pipe that is normal to the X-Y plane.
last point
Middle


Toolbars
Fiberglass
Plant menu: Toolbars > Fiberglass
The commands on the Fiberglass toolbar can be used for modeling in 3D or 2D mode
Pipe - Places a fiberglass pipe component. For more PIPF

information, see Fiberglass Pipe (on page 522).
FRP Bell 90 Ell Plan - Places a 90 degree threaded/socket 90S

elbow in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Plan
Threaded/Socket 90 Degree Elbow (on page 523).
FRP Bell 45 Ell Plan - Places a 45 degree threaded/socket 45S

elbow in the X-Y plane. For more information, see
Threaded/Socket 45 Degree Elbow Plan (on page 523).
FRP Bell Tee Plan - Places a straight threaded/socket tee TESS

in the X-Y plane. For more information, see
Threaded/Socket Straight Tee Plan (on page 524).
FRP Bell Conc w/Hub - Places a threaded/socket SWGCS

concentric reducer component in the X-Y plane. For more
information, see Threaded/Socket Concentric Reducer (on
page 525).
FRP Bell Ecc w/Hub - Places an eccentric SWGES

threaded/socket reducer component in the X-Y plane. For
more information, see Threaded/Socket Eccentric Reducer
(on page 525).
FRP Bell Cross Plan - Places a four-way threaded/socket CRSS

straight cross in the X-Y plane. For more information, see
Threaded/Socket Straight Cross Plan (on page 526).
FRP Bell Lateral Plan - Places a 45 degree LATS

threaded/socket lateral in the X-Y plane. For more
information, see Threaded/Socket Lateral Plan (on page
526).
FRP Bell Full Clpg Plan - Places a coupling in the X-Y CPS
plane. For more information, see Coupling (on page 527).
FRP Cap - Places a threaded/socket pipe cap in the X-Y CAPS

plane. For more information, see Threaded/Socket Cap (on
page 527).

Toolbars
FRP Bush/Insert - Places a bushing in the X-Y plane. For BUSS

more information, see Threaded/Socket Insert/Bushing (on
page 528).
Sock-O-Let - Places a sock-o-let in the X-Y plane. For SOL

more information, see Sock-O-Let (on page 528).
FRP Blind Flange - Places a blind flange in the X-Y plane. FLGB
For more information, see Blind Flange (on page 488).
FRP Flange - Places a socket type flange in the X-Y plane. FLGS
For more information, see Socket Type Flange (on page
489).
FRP Flanged 90 Ell Plan - Places a 90 degree flanged 90FL

elbow in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Flanged
90 Degree Elbow Plan (on page 528).
FRP Flanged 45 Ell Plan - Places a 45 degree flanged 45FL

elbow in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Flanged
45 Degree Elbow Plan (on page 529).
FRP Flanged Tee Plan - Places a flanged tee in the X-Y TEFL
plane. For more information, see Flanged Tee Plan (on
page 530).
FRP Flanged Concentric - Places a flanged concentric CNFL

FRP Bell 90 Ell Side - Places a 90 degree threaded/socket H90S

Side Threaded/Socket 90 Degree Elbow (on page 531).
FRP Bell 45 Ell Side - Places a 45 degree threaded/socket H45S

Threaded/Socket 45 Degree Elbow Side (on page 531).
FRP Bell 45 Ell Vert - Places a 45 degree elbow normal to V45S

the X-Y plane. For more information, see Threaded/Socket
45 Degree Elbow Vert (on page 532).
FRP Bell Tee Side - Places a straight threaded/socket tee HTESS

with the branch normal to the X-Y plane. For more
information, see Threaded/Socket Straight Tee Side (on
page 533).

Toolbars
FRP Bell Tee Vert - Places a straight threaded/socket tee VTESS

with the main normal to the X-Y plane. For more
information, see Threaded/Socket Straight Tee Vert (on
page 533).
FRP Bell Cross Side - Places a four-way straight HCRSS

threaded/socket cross with the branch normal to the X-Y
plane. For more information, see Threaded/Socket Straight
Cross Side (on page 534)
FRP Bell Lateral Side - Places a 45 degree HLATS

threaded/socket lateral in the X-Y plane with the branch in
the X-Z or Y-Z plane. For more information, see
Threaded/Socket Lateral Side (on page 534).
FRP Bell Lateral Vert - Places a 45 degree VLATS

threaded/socket lateral with the main normal to the X-Y
plane. For more information, see Threaded/Socket Lateral
Vert (on page 535).
FRP Bell Full Clpg End - Places a full coupling end VCPS
normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Full
Coupling End (on page 535).
Saddle in Vertical - Places a soc-o-let with the main VSOL

normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Saddle
in Vertical (on page 536).
FRP Flanged 90 Ell Side - Places a 90 degree flanged H90FL

FRP Flanged 45 Ell Side - Places a 45 degree flanged H45FL

FRP Flanged 45 Ell Vert - Places a 45 degree elbow V45FL

normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see
FRP Flanged Tee Side - Places a flanged tee with the HTEFL
FRP Flanged Tee Vert - Places a flanged tee with the VTEFL
main normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see
Flanged Tee Vertical (on page 539).
You must set the <Units>_FRP_Specs.prj default specification that is supplied with CADWorx
for the icons to work on the toolbar.

Toolbars
Modeling in 3D
and 2D modeling.
Fiberglass Pipe
Fiberglass toolbar: Pipe
Command line: PIPF
Ends
Specifies the end options for the starting and ending of the pipe.
Threaded
Bevel
Plain
last point
Center
Places the pipe along the center of the pipe, as defined along the Z-axis.
TOP
BOP
Right
Places the pipe along the right side of the pipe, as defined along the Z-axis.
Left
Places the pipe along the left side of the pipe, as defined along the Z-axis.
Place a fiberglass pipe

2. Click to select a starting point, or type the required coordinates in the command line, and
press ENTER.
3. Click to select an ending point, or type the required coordinates in the command line, and
press ENTER.
4. If prompted for an end type, type the required end type on the command line, and press
ENTER.

Toolbars
Plan Threaded/Socket 90 Degree Elbow

Fiberglass toolbar: FRP Bell 90 Ell Plan
Command line: 90S
Places a 90 degree threaded/socket elbow in the X-Y plane.
last point
Start
Places the start point of the component at the default.
Corner
otherEnd

selection.
Threaded/Socket 45 Degree Elbow Plan

Fiberglass toolbar: FRP Bell 45 Ell Plan
Command line: 45S
last point
Start
Corner
otherEnd

Toolbars
Place a plan elbow

Threaded/Socket Straight Tee Plan

Fiberglass toolbar: FRP Bell Tee Plan
Command line: TESS
Places a straight threaded/socket tee in the X-Y plane.
last point
Branch
Middle
Place a plan tee


Toolbars
Threaded/Socket Concentric Reducer

Fiberglass toolbar: FRP Bell Conc w/Hub
Command line: SWGCS
Places a threaded/socket concentric reducer component in the X-Y plane.
last point
Small end

Threaded/Socket Eccentric Reducer

Fiberglass toolbar: FRP Bell Ecc w/Hub
Command line: SWGES
Places an eccentric threaded/socket reducer component in the X-Y plane.
last point
Small end
Up
Down

or
or

Toolbars
Threaded/Socket Straight Cross Plan

Fiberglass toolbar: FRP Bell Cross Plan
Command line: CRSS
Places a four-way threaded/socket straight cross in the X-Y plane.
last point
Middle
Branch
Place a plan cross

Threaded/Socket Lateral Plan

Fiberglass toolbar: FRP Bell Lateral Plan
Command line: LATS
Places a 45 degree threaded/socket lateral in the X-Y plane.
last point
Start
Middle
otherEnd
Branch

Toolbars

Coupling
Fiberglass toolbar: FRP Bell Full Clpg Plan
Victaulic toolbar: Victaulic Coupling

Command line: CPS
Places a coupling in the X-Y plane.
Place a coupling
1. Click a coupling command.
3. Click in the direction of the coupling.
The coupling component is drawn.
Threaded/Socket Cap
Fiberglass toolbar: FRP Cap
Command line: CAPS
Places a threaded/socket pipe cap in the X-Y plane.
last point
Cap end
Place a cap

Toolbars
Threaded/Socket Insert/Bushing
Fiberglass toolbar: FRP Bush/Insert
Command line: BUSS
Places a bushing in the X-Y plane.
last point
Large end
Places the large end at the start point of the component.
Small end
Places the small end at the start point of the component.
Place a bushing
1. Click a bushing component command.
3. Click to select the direction of the top of the bushing.
The bushing component is drawn.
Sock-O-Let
Fiberglass toolbar: Sock-O-Let
Command line: SOL
Places a sock-o-let in the X-Y plane.
last point
Place a plan sock-o-let

1. Click a sock-o-let component command.
3. Click to select the direction of the sock-o-let.
The software draws the sock-o-let component on the model.
Flanged 90 Degree Elbow Plan

Fiberglass toolbar: FRP Flanged 90 Ell Plan
Lined toolbar: Lined 90 Ell Plan

Command line: 90FL
Places a 90 degree flanged elbow in the X-Y plane.

Toolbars
last point
Corner
otherEnd
Places the start point of the component at the other end.

selection.
Flanged 45 Degree Elbow Plan

Fiberglass toolbar: FRP Flanged 45 Ell Plan
Lined toolbar: Lined 45 Ell Plan
Command line: 45FL
Places a 45 degree flanged elbow in the X-Y plane.
last point
Corner
otherEnd
Place a plan elbow


Toolbars
Flanged Tee Plan

Fiberglass toolbar: FRP Flanged Tee Plan
Victaulic toolbar: Plan Strainer

Lined toolbar: Lined Tee Plan
Command line: TEFL
Places a flanged tee or strainer in the X-Y plane.
last point
Middle
Places the component at the centerline intersection of the main and the branches of the
component.
Branch
Places the start point at the branch of the component.
Place a plan flanged tee

1. Click a plan flanged tee command.
Flanged Concentric Reducer

Fiberglass toolbar: FRP Flanged Concentric
Lined toolbar: Lined Concentric
Command line: CNFL
Places a flanged concentric reducer component in the X-Y plane.
last point
Small end
Large end

Toolbars

Modeling in 2D
in a 2D drawing.
Side Threaded/Socket 90 Degree Elbow

Fiberglass toolbar: FRP Bell 90 Ell Side
Command line: H90S
Places a 90 degree threaded/socket elbow normal to the X-Y plane.
last point
Up
Down

Threaded/Socket 45 Degree Elbow Side

Fiberglass toolbar: FRP Bell 45 Ell Side
Command line: H45S
Places a 45 degree threaded/socket elbow normal to the X-Y plane. Use this command when
the previous or next run is horizontal to the X-Y plane.

Toolbars
last point
Up
Down

Threaded/Socket 45 Degree Elbow Vert

Fiberglass toolbar: FRP Bell 45 Ell Vert
Command line: V45S
last point
Up
Down


Toolbars
Threaded/Socket Straight Tee Side

Fiberglass toolbar: FRP Bell Tee Side
Command line: HTESS
Places a straight threaded/socket tee with the branch normal to the X-Y plane.
last point
Middle
Up
Down
Place a side tee

Threaded/Socket Straight Tee Vert

Fiberglass toolbar: FRP Bell Tee Vert
Command line: VTESS
Places a straight threaded/socket tee with the main normal to the X-Y plane. The center of the
tee is placed at the start point by default.
last point
Branch

Toolbars

Threaded/Socket Straight Cross Side

Fiberglass toolbar: FRP Bell Cross Side
Command line: HCRSS
Places a four-way straight threaded/socket cross with the branch normal to the X-Y plane.
last point
Middle
Place a side cross

Threaded/Socket Lateral Side

Fiberglass toolbar: FRP Bell Lateral Side
Command line: HLATS
Places a 45 degree threaded/socket lateral in the X-Y plane with the branch in the X-Z or Y-Z
plane.
last point
Middle
Up
Down

Toolbars

Threaded/Socket Lateral Vert

Fiberglass toolbar: FRP Bell Lateral Vert
Command line: VLATS
Places a 45 degree threaded/socket lateral with the main normal to the X-Y plane. The center of
the lateral is placed at the start point by default.
last point
Up
Down

Full Coupling End

Fiberglass toolbar: FRP Bell Full Clpg End
Command line: VCPS
Places a full coupling end normal to the X-Y plane.
last point
Up
Places the coupling in the positive Z direction.
Down
Places the coupling in the negative Z direction.

Toolbars
Place a coupling end

1. Click a coupling end component command.
3. Click to select the direction of the top of the coupling.
Saddle in Vertical
Fiberglass toolbar: Saddle in Vertical
Command line: VSOL
Places a soc-o-let with the main normal to the X-Y plane. The center of the lateral is placed at
last point
Up
Places the top of the soc-o-let in the positive Z direction.
Down
Places the top of the soc-o-let in the negative Z direction.
Place a vertical soc-o-let

1. Click a vertical soc-o-let component command.
The soc-o-let component is drawn.
Flanged 90 Degree Elbow Side

Fiberglass toolbar: FRP Flanged 90 Ell Side
Lined toolbar: Lined 90 Ell Side
Command line: H90FL
Places a 90 degree flanged elbow normal to the X-Y plane.
last point
Up
Down

Toolbars

Flanged 45 Degree Elbow Side

Fiberglass toolbar: FRP Flanged 45 Ell Side
Lined toolbar: Lined 45 Ell Side
Command line: H45FL
Places a 45 degree flanged elbow normal to the X-Y plane. Use this command when the
previous or next run is horizontal to the X-Y plane.
last point
Up
Down


Toolbars
Flanged 45 Degree Elbow Vert

Fiberglass toolbar: FRP Flanged 45 Ell Vert
Lined toolbar: Lined 45 Ell Vert
Command line: V45FL
Places a 45 degree flanged elbow normal to the X-Y plane. Use this command when the
previous or next run is vertical to the X-Y plane.
last point
Up
Down

Flanged Tee Side

Fiberglass toolbar: FRP Flanged Tee Side
Victaulic toolbar: Side Strainer
Lined toolbar: Lined Tee Side
Command line: HTEFL
Places a flanged tee or strainer with the branch normal to the X-Y plane.
last point
Middle
Places the strainer at the centerline intersection of the branch and main of the tee.
Up
Down

Toolbars
Place a side flanged tee

1. Click a side flanged tee component command.
Flanged Tee Vertical

Fiberglass toolbar: FRP Flanged Tee Vert
Victaulic toolbar: Vert Strainer

Lined toolbar: Lined Tee Vert
Command line: VTEFL
Places a flanged tee or strainer with the main normal to the X-Y plane. The center of the strainer
is placed at the start point by default.
last point
Branch
Place a vertical strainer

1. Click a vertical flanged tee component command.

Toolbars
Sanitary
Plant menu: Toolbars > Sanitary
The commands on the Sanitary toolbar can be used for modeling in 3D or 2D mode
Sanitary Tubing - Places a butt-welded sanitary tubing PIPW

component. For more information, see Pipe (on page 452).
Sanitary 90 Ell Plan - Places a 90 degree elbow in the X-Y 90EN

plane. For more information, see Sanitary 90 Ell Plan (on page
547).
Sanitary 90 Reducing Ell Plan - Places a 90 degree reducing 90RE

elbow in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Sanitary 90
Reducing Ell Plan (on page 547).
Sanitary 45 Ell Plan - Places a 45 degree sanitary elbow in 45EN

the X-Y plane. For more information, see Sanitary 45 Ell Plan
(on page 548).
Sanitary Tee Plan - Places a straight sanitary tee in the X-Y TESE
plane. For more information, see Sanitary Tee Plan (on page
549).
Sanitary Reducing Tee Plan - Places a sanitary reducing tee TERE

in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Reducing Tee
Plan (on page 549).
Sanitary Cross Plan - Places a four-way sanitary cross in the CRSE

X-Y plane. For more information, see Cross Plan (on page
550).
Sanitary Cross Reducing Plan - Places a four-way sanitary CRRE

reducing cross in the X-Y plane. For more information, see
Cross Reducing Plan (on page 551).
Sanitary Lateral Plan - Places a 45 degree sanitary lateral in LATE

the X-Y plane. For more information, see Lateral Plan (on
page 552).
Sanitary Lateral Reducing Plan - Places a 45 degree LARE

sanitary reducing lateral in the X-Y plane. For more
information, see Sanitary Lateral Reducing Plan (on page
552).
Sanitary 22.5 Ell Plan - Places a 22.5 degree sanitary elbow 22EN
in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Sanitary 22.5 Ell
Plan (on page 553).

Toolbars
Sanitary 11.25 Ell Plan - Places an 11.25 degree sanitary 11EN

elbow in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Sanitary
11.25 Ell Plan (on page 554).
Sanitary U-Bend Plan - Places a 180 degree u-bend in the X- UBEN

Y plane. For more information, see Sanitary U-Bend Plan (on
page 554).
Sanitary Concentric - Places a sanitary concentric reducer CONCE

Sanitary Concentric (on page 555).
Sanitary Eccentric - Places a sanitary eccentric reducer ECCE

Sanitary Eccentric (on page 555).
Sanitary Stub - Places a sanitary stub coupling component in STUE

the X-Y plane. For more information, see Sanitary Stub (on
page 556).
Sanitary Wye Plan - Places a sanitary wye in the X-Y plane. YE

For more information, see Sanitary Wye Plan (on page 557).
Sanitary Cap - Places a sanitary pipe cap in the X-Y plane. CAPE
For more information, see Sanitary Cap (on page 557).
Sanitary Nut/Coupling - Places a sanitary nut/coupling in the NUTE

X-Y plane. For more information, see Sanitary Nut/Coupling
(on page 558).
Sanitary Gate Valve - Places a sanitary gate valve GATE

Sanitary Gate Valve (on page 558).
Sanitary Ball Valve - Places a sanitary ball valve component BALE

in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Sanitary Ball
Valve (on page 559).
Sanitary Globe Valve - Places a sanitary globe valve GLBE

Sanitary Globe Valve (on page 559).
Sanitary Plug Valve - Places a sanitary plug valve PLUE

Sanitary Plug Valve (on page 560).
Sanitary Check Valve - Places a sanitary check valve CHKE

Sanitary Check Valve (on page 561).
Sanitary Butterfly Valve - Places a sanitary butterfly valve BFYE

Sanitary Butterfly Valve (on page 561).

Toolbars
Sanitary 3-Way Valve Plan - Places a sanitary 3-way valve 3VE

Sanitary 3-Way Valve Plan (on page 562).
Sanitary Angle Valve Plan - Places a 90 degree sanitary ANGE

angle valve in the X-Y plane. For more information, see
Sanitary Angle Valve Plan (on page 563).
Sanitary Multi 1 Port Valve - Places a one-port pneumatic AIR1

actuator air valve. For more information, see Sanitary Multi 1
Port Valve (on page 563).
Sanitary Multi 2 Port Valve - Places a two-port pneumatic AIR2

Sanitary Multi 3 Port Valve - Places a three-port pneumatic AIR3

Sanitary 90 Reducing Ell Side - Places a 90 degree reducing H90RE

Sanitary 90 Reducing Ell Side (on page 566).
Sanitary 45 Ell Side - Places a 45 degree sanitary elbow H45EN

normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Sanitary
45 Ell Side (on page 566).
Sanitary 45 Ell Vertical - Places a 45 degree sanitary elbow V45EN

45 Ell Vertical (on page 567).
Sanitary Tee Side - Places a straight sanitary tee with the HTESE
Sanitary Tee Side (on page 568).
Sanitary Tee Vertical - Places a straight sanitary tee with the VTESE
Sanitary Tee Vertical (on page 568).
Sanitary Reducing Tee Side - Places a sanitary reducing tee HTERE

with the branch normal to the X-Y plane. For more information,
see Reducing Tee Side (on page 569)
Sanitary Reducing Tee Vertical - Places a sanitary reducing VTERE

tee with the main normal to the X-Y plane. For more

Toolbars
Sanitary Cross Side - Places a four-way sanitary cross with HCRSE

the branches normal to the X-Y plane. For more information,
see Cross Side (on page 570).
Sanitary Reducing Cross Side - Places a four-way sanitary HCRRE

reducing cross with the reducing branch normal to the X-Y
plane. For more information, see Cross Reducing Side (on
page 571).
Sanitary Cross Reducing Vertical - Places a four-way VCRRE

sanitary reducing cross with the main normal to the X-Y plane.
571).
Sanitary Lateral Side - Places a 45 degree sanitary lateral in HLATE

the X-Y plane with the branch in the X-Z or Y-Z plane. For
more information, see Lateral Side (on page 572).
Sanitary Lateral Vertical - Places a 45 degree sanitary lateral VLATE

with the main normal to the X-Y plane. For more information,
see Lateral Vertical (on page 572).
Sanitary Lateral Reducing Side - Places a 45 degree HLARE

sanitary reducing lateral in the X-Y plane with the branch in
the X-Z or Y-Z plane. For more information, see Sanitary
Lateral Reducing Side (on page 573).
Sanitary Lateral Reducing Vertical -Places a 45 degree VLARE

sanitary reducing lateral with the main normal to the X-Y
plane. For more information, see Sanitary Lateral Reducing
Vertical (on page 573).
Sanitary 22.5 Ell Side - Places a 22.5 degree sanitary elbow H22EN
normal to the X-Y plane when the previous or next run is
horizontal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see
Sanitary 22.5 Ell Side (on page 574).
Sanitary 22.5 Ell Vertical - Places a 22.5 degree elbow V22EN

vertical to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Sanitary
22.5 Ell Vertical (on page 575).
Sanitary 11.25 Ell Side - Places an 11.25 degree sanitary H11EN

elbow normal to the X-Y plane when the previous or next run
is horizontal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see
Sanitary 11.25 Ell Vertical - Places an 11.25 degree elbow V11EN


Toolbars
Sanitary U-Bend Side - Places a 180 degree u-bend normal HUBEN

to the X-Y plane with the return ends on the X-Y plane. For
more information, see Sanitary U-Bend Side (on page 577).
Sanitary U-Bend Vertical - Places a 180 degree u-bend VUBEN

the X-Y plane. For more information, see Sanitary U-Bend
Sanitary Wye Side - Places a sanitary wye on the X-Y plane HYE
information, see Sanitary Wye Side (on page 578).
Sanitary Wye Vertical - Places a sanitary wye normal to the VYE

X-Y plane with the branches also normal to the X-Y plane. For
more information, see Sanitary Wye Vertical (on page 578).
Sanitary 3-Way Valve Side - Places a 3-way valve H3VE

component with the branch normal to the X-Y plane. For more
information, see Sanitary 3-Way Valve Side (on page 579).
Sanitary 3-Way Valve Vertical - Places a sanitary 3-way V3VE

valve component with the main normal to the X-Y plane. For
more information, see Sanitary 3-Way Valve Vertical (on page
579).
Sanitary Angle Valve Side - Places a 90 degree sanitary HANGE

angle valve component with the branch normal to the X-Y
plane. For more information, see Sanitary Angle Valve Side
(on page 580).
Sanitary fitting components can have many end types, such as butt-welded, flanged, ferrule,
coupling, hub, square, bull, and a simple engagement used with threaded and socket-welded
piping. The end types can also vary for each end of a fitting, as shown in the examples below.

Toolbars
The available end types are defined by the selected specification, and the prompts for each
command reflect the end type used. Available end types are shown below.
End types are delivered in the files End1.dwg through End17.dwg in the [Product
Folder]\Plant\Support folder.

Toolbars
The multi-port valves have special port controls in the data files. Listed below are all the port
types available for these valves. When all three ports are specified in the data file, all three ports
are drawn on the drawing. When only one or two ports are required, place 0 in the last port
entries and this supplies either a one or two port valve.
CADWorx end types are exported to Isogen as shown in the following table.
CADWorx End Type Isogen End Type
0 PL (Plain)
1 BW (Butt weld)
2 FL (Flanged)
3 LN (Liner/Nut)
4 LN (Liner/Nut)
5 MP (Male Part)
6 MP (Male Part)
7 MP (Male Part)
8 MP (Male Part)
9 CL (Clamped)
10 CL (Clamped)
11 CL (Clamped)
12 CL (Clamped)
13 CL (Clamped)
14 SW (Socket Weld)
15 SC (Screwed)

Toolbars
Modeling in 3D
and 2D modeling.
Sanitary 90 Ell Plan

Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary 90 Ell Plan
Command line: 90EN
Places a 90 degree sanitary elbow in the X-Y plane.
last point
Corner
otherEnd
Places the other end of the elbow at the start point.
The end type is defined by the current specification.

selection.
Sanitary 90 Reducing Ell Plan

Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary 90 Reducing Ell Plan
Command line: 90RE
Places a 90 degree sanitary reducing elbow in the X-Y plane.
last point
Corner
otherEnd

Toolbars

Sanitary 45 Ell Plan

Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary 45 Ell Plan
Command line: 45EN
Places a 45 degree sanitary elbow in the X-Y plane.
last point
Corner
otherEnd
Place a plan elbow


Toolbars
Sanitary Tee Plan

Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary Tee Plan
Command line: TESE
Places a straight sanitary tee in the X-Y plane.
last point
Middle
otherEnd
Places the other end of the tee at the start point.
Branch
Place a plan tee

Reducing Tee Plan

Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary Reducing Tee Plan
Lined toolbar: Lined Reducing Tee Plan
Command line: TERE
Places a reducing tee in the X-Y plane.
last point
Middle

Toolbars
otherEnd
Branch
Place a plan tee

Cross Plan
Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary Cross Plan
Lined toolbar: Lined Cross Plan

Command line: CRSE
Places a four-way straight cross in the X-Y plane.
last point
Center
otherEnd
Places the other end of the cross at the start point.
Branch1
Places the first branch of the cross at the start point.
Branch2
Places the second branch of the cross at the start point.

Toolbars
Place a plan cross

Cross Reducing Plan

Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary Cross Reducing Plan
Lined toolbar: Lined Reducing Cross Plan

Command line: CRRE
Places a four-way reducing cross in the X-Y plane.
last point
Middle
otherEnd
Places the other end of the cross at the start point.
Branch
Place a sanitary plan reducing cross

1. Click Sanitary Cross Reducing Plan .
4. Click in the direction of the branch end.

Toolbars
Lateral Plan
Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary Lateral Plan
Lined toolbar: Lined Lateral Plan

Command line: LATE
Places a 45 degree lateral in the X-Y plane.
last point
Middle
otherEnd
Places the other end of the lateral at the start point.
Branch
Places the branch end of the lateral at the start point.

Sanitary Lateral Reducing Plan

Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary Lateral Reducing Plan
Command line: LARE
Places a 45 degree sanitary reducing lateral in the X-Y plane.
last point
Middle
otherEnd
Places the other end of the lateral at the start point. The end type is defined by the current
specification.
Branch

Toolbars

Sanitary 22.5 Ell Plan

Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary 22.5 Ell Plan
Command line: 22EN
Places a 22.5 degree sanitary elbow in the X-Y plane.
last point
Corner
otherEnd
Place a plan elbow


Toolbars
Sanitary 11.25 Ell Plan

Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary 11.25 Ell Plan
Command line: 11EN
Places an 11.25 degree sanitary elbow in the X-Y plane.
last point
Corner
otherEnd
Place a plan elbow

Sanitary U-Bend Plan

Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary U-Bend Plan
Command line: UBEN
Places a 180 degree u-bend in the X-Y plane. The bend also has a branch the projects up or
down in the Z direction.
last point
Middle
Places the bend at the center point of the arc of the bend.
otherEnd
Places the other end of the bend at the start point. The end type is defined by the current
specification.
Up
Places the branch in the positive Z direction.
Down
Places the branch in the negative Z direction.

Toolbars
Place a sanitary u-bend

1. Click Sanitary U-Bend Plan .
3. Click in the direction of the bend.
4. Click in the direction of the end of the bend.
The bend component is drawn.
Sanitary Concentric
Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary Concentric
Command line: CONCE
Places a sanitary concentric reducer component in the X-Y plane.
last point
Large end
Places the large end of the reducer at the start point.
Small end
Places the small end of the reducer at the start point.

Sanitary Eccentric
Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary Eccentric
Command line: ECCE
Places a sanitary eccentric reducer component in the X-Y plane.

Toolbars
last point
Large end
Places the large end of the reducer at the start point.
Small end
Places the small end of the reducer at the start point.
Up
Down

or
or
Sanitary Stub
Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary Stub
Command line: STUE
Places a sanitary stub coupling component in the X-Y plane.
last point
Plan end
Places the plan end at the start point.
Face end
Places the face end at the start point.
Place a coupling
1. Click a coupling component command.
3. Click in the direction of the end of the coupling.

Toolbars
Sanitary Wye Plan

Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary Wye Plan
Command line: YE
Places a sanitary wye in the X-Y plane.
last point
Middle
otherEnd
Places the end of the wye at the start point. The end type is defined by the current
specification.
Branch
Place a plan wye

Sanitary Cap
Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary Cap
Command line: CAPE
Places a sanitary pipe cap in the X-Y plane.
last point
Cap end

Toolbars
Place a cap
Sanitary Nut/Coupling
Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary Nut/Coupling
Command line: NUTE
Places a sanitary nut/coupling in the X-Y plane.
last point
Place a coupling
Sanitary Gate Valve

Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary Gate Valve
Command line: GATE
Places a sanitary gate valve component in the X-Y plane.
last point
Middle
otherEnd
Places the other end of the valve at the start point. The end type is defined by the current
specification.
Place a valve

Toolbars
Sanitary Ball Valve

Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary Ball Valve
Command line: BALE
Places a sanitary ball valve component in the X-Y plane.
last point
Middle
otherEnd
specification.
Place a valve
Sanitary Globe Valve

Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary Globe Valve
Command line: GLBE
Places a sanitary globe valve component in the X-Y plane.
last point
Middle
otherEnd
specification.

Toolbars
Place a valve
Sanitary Plug Valve

Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary Plug Valve
Command line: PLUE
Places a sanitary plug valve component in the X-Y plane.
last point
Middle
otherEnd
specification.
Place a valve

Toolbars
Sanitary Check Valve

Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary Check Valve
Command line: CHKE
Places a sanitary check valve component in the X-Y plane.
last point
Middle
otherEnd
specification.
Place a valve
Sanitary Butterfly Valve

Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary Butterfly Valve
Command line: BFYE
Places a sanitary butterfly valve component in the X-Y plane.
last point
Middle
otherEnd
specification.

Toolbars
Place a valve
Sanitary 3-Way Valve Plan

Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary 3-Way Valve Plan
Command line: 3VE
Places a sanitary three-way valve component in the X-Y plane.
last point
Middle
otherEnd
Places the other end of the valve at the start point.
Branch


Toolbars
Sanitary Angle Valve Plan

Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary Angle Valve Plan
Command line: ANGE
Places a 90 degree sanitary angle valve in the X-Y plane.
last point
Corner
otherEnd

Sanitary Multi 1 Port Valve

Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary Multi 1 Port Valve
Command line: AIR1
Places a one-port pneumatic actuator air valve with the actuator in or normal to the X-Y plane.
last point
Up
Places the valve actuator in the positive Z direction.

Toolbars
Place a multi-port valve

1. Click a multi-port valve component command.
3. To place the valve actuator in the X-Y plane, click in the direction of the actuator.
or
To place the valve actuator normal to the X-Y plane, select Up.
4. Type a value to rotate the valve about the actuator body axis.

Command line: AIR2
Places a two-port pneumatic actuator air valve with the actuator in or normal to the X-Y plane.
last point
Up

or

Command line: AIR3
Places a three-port pneumatic actuator air valve with the actuator in or normal to the X-Y plane.
last point
Up

Toolbars

or
Modeling in 2D
in a 2D drawing.
Sanitary 90 Ell Side

Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary 90 Ell Side
Command line: H90EN
Places a 90 degree sanitary elbow normal to the X-Y plane.
last point
Corner
Plan end
Places the plan end of the elbow at the start point.
Up
Down


Toolbars
Sanitary 90 Reducing Ell Side

Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary 90 Reducing Ell Side
Command line: H90RE
Places a 90 degree sanitary reducing elbow normal to the X-Y plane.
last point
Corner
ENgagement end
Up
Down

Sanitary 45 Ell Side

Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary 45 Ell Side
Command line: H45EN
Places a 45 degree sanitary elbow normal to the X-Y plane.
last point
Corner

Toolbars
FErrule end
Places the ferrule end of the elbow at the start point.
Up
Down

Sanitary 45 Ell Vertical

Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary 45 Ell Vertical
Command line: V45EN
Places a 45 degree sanitary elbow normal to the X-Y plane. Use this command when the
previous or next run is vertical to the X-Y plane.
last point
Corner
FErrule end
Up
Down


Toolbars
Sanitary Tee Side

Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary Tee Side
Command line: HTESE
Places a straight sanitary tee with the branch normal to the X-Y plane.
last point
Middle
FErrule End
Up
Down
Place a side tee

Sanitary Tee Vertical

Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary Tee Vertical
Command line: VTESE
Places a straight sanitary tee with the main normal to the X-Y plane. The center of the tee is
last point
Branch

Toolbars

Reducing Tee Side

Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary Reducing Tee Side
Lined toolbar: Lined Reducing Tee Side

Command line: HTERE
Places a reducing tee with the branch normal to the X-Y plane.
last point
Middle
Plan end
Places the plan end of the tee at the start point.
Up
Down
Place a side tee


Toolbars
Reducing Tee Vertical

Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary Reducing Tee Vertical
Lined toolbar: Lined Reducing Tee Vert
Command line: VTERE
Places a reducing tee with the main normal to the X-Y plane. The center of the tee is placed at
last point
Branch

Cross Side
Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary Cross Side
Lined toolbar: Lined Cross Side
Command line: HCRSE
Places a four-way straight cross with the branches normal to the X-Y plane.
last point
Middle
Flanged
Places the flanged end of the cross at the start point.
Place a side cross


Toolbars
Cross Reducing Side

Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary Reducing Cross Side
Lined toolbar: Lined Reducing Cross Side
Command line: HCRRE
Places a four-way reducing cross with the reducing branch normal to the X-Y plane.
last point
Middle
Flanged
Places the flanged end of the cross at the start point.
Place a sanitary side reducing cross

1. Click Sanitary Reducing Cross Side .
4. Click in the direction of the <type> end of the branch.
Cross Reducing Vertical

Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary Cross Reducing Vertical
Lined toolbar: Lined Reducing Cross Vert
Command line: VCRRE
Places a four-way reducing cross with the main normal to the X-Y plane.
last point
Middle
ENgagement branch end point
Places the engagement branch at the start point.
Place a vertical reducing cross

1. Click a four-way vertical reducing cross command.

Toolbars
Lateral Side
Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary Lateral Side
Lined toolbar: Lined Lateral Side
Command line: HLATE
Places a 45 degree lateral in the X-Y plane with the branch in the X-Z or Y-Z plane.
last point
Middle
coupLing End
Places the coupling end of the lateral at the start point.
Up
Down

Lateral Vertical
Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary Lateral Vertical
Lined toolbar: Lined Lateral Vert
Command line: VLATE
Places a 45 degree lateral with the main normal to the X-Y plane. The center of the lateral is
last point
Up
Down

Toolbars

Sanitary Lateral Reducing Side

Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary Lateral Reducing Side
Command line: HLARE
Places a 45 degree sanitary reducing lateral in the X-Y plane with the branch in the X-Z or Y-Z
plane.
last point
Middle
coupLing end
Places the other end of the lateral at the start point.
Up
Down

Sanitary Lateral Reducing Vertical

Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary Lateral Reducing Vertical
Command line: VLARE
Places a 45 degree sanitary reducing lateral with the main normal to the X-Y plane. The center
of the lateral is placed at the start point by default.
last point

Toolbars
Up
Down

Sanitary 22.5 Ell Side

Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary 22.5 Ell Side
Command line: H22EN
Places a 22.5 degree sanitary elbow normal to the X-Y plane. Use this command when the
last point
FErrule end
Up
Down


Toolbars
Sanitary 22.5 Ell Vertical

Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary 22.5 Ell Vertical
Command line: V22EN
last point
FErrule end
Places the other end of the elbow at the start point. The end type is defined by the current
specification.
Up
Down

Sanitary 11.25 Ell Side

Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary 11.25 Ell Side
Command line: H11EN
Places an 11.25 degree sanitary elbow normal to the X-Y plane. Use this command when the
last point
FErrule End
specification.
Up
Down

Toolbars

Sanitary 11.25 Ell Vertical

Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary 11.25 Ell Vertical
Command line: V11EN
last point
FErrule end
specification.
Up
Down


Toolbars
Sanitary U-Bend Side

Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary U-Bend Side
Command line: HUBEN
Places a 180 degree u-bend normal to the X-Y plane with the return ends on the X-Y plane. This
command is typically used with pipe that is normal to the X-Y plane.
last point
Center
<Type> End
specification.
Up
Down
Place a sanitary side or vertical u-bend

1. Click Sanitary U-Bend Side or Sanitary U-Bend Vertical .
5. Click in the direction of the branch.
Sanitary U-Bend Vertical

Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary U-Bend Vertical
Command line: VUBEN
Places a 180 degree u-bend normal to the X-Y plane with the return ends also normal to the X-Y
plane. This command is typically used with pipe that is on the X-Y plane.
last point
Center
<Type> End
specification.
Up
Down

Toolbars
Place a sanitary side or vertical u-bend

1. Click Sanitary U-Bend Side or Sanitary U-Bend Vertical .
5. Click in the direction of the branch.
Sanitary Wye Side

Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary Wye Side
Command line: HYE
Places a sanitary wye on the X-Y plane with the branches normal to the X-Y plane. This
command is typically used with pipe that is on the X-Y plane.
last point
Middle
Place a side wye

Sanitary Wye Vertical

Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary Wye Vertical
Command line: VYE
Places a sanitary wye normal to the X-Y plane with the branches also normal to the X-Y plane.
This command is typically used with pipe that is normal to the X-Y plane.
last point
Middle


Toolbars
Sanitary 3-Way Valve Side

Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary 3-Way Valve Side
Command line: H3VE
Places a three-way valve component with the branch normal to the X-Y plane.
last point
Middle
ENgagement end
Places the engagement end of the valve at the start point.
Up
Down

Sanitary 3-Way Valve Vertical

Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary 3-Way Valve Vertical
Command line: V3VE
Places a sanitary three-way valve component with the main normal to the X-Y plane. The center
of the valve is placed at the start point by default.
last point
FErrule branch end point
Places the ferrule end of the valve at the start point.


Toolbars
Sanitary Angle Valve Side

Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary Angle Valve Side
Command line: HANGE
Places a 90 degree sanitary angle valve component with the branch normal to the X-Y plane.
last point
Corner
ENgagement end
Places the engagement end of the valve at the start point.
Up
Down

Victaulic
Plant menu: Toolbars > Victaulic
The commands on the Victaulic toolbar can be used for modeling in 3D or 2D mode
Pipe - Places a victaulic pipe component. For more PIPW
Plan 90 LR Ell - Places a 90 degree long radius elbow in 90LR
the X-Y plane. For more information, see Plan 90 LR Ell
(on page 453).
Plan 90 SR Ell - Places a 90 degree short radius elbow in 90SR
the X-Y plane. For more information, see Plan 90 SR Ell
(on page 453).

Toolbars

Plan 45 Ell - Places a 45 degree elbow in the X-Y plane. 45LR
For more information, see Plan 45 Ell (on page 454).
Plan 90 Reducing Ell - Places a 90 degree reducing elbow 90RD
in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Plan 90
Side 90 Reducing Ell - Places a 90 degree reducing elbow H90RD
Plan 11.25 Ell - Places an 11.25 degree elbow in the X-Y 11LR
plane. For more information, see Plan 11.25 Ell (on page
468).
Plan 22.5 Ell - Places a 22.5 degree elbow in the X-Y 22LR
plane. For more information, see Plan 22.5 Ell (on page
469).
Plan Tee - Places a straight tee in the X-Y plane. For more TESW
Plan Reducing Tee - Places a straight reducing tee in the TERW
X-Y plane. For more information, see Plan Reducing Tee
(on page 456).
Plan Cross - Places a four-way straight cross in the X-Y CRSW
plane. For more information, see Plan Cross (on page
460).
Plan Reducing Cross - Places a four-way reducing cross CCRW
in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Plan Reducing
Cross (on page 460).
Plan Wye - Places a wye in the X-Y plane. For more YB
Plan Lateral - Places a 45 degree lateral in the X-Y plane. LATW
Plan Strainer - Places a strainer in the X-Y plane. For TEFL
more information, see Flanged Tee Plan (on page 530).
Conc Reducer - Places a concentric reducer component in CONC
the X-Y plane. For more information, see Conc Reducer
(on page 458)
Ecc Reducer - Places an eccentric reducer component in ECC
the X-Y plane. For more information, see Ecc Reducer (on
page 458).
Victaulic Cap - Places a pipe cap in the X-Y plane. For CAPW
more information, see Cap (on page 459).
Victaulic Coupling - Places a coupling in the X-Y plane. CPS
For more information, see Coupling (on page 527).

Toolbars

Victaulic Flange - Places a flange in the X-Y plane. For FLGO
more information, see Slip-On Flange (on page 487).
Victaulic Butterfly Valve - Places a butterfly valve BFYF
Butterfly Valve (on page 503).
Victaulic Check Valve - Places a check valve component CHKF
in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Check Valve
(on page 502).
Victaulic Ball Valve - Places a ball valve component in the BALF
X-Y plane. For more information, see Ball Valve (on page
500).
Victaulic Plug Valve - Places a plug valve component in PLUF
the X-Y plane. For more information, see Plug Valve (on
page 502).
Side 90 LR Ell - Places a 90 degree long radius elbow H90LR
LR Ell (on page 470).
Side 90 SR Ell - Places a 90 degree short radius elbow H90SR
SR Ell (on page 471)
Side 45 Ell - Places a 45 degree elbow normal to the X-Y H45LR
plane. For more information, see Plan 45 Ell (on page 454).
Vert 45 Ell - Places a 45 degree elbow normal to the X-Y V45LR
Side 11.25 Ell - Places an 11.25 degree elbow normal to H11LR
the X-Y plane. For more information, see Side 11.25 Ell (on
page 481).
Vert 11.25 Ell - Places an 11.25 degree elbow normal to V11LR
the X-Y plane. For more information, see Vert 11.25 Ell (on
page 481).
Side 22.5 Ell - Places a 22.5 degree elbow normal to the H22LR
X-Y plane. For more information, see Side 22.5 Ell (on
page 482).
Vert 22.5 Ell - Places a 22.5 degree elbow normal to the X- V22LR
Y plane. For more information, see Vert 22.5 Ell (on page
483).
Side Tee - Places a straight tee with the branch normal to HTESW
the X-Y plane. For more information, see Side Tee (on
page 473).

Toolbars

Vert Tee - Places a straight tee with the main normal to the VTESW
X-Y plane. For more information, see Vert Tee (on page
474).
Side Reducing Tee - Places a straight reducing tee with HTERW
the branch normal to the X-Y plane. For more information,
see Side Reducing Tee (on page 475).
Vert Reducing Tee - Places a straight reducing tee with VTERW
the main normal to the X-Y plane. For more information,
see Vert Reducing Tee (on page 475).
Side Cross - Places a four-way straight cross with the HCRSW
Side Cross (on page 478).
Side Reducing Cross - Places a four-way reducing cross HCCRW
with the reducing branch normal to the X-Y plane. For more
Vert Reducing Cross - Places a four-way reducing cross VCRRW
with the main normal to the X-Y plane. For more
Side Wye - Places a wye on the X-Y plane with the HYB
branches normal to the X-Y plane. For more information,
see Side Wye (on page 483).
Vert Wye - Places a wye normal to the X-Y plane with the VYB
branches also normal to the X-Y plane. For more
information, see Vert Wye (on page 484).
Side Lateral - Places a 45 degree lateral in the X-Y plane HLATW
with the branch in the X-Z or Y-Z plane. For more
information, see Side Lateral (on page 480).
Vert Lateral - Places a 45 degree lateral with the main VLATW
Side Strainer - Places a strainer with the branch normal to HTEFL
the X-Y plane. For more information, see Flanged Tee Side
(on page 538).
Vert Strainer - Places a strainer with the main normal to VTEFL
the X-Y plane. For more information, see Flanged Tee
You must use one of the Victaulic default specifications that are supplied with CADWorx for the
icons to work on the toolbar.
This toolbar provides components manufactured by Victaulic Corporation. The Victaulic
specifications and data files have been provided by Victaulic and can be used to draw
components supplied by this company. The specifications supplied are for AWWA, IPS, 304,
316, and PFCS type components.

Toolbars
Threaded/Socket
Plant menu: Toolbars > Thrd/SW Fittings
The Command Line column in the table below shows the command for the socket
weld component and the equivalent threaded component. Use the Threaded and Socket
Weld commands on the Setup Size/Spec Panel (on page 26) to switch between these two
modes.
The commands on the Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar can be used for modeling in 3D or 2D
mode depending on how you define the drawing mode. For more information, see 3D Modeling
Thrd/SW Pipe - Places a threaded/socket pipe component. For PIPF
more information, see Thrd/SW Pipe (on page 588).
Nipple - Places a pipe nipple in the X-Y plane. For more NIP
information, see Nipple (on page 589).
Tube - Attaches tubing to any 2D or 3D polyline. For more TUBE
information, see Tube (on page 590).
Thrd/SW 90 Ell Plan - Places a 90 degree threaded/socket 90S/90T
elbow in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Thrd/SW 90
Ell Plan (on page 591).
Thrd/SW 90 Street Ell Plan - Places a 90 degree 90SS/90ST
threaded/socket street elbow in the X-Y plane. For more
information, see Thrd/SW 90 Street Ell Plan (on page 592).
Thrd/SW 45 Ell Plan - Places a 45 degree threaded/socket 45S/45T
Thrd/SW 90 Red Ell Plan - Places a 90 degree 90RS/90RT
threaded/socket reducing elbow in the X-Y plane. For more
information, see Thrd/SW 90 Red Ell Plan (on page 593).
Thrd/SW Tee Plan - Places a threaded/socket straight tee in TESS/TEST
the X-Y plane. For more information, see Thrd/SW Tee Plan
(on page 594).
Thrd/SW Tee Red Plan - Places a straight threaded/socket TERS/TERT
Thrd/SW Tee Red Plan (on page 595).
Thrd/SW Conc Swage - Places a concentric reducer swage in SWGC
the X-Y plane. For more information, see Thrd/SW Conc
Swage (on page 595).
Thrd/SW Ecc Swage - Places an eccentric reducer swage in SWGE
the X-Y plane. For more information, see Thrd/SW Ecc Swage
(on page 596).

Toolbars

Thrd/SW Conc w/Hub - Places a concentric reducer with SWGCT
threaded hub in the X-Y plane. For more information, see
Thrd/SW Conc w/Hub (on page 597).
Thrd/SW Ecc w/Hub - Places an eccentric reducer with SWGET
Thrd/SW Ecc w/Hub (on page 597).
Thrd/SW Cap - Places a threaded/socket pipe cap in the X-Y CAPS/CAPT
plane. For more information, see Thrd/SW Cap (on page 598).
Thrd/SW Cross Plan - Places a four-way threaded/socket CRSS/CRST
Thrd/SW Cross Plan (on page 598).
Thrd/SW Lateral Plan - Places a 45 degree threaded/socket LATS/LATT
lateral in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Thrd/SW
Lateral Plan (on page 599).
Thrd/SW Plug - Places a threaded/socket plug in the X-Y PLGT
plane. For more information, see Thrd/SW Plug (on page 600).
Thrd/SW Bush/Insert - Places a threaded/socket bushing in BUSS/BUST
the X-Y plane. For more information, see Thrd/SW Bush/Insert
(on page 600).
Thrd/SW Full Clpg Plan - Places a threaded/socket full CPS/CPT
coupling in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Thrd/SW
Full Clpg Plan (on page 600).
Thrd/SW Half Clpg Plan - Places a threaded/socket half HCPS/HCPT
Half Clpg Plan (on page 601).
Thrd/SW Reducing Clpg Plan - Places a threaded/socket CPRS/CPRT
reducing coupling in the X-Y plane. For more information, see
Thrd/SW Reducing Clpg Plan (on page 601).
Weld in Plan - Places a weldolet fitting in the X-Y plane. For WOL
more information, see Weldolet Weld in Plan (on page 602).
Thrd in Plan - Places a threadolet fitting in the X-Y plane. For TOL
more information, see Threadolet Thread in Plan (on page
602).
SW in Plan - Places a sockolet fitting in the X-Y plane. For SOL
more information, see Sockolet Socket Weld in Plan (on page
603).
EOL-Weld in Plan - Places an elbowlet fitting in the X-Y plane EOLW
on a plan elbow. For more information, see Elbowlet Weld in
Plan (on page 603).
EOL-Thrd in Plan - Places an elbowlet fitting in the X-Y plane EOLT
on a plan elbow. For more information, see Elbowlet Thread in
Plan (on page 603).

Toolbars

EOL-SW in Plan - Places an elbowlet fitting in the X-Y plane EOLS
on a plan elbow. For more information, see Elbowlet Socket
Weld in Plan (on page 604).
LOL-Weld in Plan - Places a lateral 45 degree fitting in the X-Y LOLW
plane. For more information, see Latrolet Weld in Plan (on
page 604).
LOL-Thrd in Plan - Places a lateral 45 degree fitting in the X-Y LOLT
plane. For more information, see Latrolet Thread in Plan (on
page 604).
LOL- SW in Plan - Places a lateral 45 degree fitting in the X-Y LOLS
plane. For more information, see Latrolet Socket Weld in Plan
(on page 605).
Weld in Plan - Places a nipolet fitting in the X-Y plane. The NOLP
branch end of the fitting is plain. For more information, see
Nipolet Weld in Plan (on page 605).
Thrd in Plan - Places a nipolet fitting in the X-Y plane. The NOLT
branch end of the fitting is threaded. For more information, see
Nipolet Thread in Plan (on page 605).
Thrd/SW Union - Places a threaded/socket union in the X-Y UNS/UNT
plane. For more information, see Thrd/SW Union (on page
606).
Thrd/SW 90 Ell Side - Places a 90 degree threaded/socket H90S/H90T
Thrd/SW 90 Ell Side (on page 606).
Thrd/SW 90 Street Ell Side - Places a 90 degree H90SS/H90ST
threaded/socket street elbow normal to the X-Y plane. For
more information, see Thrd/SW 90 Street Ell Side (on page
607).
Thrd/SW 45 Ell Side - Places a 45 degree threaded/socket H45S/H45T
Thrd/SW 45 Ell Vert - Places a 45 degree threaded/socket V45S/V45T
Thrd/SW 45 Ell Vert (on page 608).
Thrd/SW 90 Red Ell Side - Places a 90 degree H90RS/H90RT
threaded/socket reducing elbow normal to the X-Y plane. For
more information, see Thrd/SW 90 Red Ell Side (on page 609).
Thrd/SW Tee Side - Places a threaded/socket straight tee HTESS/HTEST
normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Thrd/SW
Tee Side (on page 610).

Toolbars

Thrd/SW Tee Vert - Places a threaded/socket straight tee with VTESS/VTEST
Thrd/SW Tee Vert (on page 610).
Thrd/SW Tee Red Side - Places a straight threaded/socket HTERS/HTERT
reducing tee with the branch normal to the X-Y plane. For more
information, see Thrd/SW Tee Red Side (on page 611).
Thrd/SW Tee Red Vert - Places a threaded/socket reducing VTERS/VTERT
straight tee with the main normal to the X-Y plane. For more
information, see Thrd/SW Tee Red Vert (on page 611).
Thrd/SW Cross Side - Places a four-way straight HRCSS/HCRST
threaded/socket cross with the branch normal to the X-Y plane.
For more information, see Thrd/SW Cross Side (on page 612).
Thrd/SW Lateral Side - Places a 45 degree threaded/socket HLATS/HLATT
lateral in the X-Y plane with the branch in the X-Z or Y-Z plane.
For more information, see Thrd/SW Lateral Side (on page 612).
Thrd/SW Lateral Vert - Places a 45 degree threaded/socket VLATS/VLATT
information, see Thrd/SW Lateral Vert (on page 613).
Thrd/SW Full Clpg End - Places a threaded/socket full VCPS/VCPT
coupling end normal to the X-Y plane. For more information,
see Thrd/SW Full Clpg End (on page 613).
Thrd/SW Half Clpg End - Places a threaded/socket half VHCPS/VHCPT
coupling component end normal to the X-Y plane. For more
information, see Thrd/SW Half Clpg End (on page 614).
Thrd/SW Reducing Clpg End - Places a threaded/socket VCPRS/VCPRT
reducing coupling end normal to the X-Y plane. For more
information, see Thrd/SW Reducing Clpg End (on page 614).
Weld in Vertical - Places a weldolet fitting normal to the X-Y VWOL
plane. For more information, see Weldolet Weld in Vertical (on
page 615).
Thrd in Vertical - Places a threadolet fitting normal to the X-Y VTOL
plane. For more information, see Threadolet Thread in Vertical
(on page 615).
SW in Vertical - Places a sockolet fitting normal to the X-Y VSO:
plane. For more information, see Sockolet Socket Weld in
EOL-Weld in Side - Places an elbowlet fitting with in the X-Y HEOLW
plane on a side elbow. For more information, see Elbowlet
Weld in Side (on page 616).
EOL-Weld in Vert - Places an elbowlet fitting normal to the X-Y VEOLW
Weld in Vertical (on page 617).

Toolbars

EOL-Thrd in Side - Places an elbowlet fitting with in the X-Y HEOLT
Thread in Side (on page 617).
EOL-Thrd in Vert - Places an elbowlet fitting normal to the X-Y VEOLT
Thread in Vertical (on page 617).
EOL-SW in Side - Places an elbowlet fitting with in the X-Y HEOLS
Socket Weld in Side (on page 618).
EOL-SW in Vert - Places an elbowlet fitting normal to the X-Y VEOLS
Socket Weld in Vertical (on page 618).
LOL-Weld in Side - Places a lateral fitting 45 degrees out of HLOLW
the X-Y plane. For more information, see Latrolet Weld in Side
(on page 619).
LOL-Thrd in Side - Places a lateral fitting 45 degrees out of HLOLT
the X-Y plane. For more information, see Latrolet Thread in
Side (on page 619).
LOL- SW in Side - Places a lateral fitting 45 degrees out of the HLOLS
X-Y plane. For more information, see Latrolet Socket Weld in
Side (on page 620).
Weld in Vertical - Places a nipolet fitting normal to the X-Y VNOLP
plane. The branch end of the fitting is plain. For more
information, see Nipolet Weld in Vertical (on page 620).
Thrd in Vertical - Places a nipolet fitting normal to the X-Y VNOLT
plane. The branch end of the fitting is threaded. For more
information, see Nipolet Thread in Vertical (on page 621).
The arrow in the lower right corner of a command button indicates a fly-out menu with
additional commands available.
Modeling in 3D
and 2D modeling.
Thrd/SW Pipe
Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: Thrd/SW Pipe
Command line: PIPF
If the drawing environment is set to threaded, the piping component has threaded ends.
If the drawing environment is set to a socket weld, the piping component has plain ends.

Toolbars
Ends
Threaded
Used when working with threaded pipe. The threaded default option appears when
the environment is set to threaded mode. For more information, see Setup
Size/Spec Panel (on page 26).
Bevel
Used when working with welded components.
Plain
last point
TOP
BOP
Right
Places the pipe along the right side of the pipe, as defined along the Z-axis.
Left
Places the pipe along the left side of the pipe, as defined along the Z-axis.
Place a threaded/socket pipe

4. If you receive a prompt for end types, type the option on the command line and press
ENTER.
Nipple
Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: Nipple
Command line: NIP
Places a pipe nipple in the X-Y plane.
last point

Toolbars
Length
Defines the length of the fitting component.
Close
Reads the close distance as specified in the data file.
Ends
Threaded
Bevel
Used when working with welded components.
Plain
Place a nipple
1. Click Nipple . Alternatively, type NIP on the command line and then press ENTER.
2. Click to select a starting point.
3. Click to select an ending point.
4. Specify the end option for the start of the component.
5. Specify the end option for the end of the component.
The end options default depends on which options you have set.
The pipe nipple is drawn.
Tube
Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: Tube
Command line: TUBE
Attaches tubing to any 2D or 3D polyline. Different radii can be placed at each vertex of the
polyline, or you can define a common radius for all corners.
Use the Router command on the RT Panel (on page 275) for useful 3D polyline
routing capabilities.
Tubing uses the pipe component entry within the CADWorx Plant specifications. Pipe and tubing
can be used concurrently. Tubing can occupy a range of 1/8 1/2, whereas regular pipe can
occupy 3/4 and above. Tubing can be set up as an optional component, or the specification can
be set up to only handle tubing.
After tubing is placed in the drawing, other components can be inserted into it. Like normal
piping, tubing also automatically breaks. Even after a component is inserted, the tubing remains
as one piece. When edited with CEDIT, the tubing attached to a single polyline also acts as one
piece.
Grouping is controlled by the PICKSTYLE environmental variable, which must be turned
on for the tubing to act as one piece. Alternatively, you can use the CADWorx GROUPTOG
command to turn the AutoCAD grouping control on or off. For more information, see Group
On/Off (on page 216).

Toolbars
Enter corner radius

Defines the radius to be used at each vertex.
Manual
Places individual radii at each corner of the selected polyline. The software pauses at each
vertex so that the radius can be defined. A rubber-banded line back to the actual vertex is
shown in the drawing.
Tubing is exported to a live database, and appears in the CADWorx Bill of Material as one
piece.
Tubing is exported to the CADWorx Isogen isometric generator and appears in the Isogen
material list.
Tubing is not exported to CAESAR II.
Tubing can be stretched only at the end point of the tube run by using the square grip point.
You can also use the plus grip points to route pipe from the tubing.
Place tubing
1. Click Tube . Alternatively, type TUBE on the command line and then press ENTER.
2. Type the required radius.
3. Select the 2D or 3D polyline.
The tubing is attached.
Thrd/SW 90 Ell Plan
Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: Thrd/SW 90 Ell Plan
Command line: 90/S90T
last point
Start
Places the start point of the component at the default start point.
Corner
otherEnd

selection.

Toolbars
Thrd/SW 90 Street Ell Plan

Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: Thrd/SW 90 Street Ell Plan
Command line: 90SS/90ST
Places a 90 degree street elbow in the X-Y plane.
last point
Female
Places the female end of the elbow first.
Male
Places the male end of the elbow first.
Corner
Female end direction
Specifies the direction of the female end of the elbow.
Male end direction
Specifies the direction of the male end of the elbow.
Place a 90 degree street plan elbow
1. Click Thrd/SW 90 Street Ell Plan . Alternatively, type 90SS on the command line and
then press ENTER.
If the drawing environment is set to threaded mode, type 90ST on the command line.
2. To optionally place the male end first, right-click and select Male.
3. Pick a starting point, such as the end of a pipe.
5. Click in the direction of the male end of the elbow.
If the male end is placed first, the system prompts you for placement of the female
end.

Toolbars
Thrd/SW 45 Ell Plan

Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: Thrd/SW 45 Ell Plan
Command line: 45S/45T
last point
Start
Corner
otherEnd
Place a plan elbow

Thrd/SW 90 Red Ell Plan

Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: Thrd/SW 90 Red Ell Plan
Command line: 90RS/90RT
Places a 90 degree threaded/socket reducing elbow in the X-Y plane.
last point
Start
Corner
otherEnd

Toolbars

Thrd/SW Tee Plan

Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: Thrd/SW Tee Plan
Command line: TESS/TEST
Places a threaded/socket straight tee in the X-Y plane.
last point
Branch
Middle
Place a plan tee


Toolbars
Thrd/SW Tee Red Plan

Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: Thrd/SW Tee Red Plan
Command line: TESS/TERT
Places a threaded/socket straight reducing tee in the X-Y plane.
last point
Branch
Middle
Place a plan tee

Thrd/SW Conc Swage

Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: Thrd/SW Conc Swage
Command line: SWGC
Places a concentric reducer swage in the X-Y plane.
last point
Large end
Places the non-reducing end at the start point
Small end
Large end type
Specifies the end type connection at the large end of the swage.
Small end type
Specifies the end type connection at the small end of the swage.

Toolbars
Place a concentric reducer swage

1. Click Thrd/SW Conc Swage . Alternatively, type SWGC on the command line and then
press ENTER.
4. Specify the end type connection at the large end of the reducer.
Type the required alpha description.
5. Specify the end type connection at the small end of the reducer.
Thrd/SW Ecc Swage

Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: Thrd/SW Ecc Swage
Command line: SWGE
Places an eccentric reducer swage in the X-Y plane.
last point
Large end
Small end
Large end type
Specifies the end type connection at the large end of the swage.
Small end type
Specifies the end type connection at the small end of the swage.
Up
Down
Place an eccentric reducer swage

1. Click Thrd/SW Ecc Swage . Alternatively, type SWGE on the command line and then
press ENTER.
3. Click in the direction of the small end of reducer.

Toolbars
or
5. Specify the end type connection at the large end of the reducer.
Type the required alpha description.
6. Specify the end type connection at the small end of the reducer.
Thrd/SW Conc w/Hub

Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: Thrd/SW Conc w/Hub
Command line: SWGCT
Places a concentric reducer with threaded hub in the X-Y plane.
last point
Small end

Thrd/SW Ecc w/Hub

Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: Thrd/SW Ecc w/Hub
Command line: SWGET
Places an eccentric reducer with threaded hub in the X-Y plane.
last point
Small end
Up
Down

Toolbars

or
or
Thrd/SW Cap
Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: Thrd/SW Cap
Command line: CAPS/CAPT
Places a threaded/socket pipe cap in the X-Y plane.
last point
Cap end
Place a cap
Thrd/SW Cross Plan

Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: Thrd/SW Cross Plan
Command line: CRSS/CRST
Places a four-way threaded/socket straight cross in the X-Y plane.
last point
Middle
Branch

Toolbars
Place a plan cross

Thrd/SW Lateral Plan

Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: Thrd/SW Lateral Plan
Command line: LATS/LATT
Places a 45 degree threaded/socket lateral in the X-Y plane.
last point
Start
Middle
otherEnd
Branch


Toolbars
Thrd/SW Plug
Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: Thrd/SW Plug
Command line: PLGT
Places a plug in the X-Y plane.
last point
Cap end
Places the cap end of the component at the start point.
Place a plug
1. Click a plug component command.
3. Click to select the end point.
The plug component is drawn.
Thrd/SW Bush/Insert
Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: Thrd/SW Bush/Insert
Command line: BUSS/BUST
Places a bushing in the X-Y plane.
last point
Large end
Small end
Place a bushing
1. Click a bushing component command.
3. Click to select the direction of the top of the bushing.
The bushing component is drawn.
Thrd/SW Full Clpg Plan

Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: Thrd/SW Full Clpg Plan
Command line: CPS/CPT
Places a coupling in the X-Y plane.

Toolbars
last point
Start
Middle
Places the component at the centerline.
otherEnd
Place a coupling
Thrd/SW Half Clpg Plan

Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: Thrd/SW Half Clpg Plan
Command line: HCPS/HCPT
Places a half coupling in the X-Y plane.
last point
Plan end
Places the start point at the plan end.
Place a coupling
Thrd/SW Reducing Clpg Plan

Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: Thrd/SW Reducing Clpg Plan
Command line: CPRS/CPRT
Places a reducing coupling in the X-Y plane.
last point

Toolbars
Large
Places the large end at the start point.
Middle
Places the start point of the component at the centerline.
Small
Places the small end at the start point.
Place a coupling
Weldolet Weld in Plan

Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: Weld in Plan
Command line: WOL
Places a weldolet fitting in the X-Y plane. The branch end of the fitting is butt welded.
last point
Place a plan fitting

1. Click a plan fitting component command.
3. Click in the direction of the branch end of the fitting.
The fitting component is drawn.
Threadolet Thread in Plan

Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: Thrd in Plan
Command line: TOL
Places a threadolet fitting in the X-Y plane. The branch end of the fitting is threaded.
last point


Toolbars
Sockolet Socket Weld in Plan

Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: SW in Plan
Command line: SOL
Places a sockolet fitting in the X-Y plane. The branch end of the fitting is socket welded.
last point

Elbowlet Weld in Plan

Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: EOL-Weld in Plan
Command line: EOLW
Places an elbowlet fitting in the X-Y plane on a plan elbow. The end of the fitting is butt welded.
last point
Place a plan elbowlet fitting

1. Click a plan elbowlet command.
4. Click in the direction of the butt weld end of the fitting.
Elbowlet Thread in Plan

Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: EOL-Thrd in Plan
Command line: EOLT
Places an elbowlet fitting in the X-Y plane on a plan elbow. The end of the fitting is threaded.
last point


Toolbars
Elbowlet Socket Weld in Plan

Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: EOL-SW in Plan
Command line: EOLS
Places an elbowlet fitting in the X-Y plane on a plan elbow. The end of the fitting is socket
welded.
last point

Latrolet Weld in Plan

Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: LOL-Weld in Plan
Command line: LOLW
Places a lateral 45 degree fitting in the X-Y plane. The branch end of the fitting is butt welded.
last point
Place a plan latrolet fitting

1. Click a plan latrolet command.
3. Click in the direction of the main end of the fitting.
Latrolet Thread in Plan

Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: LOL-Thrd in Plan
Command line: LOLT
Places a lateral 45 degree fitting in the X-Y plane. The branch end of the fitting is threaded.
last point

Toolbars

Latrolet Socket Weld in Plan

Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: LOL-SW in Plan
Command line: LOLS
Places a lateral 45 degree fitting in the X-Y plane. The branch end of the fitting is socket welded.
last point

Nipolet Weld in Plan

Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: Weld in Plan
Command line: NOLP
Places a nipolet fitting in the X-Y plane. The branch end of the fitting is butt welded.
last point

Nipolet Thread in Plan

Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: Thrd in Plan
Command line: NOLT
Places a nipolet fitting in the X-Y plane. The branch end of the fitting is threaded.
last point

Toolbars

Thrd/SW Union
Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: Thrd/SW Union
Command line: UNT
Places a threaded/socket union in the X-Y plane.
last point
Middle
Places the component at the centerline intersection of the union.

Modeling in 2D
in a 2D drawing.
Thrd/SW 90 Ell Side

Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: Thrd/SW 90 Ell Side
Command line: H90S/H90T
Places a 90 degree threaded/socket elbow normal to the X-Y plane.
last point
Corner
Places the start point at the corner of the elbow.
Up
Down

Toolbars

Thrd/SW 90 Street Ell Side

Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: Thrd/SW Pipe 90 Street Ell Side
Command line: H90S/H90ST
Places a 90 degree street elbow normal to the X-Y plane.
last point
Male
Starts the elbow at the male end point of the selected component.
Corner
Male end direction
Specifies the direction of the male end of the elbow.
Place a 90 degree side street elbow

1. Click Thrd/SW 90 Street Ell Plan . Alternatively, type H90SS on the command line and
then press ENTER.
If the drawing environment is set to threaded mode, type H90ST on the command line.
2. To optionally place the male end first, right-click and select Male.
3. Pick a starting point, such as the end of a pipe.

Toolbars
Thrd/SW 45 Ell Side

Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: Thrd/SW 45 Ell Side
Command line: H45S/H45T
Places a 45 degree threaded/socket elbow normal to the X-Y plane. Use this command when
the previous or next run is horizontal to the X-Y plane.
last point
Corner
Up
Down
Thrd/SW 45 Ell Vert

Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: Thrd/SW 45 Ell Vert
Command line: V45S/V45T
last point
Corner
Up
Down

Toolbars

Thrd/SW 90 Red Ell Side

Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: Thrd/SW 90 Red Ell Side
Command line: H90RS/H90RT
Places a 90 degree threaded/socket reducing elbow normal to the X-Y plane.
last point
Corner
Small
Up
Down


Toolbars
Thrd/SW Tee Side

Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: Thrd/SW Tee Side
Command line: HTESS/HTEST
Places a straight tee with the branch normal to the X-Y plane.
last point
Middle
Up
Down
Place a side tee

Thrd/SW Tee Vert

Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: Thrd/SW Tee Vert
Command line: VTESS/VTEST
Places a straight tee with the main normal to the X-Y plane. The center of the tee is placed at
last point
Branch


Toolbars
Thrd/SW Tee Red Side

Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: Thrd/SW Tee Red Side
Command line: HTERS/HTERT
Places a threaded/socket straight reducing tee with the branch normal to the X-Y plane.
last point
Middle
Up
Down
Place a side tee

Thrd/SW Tee Red Vert

Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: Thrd/SW Tee Red Vert
Command line: VTERS/VTERT
Places a straight reducing tee with the main normal to the X-Y plane. The center of the tee is
last point
Branch


Toolbars
Thrd/SW Cross Side

Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: Thrd/SW Cross Side
Command line: HCRSS/HCRST
Places a four-way straight threaded/socket cross with the branch normal to the X-Y plane.
last point
Middle
Place a side cross

Thrd/SW Lateral Side

Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: Thrd/SW Lateral Side
Command line: HLATS/HLATT
Places a 45 degree threaded/socket lateral in the X-Y plane with the branch in the X-Z or Y-Z
plane.
last point
Middle
Up
Down


Toolbars
Thrd/SW Lateral Vert

Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: Thrd/SW Lateral Vert
Command line: VLATS/VLATT
Places a 45 degree threaded/socket lateral with the main normal to the X-Y plane. The center of
the lateral is placed at the start point by default.
last point
Up
Down

Thrd/SW Full Clpg End

Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: Thrd/SW Full Clpg End
Command line: VCPS/VCPT
Places a full coupling end normal to the X-Y plane.
last point
Up
Down


Toolbars
Thrd/SW Half Clpg End

Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: Thrd/SW Half Clpg End
Command line: VHCPS/VHCPT
Places a half coupling end normal to the X-Y plane.
last point
Up
Down

Thrd/SW Reducing Clpg End

Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: Thrd/SW Reducing Clpg End
Command line: VCPRS/VCPRT
Places a reducing coupling end normal to the X-Y plane.
last point
Up
Down


Toolbars
Weldolet Weld in Vertical

Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: Weld in Vertical
Command line: VWOL
Places a weldolet fitting normal to the X-Y plane. The branch end of the fitting is butt welded.
last point
Up
Down
Place a vertical fitting

1. Click a vertical fitting component command.
Threadolet Thread in Vertical

Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: Thrd in Vertical
Command line: VTOL
Places a threadolet fitting normal to the X-Y plane. The branch end of the fitting is threaded.
last point
Up
Down


Toolbars
Sockolet Socket Weld in Vertical

Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: SW in Vertical
Command line: VSOL
Places a sockolet fitting normal to the X-Y plane. The branch end of the fitting is socket welded.
last point
Up
Down

Elbowlet Weld in Side

Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: EOL-Weld in Side
Command line: HEOLW
Places an elbowlet fitting with in the X-Y plane on a side elbow. The branch end of the fitting is
butt welded.
last point
Up
Down
Place a side elbowlet fitting

1. Click a side elbowlet component command.

Toolbars
Elbowlet Weld in Vertical

Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: EOL-Weld in Vert
Command line: VEOLW
Places an elbowlet fitting normal to the X-Y plane on a side elbow. The branch end of the fitting
is butt welded.
last point
Place a vertical elbowlet fitting

3. Click in the direction of the buttweld end of the fitting.
Elbowlet Thread in Side

Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: EOL-Thrd in Side
Command line: HEOLT
threaded.
last point
Up
Down

Elbowlet Thread in Vertical

Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: EOL-Thrd in Vert
Command line: VEOLT
is threaded.
last point

Toolbars

Elbowlet Socket Weld in Side

Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: EOL-SW in Side
Command line: HEOLS
socket welded.
last point
Up
Down
Elbowlet Socket Weld in Vertical

Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: EOL-SW in Vert
Command line: VEOLS
is socket welded.
last point


Toolbars
Latrolet Weld in Side

Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: LOL-Weld in Side
Command line: HLOLW
Places a lateral fitting 45 degrees out of the X-Y plane. The branch end of the fitting is butt
welded.
last point
Up
Down
Place a side latrolet fitting

1. Click a side latrolet component command.
Latrolet Thread in Side

Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: LOL-Thrd in Side
Command line: HLOLT
Places a lateral fitting 45 degrees out of the X-Y plane. The branch end of the fitting is threaded.
last point
Up
Down


Toolbars
Latrolet Socket Weld in Side

Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: LOL-SW in Side
Command line: HLOLS
Places a lateral fitting 45 degrees out of the X-Y plane. The branch end of the fitting is socket
welded.
last point
Up
Down

Nipolet Weld in Vertical

Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: Weld in Vertical
Command line: VNOLP
Places a nipolet fitting normal to the X-Y plane. The branch end of the fitting is butt welded.
last point
Up
Down


Toolbars
Nipolet Thread in Vertical

Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: Thrd in Vertical
Command line: VNOLT
Places a nipolet fitting normal to the X-Y plane. The branch end of the fitting is threaded.
last point
Up
Down

Thrd/SW Valves
Plant menu: Toolbars > Thrd/SW Valves
The Command Line column in the table below shows the command for the socket
weld component and the equivalent threaded component. Use the Threaded and Socket
Weld commands on the Setup Size/Spec Panel (on page 26) to switch between the two
modes.
The commands on the Thrd/SW Valves toolbar can be used for modeling in 3D or 2D
mode depending on how you define the drawing mode. For more information, see 3D Modeling
Thrd/SW Gate - Places a threaded or socket weld gate valve in GATS/GATT

the X-Y plane. For more information, see Thrd/SW Gate (on
page 624).
Thrd/SW Ball - Places a threaded or socket weld ball valve in BALS/BALT

the X-Y plane. For more information, see Thrd/SW Ball (on
page 624).
Thrd/SW Globe - Places a threaded or socket weld globe valve GLBS/GLBT

in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Thrd/SW Globe (on
page 625).

Toolbars
Thrd/SW Plug - Places a threaded or socket weld plug valve in PLUS/PLUT

the X-Y plane. For more information, see Thrd/SW Plug (on
page 625).
Thrd/SW Check - Places a threaded or socket weld check CHKS/CHKT

valve in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Thrd/SW
Check (on page 626).
Thrd/SW Needle - Places a threaded or socket weld needle NEDS/NEDT

Needle (on page 627).
Thrd/SW Diaphragm - Places a threaded or socket weld DIAS/DIAT

diaphragm valve in the X-Y plane. For more information, see
Thrd/SW Diaphragm (on page 627).
Thrd/SW Rotary - Places a threaded or socket weld rotary ROTS/ROTT

Rotary (on page 628).
Thrd/SW Dual Check - Places a threaded or socket weld dual DCHS/DCHT

check valve in the X-Y plane. For more information, see
Thrd/SW Dual Check (on page 628).
Thrd/SW Control - Places a threaded or socket weld control CNTS/CNTT

Control (on page 629).
Thrd/SW 3 Way Plan - Places a threaded or socket weld three- 3VS/3VT

way valve in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Thrd/SW
3 Way Plan (on page 630).
Thrd/SW 4 Way Plan - Places a threaded or socket weld four- 4VS/4VT

way valve in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Thrd/SW
4 Way Plan (on page 630).
Thrd/SW Relief Top - Places a threaded or socket weld 90 RELS/RELT

degree pressure relief valve with the relief end normal to the X-
Y plane. For more information, see Thrd/SW Relief Top (on
page 636).
Thrd/SW Angle Top - Places a threaded or socket weld 90 ANGS/ANGT

degree angle valve in the X-Y plane. For more information, see
Thrd/SW Angle Top (on page 632).
Thrd/SW Gage - Places a threaded or socket weld gage valve GAGS/GAGT

in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Thrd/SW Gage (on
page 632).

Toolbars
X-Body Gate BW - Places a butt weld X-body style gate valve EGAB
in the X-Y plane. For more information, see X-Body Gate BW
(on page 633).
X-Body Gate Thrd - Places a threaded X-body style gate valve EGAT
in the X-Y plane. For more information, see X-Body Gate Thrd
(on page 633).
X-Body Gate SW - Places a socket weld X-body style gate EGAS

valve in the X-Y plane. For more information, see X-Body Gate
SW (on page 634).
Thrd/SW 3 Way Side - Places a threaded or socket weld three- H3VS/H3VT

way valve with the valve branch normal to the X-Y plane. For
more information, see Thrd/SW 3 Way Side (on page 635).
Thrd/SW 3 Way Vertical - Places a threaded or socket weld V3VS/V3VT

three-way valve with the main normal to the X-Y plane. For
more information, see Thrd/SW 3 Way Vertical (on page 635).
Thrd/SW 4 Way Side - Places a threaded or socket weld four- H4VS/H4VT

way valve with the valve branches normal to the X-Y plane. For
more information, see Thrd/SW 4 Way Side (on page 636).
Thrd/SW Relief Side - Places a threaded or socket weld 90 HRELS/HRELT

degree relief valve in the X-Y plane. For more information, see
Thrd/SW Relief Side (on page 631).
Thrd/SW Pressure Top - Places a threaded or socket weld 90 VRELS/VRELT

degree pressure relief valve with the pressure end normal to
the X-Y plane. For more information, see Thrd/SW Pressure
Top.
Thrd/SW Angle Side - Places a threaded or socket weld angle HANGS/HANGT

Angle Side (on page 637).

Toolbars
Modeling in 3D
and 2D modeling.
Thrd/SW Gate
Thrd/SW Valves toolbar: Thrd/SW Gate
Command line: GATS/GATT
Places a threaded or socket weld gate valve in the X-Y plane.
last point
Middle
Place a valve
Thrd/SW Ball
Thrd/SW Valves toolbar: Thrd/SW Ball
Command line: BALS/BALT
Places a threaded or socket weld ball valve in the X-Y plane.
last point
Middle

Toolbars
Place a valve
Thrd/SW Globe
Thrd/SW Valves toolbar: Thrd/SW Globe
Command line: GLBS/GLBT
Places a threaded or socket weld globe valve in the X-Y plane.
last point
Middle
Place a valve
Thrd/SW Plug
Thrd/SW Valves toolbar: Thrd/SW Plug
Command line: PLUS/PLUT
Places a threaded or socket weld plug valve in the X-Y plane.
last point
Middle

Toolbars
Place a valve
Thrd/SW Check
Thrd/SW Valves toolbar: Thrd/SW Check
Command line: CHKS/CHKT
Places a threaded or socket weld check valve in the X-Y plane.
last point
Start
Middle
otherEnd
Place a valve

Toolbars
Thrd/SW Needle
Thrd/SW Valves toolbar: Thrd/SW Needle
Command line: NEDS/NEDT
Places a threaded or socket weld needle valve in the X-Y plane.
last point
Middle
Place a valve
Thrd/SW Diaphragm
Thrd/SW Valves toolbar: Thrd/SW Diaphragm
Command line: DIAS/DIAT
Places a threaded or socket weld diaphragm valve in the X-Y plane.
last point
Middle
Place a valve

Toolbars
Thrd/SW Rotary
Thrd/SW Valves toolbar: Thrd/SW Rotary
Command line: ROTS/ROTT
Places a threaded or socket weld rotary valve in the X-Y plane.
last point
Middle
Place a valve
Thrd/SW Dual Check

Thrd/SW Valves toolbar: Thrd/SW Dual Check
Command line: DCHS/DCHT
Places a threaded or socket weld dual check valve in the X-Y plane.
last point
Start
Middle
otherEnd

Toolbars
Place a valve
Thrd/SW Control
Thrd/SW Valves toolbar: Thrd/SW Control
Command line: CNTS/CNTT
Places a threaded or socket weld control valve in the X-Y plane.
last point
Length
Specifies the length of the component.
Middle
Place a valve

Toolbars
Thrd/SW 3 Way Plan

Thrd/SW Valves toolbar: Thrd/SW 3 Way Plan
Command line: 3VS/3VT
Places a threaded or socket weld three-way valve in the X-Y plane.
last point
Middle
Branch
Places the branch of the valve at the start point. The end type is defined by the current
specification.

Thrd/SW 4 Way Plan

Thrd/SW Valves toolbar: Thrd/SW 4 Way Plan
Command line: 4VS/4VT
Places a threaded or socket weld four-way valve in the X-Y plane.
last point
Middle

Toolbars

1. Click a four-way plan valve command.
ENTER to connect to the last point.
Thrd/SW Relief Side

Thrd/SW Valves toolbar: Thrd/SW Relief Side
Command line: RELS/RELT
Places a threaded or socket weld 90 degree relief valve in the X-Y plane.
last point
Length
Corner
Relief
Places the relief end of the valve at the start point.
Pressure
Place a relief side valve

1. Click a relief valve component command.
4. Click in the direction of the relief end of the valve.

Toolbars
Thrd/SW Angle Top

Thrd/SW Valves toolbar: Thrd/SW Angle
Command line: ANGS/ANGT
Places a threaded or socket weld 90 degree angle valve in the X-Y plane.
last point
Start
Corner
otherEnd
Place an angle top valve

1. Click an angle valve component command.
4. Click in the direction of the branch end of the valve.
Thrd/SW Gage
Thrd/SW Valves toolbar: Thrd/SW Gage
Command line: GAGS/GAGT
Places a threaded or socket weld gage valve in the X-Y plane
last point
Middle
To pick the outlet locations of the gage valve, use the MIDpoint of OSnap command and
then pick the sides on the outlet end.
Because there is no way to accurately locate the outlets in 3D, first draw the component in
2D and then use the CONVERTSOLID command to convert the valve component to 3D
solids.

Toolbars
Place a valve
X-Body Gate BW
Thrd/SW Valves toolbar: Thrd/SW X-Body Gate BW
Command line: EGAB
Places a butt weld X-body style gate valve in the X-Y plane.
last point
Place a valve
X-Body Gate Thrd

Thrd/SW Valves toolbar: X-Body Gate Thrd
Command line: EGAT
Places a threaded X-body style gate valve in the X-Y plane.
last point

Toolbars
Place a valve
X-Body Gate SW
Thrd/SW Valves toolbar: Thrd/SW X-Body Gate SW
Command line: EGAS
Places a socket weld X-body style gate valve in the X-Y plane.
last point
Place a valve

Toolbars
Modeling in 2D
in a 2D drawing.
Thrd/SW 3 Way Side

Thrd/SW Valves toolbar: Thrd/SW 3 Way Side
Command line: H3VS/H3VT
Places a threaded or socket weld three-way valve with the valve branch normal to the X-Y
plane.
last point
Middle

Thrd/SW 3 Way Vertical

Thrd/SW Valves toolbar: Thrd/SW 3 Way Vertical
Command line: V3VS/V3VT
Places a threaded or socket weld three-way valve with the main normal to the X-Y plane.
last point
Middle


Toolbars
Thrd/SW 4 Way Side

Thrd/SW Valves toolbar: Thrd/SW 4 Way Side
Command line: H4VS/H4VT
Places a threaded or socket weld four-way valve with the valve branches normal to the X-Y
plane.
last point
Middle

1. Click a four-way side valve command.
Thrd/SW Relief Top

Thrd/SW Valves toolbar: Thrd/SW Relief Top
Command line: HRELS/HRELT
Places a threaded or socket weld 90 degree pressure relief valve with the relief end normal to
the X-Y plane.
last point
Length
Relief
Places the start point at the relief end.
Corner
Up
Down

Toolbars
Place a relief top valve

1. Click a relief valve component command.
Thrd/SW Angle Side

Thrd/SW Valves toolbar: Thrd/SW Angle Side
Command line: HANGS/HANGT
Places a threaded or socket weld angle valve in the X-Y plane.
last point
Corner
Up
Down


Toolbars
Gaskets, Etc.
Plant menu: Toolbars > Gaskets, Etc.
Tick Mark - Creates a dimension tick mark. For more TICK

information, see Tick Mark (on page 295).
Standard - Places standard stud bolts at the selected STDBOLT

location. For more information, see Standard (on page 273).
Non Standard - Places non standard stud bolts at the NONSTDBOLT

selected location. For more information, see Non Standard (on
page 273).
Automatic - Sizes and places stud bolts automatically at each AUTOBOLT

Gasket - Places a gasket. For more information, see Gasket GAS

(on page 638).
Weld Gap - Creates weld gaps For more information, see WELD
Weld Gap (on page 639).
Gasket
Gaskets, Etc. toolbar: Gasket
Command line: GAS
Places a gasket. The gasket is composed of two different entities. First is an inserted block that
is located at the insert point. Another inserted block is placed on the other side of the gasket.
The GASR contains Xdata information for Bill of Materials extraction. GASL is a plain insert
without information. When you use mode conversion to convert components to another mode in
a Z-plane position, the GASL insert is destroyed. When you convert the single GASR insert in
the proper X and Y planes, both sides of the gasket are created again.
The shape of the gasket allows for other uses, as explained below.
The half circle on the outer portion of both inserts allow for easy picking for dimensioning. For
example, when dimensioning, select Osnap, CENter of, and pick the center of circle which is the
exact corner of the face of flange). You should find that it is relatively easy to select the center of
the circle from a zoomed out view.
For placing a flange face against the gasket, you can select Osnap, ENDpoint of, and select the
side of the gasket to place the flange perfectly in position. This provides a method of placing the
flange when the last point option is no longer available.
This routine is also used for ring type joints. The data files for rings have an extra column
indicating the ring number. The gasket routine senses this additional column and adds this ring
number to the bill of materials description. The distance between the faces of adjoining flanges
(under compression) are used in this file instead of the actual depth of the ring.

Toolbars
Insert a gasket
1. Click Gasket .
2. Click to select a starting point, such as the end of a pipe. Alternatively, press ENTER to
select the last point of the previously-placed component.
3. Click in the required direction.
The software inserts a gasket at the selected location.
The same procedure can be used to place ring type joints. The data files for rings have
an extra column, which indicates the ring number. The gasket routine senses this additional
column, and adds this ring number to the Bill of Materials description. The distance between the
faces of adjoining flanges (under compression) is used in this file instead of the actual depth of
the ring.
You can set the software to automatically add Gaskets when needed by changing the
Apply Gasket Insertion Rule (on page 58) in Piping Rules under Setup .
Weld Gap
Gaskets, Etc. toolbar: Weld Gap
Command line: WELD
Creates weld gaps for detailed pipe fabrication. Weld gaps are controlled by the currently
defined specification and are placed according to size and/or schedule.
last point
Places the weld gap at the last point of the previously-created component.
Each specification has data files that provide different thicknesses.
Define a weld gap

1. Click Weld Gap .
2. Click to select a starting point, such as the end of a pipe. Alternatively, press ENTER to
select the last point of the previously-placed component.
3. Click in the required direction.
The software creates a weld gap.
Use Osnap > Insert and select any portion of the weld gap symbol to start a new pipe or
component from the weld gap
You can set the software to automatically add Gaskets when needed by changing the
Apply Weld Insertion Rule (on page 57) in Piping Rules under Setup .

Toolbars
Pipe Ends
Plant menu: Toolbars > Pipe Ends
Flange O.D. - Inserts a graphical representation of a flange ENDFLG

O.D. For more information, see Flange O.D. (on page 313)
Plain End - Inserts a graphical representation of the plain end ENDPLAIN

Hidden End - Inserts a graphical representation of the hidden ENDHIDDEN

314).
Pipe End - Inserts a graphical representation of the pipe end ENDPIPE

Restraints
Plant menu: > Toolbars > Restraints
The types of restraints used with CADWorx Plant are listed in the table below.
Translational - Creates a translational-type restraint. For TRANSLATIONAL

Anchor - Creates an anchor-type restraint. For more ANCHOR

Spring Hanger - Creates a spring hanger-type restraint. For SPRING

Rotational - Creates a rotational-type restraint. For more ROTATIONAL

Snubber - Creates a Snubber-type restraint. For more SNUBBER

Guide - Creates a Guide-type restraint. For more information, GUIDE

The restraint is used in the bi-directional link with CAESAR II. The position of the restraint is
important for the evaluation of the stress model within CAESAR II. For example, you can
position a rotational restraint at any vector.

Toolbars
Restraints appear on the drawing in a symbolic format. You can modify the symbol shape that
appears on the output drawing by editing the restraint drawing file. These drawing files are
delivered to the [Product Folder]\Support folder. If necessary, a restraint symbol can be re-
drawn as a three-dimensional shape. In these instances, you must maintain the base of the
restraint at 0,0,0 and the direction of the restraint at 0 degrees.
The CAESARIITolerance (on page 38) variable is useful when the bi-directional process
encounters a problem locating a restraint along a pipe line, especially if the pipe line is
sloped.
All supports drawn using the Restraint commands in CADWorx Plant are exported as guides
to Isogen. To export a different symbol to Isogen, use the Isogen Data Dialog Box (on page
89) to change the SKEY. Acceptable SKEY values are: Four blank characters, ANCH,
DUCK, GUID, SKID, SPRG, and HANG. For information about the sample Isogen shapes
used with these SKEYS, see the Isogen Symbol Keys Reference Guide, which you can find
in [Product Folder]Plant\Isogen\I-Configure\resdlls\0009.
You can also use the Isogen Data dialog box to change the support direction.
Misc
Plant menu: Toolbars > Misc
Use the Threaded and Socket Weld commands on the Setup Size/Spec
Panel (on page 26) to switch between these two modes for SW/Thrd Plan and SW/Thrd Side.
The commands on the Misc toolbar can be used for modeling in 3D or 2D mode
Flanged Plan - Places a flanged pipe component in the X-Y STRF

plane. For more information, see Flanged Plan (on page 643).
SW/Thrd Plan - Places a socket weld/ threaded strainer STRT

SW/Thrd Plan (on page 644).
Create - Creates symmetrical or nonsymmetrical user shape USERCREATE

components. For more information, see User Shapes (on
page 218).
User Shape 1 - Places user created shape 1 in the X-Y plane. USE1
For more information, see User Shapes (on page 218).

Toolbars
Bleed Ring - Places a bleed ring in the drawing in the X-Y BLD
plane. For more information, see Bleed Ring or Spacer (on
page 644).
Spec Bld Side - Places a blind spectacle in the drawing SPCT

normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Spectacle
Blind Side (on page 645).
Reinforcing Pad - Inserts information indicating a REINFPAD

(on page 320).
Reinforcing Saddle - Inserts information indicating a REINFSAD

reinforcement saddle. For more information, see Reinforcing
Expansion Joint - Places an expansion joint in the drawing in EXPF

the X-Y plane. For more information, see Expansion Joint (on
page 646).
Rigid Element - Places a CAESAR II element in the drawing. ELEMENT

For more information, see Rigid Element (on page 646).
Generic Attach - Attaches information to any generic GENERIC

Stop Sign - Places Isogen stop sign symbols in the drawing. STOPSIGN
For more information, see Stop Sign (on page 170).
Flanged Side - Places a flanged pipe component normal to HSTRF

the X-Y plane. For more information, see Flanged Side (on
page 647).
SW/Thrd Side - Places a socket weld/ threaded strainer HSTRT

component normal to the X-Y plane. For more information,
see SW/Thrd Side (on page 647).
Spec Bld Vert - Places a blind spectacle with the main normal VSPCT
to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Spectacle Blind
The arrow in the lower right corner of the button indicates a flyout for more options.

Toolbars
Modeling in 3D
and 2D modeling.
Flanged Plan
Misc toolbar: Flanged Plan
Command line: STRF
Places a flanged pipe component in the X-Y plane.
last point
Length
Length of basket side
Specifies the length of the basket side of the component.
otherEnd
Main end
Specifies the direction of the second point.
Branch end
Specifies the direction of the branch end of the pipe.
Place a plan flange pipe

1. Click Flanged Plan . Alternatively, type STRF, and press ENTER.
2. Type L for length, or press ENTER to connect to the last point. If you are entering the
length, follow the prompts back to this step for the last point.
3. Select a main end direction.
4. Select branch direction.
The flanged plan pipe is placed.
Auto Routing from the strainer lateral

1. Select the strainer in the drawing.
2. Click the grip point to autoroute from the lateral.

The piping component list displays.
3. Select Pipe or Nipple.
The sizes list for the pipes or nipples displays.
4. Select the size.
The pipe or nipple displays in the drawing with a Tap Connection automatically added.

Toolbars
SW/Thrd Plan
Misc toolbar: SW/Thrd Plan
Command line: STRT
Places a socket weld/threaded strainer component in the X-Y plane.
last point
Length
otherEnd
Place the start point of the component at the other end.
Main end
Specifies the direction of the second point.
Branch end
Specifies the direction of the branch end of the pipe.
Place a side socket weld threaded pipe

1. Click SW/Thrd Plan . Alternatively, type STRT, and press ENTER.
3. Select a main end direction.
4. Select branch direction.
The plan socket weld/threaded pipe is placed.
Bleed Ring or Spacer

Misc toolbar: Bleed Ring
Lined toolbar: Lined Spacer
Command line: BLD
Places a bleed ring or spacer in the X-Y plane.
last point
Length
Specifies the length of the bleed ring.

Toolbars
Place a bleed ring

1. Click Bleed Ring . Alternatively, type BLD, and press ENTER.
The bleed ring is placed.
Spectacle Blind Side

Misc toolbar: Spec Bld Side
Command line: SPCT
Places a blind spectacle normal to the X-Y plane.
last point
Open
Places the start point at the open end.
Close
Places the start point at the closed end.
Thickness
Specifies the thickness of the blind spectacle.
Place a side blind spectacle

1. Click Spec Bld Side . Alternatively, type SPCT, and press ENTER.
2. Type T for thickness, or press ENTER to connect to the last point. If you are entering the
thickness, follow the prompts back to this step for the last point.
The side blind spectacle is placed.
Reinforcing Saddle
Miscellaneous toolbar: Reinforcing Saddle
Command line: REINFSAD
Attaches a reinforcement saddle to a branch connection. On the drawing, the reinforcement
saddle is represented by the alpha-identifier S. This symbolic letter has Xdata attached to it that
is used in Bill of Material generation and with the CAESAR II bi-directional link.
For more information, see Insert a reinforcement saddle (on page 321).

Toolbars
Expansion Joint
Misc toolbar: Expansion Joint
Command line: EXPF
Places an expansion joint in the X-Y plane.
last point
Length
Specifies the length of the expansion joint.
Place an expansion joint

1. Click Expansion Joint . Alternatively, type EXPF, and press ENTER.
The expansion joint is placed.
Rigid Element
Misc toolbar: Rigid Element
Command line: ELEMENT
Places a CAESAR II element in the drawing.
Used with CAESAR II (pipe stress analysis software) when a rigid component is required. This is
convenient when using a rigid from the base of a pump to the pump discharge piping, or placing
a rigid as a structural member that might be supporting the pipe.
When using the CAESAR II bi-directional link or importing a stress input file, rigids can be
automatically placed. These rigids are used by the bi-directional link and should not be modified
in any manner. They can be moved with a piping system, but they need to remain in their
relative location. They are often used when the length of a CAESAR II component does not
match the components contained within CADWorx.
These elements are represented with a polyline that has pointed ends. Specify where rigid
elements display from the LayerByLineNumber (on page 42) configuration setting.
Place a rigid element

1. Click Rigid Element . Alternatively, type ELEMENT, and press ENTER.
3. Select a second point.
The rigid element is placed.

Toolbars
Modeling in 2D
in a 2D drawing.
Flanged Side
Misc toolbar: Flanged Side
Command line: HSTRF
Places a pipe component normal to the X-Y plane.
last point
Length
otherEnd
Up
Down
Places the branch direction in the negative the Z direction.
Place a side flange pipe

1. Click Flanged Side . Alternatively, type HSTRF, and press ENTER.
The side flanged pipe is placed.
SW/Thrd Side
Misc toolbar: SW/Thrd Side
Command line: HSTRT
Places a socket weld/threaded strainer component normal to the X-Y plane.
last point
Length

Toolbars

otherEnd
Up
Down
Place a side socket weld/threaded pipe

1. Click SW/Thrd Side . Alternatively, type HSTRT, and press ENTER.
The socket weld threaded pipe is placed.
Spectacle Blind Vertical

Misc toolbar: Spec Bld Vert
Command line: VSPCT
Places a vertical blind spectacle side in the X-Y plane.
Open
Places the start point at the open end.
Close
Places the start point at the closed end.
Thickness
Specifies the thickness of the blind spectacle.
Place a vertical blind spectacle

1. Click Spec Bld Vert . Alternatively, type VSPCT, and press ENTER.
2. Type T for thickness, or press ENTER to connect to the last point. If you are entering the
thickness, follow the prompts back to this step for the start point.
The blind spectacle is drawn.

Toolbars
Operators
Plant menu: Toolbars > Operators
Top Works Add - Adds top works to a valve already drawn in TOPWORKSADD
the model. For more information, see Top Works Add (on
page 241).
Top Works Change - Changes the orientation of or deletes TOPWORKSCHANGE

top works already associated with a valve. For more
information, see Top Works Change (on page 242).
Line Numbers
Plant menu: Toolbars > Line Numbers
Line Number Setup - Modifies any line number configuration. NUMBERSETUP

For more information, see Setup (on page 185).
Line Number Assign - Assigns new or different line numbers NUMBERASSIGN

to existing components. For more information, see Assign (on
page 189).
Line Number Annotate - Labels components with existing NUMBERANNOTATE

line numbers. For more information, see Annotate (on page
190).
Line Number By - Sets the line number from one of three NUMBERSET
sources: a P&ID project, the current drawing, or a selected
component. For more information, see Set (on page 187).
Line Number Count - Sets the present line number count NUMBERCOUNT
value. For more information, see Count (on page 188).
Line Number Increment - Increases the line number count NUMBER+

value. For more information, see Increment (on page 189).
Line Number Decrement - Decreases the line number count NUMBER-

value. For more information, see Decrement (on page 189).

Toolbars
UCS
Plant menu: Toolbars > UCS
Flat - Places the current user coordinate system in the flat VIEWFLAT
North - Places the current user coordinate system in the north VIEWNORTH
position. For more information, see North (on page 329).
South - Places the current user coordinate system in the VIEWSOUTH

329).
East - Places the current user coordinate system in the east VIEWEAST
West - Places the current user coordinate system in the west VIEWWEST
position. For more information, see West (on page 330).
Next - Toggles through each of the Point and Shoot UCS UCSNEXT
positions. For more information, see UCS Next (on page 328).
UCS Object - Orients the UCS according to an object you UCS

select. For more information, see UCS Object (on page 331).
Compass - Displays a compass-type symbol that indicates COMPASS

This Compass command is only available in CADWorx
Plant Professional.
Steel
Plant menu: Toolbars > Steel
Wide Flange - Places a wide flange shape. For more WSHAPE

information, see Wide Flange Shapes (on page 336).
Channel - Places a channel shape. For more information, see CSHAPE

Channel Shapes (on page 337).
Angle - Places an angle shape. For more information, see LSHAPE

Angle Shapes (on page 338).

Toolbars
Double Angle - Places a double angle shape. For more 2LSHAPE

information, see Angle Double Shape (on page 347).
Tee - Places a tee shape. For more information, see Tee TSHAPE
Flat Bar - Places a flat bar shape. For more information, see FBSHAPE
Flat Bar Shapes (on page 342).
Round Bar - Places a round bar shape. For more information, RBSHAPE
see Round Bar Shapes (on page 343).
Structural Pipe - Places a pipe shape. For more information, PSHAPE

see Pipe Shapes (on page 340).
Structural Tubing - Places a rectangular tube shape. For TSSHAPE

more information, see Tube Shapes (on page 341).
Z Shape - Places a zee shape. For more information, see Z ZSHAPE

Channel Lip - Places a channel shape with a lip. For more CLIPSHAPE
information, see Channel Shape with Lip (on page 344).
Angle Lip - Places an angle shape with a lip. For more LLIPSHAPE
information, see Angle Shape with Lip (on page 345).
Plate - Places plates in the drawing. For more information, SPLATE

see Plate (on page 349).
Base Plate - Places base plates in free space or at the end of SBPLATE
a member. For more information, see Base Plate (on page
352).
Cope - Cuts a member back to other members. For more SCOPE

Cut - Cuts members by a plane that you define. For more SCUT
Miter - Cuts two coplanar members back to one another. For SMITER
more information, see Miter (on page 387).
Union - Joins two members. For more information, see Union SUNION
(on page 389).
Local Edit - Edits a selected member. For more information, SCEDIT

see Edit (on page 389).

Toolbars
Set Size by Component - Sets the steel size by selecting an COMP2STEEL

existing component in the model. For more information, see
Set Size by Component (on page 358).
Auto Cope - Turns on or off the automatic coping of SAUTOCOPE

members. For more information, see Auto Cope (on page
401).
Frame Creation - Creates intelligent frames that they can use SFRAME
to build structural steel models. For more information, see
Steel - Frame Creation (on page 372).
Ladder - Places ladders, with or without cages, in the SLADDER

drawing. For more information, see Ladder (on page 376).
Stair - Places stairs in the drawing. For more information, see SSTAIR
Stair (on page 382).
Hand Rail - Places hand rails in the drawing. For more SHRAIL
Settings
Plant menu: Toolbars > Settings
Setup - Defines all CADWorx settings within the current SETUP

Specification - Specifies a drawing specification file. For SETSPEC

more information, see Set Specification and Size (on page
52).
Main Size - Specifies main and reduction sizes. For more SETSIZE
Size - Specifies the main and reduction size by selecting a COMP2SIZE

Spec - Specifies the current specification by selecting a COMP2SPEC

Size-Spec - Specifies the main size, reduction size, and COMP2SIZESPEC


Toolbars
Line - Sets the current line number to match that of a COMP2LINE

component that you select. For more information, see Line (on
page 190).
All - Specifies the main size, reduction size, specification, and COMP2ALL
line number by selecting a component with the needed values.
For more information, see All (on page 72).
Settings - Displays the current drawing settings. For more CURRENT

2D Double Line - Converts selected components to 2D CONVERTDOUBLE

2D Single Line - Converts selected components to 2D single CONVERTSINGLE

3D Solids - Converts selected components to 3D solid mode. CONVERTSOLID

Convert Isometric - Converts selected components to CONVERTISO

Threaded - Specifies the threaded fitting mode for hub-based

101).
Socket Weld - Specifies the socket welded fitting mode for

hub-based components. For more information, see Socket
Weld (on page 101).
Local Edit - Modifies the properties of an existing component. CEDIT

Xref Component Edit - Views sizes or information within the XCEDIT

component XREF. For more information, see Xref Edit (on
page 102)
Global Edit - Modifies the properties of multiple components. GCEDIT

Auto Connect - Turns automatic connection on or off. For CONNECTOG


Toolbars
Zoom Lock - Allows zooming in paper space only. For more ZOOMLOCK
Optional Items - Places a component when the component SPECOPTION

Group On/Off - Turns on or off the grouping of the centerline GROUPTOG

of the component with the accompanying graphics. For more
information, see Group On/Off (on page 216).
Selection Control - Toggles the display of grips on and off. SELECTCONTROL

For more information, Select Control (on page 400).
Defines all CADWorx settings within the current drawings
Palettes
Plant menu: Toolbars > Misc
Spec View - Filters the available components based on the SPECVIEW
Line View -Isolates components based on their line number or LINEVIEW
their specification. For more information, see Line View
Insulation View - Creates a data file in which you can add, INSULATIONVIEW
modify and remove insulation configurations that can be
applied to CADWorx components. For more information, see
Insulation View Palette (on page 139).
Clash View - Runs interactive clash detection on AutoCAD 3D CLASHVIEW
solids in the current drawing as well as any attached XREF
drawings. For more information, see Clash View Palette (on
page 153).
Pipe Support Modeler Report - Generates a report of all pipe PIPESUPPORTREPORT
supports found in the selection or in the entire model. For
more information, see Pipe Support Report (on page 147).
Discontinuity View - Checks for different types of modeling DISCONTINUITYVIEW
issues. For more information, see Discontinuity View Palette
(on page 145).
P&ID View - Links data between the Plant and P&ID table in a PIDVIEW
project database. For more information, see P&ID View

APPENDIX A
Specification and Data Files

CADWorx Plant specification files (.prj) are delivered in the [Product Folder]\Plant\Spec folder.
You can relocate these files to other local or network folders:
Change the location of the Spec folder by modifying the SpecificationDirectory (on page 47)
variable stored in the current configuration settings.
Editing Component Data Files

CADWorx Plant uses a component data text file to determine the correct dimensions of
components. When you select a component, the software checks the current specification,
retrieves data from the correct data file, and draws the component.
Use the Spec Editor to create new data files for components and the needed component
sizes. The data file structure that is required for each component is provided in the DataFile.tbl
file in the [Product Folder]\Plant\System folder. This file is used to generate template data. For
more information, see the Spec Editor documentation delivered with CADWorx.

APPENDIX B
AutoCAD Workflows Used With Plant

In This Appendix
Modifying a User Profile ................................................................ 656
Creating a Base Profile .................................................................. 657
Running CADWorx Equipment or PV Fabricator with CADWorx Plant 657
Special Monitored Commands Used With a Live Database ......... 659
Modifying a User Profile

You can run CADWorx Plant from any network or local folder by manually creating or modifying
a user profile and modifying the search paths in the profile.
CADWorx runs within AutoCAD by using the AutoCAD user profile command line switch, /P. A
user profile shortcut is created when Plant is installed. For example, if AutoCAD is installed in
the C:\Program Files\Autodesk\AutoCAD folder, a shortcut is created for CADWorx Plant. The
value of Target on the Shortcut tab of the Properties dialog box for the shortcut is:
"C:\Program Files\Autodesk\AutoCAD\acad.exe" /P "Profile Name"
Manually create a profile by modifying the support file search paths and the template file
location.
1. In Plant, click Tools > Options.
The Options dialog box appears.
2. On the Files tab, expand Support File Search Path in the Search paths, file names, and
file locations list.
The [Product Folder]\Plant\Support folder is listed first, as shown in the example below.
The acad.rx file is in the support folder. AutoCAD uses acad.rx to load the Plant menus,
toolbars, and panels.
3. Select the folder name and type the new folder path.
4. Manually create the new support folder and copy the acad.rx file to this folder.
5. On the Files tab, expand Template Settings > Drawing Template File Location.

The [Product Folder]\Plant\Support folder is listed first, as shown in the example below.
6. Select the folder name and type the new folder path.
7. Click OK.
To set up a profile for another user login on the same computer, run Start > All
Programs > CADWorx > Plant > Setup Profile - Plant.
Creating a Base Profile

To create a base profile, you can copy the AutoCAD icon or Plant icon, and specify a profile.
This profile is based on the default AutoCAD profile.
1. Make a copy of the Plant shortcut on the desktop.
2. Right-click the shortcut and select Properties.
The Properties dialog box appears.
3. On the Shortcut tab, replace the value after /P in Target with the new profile name. For
example:
"C:\Program Files\Autodesk\AutoCAD - English\acad.exe" /P UserBase
You can use any name that is not used on the Profile tab of the Options dialog box
(Tools > Options) in AutoCAD. Use quotes around the profile name if it contains spaces.
4. Click OK.
5. Double-click the shortcut to start the software.
AutoCAD creates a new profile based on the software defaults.
Running CADWorx Equipment or PV Fabricator with

CADWorx Plant
You can run CADWorx Plant and the standalone version of CADWorx Equipment
simultaneously within the same AutoCAD session. This is necessary when equipment created
with Equipment needs to be modified while in the Plant drawing session.
1. In Plant, click Tools > Options.
The Options dialog box displays.
2. On the Files tab, expand the Support File Search Path item.

3. Click Add, and browse to the CADWorx Equipment support directory. An example is shown
in the figure below.
4. Close CADWorx Plant.

5. Start Windows Explorer and browse to the CADWorx Plant support directory (for example,
C:\CADWorx Version\ Plant\Support).
6. Locate the file acad.rx file, and open it using a text editor.
7. Type CADWorxEquipment.arx into this file below the entry for CADWorxPlant.arx.
If CADWorxEquipment.arx is above CADWorxPlant.arx, CADWorx Plant tool tips do

not function.
8. Start CADWorx Plant.
CADWorx Equipment starts simultaneously.
9. If the Equipment menu does not load, run the LOADMENUEQUIP command.

Special Monitored Commands Used With a Live

Database
This following AutoCAD commands are monitored by CADWorx for live external database
synchronization. When any of the commands are used, CADWorx automatically updates a live
external database.
Erase and Undo Commands
These commands remove and restore graphic entities and mark rows in the database. If a
CADWorx component is deleted from the drawing, the row from the database is deleted when
the drawing file is closed.
ERASE
U
UNDO
REDO
MREDO
OOPS
BLOCK
-WBLOCK
EXPLODE
CUTCLIP
GROUP
Copy Commands
These commands add new graphic entities to the model.
COPY
BREAK
ARRAY
GRIP_COPY
GRIP_MIRROR
EXPLODE
MIRROR
PASTECLIP
PASTEORIG
DROPGEOM
Move Commands
These commands move the graphic entities in the model.
MOVE
GRIP_STRETCH
STRETCH
DROPGEOM

APPENDIX C
All CADWorx Commands

This is a comprehensive list of all the commands available in CADWorx Plant Professional.
These commands are listed in alphabetical order.
Command Command Summary
Socket Weld - Sets the socket welded fitting mode for hub-
based components. For more information, see Socket Weld
(on page 101).
Threaded - Sets the threaded fitting mode for hub-based

101).
11EN Sanitary 11.25 Ell Plan - Places an 11.25 degree sanitary

elbow in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Sanitary
11.25 Ell Plan (on page 554).
11LR Plan 11.25 Ell - Places an 11.25 degree elbow in the X-Y
plane. For more information, see Plan 11.25 Ell (on page 468).
18LR Plan 180 LR Return - Places a 180 degree long radius return
in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Plan 180 LR
18SR Plan 180 SR Return - Places a 180 degree short radius return
in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Plan 180 SR
22EN Sanitary 22.5 Ell Plan - Places a 22.5 degree sanitary elbow
in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Sanitary 22.5 Ell
Plan (on page 553).
22LR Plan 22.5 Ell - Places a 22.5 degree elbow in the X-Y plane.
For more information, see Plan 22.5 Ell (on page 469).
2DREP 2D Representation - Creates a 2D representation. For more

information, see 2D Representation (on page 263).
2DREPH 2D Representation Hidden - Creates a 2D representation

with hidden lines. For more information, see 2D
Representation Hidden (on page 264).
2LSHAPE Double Angle - Places a double angle shape. For more

information, see Angle Double Shape (on page 347).

3VE Sanitary 3-Way Valve Plan - Places a sanitary 3-way valve

Sanitary 3-Way Valve Plan (on page 562).
3VF 3 Way Plan - Places a three-way valve component in the X-Y

506).
3VS/3VT Thrd/SW 3 Way Plan - Places a threaded or socket weld

three-way valve in the X-Y plane. For more information, see
Thrd/SW 3 Way Plan (on page 630).
45EN Sanitary 45 Ell Plan - Places a 45 degree sanitary elbow in

the X-Y plane. For more information, see Sanitary 45 Ell Plan
(on page 548).
45FL Lined 45 Ell Plan - Places a 45 degree flanged and lined

45LR Plan 45 Ell - Places a 45 degree elbow in the X-Y plane. For
more information, see Plan 45 Ell (on page 454).
45S FRP Bell 45 Ell Plan - Places a 45 degree threaded/socket

elbow in the X-Y plane. For more information, see
Threaded/Socket 45 Degree Elbow Plan (on page 523).
45S/45T Thrd/SW 45 Ell Plan - Places a 45 degree threaded/socket

4VF 4 Way Plan - Places a four-way valve component in the X-Y

507).
4VS/4VT Thrd/SW 4 Way Plan - Places a threaded or socket weld four-

way valve in the X-Y plane. For more information, see
Thrd/SW 4 Way Plan (on page 630).
90EN Sanitary 90 Ell Plan - Places a 90 degree elbow in the X-Y

plane. For more information, see Sanitary 90 Ell Plan (on page
547).
90FL Lined 90 Ell Plan - Places a 90 degree flanged and lined

90LR Plan 90 LR Ell - Places a 90 degree long radius elbow in the

X-Y plane. For more information, see Plan 90 LR Ell (on page
453).

90RD Plan 90 Reducing Ell - Places a 90 degree reducing elbow in

the X-Y plane. For more information, see Plan 90 Reducing Ell
(on page 455).
90RE Sanitary 90 Reducing Ell Plan - Places a 90 degree reducing

elbow in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Sanitary 90
Reducing Ell Plan (on page 547).
90RS/90RT Thrd/SW 90 Red Ell Plan - Places a 90 degree

threaded/socket reducing elbow in the X-Y plane. For more
information, see Thrd/SW 90 Red Ell Plan (on page 593).
90S FRP Bell 90 Ell Plan - Places a 90 degree threaded/socket

elbow in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Plan
90S/90T Thrd/SW 90 Ell Plan - Places a 90 degree threaded/socket

90SR Plan 90 SR Ell - Places a 90 degree short radius elbow in the

X-Y plane. For more information, see Plan 90 SR Ell (on page
453).
90SS/90ST Thrd/SW 90 Street Ell Plan - Places a 90 degree

threaded/socket street elbow in the X-Y plane. For more
information, see Thrd/SW 90 Street Ell Plan (on page 592).
AIR1 Sanitary Multi 1 Port Valve - Places a one-port pneumatic

AIR2 Sanitary Multi 2 Port Valve - Places a two-port pneumatic

AIR3 Sanitary Multi 3 Port Valve - Places a three-port pneumatic

ANCHOR Anchor - Creates an anchor-type restraint. For more

ANGE Sanitary Angle Valve Plan - Places a 90 degree sanitary

Sanitary Angle Valve Plan (on page 563).
ANGF Angle Top - Places a 90 degree angle valve in the X-Y plane.
For more information, see Angle Top Valve (on page 508).

ANGS/ANGT Thrd/SW Angle Top - Places a threaded or socket weld 90

degree angle valve in the X-Y plane. For more information,
see Thrd/SW Angle Top (on page 632).
ANOTCOMP Component - Places component annotation. For more

information, see Component (on page 293).
ANOTELEV Elevation - Places component elevation annotation. For more

ARROWS Arrow - Opens the Arrows dialog box in which you can select
an arrow head graphic to place on the drawing. For more
information, see Arrow (on page 306).
ASSEMBLYVIEW Assembly View - Creates an assembly for use in a drawing.

For more information, see Assembly View Palette (on page
157).
AUTOBOLT Automatic - Sizes and places stud bolts automatically at each

AUTODIM Automatic - Automatically creates dimensions for a set of

components that you select. For more information, see
Automatic (on page 289).
AUTOGASKET Auto Gasket - Place gaskets automatically after the last

flange face drawn. For more information, see Auto Gasket (on
page 269).
AUTOROUTE, ROUTE Auto Route - Provides the ability to draw components

continuously without selecting them from the toolbar or palette.
For more information, see Auto Route (on page 275).
AUTOWELD Auto Weld - Places weld gaps automatically after the last butt
weld drawn. For more information, see Auto Weld (on page
271).
BALE Sanitary Ball Valve - Places a sanitary ball valve component

in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Sanitary Ball
Valve (on page 559).
BALF Ball - Places a ball valve component in the X-Y plane. For
more information, see Ball Valve (on page 500).
BALS/BALT Thrd/SW Ball - Places a threaded or socket weld ball valve in

the X-Y plane. For more information, see Thrd/SW Ball (on
page 624).
BENT Adjustable Bend - Places an adjustable pipe bend. For more

information, see Adjustable Bend (on page 463).

BFYE Sanitary Butterfly Valve - Places a sanitary butterfly valve

Sanitary Butterfly Valve (on page 561).
BFYF Butterfly - Places a butterfly valve component in the X-Y

plane. For more information, see Butterfly Valve (on page
503).
BLD Lined Spacer - Places a lined spacer in the X-Y plane. For
more information, see Bleed Ring or Spacer (on page 644).
BLD Bleed Ring - Places a bleed ring in the drawing in the X-Y
plane. For more information, see Bleed Ring or Spacer (on
page 644).
BOMCUT Cut BOM - Generates a Bill of Material schedule listing each

piece of pipe with a length and a tag. For more information,
see Cut Pipe Bill of Material (on page 197).
BOMDELETE Delete BOM - Deletes all entities designated for Bill of

Material. For more information, see Delete Bill of Material (on
page 203).
BOMEXPORT Export BOM - Exports the steel Bill of Material schedule to an

external file format that you specify. For more information, see
Export Pipe Bill of Material (on page 201).
BOMIMPORT Import BOM - Imports a database into a Bill a Material

schedule. For more information, see Import Pipe Bill of
Material (on page 202).
BOMSETUP BOM Setup - Customizes the Bill of Material schedule to any

style or layout that you need. For more information, see Bill of
Material Setup (on page 193).
BOMSINGLE Single BOM - Generates a Bill of Material schedule with each

selected object on a line by itself. For more information, see
Single Pipe Bill of Material (on page 200).
BOMTOTAL Total BOM - Generates a Bill of Material schedule with one

tag for a total length of pipe in each size. For more
information, see Total Pipe Bill of Material (on page 198).
BREAKPIPE Break Pipe - Changes non-segmented piping to segmented

piping. For more information, see Break Pipe (on page 244).
BTSHAPE Steel Bolt - Places a bolt in the drawing. For more

information, see Steel Bolts (on page 355).

BUSS FRP Bush/Insert - Places a bushing in the X-Y plane. For

more information, see Threaded/Socket Insert/Bushing (on
page 528).
BUSS/BUST Thrd/SW Bush/Insert - Places a threaded/socket bushing in

the X-Y plane. For more information, see Thrd/SW Bush/Insert
(on page 600).
C2IN System In - Reads a CAESAR II input file. For more

information, see System In (on page 256).
C2OUT System Out - Creates a CAESAR II input file. For more

information, see System Out (on page 242).
CAPE Sanitary Cap - Places a sanitary pipe cap in the X-Y plane.
For more information, see Sanitary Cap (on page 557).
CAPS FRP Cap - Places a threaded/socket pipe cap in the X-Y

plane. For more information, see Threaded/Socket Cap (on
page 527).
CAPS/CAPT Thrd/SW Cap - Places a threaded/socket pipe cap in the X-Y

plane. For more information, see Thrd/SW Cap (on page 598).
CAPW Cap - Places a pipe cap in the X-Y plane. For more
information, see Cap (on page 459).
CCRW Plan Reducing Cross - Places a four-way reducing cross in

the X-Y plane. For more information, see Plan Reducing Cross
(on page 460).
CEDIT Local Edit - Modifies the properties of an existing component.

CG C.G. Generator - Calculates the center of gravity for selected

pipe members. For more information, see C.G. Generator (on
page 211).
CHANGEELEV Change - Changes the elevation. For more information, see

CHANGEELEVATION Change Elevation - Changes the elevation of a selected pipe

in the drawing. For more information, see Change Elevation
(on page 257).
CHANGESIZE Change Size - Modifies the size of the components selected.

For more information, see Change Size (on page 72).

CHANGESPEC Change Specification - Modifies the specification of the

components selected. For more information, see Change
Specification (on page 79).
CHKE Sanitary Check Valve - Places a sanitary check valve

Sanitary Check Valve (on page 561).
CHKF Check - Places a check valve component in the X-Y plane.

For more information, see Check Valve (on page 502).
CHKS/CHKT Thrd/SW Check - Places a threaded or socket weld check

Check (on page 626).
CLASHVIEW Clash View - Runs interactive clash detection on AutoCAD 3D

solids in the current drawing as well as any attached XREF
drawings. For more information, see Clash View Palette (on
page 153).
CLIPSHAPE Channel Lip - Places a channel shape with a lip. For more
information, see Channel Shape with Lip (on page 344).
CNFL Lined Concentric - Places a flanged and lined concentric

CNTF Control - Places a control valve component in the X-Y plane.

For more information, see Control Valve (on page 506).
CNTS/CNTT Thrd/SW Control - Places a threaded or socket weld control

Control (on page 629).
COMP2ALL All - Specifies the main size, reduction size, specification, and
line number by selecting a component with the needed values.
For more information, see All (on page 72).
COMP2LINE Line - Sets the current line number to match that of a

component that you select. For more information, see Line (on
page 190).
COMP2SIZE Size - Sets the main and reduction size by selecting a

COMP2SIZESPEC Size-Spec - Sets the main size, reduction size, and


COMP2SPEC Spec - Sets the current specification by selecting a

COMP2STEEL Set Size by Component - Sets the steel size by selecting an

existing component in the model. For more information, see
Set Size by Component (on page 358).
COMPASS Compass - Displays a compass-type symbol that indicates

CONC Conc Reducer - Places a concentric reducer component in

the X-Y plane. For more information, see Conc Reducer (on
page 458).
CONCE Sanitary Concentric - Places a sanitary concentric reducer

Sanitary Concentric (on page 555).
CONNECTOG Auto Connect - Turns automatic connection on or off. For

CONVERTDOUBLE 2D Double Line - Converts selected components to 2D

CONVERTISO Convert Isometric - Converts selected components to

CONVERTSINGLE 2D Single Line - Converts selected components to 2D single

CONVERTSOLID 3D Solids - Converts selected components to 3D solid mode.

CPRS/CPRT Thrd/SW Reducing Clpg Plan - Places a threaded/socket

reducing coupling in the X-Y plane. For more information, see
Thrd/SW Reducing Clpg Plan (on page 601).
CPS FRP Bell Full Clpg Plan - Places a coupling in the X-Y plane.
For more information, see Coupling (on page 527).
CPS/CPT Thrd/SW Full Clpg Plan - Places a threaded/socket full

Full Clpg Plan (on page 600).

CRRE Lined Reducing Cross Plan - Places a four-way flanged and

lined reducing cross in the X-Y plane. For more information,
see Cross Reducing Plan (on page 551).
CRRW Plan Reducing Cross - Places a four-way reducing cross in

the X-Y plane. For more information, see Plan Reducing Cross
(on page 460).
CRSE Lined Cross Plan - Places a four-way flanged and lined cross
in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Cross Plan (on
page 550).
CRSS FRP Bell Cross Plan - Places a four-way threaded/socket

Threaded/Socket Straight Cross Plan (on page 526).
CRSS/CRST Thrd/SW Cross Plan - Places a four-way threaded/socket

Thrd/SW Cross Plan (on page 598).
CRSW Plan Cross - Places a four-way straight cross in the X-Y

plane. For more information, see Plan Cross (on page 460).
CSHAPE Channel - Places a channel shape. For more information, see

Channel Shapes (on page 337).
CURRENT Settings - Displays the current drawing settings. For more

DBAUDIT Audit Pipe Database - Maintains the database for each

information, see Audit Pipe Database (on page 209).
DBFGEN Export Pipe - Exports CADWorx component information to a

Microsoft Access or Microsoft Excel file. For more information,
see Export Pipe (on page 206).
DBFIN Import Pipe - Imports and draws CADWorx components from

a Microsoft Access or Microsoft Excel file. For more
information, see Import Pipe (on page 208).
DCHF Dual Check - Places a dual check valve and flange gasket
components in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Dual
Check Valve (on page 505).
DCHS/DCHT Thrd/SW Dual Check - Places a threaded or socket weld dual

check valve in the X-Y plane. For more information, see
Thrd/SW Dual Check (on page 628).

DETAILS Detail - Opens the Details dialog box in which you can select
a detail graphic to place on the drawing. For more information,
see Detail (on page 301).
DIAF Diaphragm - Places a diaphragm valve and flange gasket

Diaphragm Valve (on page 504).
DIAS/DIAT Thrd/SW Diaphragm - Places a threaded or socket weld

diaphragm valve in the X-Y plane. For more information, see
Thrd/SW Diaphragm (on page 627).
DIMADJUST Dim Adjustment - Adjusts a dimension when the pipe

segments of a particular run have been adjusted or modified
with the ISO flag command. For more information, see Dim
Adjustment (on page 259).
DIMCOORD Coordinates - Places coordinates in either a user coordinate

system or a world coordinate system. For more information,
see Coordinates (on page 294).
DIMH Horizontal - Places horizontal dimensions. For more

information, see Horizontal (on page 289).
DIMR Rotated - Places rotated dimensions. For more information,

see Rotated (on page 291).
DIMTAILH Horizontal with Tail - Places tailed horizontal dimensions on

information, see Horizontal with Tail (on page 291).
DIMTAILV Vertical with Tail - Places tailed vertical dimensions on

information, see Vertical with Tail (on page 292).
DIMV Vertical - Places vertical dimensions. For more information,

see Vertical (on page 290).
DISCONTINUITYVIEW Discontinuity View - Checks for different types of modeling

issues. For more information, see Discontinuity View Palette
(on page 145).
DOTS Dots - Opens the Dots dialog box in which you can select a
weld dots graphic to place on the drawing. For more
information, see Dots (on page 311).
ECC Ecc Reducer - Places an eccentric reducer component in the

X-Y plane. For more information, see Ecc Reducer (on page
458).

ECCE Sanitary Eccentric - Places a sanitary eccentric reducer

Sanitary Eccentric (on page 555).
ECFL Lined Eccentric - Places a flanged and lined eccentric

see Lined Eccentric Reducer (on page 516).
EGAB X-Body Gate BW - Places a butt weld X-body style gate valve
in the X-Y plane. For more information, see X-Body Gate BW
(on page 633).
EGAS X-Body Gate SW - Places a socket weld X-body style gate

SW (on page 634).
EGAT X-Body Gate Thrd - Places a threaded X-body style gate

Thrd (on page 633).
ELBOWCL Elbow Centerline - Turns on or off elbow centerlines for use

with isometrics. For more information, see Elbow Centerline
(on page 261).
ELEMENT Rigid Element - Places a CAESAR II element in the drawing.

For more information, see Rigid Element (on page 646).
ELEV Set - Sets the elevation. For more information, see Set (on
page 290).
ELEVATIONS Elevation - Opens the Elevations box in which you can select
an elevation graphic to place on the drawing. For more
ENDFLG Flange O.D. - Inserts a graphical representation of a flange

O.D. For more information, see Flange O.D. (on page 313)
ENDHIDDEN Hidden End - Inserts a graphical representation of the hidden

314).
ENDPIPE Pipe End - Inserts a graphical representation of the pipe end

ENDPLAIN Plain End - Inserts a graphical representation of the plain end

ENGENERIC Nozzle Generic Attach - Attaches nozzle information to any

generic AutoCAD object in the drawing. For more information,
see Nozzle Generic Attach (on page 249).

EOLS EOL-SW in Plan - Places an elbowlet fitting in the X-Y plane

on a plan elbow. For more information, see Elbowlet Socket
Weld in Plan (on page 604).
EOLT EOL-Thrd in Plan - Places an elbowlet fitting in the X-Y plane

on a plan elbow. For more information, see Elbowlet Thread in
Plan (on page 603).
EOLW EOL-Weld in Plan - Places an elbowlet fitting in the X-Y plane

on a plan elbow. For more information, see Elbowlet Weld in
Plan (on page 603).
EXPF Expansion Joint - Places an expansion joint in the drawing in

the X-Y plane. For more information, see Expansion Joint (on
page 646).
FBSHAPE Flat Bar - Places a flat bar shape. For more information, see
Flat Bar Shapes (on page 342).
FITTINGWIDTH Fitting Width - Controls the appearance of all flanged, socket

weld, and threaded fittings. For more information, see Fitting
Width.
FLGB Blind - Places a blind flange in the X-Y plane. For more
information, see Blind Flange (on page 488).
FLGL Lap Joint - Places a lapped-joint flange in the X-Y plane. For
more information, see Lap Joint Flange (on page 492).
FLGO Slip On - Places a slip-on flange in the X-Y plane. For more
information, see Slip-On Flange (on page 487).
FLGS Socket Weld - Places a socket type flange in the X-Y plane.
For more information, see Socket Type Flange (on page 489).
FLGT Threaded - Places a threaded flange in the X-Y plane. For

more information, see Threaded Flange (on page 490).
FLGW Weld Neck - Places a weld neck flange in the X-Y plane. For
more information, see Weld Neck Flange (on page 485).
FLRO Reducing Slip On - Places a reducing slip on flange in the X-

Y plane. For more information, see Reducing Slip-on Flange
(on page 493).
FLRT Reducing Threaded - Places a reducing threaded flange in

the X-Y plane. For more information, see Reducing Threaded

FLRW Reducing Weld Neck - Places a reducing weld neck flange in

the X-Y plane. For more information, see Reducing Weld Neck
GAGS/GAGT Thrd/SW Gage - Places a threaded or socket weld gage valve

in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Thrd/SW Gage
(on page 632).
GAS Gasket - Places a gasket. For more information, see Gasket

(on page 638).
GATE Sanitary Gate Valve - Places a sanitary gate valve

Sanitary Gate Valve (on page 558).
GATF Gate - Places a gate valve component in the X-Y plane. For
more information, see Gate Valve (on page 500).
GATS/GATT Thrd/SW Gate - Places a threaded or socket weld gate valve

in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Thrd/SW Gate (on
page 624).
GCEDIT Global Edit - Modifies the properties of multiple components.

GENERIC Generic Attach - Attaches information to any generic

GLBE Sanitary Globe Valve - Places a sanitary globe valve

Sanitary Globe Valve (on page 559).
GLBF Globe - Places a globe valve component in the X-Y plane. For
more information, see Globe Valve (on page 501).
GLBS/GLBT Thrd/SW Globe - Places a threaded or socket weld globe

Globe (on page 625).
GROUPTOG Group On/Off - Turns on or off the grouping of the centerline

of the component with the accompanying graphics. For more
information, see Group On/Off (on page 216).
GUIDE Guide - Creates a guide-type restraint. For more information,

H11EN Sanitary 11.25 Ell Side - Places an 11.25 degree sanitary

elbow normal to the X-Y plane when the previous or next run

is horizontal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see

H11LR Side 11.25 Ell - Places an 11.25 degree elbow normal to the
X-Y plane. For more information, see Side 11.25 Ell (on page
481).
H18LR Side 180 LR Return - Places a 180 degree long radius return
For more information, see Side 180 LR Return (on page 476).
H18SR Side 180 SR Return - Places a 180 degree short radius return
For more information, see Side 180 SR Return (on page 477).
H22EN Sanitary 22.5 Ell Side - Places a 22.5 degree sanitary elbow
horizontal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Sanitary
22.5 Ell Side (on page 574).
H22LR Side 22.5 Ell - Places a 22.5 degree elbow normal to the X-Y
plane. For more information, see Side 22.5 Ell (on page 482).
H3VE Sanitary 3-Way Valve Side - Places a 3-way valve

component with the branch normal to the X-Y plane. For more
information, see Sanitary 3-Way Valve Side (on page 579).
H3VF 3 Way Side - Places a three-way valve component with the

valve branch normal to the X-Y plane. For more information,
see 3-Way Side Valve (on page 509).
H3VS/H3VT Thrd/SW 3 Way Side - Places a threaded or socket weld

three-way valve with the valve branch normal to the X-Y plane.
For more information, see Thrd/SW 3 Way Side (on page
635).
H45EN Sanitary 45 Ell Side - Places a 45 degree sanitary elbow

45 Ell Side (on page 566).
H45FL Lined 45 Ell Side - Places a 45 degree flanged and lined

H45LR Side 45 Ell - Places a 45 degree elbow normal to the X-Y

plane when the previous or next run is horizontal to the X-Y
plane. For more information, see Side 45 Ell (on page 471).
H45S FRP Bell 45 Ell Side - Places a 45 degree threaded/socket

Threaded/Socket 45 Degree Elbow Side (on page 531).

H45S/H45T Thrd/SW 45 Ell Side - Places a 45 degree threaded/socket

H4VF 4 Way Side - Places a four-way valve component with the

valve branches normal to the X-Y plane. For. more
information, see 4-Way Side Valve (on page 510).
H4VS/H4VT Thrd/SW 4 Way Side - Places a threaded or socket weld four-

way valve with the valve branches normal to the X-Y plane.
For more information, see Thrd/SW 4 Way Side (on page
636).
H90FL Lined 90 Ell Side - Places a 90 degree flanged and lined

H90LR Side 90 LR Ell - Places a 90 degree long radius elbow normal

to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Side 90 LR Ell (on
page 470).
H90RD Side 90 Reducing Ell - Places a 90 degree reducing elbow

H90RE Sanitary 90 Reducing Ell Side - Places a 90 degree reducing

Sanitary 90 Reducing Ell Side (on page 566).
H90RS/H90RT Thrd/SW 90 Red Ell Side - Places a 90 degree

threaded/socket reducing elbow normal to the X-Y plane. For
more information, see Thrd/SW 90 Red Ell Side (on page
609).
H90S FRP Bell 90 Ell Side - Places a 90 degree threaded/socket

elbow normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Side
H90S/H90T Thrd/SW 90 Ell Side - Places a 90 degree threaded/socket

H90SR Side 90 SR Ell - Places a 90 degree short radius elbow

SR Ell (on page 471).
H90SS/H90ST Thrd/SW 90 Street Ell Side - Places a 90 degree

threaded/socket street elbow normal to the X-Y plane. For
more information, see Thrd/SW 90 Street Ell Side (on page
607).

HANGE Sanitary Angle Valve Side - Places a 90 degree sanitary

angle valve component with the branch normal to the X-Y
plane. For more information, see Sanitary Angle Valve Side
(on page 580).
HANGF Angle Side - Places a 90 degree angle valve in the X-Y plane.
For more information, see Angle Side Valve (on page 512).
HANGS/HANGT Thrd/SW Angle Side - Places a threaded or socket weld

Thrd/SW Angle Side (on page 637).
HBOMCUT Cut HVAC BOM - Generates a Bill of Material schedule listing

each piece of HVAC with a length and a tag. For more
information, see Cut HVAC Bill of Material (on page 437).
HBOMSETUP HVAC BOM Setup - Customizes the Bill of Material schedule

to any style or layout that you need. For more information, see
HVAC BOM Setup (on page 434).
HBOMSINGLE Single HVAC BOM - Generates a Bill of Material schedule

with each selected object on a line by itself. For more
information, see Single HVAC Bill of Material (on page 441).
HBOMTOTAL Total HVAC BOM - Generates a Bill of Material schedule with

one tag for a total length of HVAC in each size. For more
information, see Total HVAC Bill of Material (on page 439).
HCCRW Side Reducing Cross - Places a four-way reducing cross with

the reducing branch normal to the X-Y plane. For more
HCEDIT Edit - Edits HVAC or cable tray shapes. For more information,
HCPS/HCPT Thrd/SW Half Clpg Plan - Places a threaded/socket half

Half Clpg Plan (on page 601).
HCRRE Lined Reducing Cross Side - Places a four-way flanged and

lined reducing cross with the reducing branch normal to the X-
Y plane. For more information, see Cross Reducing Side (on
page 571).
HCRRE Sanitary Reducing Cross Side - Places a four-way sanitary

reducing cross with the reducing branch normal to the X-Y
plane. For more information, see Cross Reducing Side (on
page 571).

HCRRW Side Reducing Cross - Places a four-way reducing cross with

the reducing branch normal to the X-Y plane. For more
HCRSE Lined Cross Side - Places a four-way flanged and lined cross
information, see Cross Side (on page 570).
HCRSS FRP Bell Cross Side - Places a four-way straight

plane. For more information, see Threaded/Socket Straight
Cross Side (on page 534).
HCRSW Side Cross - Places a four-way straight cross with the branch
normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Side Cross
(on page 478).
HDATAREMOVE Data Remove - Removes CADWorx data from components.

For more information, see Data Remove (on page 442).
HDBAUDIT Audit HVAC Database - Maintains the database for each

information, see Audit HVAC Database (on page 444).
HDBFGEN DB Generate - Exports CADWorx HVAC information to a

Microsoft Access or Microsoft Excel file. For more information,
see DB Generate (on page 443).
HDBFIN DB In - Imports and draws CADWorx HVAC components from

a Microsoft Access or Microsoft Excel file. For more
information, see DB In (on page 444).
HEOLS EOL-SW in Side - Places an elbowlet fitting with in the X-Y

Socket Weld in Side (on page 618).
HEOLT EOL-Thrd in Side - Places an elbowlet fitting with in the X-Y

Thread in Side (on page 617).
HEOLW EOL-Weld in Side - Places an elbowlet fitting with in the X-Y

Weld in Side (on page 616).
HGCEDIT GC Edit - Edits global HVAC component data. For more

information, see GC Edit (on page 433).
HGENERIC Generic Attach - Attaches information to any generic


HLARE Sanitary Lateral Reducing Side - Places a 45 degree

sanitary reducing lateral in the X-Y plane with the branch in
the X-Z or Y-Z plane. For more information, see Sanitary
Lateral Reducing Side (on page 573).
HLATE Lined Lateral Side - Places a 45 degree flanged and lined

plane. For more information, see Lateral Side (on page 572).
HLATS FRP Bell Lateral Side - Places a 45 degree threaded/socket

plane. For more information, see Threaded/Socket Lateral
Side (on page 534).
HLATS/HLATT Thrd/SW Lateral Side - Places a 45 degree threaded/socket

plane. For more information, see Thrd/SW Lateral Side (on
page 612).
HLATW Side Lateral - Places a 45 degree lateral tee in the X-Y plane
with the branch in the X-Z or Y-Z plane. For more information,
see Side Lateral (on page 480).
HLAYERCHANGE Layer Change - Changes the solid and centerline layers

associated with components. For more information, see Layer
HLOLS LOL- SW in Side - Places a lateral fitting 45 degrees out of

the X-Y plane. For more information, see Latrolet Socket Weld
in Side (on page 620).
HLOLT LOL-Thrd in Side - Places a lateral fitting 45 degrees out of

the X-Y plane. For more information, see Latrolet Thread in
Side (on page 619).
HLOLW LOL-Weld in Side - Places a lateral fitting 45 degrees out of

the X-Y plane. For more information, see Latrolet Weld in Side
(on page 619).
HRCSS/HCRST Thrd/SW Cross Side - Places a four-way straight

plane. For more information, see Thrd/SW Cross Side (on
page 612).
HRELF Relief Top - Places a 90 degree pressure relief valve with the
relief end normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see
Relief Top Valve (on page 511).

HRELS/HRELT Thrd/SW Relief Side - Places a threaded or socket weld 90

degree relief valve in the X-Y plane. For more information, see
Thrd/SW Relief Side (on page 631).
HSTRF Flanged Side - Places a flanged pipe component normal to

the X-Y plane. For more information, see Flanged Side (on
page 647).
HSTRT SW/Thrd Side - Places a socket weld/ threaded strainer

component normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see
SW/Thrd Side (on page 647).
HSYNC Synchronize HVAC Database - Checks all components in the

drawing and updates them according to the current value in
the database. For more information, see Synchronize HVAC
Database (on page 445).
HTEFL Lined Tee Side - Places a flanged and lined tee with the
HTERE Lined Reducing Tee Side - Places a flanged and lined

more information, see Reducing Tee Side (on page 569).
HTERS/HTERT Thrd/SW Tee Red Side - Places a straight threaded/socket

more information, see Thrd/SW Tee Red Side (on page 611).
HTERW Side Reducing Tee - Places a straight reducing tee with the
Side Reducing Tee (on page 475).
HTESE Sanitary Tee Side - Places a straight sanitary tee with the
Sanitary Tee Side (on page 568).
HTESS FRP Bell Tee Side - Places a straight threaded/socket tee

with the branch normal to the X-Y plane. For more information,
see Threaded/Socket Straight Tee Side (on page 533).
HTESS/HTEST Thrd/SW Tee Side - Places a threaded/socket straight tee

normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Thrd/SW
Tee Side (on page 610).
HTESW Side Tee - Places a straight tee with the branch normal to the
X-Y plane. For more information, see Side Tee (on page 473).

HUBEN Sanitary U-Bend Side - Places a 180 degree u-bend normal

to the X-Y plane with the return ends on the X-Y plane. For
more information, see Sanitary U-Bend Side (on page 577).
HUSER User Shape - Places a component using a custom user

shape. For more information, see User Shape (on page 427).
HVAC HVAC Shapes - Places HVAC and cable tray shapes in the
drawing. For more information, see HVAC (on page 420).
HVACC HVAC Shapes Catalog - Places HVAC shapes and cable tray
shapes that are defined in a data file library. For more
information, see HVAC Shapes Catalog (on page 423).
HYB Side Wye - Places a wye on the X-Y plane with the branches
normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Side Wye
(on page 483).
HYE Sanitary Wye Side - Places a sanitary wye on the X-Y plane
information, see Sanitary Wye Side (on page 578).
HYFL Lined Wye Side - Places a flanged and lined wye on the X-Y
plane with the branches normal to the X-Y plane. For more
information, see Lined Wye Side (on page 518).
INSTRUMENTS Instrument - Opens the Instruments dialog box in which you

can select an instrument graphic to place on the drawing. For
more information, see Instrument (on page 304).
INSULATIONVIEW Insulation View - Creates a data file in which you can add,
modify, and remove insulation configurations that can be
applied to CADWorx components. For more information, see
Insulation View Palette (on page 139).
ISOFLAG ISO Flag - Sets a flag in the component indicating that the
present stored length should be used regardless of what type
of length modifications are made to the pipe component. For
more information, see ISO Flag (on page 261).
ISOGENBATCH Isogen Batch - Generates isometrics using Isogen for one or

more line numbers. For more information, see Isogen Batch
(on page 168).
ISOGENOUT Isogen Out - Generates an isometric drawing. For more

information, see Isogen Out (on page 161).
ISOGENSTARTPT Isogen Start Point - Places Isogen start point symbols in the
drawing. For more information, see Isogen Start Point (on
page 171).

ISOGENSUPL Isogen Supplemental - Places supplemental Isogen blocks in

the drawing. For more information, see Isogen Supplemental
(on page 169).
ISOS ISO - Opens the Isometric Symbols dialog box in which you
can select an ISO symbol graphic to place on the drawing. For
more information, see ISO (on page 309).
JOINPIPE Join Pipe - Changes segmented piping to non-segmented

piping. For more information, see Join Pipe (on page 217).
LARE Sanitary Lateral Reducing Plan - Places a 45 degree

sanitary reducing lateral in the X-Y plane. For more
information, see Sanitary Lateral Reducing Plan (on page
552).
LATE Lined Lateral Plan - Places a 45 degree flanged and lined

lateral in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Lateral Plan
(on page 552).
LATS FRP Bell Lateral Plan - Places a 45 degree threaded/socket

lateral in the X-Y plane. For more information, see
Threaded/Socket Lateral Plan (on page 526).
LATS/LATT Thrd/SW Lateral Plan - Places a 45 degree threaded/socket

lateral in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Thrd/SW
Lateral Plan (on page 599).
LATW Plan Lateral - Places a 45 degree lateral tee in the X-Y plane.
LAYERCHANGE Change Layer - Changes an objects layer to the layer

associated with another object that you select. For more
information, see Change Layer (on page 316).
LAYERDELETE Delete Layer - Removes all of the entities on the layer

associated with an entity that you select. For more information,
see Delete Layer (on page 316).
LAYERISOLATE Isolate Layer - Turns off all layers except for the layer
associated with an entity that you select. For more information,
see Isolate Layer (on page 318).
LAYEROFF Layer Off - Turns off the layer associated with an entity that
you select. For more information, see Layer Off (on page 317).
LAYERON On - Turns a layer back on that was turned off with the Layer
Off command. For more information, see Layer On (on page
317).

LAYERRESTORE Previous - Sets the current layer back to the previous layer
when you have placed dimensioning or text. For more
information, see Previous (on page 318).
LAYERSET Set Layer - Sets the current layer to that of an object that you
select. For more information, see Set Layer (on page 316).
LAYERUNISO Un-isolate Layer - Turns all of the layers back on that were
turned off with the Isolate Layer command. For more
information, see Un-Isolate Layer (on page 318).
LINEISOLATE Line Isolate - Isolates components based on their line

numbers or their specifications. For more information, see Line
Isolate (on page 191).
LINEVIEW Line View - Isolates components based on their line number

or their specification. For more information, see Line View
LINEWIDTH Single Line Width - Specifies the line width for single-line
components. For more information, see Single Line Width.
LIVEDB Setup Live Database - Links the drawing to an external

database. For more information, see Setup Live Database (on
page 204).
LLIPSHAPE Angle Lip - Places an angle shape with a lip. For more
information, see Angle Shape with Lip (on page 345).
LOLS LOL- SW in Plan - Places a lateral 45 degree fitting in the X-Y

plane. For more information, see Latrolet Socket Weld in Plan
(on page 605).
LOLT LOL-Thrd in Plan - Places a lateral 45 degree fitting in the X-

Y plane. For more information, see Latrolet Thread in Plan (on
page 604).
LOLW LOL-Weld in Plan - Places a lateral 45 degree fitting in the X-

Y plane. For more information, see Latrolet Weld in Plan (on
page 604).
LSHAPE Angle - Places an angle shape. For more information, see

Angle Shapes (on page 338).
LWN Long Weld Neck - Places a long weld neck component in the
X-Y plane. For more information, see Long Weld Neck (on
page 493).

MATCH Match Layer - Changes an objects properties to match those

of another object that you select. For more information, see
Match Layer (on page 317).
MISC Misc - Opens the Miscellaneous dialog box in which you can
select a miscellaneous symbol graphic to place on the
drawing. For more information, see Misc (on page 312).
MPIP Miters - Places a mitered pipe component in the X-Y plane.

For more information, see Miters (on page 462).
NEDS/NEDT Thrd/SW Needle - Places a threaded or socket weld needle

Needle (on page 627).
NIP Nipple - Places a pipe nipple in the X-Y plane. For more
information, see Nipple (on page 589).
NOLP Weld in Plan - Places a nipolet fitting in the X-Y plane. The
branch end of the fitting is plain. For more information, see
Nipolet Weld in Plan (on page 605).
NOLT Thrd in Plan - Places a nipolet fitting in the X-Y plane. The
branch end of the fitting is threaded. For more information, see
Nipolet Thread in Plan (on page 605).
NONSTDBOLT Non Standard - Places nonstandard stud bolts at the selected

location. For more information, see Non Standard (on page
273).
NUMBER- Decrement - Decreases the line number count value. For

more information, see Decrement (on page 189).
NUMBER+ Increment - Increases the line number count value. For more
information, see Increment (on page 189).
NUMBERANNOTATE Annotate - Labels components with existing line numbers. For

more information, see Annotate (on page 190).
NUMBERASSIGN Assign - Assigns new or different line numbers to existing

components. For more information, see Assign (on page 189).
NUMBERCOUNT Count - Sets the present line number count value. For more
information, see Count (on page 188).
NUMBERSET Set - Sets line number from three different sources: a P&ID
project, the current drawing, or a component that you select.
For more information, see Set (on page 187).

NUMBERSETUP Setup - Modifies line number configurations. For more

NUTE Sanitary Nut/Coupling - Places a sanitary nut/coupling in the

X-Y plane. For more information, see Sanitary Nut/Coupling
(on page 558).
ORTHOGENLAUNCH OrthoGen Launch - Launches the OrthoGen application. For

more information, see OrthoGen Launch (on page 183)
ORTHOGENOUT OrthoGen Out - Generates OrthoGen drawings from a script

file created using the OrthoGen application. For more
information, see OrthoGen Out (on page 183).
OTAP Offset Tap - Creates offset tap connections for use by Isogen.
For more information, see Offset Tap (on page 244).
PCFIN PCF In - Imports components into the current drawing from a

piping component (PCF) file. For more information, see PCF
IN (on page 171).
PCFOUT PCF Out - Creates a piping component (PCF) file from

components selected in the drawing. For more information,
see PCF Out (on page 171).
PIDVIEW P&ID View - Links data between the Plant and P&ID table in a
project database. For more information, see P&ID View
PIPESUPPORTREPORT, Pipe Support Modeler Report - Exports the pipe support Bill
PSCBOMEXPORT of Material schedule to an external file format that you specify.
For more information, see Pipe Support Report (on page 147).
PIPESUPPORTVIEW Pipe Support Modeler - Inserts pipe and elbow support

components. For more information, see Support Modeler
PIPF Pipe - Places a fiberglass pipe component. For more

information, see Fiberglass Pipe (on page 522).
PIPF Thrd/SW Pipe - Places a threaded/socket pipe component.

For more information, see Thrd/SW Pipe.
PIPFL Lined Pipe - Places a flanged and lined pipe component in

the X-Y plane. For more information, see Lined Pipe (on page
516).
PIPW Pipe - Places a butt-welded pipe component. For more


PLANS Plan - Opens the Plan dialog box in which you can select a
plan graphic to place on the drawing. For more information,
see Plan (on page 303).
PLGT Thrd/SW Plug - Places a threaded/socket plug in the X-Y

plane. For more information, see Thrd/SW Plug (on page 600).
PLUE Sanitary Plug Valve - Places a sanitary plug valve

Sanitary Plug Valve (on page 560).
PLUF Plug - Places a plug valve component in the X-Y plane. For
more information, see Plug Valve (on page 502).
PLUS/PLUT Thrd/SW Plug - Places a threaded or socket weld plug valve

in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Thrd/SW Plug (on
page 625).
PSCBOMCUT Cut Pipe Support BOM - Generates a Bill of Material

schedule listing each piece of a pipe support with a length and
a tag or the assembly as a whole with the length. For more
information, see Cut Pipe Support Bill of Material (on page
129).
PSCBOMDELETE Delete Pipe Support BOM - Deletes all entities that are on
the layer designated for Bill of Materials in the current
configuration settings. For more information, see Delete Pipe
Support Bill of Material (on page 135).
PSCBOMEXPORT, Export Pipe Support BOM - Exports the pipe support Bill of
PIPESUPPORTREPORT Material schedule to an external file format that you specify.
For more information, see Export Pipe Support Bill of Material
(on page 134).
PSCBOMSETUP Pipe Support BOM Setup - Customizes the pipe support Bill
of Material schedule to any style or layout that you need. For
more information, see Pipe Support Bill of Material Setup (on
page 126).
PSCBOMSINGLE Single Pipe Support BOM - Generates a Bill of Material

schedule with each selected object having its own line in the
schedule. For more information, see Single Pipe Support Bill
of Material (on page 132).
PSCBOMTOTAL Total Pipe Support BOM - Generates a Bill of Material

schedule with one tag for a total length of pipe in each size.
For more information, see Total Pipe Support Bill of Material
(on page 130).

PSHAPE Structural Pipe - Places a pipe shape. For more information,

see Pipe Shapes (on page 340).
R45LR 45 LR Ell - Places a 45 degree elbow with the end rolled at a

45 degree angle from the X-Y plane. For more information,
see 45 LR Ell (on page 467).
R90LR 90 LR Ell - Places a 90 degree long radius elbow with the end
rolled at a 45 degree angle from the X-Y plane. For more
information, see 90 LR Ell (on page 465).
R90SR 90 SR Ell - Places a 90 degree short radius elbow with the

end rolled at a 45 degree angle from the X-Y plane. For more
information, see 90 SR Ell (on page 466).
RBSHAPE Round Bar - Places a round bar shape. For more information,
see Round Bar Shapes (on page 343).
REASSOCIATEMODEL Re-associate the Components - Enables you to re-associate

disconnected components. For more information, see Re-
associate the Components (on page 261).
REINFPAD Reinforcing Pad - Inserts intelligent information indicating a

(on page 320).
REINFSAD Reinforcing Saddle - Inserts intelligent information indicating

a reinforcement saddle. For more information, see Reinforcing
RELF Relief Side - Places a 90 degree pressure relief valve in the

X-Y plane. For more information, see Relief Side Valve (on
page 508).
RELS/RELT Thrd/SW Relief Top - Places a threaded or socket weld 90

degree pressure relief valve with the relief end normal to the
X-Y plane. For more information, see Thrd/SW Relief Top (on
page 636).
ROTATIONAL Rotational - Creates a rotational-type restraint. For more

ROTF Rotary - Places a rotary valve component in the X-Y plane.

For more information, see Rotary Valve (on page 504).
ROTS/ROTT Thrd/SW Rotary - Places a threaded or socket weld rotary

Rotary (on page 628).

ROUTEBWLR Buttweld LR - Attaches elbows and piping to a selected

routing line. For more information, see Buttweld LR (on page
283).
ROUTEBWSE Buttweld SR - Attaches elbows and piping to a selected

routing line. For more information, see Buttweld SR (on page
284).
ROUTER Router - Provides routing lines with various options such as

slope and elevation changes. For more information, see
Router (on page 282).
ROUTESW Socket Weld - Attaches elbows and piping to a selected

routing line. For more information, see Socket Weld (on page
285).
ROUTETRHD Threaded - Attaches elbows and piping to a selected routing

line. For more information, see Threaded (on page 284).
RTESW Tee - Places a tee with the branch rolled at a 45 degree angle
from the X-Y plane. For more information, see Tee (on page
467).
SAUTOCOPE Auto Cope - Turns on or off the automatic coping of

members. For more information, see Auto Cope (on page
401).
SBOMCUT Cut Steel BOM - Generates a Bill of Material schedule listing

each piece of steel with a length and a tag. For more
information, see Cut Steel Bill of Material (on page 406).
SBOMEXPORT Export Steel BOM - Exports the steel Bill of Material schedule
to an external file format that you specify. For more
information, see Export Steel Bill of Material (on page 412).
SBOMSETUP Steel BOM Setup - Customizes the Bill of Material schedule

to any style or layout that you need. For more information, see
Steel BOM Setup (on page 403).
SBOMSINGLE Single Steel BOM - Generates a Bill of Material schedule with

each selected object on a line by itself. For more information,
see Single Steel Bill of Material (on page 410).
SBOMTOTAL Total Steel BOM - Generates a Bill of Material schedule with

one tag for a total length of steel in each size. For more
information, see Total Steel Bill of Material (on page 408).
SBPLATE Base Plate - Places base plates in free space or at the end of
a member. For more information, see Base Plate (on page
352).

SCEDIT Local Edit - Edits a selected member. For more information,

SCG C.G. Generator - Calculates the center of gravity for selected

steel members. For more information, see CG Generator (on
page 417).
SCOMPANOT Annotate Component - Places the long or short annotation of

the component in the drawing. For more information, see
Annotate Component (on page 399).
SCONVERTSOLID Convert Solid - Converts components to solids. For more

information, see Convert Solid (on page 400).
SCOPE Cope - Cuts a member back to other members. For more

SCUT Cut - Cuts members by a plane that you define. For more
SDBAUDIT Audit Steel Database - Compares the database with the

drawing displaying any differences between the two. For more
information, see Audit Steel Database (on page 415).
SDBFGEN Export Steel Database - Exports steel components to

Microsoft Access or Microsoft Excel. For more information,
see Export Steel (on page 414).
SDBFIN Import Steel Database - Imports and draws CADWorx steel

components from a Microsoft Access or Microsoft Excel file.
For more information, see Import Steel (on page 415).
SECTIONS Section - Opens the Sections dialog box in which you can
select a section graphic to place on the drawing. For more
information, see Section (on page 300).
SELECTCONTROL Selection Control - Toggles the display of grips on and off.

For more information, see Select Control (on page 400).
SETOTAPSKEY Set OTAP SKEY - Sets an SKEY for the selected OTAP. For
more information, see Set an OTAP SKEY (on page 248).
, SETSIZE, SETSPEC Main Size - Specifies the specification, and the main and
reduction sizes. For more information, see Set Specification
and Size (on page 52).
SETUP Setup - Defines all CADWorx settings within the current


SEXPORT Export Steel Model - Exports the steel model to CAESAR II,
Robobat, or CIS/2 files. For more information, see Export
Steel Model (on page 416).
SFRAME Frame Creation - Creates intelligent frames that they can use
to build structural steel models. For more information, see
Steel - Frame Creation (on page 372).
SFRAMEANOT Annotate - Annotates and dimensions frame lines. For more

information, see Frame Annotation (on page 375).
SGCEDIT Global Edit - Edits the annotation, description, part number,

and material of multiple components. For more information,
see Global Edit (on page 396).
SGCEDITALL Global Edit All - Edits multiple components of the same

member shape. For more information, see Global Edit All (on
page 396).
SGENERICD Generic Attach - Attaches information to any generic

Steel - Generic Attachment (on page 358).
SHRAIL Hand Rail - Places hand rails in the drawing. For more
SIMPORT Import Steel Model - Imports a CIS/2 file into the current
drawing. For more information, see Import Steel Model (on
page 417).
SLADDER Ladder - Places ladders, with or without cages, in the drawing.

For more information, see Ladder (on page 376).
SLAYERCHANGE / Layer Change - Moves steel solid or center lines to a new

SSETEXIST / layer. For more information, see Layer Change (on page 400).
SREMOVEEXIST
SLIVEDB Setup Live Database - Links the drawing to an external

database. For more information, see Setup Live Database
Steel (on page 413).
SLOFT Loft - Creates loft steel components. For more information,

see Loft (on page 362).
SLS Steel Single Line - Places steel single line components in the
drawing. For more information, see Single Line Steel (on page
363).
SMITER Miter - Cuts two coplanar members back to one another. For
more information, see Miter (on page 387).

SNUBBER Snubber - Creates a snubber-type restraint. For more

SOL Sock-O-Let - Places a sock-o-let in the X-Y plane. For more

information, see Sock-O-Let (on page 528).
SOL SW in Plan - Places a sockolet fitting in the X-Y plane. For

more information, see Sockolet Socket Weld in Plan (on page
603).
SPCT Spec Bld Side - Places a blind spectacle in the drawing

normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Spectacle
Blind Side (on page 645).
SPECCHGTOGGLE Spec Change Toggle - Turns the TAG value update on or off.
SPECEDIT Editor - Modifies the delivered specifications and creates new

specifications. For more information, see Spec Editor (on page
106).
SPECOPTION Optional Items - Places a component when the component

SPECVIEW Spec View - Filters the available components based on the

SPIP Rolled Pipe - Places a free-form pipe component, such as a

hose or flexible connection. For more information, see Rolled
Pipe (on page 462).
SPLATE Plate - Places plates in the drawing. For more information, see
Plate (on page 349).
SPRING Spring Hanger- Creates a spring hanger-type restraint. For

SSTAIR Stair - Places stairs in the drawing. For more information, see
Stair (on page 382).
SSYNC Synchronize Steel Database - Checks all components in the

drawing and updates them according to the current value
within the database tables. For more information, see
Synchronize Steel Database (on page 416).
STB Stub End - Places a stub-end coupling component in the X-Y

plane. For more information, see Stub End (on page 492).

STDBOLT Standard - Places standard stud bolts at the selected location.

For more information, see Standard (on page 273).
STOPSIGN Stop Sign - Places Isogen stop sign symbols in the drawing.
For more information, see Stop Sign (on page 170).
STRF Flanged Plan - Places a flanged pipe component in the X-Y

plane. For more information, see Flanged Plan (on page 643).
STRT SW/Thrd Plan - Places a socket weld/ threaded strainer

SW/Thrd Plan (on page 644).
STUE Sanitary Stub - Places a sanitary stub coupling component in

the X-Y plane. For more information, see Sanitary Stub (on
page 556).
SUNION Union - Joins two members. For more information, see Union
(on page 389).
SUSER User Shape - Places a component using a custom user

shape. For more information, see User Shape (on page 360).
SWGC Thrd/SW Conc Swage - Places a concentric reducer swage

in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Thrd/SW Conc
Swage (on page 595).
SWGCS FRP Bell Conc w/Hub - Places a threaded/socket concentric

see Threaded/Socket Concentric Reducer (on page 525).
SWGCT Thrd/SW Conc w/Hub - Places a concentric reducer with

Thrd/SW Conc w/Hub (on page 597).
SWGE Thrd/SW Ecc Swage - Places an eccentric reducer swage in

the X-Y plane. For more information, see Thrd/SW Ecc Swage
(on page 596).
SWGES FRP Bell Ecc w/Hub - Places an eccentric threaded/socket

see Threaded/Socket Eccentric Reducer (on page 525).
SWGET Thrd/SW Ecc w/Hub - Places an eccentric reducer with

Thrd/SW Ecc w/Hub (on page 597).

SYNC Synchronize - Checks all components in the drawing and

updates them according to the current value in the database.
For more information, see Synchronize Pipe Database (on
page 209).
SYSVIS System Visibility - Turns on or off visibility of components

usually located on the system layer. For more information, see
System Visibility (on page 262).
TAGINSERT Insert Tag - Places a tag on the drawing without having to run
a Bill of Material. For more information, see Insert Tag (on
page 203).
TAGRELOCATE Tag Location - Moves a tag. For more information, see Tag
Location (on page 203).
TAGTOGGLE Tag Toggle - Turns on and off the placement of tags. For
more information, see Tag Toggle Bill of Material (on page
203).
TAP Tap Connection - Creates tap connections for use by Isogen.

For more information, see Tap (on page 259).
TEFL Lined Tee Plan - Places a flanged and lined tee in the X-Y
plane. For more information, see Flanged Tee Plan (on page
530).
TERE Lined Reducing Tee Plan - Places a flanged and lined

Reducing Tee Plan (on page 549).
TERS/TERT Thrd/SW Tee Red Plan - Places a straight threaded/socket

Thrd/SW Tee Red Plan (on page 595).
TERW Plan Reducing Tee - Places a straight reducing tee in the X-Y
plane. For more information, see Plan Reducing Tee (on page
456).
TESE Sanitary Tee Plan - Places a straight sanitary tee in the X-Y
plane. For more information, see Sanitary Tee Plan (on page
549).
TESS FRP Bell Tee Plan - Places a straight threaded/socket tee in

the X-Y plane. For more information, see Threaded/Socket
Straight Tee Plan (on page 524).
TESS/TEST Thrd/SW Tee Plan - Places a threaded/socket straight tee in

the X-Y plane. For more information, see Thrd/SW Tee Plan
(on page 594).

TESW Plan Tee - Places a straight tee in the X-Y plane. For more
TEXTHEIGHT Height - Changes the height of selected text by matching it

with other text. For more information, see Height (on page
296).
TICK Tick Mark - Shows which side of the dimension extension line
the gasket is on. For more information, see Tick Mark (on
page 295).
TOL Thrd in Plan - Places a threadolet fitting in the X-Y plane. For
more information, see Threadolet Thread in Plan (on page
602).
TOPWORKSADD Top Works Add - Adds top works to a valve already drawn in
the model. For more information, see Top Works Add (on
page 241).
TOPWORKSCHANGE Top Works Change - Changes the orientation of or deletes

top works already associated with a valve. For more
information, see Top Works Change (on page 242).
TRANSLATIONAL Translational - Creates a translational-type restraint. For

TSHAPE Tee - Places a tee shape. For more information, see Tee
TSSHAPE Structural Tubing - Places a rectangular tube shape. For

more information, see Tube Shapes (on page 341).
TUBE Tube - Attaches tubing to any 2D or 3D polyline. For more

information, see Tube (on page 590).
UBEN Sanitary U-Bend Plan - Places a 180 degree u-bend in the X-

Y plane. For more information, see Sanitary U-Bend Plan (on
page 554).
UCS UCS Object - Orients the current user coordinate system

according to an object that you select. For more information,
see UCS Object (on page 331).
UCSNEXT Next - Places the current user coordinate system in the next
position. For more information, see UCS Next (on page 328).
UNS/UNT Thrd/SW Union - Places a threaded/socket union in the X-Y

plane. For more information, see Thrd/SW Union (on page
606).

USE1 User Shape 1 - Places user created shape 1 in the X-Y plane.
USERCREATE Create - Creates symmetrical or non-symmetrical user shape

components. For more information, see User Shapes (on page
218).
V11EN Sanitary 11.25 Ell Vertical - Places an 11.25 degree elbow

V11LR Vert 11.25 Ell - Places an 11.25 degree elbow normal to the
X-Y plane. For more information, see Vert 11.25 Ell (on page
481).
V18LR Vert 180 LR Return - Places a 180 degree long radius return
the X-Y plane. For more information, see Vert 180 LR Return
(on page 476).
V18SR Vert 180 SR Return - Places a 180 degree short radius return
the X-Y plane. For more information, see Vert 180 SR Return
(on page 478).
V22EN Sanitary 22.5 Ell Vertical - Places a 22.5 degree elbow

V22LR Vert 22.5 Ell - Places a 22.5 degree elbow normal to the X-Y
plane. For more information, see Vert 22.5 Ell (on page 483).
V3VE Sanitary 3-Way Valve Vertical - Places a sanitary 3-way

valve component with the main normal to the X-Y plane. For
more information, see Sanitary 3-Way Valve Vertical (on page
579).

V3VF 3 Way Vertical - Places a three-way valve component with the

main normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see 3-
Way Vertical Valve (on page 510).
V3VS/V3VT Thrd/SW 3 Way Vertical - Places a threaded or socket weld

three-way valve with the main normal to the X-Y plane. For
more information, see Thrd/SW 3 Way Vertical (on page 635).
V45EN Sanitary 45 Ell Vertical - Places a 45 degree sanitary elbow

45 Ell Vertical (on page 567).
V45FL Lined 45 Ell Vert - Places a 45 degree flanged and lined

V45LR Vert 45 Ell - Places a 45 degree elbow normal to the X-Y

plane when the previous or next run is vertical to the X-Y
V45S FRP Bell 45 Ell Vert - Places a 45 degree elbow normal to the
X-Y plane. For more information, see Threaded/Socket 45
Degree Elbow Vert (on page 532).
V45S/V45T Thrd/SW 45 Ell Vert - Places a 45 degree threaded/socket

Thrd/SW 45 Ell Vert (on page 608).
VCPRS/VCPRT Thrd/SW Reducing Clpg End - Places a threaded/socket

reducing coupling end normal to the X-Y plane. For more
information, see Thrd/SW Reducing Clpg End (on page 614).
VCPS FRP Bell Full Clpg End - Places a full coupling end normal to
the X-Y plane. For more information, see Full Coupling End
(on page 535).
VCPS/VCPT Thrd/SW Full Clpg End - Places a threaded/socket full

coupling end normal to the X-Y plane. For more information,
see Thrd/SW Full Clpg End (on page 613).
VCRRE Lined Reducing Cross Vert - Places a four-way flanged and

lined reducing cross with the main normal to the X-Y plane.
571).
VCRRW Vert Reducing Cross - Places a four-way reducing cross with

the main branch normal to the X-Y plane. For more

VEOLS EOL-SW in Vert - Places an elbowlet fitting normal to the X-Y

Socket Weld in Vertical (on page 618).
VEOLT EOL-Thrd in Vert - Places an elbowlet fitting normal to the X-

Y plane on a side elbow. For more information, see Elbowlet
Thread in Vertical (on page 617).
VEOLW EOL-Weld in Vert - Places an elbowlet fitting normal to the X-

Y plane on a side elbow. For more information, see Elbowlet
Weld in Vertical (on page 617).
VHCPS/VHCPT Thrd/SW Half Clpg End - Places a threaded/socket half

coupling component end normal to the X-Y plane. For more
information, see Thrd/SW Half Clpg End (on page 614).
VIEWBOX Box - Creates views based on a picked box. For more

information, see Box (on page 265).
VIEWEAST East - Places the current user coordinate system in the east
VIEWEDIT Edit - Edits a views box. For more information, see Edit (on
page 267).
VIEWFLAT Flat - Places the current user coordinate system in the flat
VIEWNORTH North - Places the current user coordinate system in the north
position. For more information, see North (on page 329).
VIEWSOUTH South - Places the current user coordinate system in the

329).
VIEWWEST West - Places the current user coordinate system in the west
position. For more information, see West (on page 330).
VLARE Sanitary Lateral Reducing Vertical -Places a 45 degree

sanitary reducing lateral with the main normal to the X-Y
plane. For more information, see Sanitary Lateral Reducing
VLATE Lined Lateral Vert - Places a 45 degree flanged and lined

information, see Lateral Vertical (on page 572).
VLATS FRP Bell Lateral Vert - Places a 45 degree threaded/socket

information, see Threaded/Socket Lateral Vert (on page 535).

VLATS/VLATT Thrd/SW Lateral Vert - Places a 45 degree threaded/socket

information, see Thrd/SW Lateral Vert (on page 613).
VLATW Vert Lateral - Places a 45 degree lateral tee with the main
VNOLP Weld in Vertical - Places a nipolet fitting normal to the X-Y

plane. The branch end of the fitting is plain. For more
information, see Nipolet Weld in Vertical (on page 620).
VNOLT Thrd in Vertical - Places a nipolet fitting normal to the X-Y

plane. The branch end of the fitting is threaded. For more
information, see Nipolet Thread in Vertical (on page 621).
VRELF Pressure Top - Places a 90 degree pressure relief valve with

the pressure end normal to the X-Y plane. For more
information, see Pressure Top Valve (on page 511).
VRELS/VRELT Thrd/SW Pressure Top - Places a threaded or socket weld

90 degree pressure relief valve with the pressure end normal
to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Thrd/SW Pressure
Top.
VSO SW in Vertical - Places a sockolet fitting normal to the X-Y

plane. For more information, see Sockolet Socket Weld in
VSOL Saddle in Vertical - Places a soc-o-let with the main normal

to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Saddle in Vertical
(on page 536).
VSPCT Spec Bld Vert - Places a blind spectacle with the main normal
to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Spectacle Blind
VTEFL Lined Tee Vert - Places a flanged and lined tee with the main
normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Flanged
Tee Vertical (on page 539).
VTERE Lined Reducing Tee Vert - Places a flanged and lined

reducing tee with the main normal to the X-Y plane. For more
VTERS/VTERT Thrd/SW Tee Red Vert - Places a threaded/socket reducing

straight tee with the main normal to the X-Y plane. For more
information, see Thrd/SW Tee Red Vert (on page 611).

VTERW Vert Reducing Tee - Places a straight reducing tee with the
main normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Vert
Reducing Tee (on page 475).
VTESE Sanitary Tee Vertical - Places a straight sanitary tee with the
Sanitary Tee Vertical (on page 568).
VTESS FRP Bell Tee Vert - Places a straight threaded/socket tee with
Threaded/Socket Straight Tee Vert (on page 533).
VTESS/VTEST Thrd/SW Tee Vert - Places a threaded/socket straight tee with

Thrd/SW Tee Vert (on page 610).
VTESW Vert Tee - Places a straight tee with the main normal to the X-
Y plane. For more information, see Vert Tee (on page 474).
VTOL Thrd in Vertical - Places a threadolet fitting normal to the X-Y

plane. For more information, see Threadolet Thread in Vertical
(on page 615).
VUBEN Sanitary U-Bend Vertical - Places a 180 degree u-bend

the X-Y plane. For more information, see Sanitary U-Bend
VWOL Weld in Vertical - Places a weldolet fitting normal to the X-Y

plane. For more information, see Weldolet Weld in Vertical (on
page 615).
VYB Vert Wye - Places a wye normal to the X-Y plane with the
branches also normal to the X-Y plane. For more information,
see Vert Wye (on page 484).
VYE Sanitary Wye Vertical - Places a sanitary wye normal to the

X-Y plane with the branches also normal to the X-Y plane. For
more information, see Sanitary Wye Vertical (on page 578).
VYFL Lined Wye Vert - Places a flanged and lined wye normal to
the X-Y plane with the branches also normal to the X-Y plane
For more information, see Lined Wye Vert (on page 518).
WELD Weld Gap - Creates weld gaps For more information, see
Weld Gap (on page 639).
WELDS Weld - Opens the Weld Symbols dialog box in which you
select a weld symbol graphic to place on the drawing. For
more information, see Weld (on page 307).

WELDSIZE Weld Size - Sets the default size of the weld dots that
accompany single line components. For more information, see
Weld Size (on page 216).
WELDTOTAL Weld Total - For more information, see Weld Total (on page
272).
WOL Weld in Plan - Places a weldolet fitting in the X-Y plane. For
more information, see Weldolet Weld in Plan (on page 602).
WSHAPE Wide Flange - Places a wide flange shape. For more

information, see Wide Flange Shapes (on page 336).
XCEDIT Xref Component Edit - Views sizes or information within the

component XREF. For more information, see Xref Edit (on
page 102).
YB Plan Wye - Places a wye in the X-Y plane. For more

YE Sanitary Wye Plan - Places a sanitary wye in the X-Y plane.

For more information, see Sanitary Wye Plan (on page 557).
YFL Lined Wye Plan - Places a flanged and lined wye in the X-Y
plane. For more information, see Lined Wye Plan (on page
517).
ZOOMF Zoom Factors - Zooms an Mview to a specified scale. For

more information, see Zoom Factors (on page 268).
ZOOMLOCK Zoom Lock - Allows zooming in paper space only. For more
ZSHAPE Z Shape - Places a zee shape. For more information, see Z


APPENDIX D
Update History
Items added and updated with CADWorx Plant Professional 2015 SP1
You can now convert CADWorx drawing files to the VUE file format. For more information,
see VUE Panel (on page 286) and Export to VUE (on page 286).
You can now turn updates on or off for Layer/color in the Apply Change Data Rule. For
more information, see Apply Change Data Rule Dialog Box (on page 62).
You can now create threaded needle valves with male threaded by female threaded ends.
You can now route mitered elbows using the Miter Elbow Buttweld elbow type or from the
component List. Component List is explained in Auto Route (on page 275). For more
information, see Auto Route (on page 275) and Continue Routing (on page 279).
You can now insert a cross and a tee with reducers. The software bases the size of the
component on the connected branch of the other component. For more information, see
New and Edit Component Pane in the CADWorx Spec Editor Users Guide.
You can now create skewed piping. You must set a maximum angle for the skew with the
Apply Skew Pipe Maximum Angle rule if you do not want the default 15 degree value. For
more information, see Auto Route (on page 275), Route skewed pipe (on page 281), and
Apply Skew Pipe Maximum Angle (on page 63).
You can now use the Isogen Configuration Panel in I-Configure.
When setting up a user defined material list in the Isogen Configuration panel you can now
use the attribute name -80 to display the short description column with text wrapping when
running Isogen Out . For more information, see Setup short description column for
material list with text wrapping (on page 167).
You can now generate isometric drawings for curved piping by setting the Threshold in
Isogen Configuration to greater than 0. Generate these drawings by creating an adjustable
bend, setting the Isogen Data dialog box SKEY to PB** (** designates a valid Isogen end
type), and then running Isogen Out or Isogen Batch . For more information, see
Isogen Out (on page 161), Isogen Batch (on page 168), Adjustable Bend (on page 463), and
Enable curved piping in Plant isometrics (on page 168).
You can now turn visibility of TAPs on or off in the system layer with the SYSVIS command.
For more information, see System Visibility (on page 262).
The software now allows descriptions of end types for swages. For more information on the
new end types included, see PipeDescriptionCat (on page 45).
You have more options when you use the CHANGESIZE command to change the size of a
tee. For more information, see Change Size (on page 72), Change tee sizes automatically
(on page 76), and Change tee sizes manually (on page 77).

Update History
You can now type a value in Default Value of the Custom Data tab in the CADWorx Spec
View palette to override the custom data from the Specification Editor. If you set up custom
data with the List option, you can select an item from the Default Value to apply it as an
override. For more information, see Spec View Palette (on page 104) and Custom Data Tab
(CADWorx Spec View Palette) (on page 108).
You can select from a list of items when editing custom data in the Component Custom
Data dialog box accessed in the Component Edit dialog box. You can also do the same in
the Custom Data dialog box accessed in the Global CEdit dialog box. For more
information, see Component Custom Data Dialog Box (on page 94) and Custom Data
You can now insert O-Lets on the tangent of a bend or elbow.
You can now move and connect Socket and Threaded components to straight buttweld
components. The software automatically deletes all extra welds.
You can now copy the nozzle generic attachments with the applied data.
The software now includes the custom data fields in the MSSQL database.
You can now use SDBAUDIT to delete all components profiles from the database. For more
information, see Audit Steel Database (on page 415).
CADWorx now eliminates the gap that existed between the pipe supports and the pipe wall
allowing for a correct Isogen Out.
You can now enable the Repeatability return report in the I-Configure Isogen
Configuration Panel. This feature was controlled by the RepeatFile option in the previous
version of I-Configure. Enabling the repeatability report defines start and split locations for
consecutive Isogen outputs. Set the IsogenSetting variable to control the import of the
repeat file data. The number of sheets then adds to the Isogen Data dialog box. For more
information, see IsogenSetting (on page 42), Enable the Repeatability return report (on page
166), and Isogen Out (on page 161).
CADWorx now supports CAESAR II 2014. For more information, see CAESARIIVersion (on
page 39).
Items added and updated with CADWorx Plant Professional 2014 SP1
You can view Isogen continuation graphics by setting the
IsogenContinuationGraphicsCount variable. For more information, see
IsogenContinuationGraphicsCount (on page 40).
Updated the Nozzle Generic Attach command to improve the overall application of the
option. For more information, see Nozzle Generic Attach (on page 249).
You can now use alpha characters in the spool, mark, and sheet number in the Isogen Data
dialog box. For more information, see Isogen Data Dialog Box (on page 89).
You can now turn off updates for Custom Data, and Line Number in the Apply Change
Data Rule. For more information, see Apply Change Data Rule Dialog Box (on page 62).

Update History
SP1 Improvements
Improved the Change Specification command to provide you a list of components in the
case of multiple matching components. For more information, see Change Specification (on
page 79).
Updated the Pipe Support Palette to reflect the new Specification Editor Pipe Support
changes and the use of dynamic pipe supports. This option also enables new pipe supports
on tees. For more information, see Support Modeler Palette (on page 112).
Tees can now be converted to crosses after routing by using the grip point on the main of
the tee.
Reducers can now have branches routed from the side with the added grip point.
Multiple components can now move simultaneously by using the MOVECOMPONENT
command. For more information, see Continue Routing (on page 279).
Tubing can now be stretched only by using the square grip point at the end point of the tube
run. Also pipe can be routed from an existing tube. For more information, see Tube (on page
590).
Center of Gravity has now been updated. All center of gravity calculations can be completed
within a single dialog box. For more information, see C.G. Generator (on page 211).
Generic Attach has been updated to include the BOM Mark Point and the CG Location,
enabling you to select a point for the Center of Gravity. For more information, see Generic
Attach (on page 251) and Steel - Generic Attachment (on page 358).
OrthoGen capability has been added to CADWorx. For more information, see OrthoGen
Panel (on page 183).
Gaskets, Bolts, and Welds have been enhanced for appearance. They now appear as they
would in a real world environment when in enhanced mode.
There have been Isogen identifiers added to the Isogen Export Options for user shapes. For
more information, see Isogen Export Options (on page 226).
You can now set a minimum spacing rule for the O-Lets. For more information, see Apply O-
let Minimum Spacing Rule (on page 63).
You can now have custom data that is attached to components appear in the data. You can
also isolate components based on this custom data. A Custom Data button has been added
to the Component Edit dialog box and the Global CEdit dialog box. For more information,
see Local Edit (on page 82), Global Edit (on page 95), Component Custom Data Dialog Box
(on page 94) and Custom Data Dialog Box (on page 97).
You can now review changes you have made to a database when you synchronize by
setting the SyncOnStartUp variable to Synchronize with Changes Review. For more
information, see SyncOnStartUp (on page 50) and Synchronize Pipe Database (on page
209).
You can now set the Routing Mode in the CADWorx Plant Setup. For more information,
Setup (on page 27).

Update History
You can now isolate the reverse of the selected items in the CADWorx Line View palette.
You can also manage your isolation in the Line View Isolation Properties Manager added
to the CADWorx Line View palette. You can set the file created in the Line View Isolation
Properties Manager to a default by setting it in the LineViewIsolationSettingsFile
variable. This also allows you to isolate based on custom data. For more information, see
Line View Palette (on page 109), Line Isolate Tab (CADWorx Line View Palette) (on page
109), Line View Isolation Properties Manager (on page 111), and
LineViewIsolationSettingsFile (on page 45).
You can now break pipes into segments and change segmented pipe to non-segmented
pipe. For more information, see Join Pipe (on page 217) and Break Pipe (on page 244).
You can now change the elevation of placed piping in the drawing. For more information,
see Change Elevation (on page 257).
You can now generic attach for nozzles using the ENGENERIC command. For more
information, see Nozzle Generic Attach (on page 249).
You can now enable the RepeatFile in Isogen which enables start and split locations for
consecutive Isogen outputs. Set the IsogenSetting variable to control the import of the
repeat file data. The number of sheets is then added to the Isogen Data dialog box. For
more information, see IsogenSetting (on page 42) and Isogen Out (on page 161).
Intersecting piping components can now be converted. Options are presented to you when a
piping component crosses another component. If you selected None from the list, you can
use the CONVERTINTERSECTEDPIPINGS command to convert the intersecting piping.
For more information, see Convert Intersected Piping (on page 101).
Items added and updated with CADWorx Plant Professional 2013 R2
You can now convert CADWorx legacy drawings using
CONVERTCADWORXLEGACYDWGS. For more information, see Convert Legacy Drawing
(on page 65) and CADWorx Legacy Drawing - Match Specifications Dialog Box (on page
65).
You can now review drawings for legacy components using
REVIEWLEGACYCOMPONENTS. For more information, see Find Legacy Components
You can now have CADWorx automatically add couplings between components with the
Apply Auto Coupling Rule. For more information, see Apply Auto Coupling Rule (on page
60) in Piping Rules (on page 55).
You can now have CADWorx automatically check the line number when inserting
components in a line with the Apply Line Number Rule. For more information, see Apply
Line Number Rule (on page 60) in Piping Rules (on page 55).
You can now decide which items CADWorx automatically updates when using the Change
Size, Change Spec, or automatic update of data options with the Apply Change Data
Rule. For more information, see Apply Change Data Rule (on page 61).
You can now have CADWorx audit your data on startup to check for removed XDATA using
AuditDataOnStartup variable. For more information, see AuditDataOnStartup (on page 34).

Update History
You can now see which components have had XDATA removed by using the
CWSHOWNOXD command. For more information, see Show Removed XDATA (on page
35).
You can now restore XDATA to components that have had XDATA removed by using the
CWADDXD command. For more information, see Restore XDATA (on page 35).
Items added and updated with CADWorx Plant Professional 2013 R1

You can display help by typing MANUAL on the command line. For more information, see
Online Help (on page 23).
You can now select your drawing environment type by the Drawing Prototype variable. For
more information, see Drawing Prototype (on page 34).
You can now convert components into 3D Enhanced mode. For more information, see
Convert to 3D enhanced (on page 100).
You can now update the project data of components in your drawing by using the
CONVERTFROMPRJDATA command. For more information, see Convert from project data
(on page 100).
You can now change CADWorx Components to AutoCAD 3D solids with xdata by using the
CWEXPLODE command. For more information, see CWexplode (on page 101).
You can now edit the assembly path of an assembly using the ASSEMBLYEDITPATHS
command. For more information, see Edit an assembly path (on page 159).
You can now redefine connection points for a user shape by using the EDITUSERSHAPE
command. For more information, see Edit by redefining connection points (on page 225).
You can now use the PIPW1 (Buttweld pipe), PIPF1 (Socket Weld or Threaded pipe), and
PIPFL1 (Flanged pipe) commands to draw single pipe components. For more information,
see Pipe (on page 452).
ElbowCenterLines are only available in 2D and Isometric modes. For more information,
see ElbowCenterLine (on page 40).
Detail information has been added to LayerByLineNumber. For more information, see
LayerByLineNumber (on page 42).
You can now reload a project file after changes have been made by clicking Reload File.
For more information, see Set Specification and Size (on page 52).
You can now stop xdata from appearing in the bill of materials or components by using the
CONVERTEXISTING command. This command was previously known as the EXIST
command. For more information, see Convert Existing (on page 100).
You can now refresh your project from changes made to your selected specification by
clicking Reload*.prj File. For more information, see Spec View Tab (CADWorx Spec View
Palette) (on page 104).
You can now reload the global file by right clicking and selecting Reload Global File. For
more information, see Assembly View Palette (on page 157).

Update History

You can now change the size of components by using the CHANGESIZE command. For
more information, see Change Size (on page 72).
You can now change the specification of components by using the CHANGESPEC
command. For more information, see Change Specification (on page 79).
You can now create assemblies using the CADWorx Assembly Manager. For more
information, see Assembly View Palette (on page 157).
You can now auto route all components using the ROUTE command. For more information,
see Auto Route (on page 275).
You can now set Piping Rules for CADWorx. For more information, see Piping Rules (on
page 55) in Setup (on page 27).
Toolbars (on page 446) contain more information on how to model in 3D Modeling versus
2D Modeling (on page 447), Plane versus Isometrics view modes (on page 447), the
Compass (on page 447), and on Connecting to components (on page 447) for the new
features in CADWorx.
You can now change the variable setting in the Configuration Settings in CADWorx Plant
Setup. For more information, see Configuration Settings (on page 31).
You can now set your specification and size in the CADWorx Plant Setup. For more
You can now update your configuration layers in CADWorx Plant Setup. For more
information, see Configuration Layers (on page 53).
CADWorx now incorporates a new Spec Editor program. For more information see Editor
(on page 72) or the CADWorx Spec Editor Users Guide.
Updated all panels and toolbars to reflect changes throughout the software.

Glossary
abstract part
A part that is only defined by a partial specification and that cannot be materially provided by the
organization that defines the specification.
actuator
A device used to operate a valve using electric, pneumatic, or hydraulic pressure.
AISC (American Institute of Steel Construction)
An organization responsible for defining American steel construction standards.
AISI
American Iron and Steel Institute
anchor bolts
Bolts used to connect structural members to concrete footings.
angle
The circular measurement taken from the intersection of two pipes at a turn or branch.
arc element
A structural member of constant radius used to model curved elements.
arrangement (accommodation)
Those components of a system arranged in three-dimensional space with accurate dimensional
representation for installation. Various types include electrical, HVAC, machinery, outfitting, and
piping.
arrangement (HVAC)
Components and ductwork of a ventilation system arranged in three-dimensional space with
accurate dimensional representation.
arrangement (outfitting)
Outfitting structure arranged in three-dimensional space with accurate dimensional
representation.
assembly
Unit composed of a collection of parts or other assemblies. Assembly creation consumes the
individual part names and provides the unit a unique identification in the fabrication process.
attribute
A single type of non-graphics information that is stored about an object such as diameter or end
preparation.

Glossary
axis
An imaginary line used to define the orientation of a system or object normally defined in terms
of an x-, y-, and z-axis. Some 3-D graphic objects have an associated axis used to define the
center or axis for rotations.
bar
A steel rod used to reinforce concrete.
basic design
Engineering definition of the model and its systems.
bay
The distance between two trusses.
BCSA (British Constructional Steelwork Association)
An organization responsible for defining British steel construction standards.
beam
A structural member type typically placed with the member axis in a nominal horizontal
orientation.
bearing plate
A steel plate used to distribute a load over a larger area. Usually used at the base of a column.
bent
A vertical framework usually consisting of a truss or beam supported at the ends on columns.
bill of material (BOM)
Hierarchical decomposition of a product into constituent assemblies and parts. Specific types of
BOMs exist (for example, an EBOM is a bill of material from the point of view of an engineering
department; an MBOM is a bill of material from the point of view of manufacturing).
brace
A diagonal member used to stiffen a framework.
cans
A reinforcing connection piece placed at member intersections.
cantilever
A beam, girder, or truss that overhangs one or both supports.
catalog
Repository of information about components and materials used in construction. When you use
catalog parts in the model, the software places an occurrence of the catalog part in the project.
This occurrence is a copy of the actual catalog part.

Glossary
change history
Process of recording information such as who, when, and why for any given modification.
change management
Software features or manual procedures for managing the consequence of change. For
example, software can support a change management feature to report drawings that need
updating as a result of a change in a 3-D model.
change propagation
Ability of the software to intelligently modify dependent design information to reflect change in a
higher order object.
channel
A structural shape referring to a three-sided member type with each of the sides joined at a right
angle.
chord
The principal member of a truss. Can be on either the top or bottom of the truss.
circular tube
A structural shape referring to a hollow cylindrical member type or pipe.
CISC (Canadian Institute of Steel Construction)
An organization responsible for defining Canadian steel construction standards.
class
Grouping of individual objects that share some very significant, common characteristics.
clip angle
A small angle-shaped piece of steel used for fastening members together.
codelist
A set of acceptable values for a particular property that can be referred to by an index number or
selected in a combo box. For example, the codelist for the material specification allows you to
select from a set of standard entries, such as ASTM A183-F316 Stainless Steel.
column
A vertical structural member usually attached to a footing and extending to the roof of a building.
commodity code
A user-defined code that provides an index to parts in a catalog.
commodity item
A standard component found in a manufacturer catalog (an off-the-shelf component).
component
Physical part that a feature generates.

Glossary
concurrent access
Ability of the software to allow multiple users to simultaneously access and modify the design of
a model.
coordinate
The location of a point along the X-, Y-, or Z-axis.
coordinate system
A geometric relation used to denote the location of points in the model. The most common
coordinate system is the rectangular coordinate system, whereby points are located by
traversing the X-, Y-, and Z-axes of the model. Normally, coordinate systems have their origin
defined as 0,0,0.
cope
To cut out the top or bottom flanges and possibly the web so that one member frames into
another.
cross section
The shape of a member when viewed along the member line.
cutback
An axial offset that typically represents the distance from a member centerline to its face.
Cutbacks are used to account for the difference between how a structure is modeled and
constructed in terms of lengths of members and quantities of materials.
cutting plane
A plane that cuts through an object.
damage records
Data relating to the damage and repair of structure or components that occurred during or after
construction of a plant.
data interchange
Capability to output the design, or portions of the design, in a standard format for use or
movement to another computer software system.
database
Repository for the product model data. The database contains information to describe individual
objects in the data model and the relationships between objects as appropriate.
database backup
Process of recording a backup copy of the complete database or the incremental changes after
the date that the last complete copy was created.
database break and recovery
Utilities used to restore a database after files are corrupted.

Glossary
database copy
Functionality to copy large collections of model objects from one design project to another
design project.
database management
Functionality related to managing a product model database.
degree
The highest polynomial factor in the curve or surface mathematical definition. A line is a degree
1 curve, while a cubic B-spline is a degree 3 curve.
degree of freedom
An allowable direction of movement, either translation or rotation. There are six possible
degrees of freedom (DOFs): translation X, Y, and Z, and rotation RX, RY, and RZ.
design alternative
Difference in a design represented by a separate version. A design alternative can be a new
design prepared as a proposed change, or one of several elective options that the builder or
customer selects. Each design alternative has an identification assigned so you can uniquely
refer to the design alternatives.
design approval log
Record of review and approval of parts of the design.
design documents
Drawings, sketches, material lists, procedures, and so forth that are generated during the design
phase.
design object
Any object with properties that you can select. A design object can be related to one or more
contracts of different types, but related only to one contract of a given type.
design progress check
Analysis of the content of the design to some metric unit that gives an idea of the degree of
completion.
design review
Functionality to support rapid viewing of the design and markup of features with comments.
design service
Any general system services related to the design function.
design standard
Feature or object used in plant design that has been determined to the normal or approved way
of accomplishing a design requirement. In the context of computer software, the term refers to
computer functionality to support standards, not the standard itself.

Glossary
detail schedule
Lowest level of schedule used to manage and track work progress.
diagonals
A member used for stiffening and wind bracing.
distributed systems
Systems consisting of sequential parts with a distributive characteristic (for example, pipes
distribute fluids, HVAC distributes air, cabling distributes power, and structure distributes loads).
distribution systems
Term synonymous and used interchangeably with the term distributed systems.
documentation
Drawings and other records that you must produce to document, obtain approval, or build the
design.
drawing tool
Tool that helps in the process of creating, modifying, or manipulating objects. Examples are
PinPoint and SmartSketch.
driftpin
A tapered steel pin used to align bolt or rivet holes when assembling steel.
easting
A term that describes an east coordinate location in a coordinate system.
edge
A topological object that represents a trimmed curve bounded by a start and end vertex.
edge distance
The distance from the center of a bolt or rivet to the edge of a plate or flange.
equipment
Pieces that a foundation supports. Examples are engines, generators, pumps, fans, consoles,
large valves, large strainers, and winches. Usually, you can find these pieces on a machinery
arrangement plan. Equipment is most often associated with a system.
equipment catalog
Catalog of equipment geometry and limited properties that the software uses to identify and
visualize equipment and its placement in the model. The catalog is not the source for the total
specification and ordering data for the object.
erection clearance
The amount of space left between members to ease assembly.

Glossary
fabricate
To cut, punch, and sub-assemble members in the shop.
face
A topological object that represents a trimmed surface bounded by a loop of edges.
face plate
An edge reinforcement type that places a plate or profile at the selected plate edge.
face-to-face
The overall length of a component from the inlet face to the outlet face.
fasteners
Bolts and rivets used to connect structural members.
element
Primitive geometric shape such as a line, circle, or arc.
feature
A logical collection of parts driven by the piping specification. There are four basic features:
straight, turn, branch, and inline component.
fence
Boundary or barrier that separates or closes off an area. To surround or close like a fence.
field adjustment
Material added to the neat design geometry of piping or structural parts to allow for fit up in the
case that extra material is required due to uncontrolled variance in the manufacturing and
construction process.
flange
The projecting portion of a beam, channel, or column.
flavor
A different variation of a symbol. Each variation has different occurrence property values.
flexure
A term used for describing bending behavior.
focus of rotation
A point or line about which an object or view turns.
footing
An enlargement at the base of a column, or at the bottom of a wall, that distributes the load over
a greater portion of ground and thereby prevents settling.

Glossary
frame connection
A way of establishing connectivity between member parts to represent physical relationships
such as work point offsets, and logical relationships such as end releases. A placement
positioning mechanism to represent physical relationships between member systems that
establishes and maintains connectivity.
framing plan
A structural drawing plan view, drawn to scale, providing an overhead view of the structural
components of a building. Columns, beams, and girders, roof members, floor members, and wall
members all require separate framing plans.
full penetration weld
A type of weld in which the weld material extends through the complete thickness of the
components being joined.
function points
Part of the requirements documentation, function points are the smallest granularity of a
requirement statement that describe specific detailed actions that the software performs.
functional block diagram
Schematic representation of a system (piping, electrical, ventilation) showing system parts and
their relationship. You use symbols to represent equipment and components. A connecting
network of lines illustrates their relationship. Taken together, the symbols and the network
illustrate the function of the system.
furnishings
Parts such as movable articles and fittings that normally are not associated with a system (for
example, a chair).
generic specific
Object that is parametrically defined or defined to suit a family of specific parts (for example,
International Standards parametrics). For example, a 100 - 200 gpm pump in the catalog can
provide a general shape to appear in the model until a specific object has been identified. See
also specific and specific object.
girder
A horizontal support member similar to a beam. Some people maintain that girders span from
column to column, and beams span from girder to girder. Other people maintain that beams
span column to column and girders span from beam to beam.
girt
A beam, usually bolted to columns, to support the side covering or to serve as a window lintel.
grade
The material grade of the structural member.

Glossary
GUIDs
Acronym that stands for Globally Unique Identifiers. The software automatically creates the
GUIDs sheet in the Excel workbooks when you create the Catalog database and schema. The
purpose of storing GUIDs within Excel workbooks is to help you keep track of what has been
loaded into the database. Storing GUIDs also helps to avoid the situation in which a
replacement Catalog database causes existing models to become invalid.
gusset plate
A plate used to connect various members, such as in a truss.
hook element
An analytical element or boundary condition used to simulate one-way tension-only behavior. A
hook element is a backwards gap with the ability to resist tension only when the hook is closed.
It resists neither tension nor compression when it is open. Typical uses of hook elements in
modeling include structural bracing, cables, tension, bolts, and the separation of two connected
regions.
HVAC
Acronym for heating, ventilation and cooling. This system is the distribution system design for
heating or cooling.
HVAC analysis
Analysis routines that address heating and cooling loads required for the compartments and that
size or evaluate ventilation ducts and blower requirements.
initial design
Early stage of design work, generally before contract, used to estimate construction costs and
provide a rough concept of the intended plant. Contains information relating to a plant created
during its initial (concept) design period.
initial structural plan
Principal structural plan for the plant; also called a construction profile.
inline
A term used to refer to those piping components that can be inserted in a pipe feature.
instantiation
Occurrence of a catalog object at a specific geometric location in the model.
interference checking
A process that identifies possible collisions or insufficient clearance between objects in the
model.
I-Section
A structural shape referring to any member type in the form of an I.
job order
Industrial authorization for accomplishing work; synonymous with a work order.

Glossary
joist
A horizontal structural members that support the floor or roof of a building.
kinematics analysis
Analysis of mechanical motion.
knee brace
A corner brace used to prevent angular movement.
leg length analysis
Preferred term is welding length analysis.
library
Resource of reference information that you can access in developing a plant design.
life cycle database
Information developed to assist in the maintenance and modernization of delivered plants.
link
Way to store information about another file in your document. You can update a link so that
changes in the file appear in your document.
lintel
A horizontal member used to carry a wall over an opening.
load (structure)
A force vector applied to a member.
logical member
An object in the model used to represent the design topology.
machinery
Major pieces of equipment installed in a plant.
macro
A sequence of actions or commands that can be named and stored. When you run the macro,
the software performs the actions or runs the commands. You can create the macros in Visual
Basic or other OLE-aware programming applications. Some of the other OLE-aware
programming applications are Visual Basic for Applications, Visual C++, and so forth.
maintenance envelope
A rectangular box around the part for clearance during maintenance operations.
maintenance parts
Required material for depot or on-board repair or overhaul of equipment, as determined by
engineering study. Generally at a level below the purchased construction object of the plant.

Glossary
maintenance records
Records of breakdown, repair, and overhaul of equipment.
material analysis
Analysis of a completed design work for extracting detailed material requirements; also called
material lists.
material list
An option category that controls the format and content of the bill of materials.
material properties
Properties of the material useful in the analysis process.
member name
A user-definable alphanumeric code used to uniquely identify individual members in the model.
member part
A model object derived from the logical model that represents the manufactured physical
member parts.
member system
A logical collection of member parts that can be moved as a single entity.
move from point
Starting point for an action. For example, when you move an equipment object, the Move From
point determines the point of origin for the move.
move to point
Ending point for an action. For example, when you move an equipment object, the Move To
point determines where you want the move to stop.
natural surface
A surface without a boundary curve.
node
One of the set of discrete points in a flow graph.
A terminal of any branch of a network or a terminal common to two or more branches of a
network.
An end point of any branch or a network or graph, or a junction common to two or more
branches.
northing
A term that describes a north coordinate location in a coordinate system.
nozzle
A piping connection point to a piece of equipment.

Glossary
nozzle standout
The shortest allowable distance between the connection point of a nozzle and the start point of a
turn on the leg connected to the nozzle.
NPD (Nominal Piping Diameter)
The diameter of a pipe.
object
A type of data other than the native graphic format of the application.
orientation vector
A vector used to define the local y-x plane of a physical member when combined with the local
x-axis defined by the start and end nodes.
origin
In coordinate geometry, the point where the X-, Y-, and Z-axes intersect.
origin point
The point at which the coordinate system is placed, providing a full Cartesian coordinate system
with positive and negative quadrants. Points are placed at coordinates relative to the origin
point, represented by the X, Y, and Z values.
orthogonal
The characteristic of an element consisting completely of elements positioned at 90-degree
angles. A square is an orthogonal element.
orthographic
A depiction of an object created by projecting its features onto a plane along lines perpendicular
to the plane.
orthotropic material
A material that has two material directions that are orthogonal to one another. An example of an
orthotropic material is wood.
P&ID
Diagram that shows the topology, functional components, and special requirements of a piping
system; generally represents the engineering design of the system.
package
Set of closely related classes. (UML)
panel
The space between adjacent floor supports, or purlins, in a roof.
parameter
A property whose value determines the characteristics or behavior of something.

Glossary
part class
A group of similar objects. You can define part classes in the Excel workbooks. A part class can
have multiple parts. For example, a heat exchanger part class can contain heat exchangers with
different dimensions.
part number
Unique identifier of a part.
parts
The physical components that comprise a feature and are generally selected by the software.
For example, the flanges, gaskets, and the gate valve itself are examples of the parts
comprising the gate valve feature.
PDS (Plant Design System)
A comprehensive, intelligent, computer-aided design and engineering application for the
process, power, and marine industries. PDS consists of integrated 2-D and 3-D modules that
correspond to engineering tasks in the design workflow.
physical member
A concept that helps to eliminate modeling errors by providing a straightforward method for
defining structure geometry by placing members in a model in much the same way that they
would be framed in the field. During analysis pre-processing, physical members are split into
finite elements (segments) while still maintaining the collective status of the physical member
during model revisions. The software assigns member releases at each end of the true physical
member, while preventing release assignments from being made to interior nodes of the finite
elements.
pitch
The ratio of rise to run for roofs. Pitch is also the center distance between bolts or rivets, parallel
to the axis of the member.
plate
A flat, rectangular steel shape.
port
A connection point to a pipe or a component such as a valve.
post tensioning
A method of pre-stressing concrete, by stressing the steel strands after the concrete has been
poured and allowed to harden.
precast concrete
Concrete members that are poured in forms at a plant or factory and allowed to harden. Two
types of precast products exist: pre-stressed products and reinforced products.
pre-stressed concrete
Concrete products that are stressed by passing high-strength steel strands through the form and
applying stress to the strands either before or after the concrete is poured.

Glossary
pretensioning
Stressing the steel strands in a pre-stressed member before the concrete is poured into the
form.
primary member
A main structural support member.
principle of superposition
The principle that states that the stresses, strains, and displacements due to different forces can
be combined. This principle is only valid for linear analysis.
product structure
Hierarchical breakdown or decomposition of a product into constituent parts, volumes, or units.
(For example, a bill of material is one possible type of product structure.)
production planning
Functionality associated with the work breakdown and sequence of the construction of a plant.
purlin
Horizontal structural member extending between trusses, used as beams for supporting the
roof.
rafters
Beams or truss members that support the purlins.
rebar
A term for steel reinforcing bars that are used to reinforce concrete.
rectangular bar
A structural shape referring to a four-sided solid bar.
rectangular tube
A structural shape referring to a four-sided hollow member type.
reference data
The data that is necessary to design plants or ships using the software. Reference data includes
graphical information, such as symbols. It also contains tabular information, such as physical
dimensions and piping specifications.
reflect
A parameter that affects the placement orientation of member cross sections. At your option, the
sections can be placed with their geometry reflected or mirrored about the local section y-axis.
reinforced concrete plan
A framing plan that identifies all beams and slabs by letter and number. The slab, beam, and
bend schedules give all details for preparation and placement (number, size, spacing, bending,
and location) of the reinforcing steel.

Glossary
resource estimation
Rough estimate of material, manpower, and facility utilization for the design and construction of
the plant.
retaining wall
A structural wall, either gravity or cantilever, used to hold back dirt or other materials.
route
1) A line connecting a series of points in space and constituting a proposed or traveled route. 2)
The set of links and junctions joined in series to establish a connection.
rule-based joint
A feature that enables you to offset the work point of two members that intersect at a node. The
rules vary depending on the structural type, member orientation, and construction practices.
Ruled joints are typically used when a connection detail calls for the physical member ends to
be noncoincident with the centerline of an intersection member.
sag ties
Tie rods between purlins in the plane of a roof, used to carry the component of the roof load
parallel to the roof. Tie rods are used to support girts.
SAISC (South African Institute of Steel Construction)
An organization responsible for defining South African steel construction standards.
schema
A database that creates the structure of another database. For example, a schema specifies the
queries, tables, fields, and data types in a database.
secondary member
A member that is not a significant load-bearing member.
section
A structural member whose parameters are defined in a table.
section name
An alphanumeric code used to refer to a particular member in a table; for example W18X35.
section orientation
The position of physical member cress section relative to the physical member local coordinate
system.
section table
A library of standard structural shapes containing the necessary parametric properties of each
section size, such as depth, width, and inertias.

Glossary
shear stiffness
A physical member property that indicates whether to include shear stiffness in the analytical
element stiffness matrix of a member.
shear walls
A wall designed to resist lateral loading from winds, underground disturbances, or blasts.
shell structure
External portion of the surface of the plant.
site
The top level in the Project Management hierarchy. A Site configuration may contain several
Catalogs, each shared by multiple Plants.
skewed member
A structural member that is not at right angles to its connecting members.
slab
A flat concrete area usually reinforced with wire mesh and rebar.
sleeve
A part that connects two pipes or two ducts, for example. A sleeve can be used to prevent water
from leaking through a hole.
span
A group of contiguous physical members that are not intersected by a brace- or column-type
physical member.
specifications
Contracted requirements for the plant.
splice (structure)
To fasten together two physical members, usually columns end-to-end, to form a single
continuing length.
steel reinforced concrete
An association of concrete and steel where the concrete is there to stand the compression
forces and the steel the traction forces. The resulting structure can withstand traction and
flexion.
stiffener
An angle, plate, or channel fastened to a member to prevent buckling.
stress
Forces acting on structural members due to various types of loads. These forces can be shear,
tension, compression, or torsion.

Glossary
stringer
A longitudinal member used to support loads directly.
structure analysis
Analysis routines that provide stress and deflection data for structural designs. Loading
conditions can be both static and dynamic. Finite element analysis is the most common type of
structure analysis.
strut
A compression member in a framework.
stud
A bolt, threaded on both ends, used to connect components.
suspended floor
A concrete floor system built above and off the ground.
system
A conceptual design grouping that organizes parts in hierarchical relationships. A system
represents a functional view of the model and includes information such as system name, type,
properties, and design specifications for the objects assigned to the system.
tag number
User-specific, unique number assigned to an object (for example, CV-101 for a control valve,
HE-2002 for a heat exchanger).
target point
The origin for coordinate measurements displayed by PinPoint. You can position the target point
anywhere on the drawing sheet or view.
tilt-up walls
Concrete walls that are poured in forms on the ground and then tilted up into place by cranes or
hoists.
transition
A cross-sectional type that results in a tapered length of member and involves a gradual change
in section size. See also uniform.
truss
A rigid framed structure consisting of straight members joined to form a pattern of
interconnecting triangles for carrying loads.
uniform
A cross-section type that results in a uniform length of member and involves an abrupt change
in section size. See also transition.

Glossary
unit/module modeler
Facility of the system to structure collections of equipment and components into a single
identifiable object.
user attributes
A customized property in the reference data. The Custom Interfaces sheets in the Excel
workbooks define these properties. You can list the customized properties on the individual part
class sheets.
vertex
A topological object that represents a point in the three-dimensional model.
web
The center section separating the flanges of an I-section, tee, or channel.
weight and CG analysis
Routines that compute the weight of commodity materials as configured in a given design (for
example, plate and pipe) and determine total weight and center of gravity (CG) for a collection of
material and equipment, as well as the complete plant.
welding
Weld requirements for joining materials. Welding length analysis is the calculation of required
weld dimensions; also called leg length analysis.
wizard
Software routine attached to an application that provides guidance and expert help to you to
complete one of the functionalities of the application.
work order
Plant authorization for completing work; synonymous with a job order.
working plane
The available 2-D plane of movement for endpoint selection.
workspace
Area that represents the portion of the model data needed to perform the intended task and
includes the user modeling settings.
Workspace Explorer
Tree or list representation of objects in your workspace.
X-section
Cross section; a graphically placed cross section representing the member section size.
yield strength
The stress beyond which a material sustains permanent deformation.

Index
angle 705
2 Angle Double Shape 347
2D Double Line 99 Angle Shape with Lip 345
2D Panel 263 Angle Shapes 338
2D Representation 263 Angle Side Valve 512
2D Representation Hidden 264 Angle Top Valve 508
2D Single Line 99 Annotate 190
Annotate Component 399
3 Apply Auto Coupling Rule 60
Apply Bolt Hole Orientation Rule 59
3D Modeling versus 2D Modeling 447
Apply Bolt Insertion Rule 58
3D Solids 99
Apply Branch Table Rule 59
3-Way Plan Valve 506
Apply Change Data Rule 61
3-Way Side Valve 509
Apply Change Data Rule Dialog Box 62
3-Way Vertical Valve 510
Apply End Type Rule 57
Apply Flange Insertion Rule 59
4 Apply Gasket Insertion Rule 58
45 LR Ell 467 Apply Line Number Rule 60
4-Way Plan Valve 507 Apply O-let Minimum Spacing Rule 63
4-Way Side Valve 510 Apply Pipe End Prep Rule 59
Apply Pipe Healing Rule 58
9 Apply Pipe Length Rule 57
Apply Size Rule 56
90 LR Ell 465 Apply Skew Pipe Maximum Angle 63
90 SR Ell 466 Apply Specification Rule 56
Apply Tab (CADWorx Insulation View
A Palette) 142
abstract part 705 Apply Trimmed Elbow Rule 58
Accessing and Docking the Toolbars 446 Apply Weld Insertion Rule 57
actuator 705 arc element 705
Add a user shape to a specification 240 arrangement (accommodation) 705
Add an HVAC shape to the drawing 423 arrangement (HVAC) 705
Add or remove properties from BOM 128, arrangement (outfitting) 705
195, 404, 436 Arrow 306
Add Parts 119 assembly 705
Adjust a dimension to match a pipe 260 Assembly View Palette 157
Adjust a pipe length to match a dimension Assign 189
260 Assign line numbers 189
Adjustable Bend 463 attribute 705
AISC (American Institute of Steel Audit HVAC Database 444
Construction) 705 Audit Pipe Database 209
AISI 705 Audit Steel Database 415
Aliases and Command Names 447 Audit the HVAC database 445
All 72 AuditDataOnStartup 34
All CADWorx Commands 660 Auto Connect 216
AlphaSizeControl 34 Auto Cope 401
Anchor 322 Auto Gasket 269
anchor bolts 705 Auto Route 275
Auto Routing from the strainer lateral 643

Index
Auto Weld 271 CAESARIIVersion 39

AutoCAD Workflows Used With Plant 656 cans 706
AutoDimensionBox 35 cantilever 706
Automatic 270, 289 Cap 459
axis 706 catalog 706
Center Line 63
B CG Generator 417
Change 292
Ball Valve 500 Change Elevation 257
bar 706 Change elevation by BOP 258
Base Plate 352 Change elevation by entering the elevation
basic design 706 value 258
bay 706 Change elevation by Pick 258
BCSA (British Constructional Steelwork Change elevation by TOP 259
Association) 706 change history 707
beam 706 Change Layer 316
bearing plate 706 change management 707
bent 706 Change position and direction of generic
bill of material (BOM) 706 nozzle 251
Bill of Material Setup 193 change propagation 707
Bleed Ring or Spacer 644 Change Size 72
Blind Flange 488 Change Specification 79
Bolt 269 Change tee sizes automatically 76
BoltRoundControl 37 Change tee sizes manually 77
BOM Sort Order / Accumulation Dialog Box Change text alignment in columns 128,
196 195, 405, 437
BomBoltControl 35 Change the BOM sorting and accumulation
BomScheduleDirection 36 128, 195, 405, 437
BomScheduleSpacing 36 Change the column order 128, 195, 405,
BomTagGridFactor 36 437
BomTagOptimize 37 Change the Elevation 292
BomTagRadiusFactor 37 Change the layer associated with an object
BomTagSpacingFactor 37 316
Box 265 Change the layers associated with HVAC
brace 706 components 443
Break by Length 244 Change the size automatically 74
Break by Number 244 Change the size manually 74
Break Pipe 244 Change the size of a model with branch
Butterfly Valve 503 connections automatically 76
Buttweld 448 Change the size of a reducer and the pipes
Buttweld LR 283 automatically 75
Buttweld SR 284 Change the size of a reducer and the pipes
Buttweld Valves 498 manually 75
Change the specification automatically 80
C Change the specification manually 80
C.G. Generator 211 Change the specification of a model with
CADWorx Legacy Drawing - Match branches automatically 81
Specifications Dialog Box 65 channel 707
CADWorxMaterial 38 Channel Shape with Lip 344
CAESARIIMaterial 38 Channel Shapes 337
CAESARIIMemory 38 Check Valve 502
CAESARIITolerance 38 chord 707
circular tube 707

Index
CISC (Canadian Institute of Steel Cross Plan 550

Construction) 707 Cross Reducing Plan 551
Clash View Palette 153 Cross Reducing Side 571
class 707 Cross Reducing Vertical 571
clip angle 707 cross section 708
codelist 707 Cross Side 570
column 707 Custom Data Dialog Box 97
commodity code 707 Custom Data Tab (CADWorx Spec View
commodity item 707 Palette) 108
Compass 328, 447 Cut 388
component 707 Cut BOM using Automatic placement 130,
Component 293 198, 408, 438
Component Custom Data Dialog Box 94 Cut BOM using Manual placement 130,
Conc Reducer 458 198, 408, 439
concurrent access 708 Cut HVAC Bill of Material 437
Configuration File Control Overview 30 Cut members by line 388
Configuration Layers 53 Cut members by three-point plane 388
Configuration Settings 31 Cut Pipe Bill of Material 197
Connecting to components 447 Cut Pipe Support Bill of Material 129
Continue Routing 279 Cut Steel Bill of Material 406
Control Valve 506 cutback 708
Conventions 17 cutting plane 708
Convert a component to a different mode CWexplode 101
99
Convert Existing 100 D
Convert from project data 100
Convert Intersected Piping 101 damage records 708
Convert Isometric 99 data interchange 708
Convert Legacy Drawing 65 Data Remove 442
Convert Solid 400 database 708
Convert to 3D enhanced 100 database backup 708
coordinate 708 database break and recovery 708
coordinate system 708 database copy 709
Coordinates 294 database management 709
cope 708 DataBaseCodesIsogen 39
Count 188 DB Generate 443
Count weld gaps automatically 273 DB In 444
Coupling 527 Decrement 189
Create a 2D representation 264 Define a weld gap 639
Create a 2D representation with hidden degree 709
lines 265 degree of freedom 709
Create a 2D single line user shape 238 Delete a layer 317
Create a 2D user shape 236 Delete an assembly from the Assembly
Create a 3D user shape 234 Manager 159
Create a new frame configuration 374 Delete Bill of Material 203
Create a new pipe support assembly 125 Delete Layer 316
Create a user shape file 223 Delete Pipe Support Bill of Material 135
Create a user shape from a block 233 design alternative 709
Create a user shape from a polyline 231 design approval log 709
Create a user shape from points 230 design documents 709
Create an assembly 158 design object 709
Create New Assembly 114 design progress check 709
Creating a Base Profile 657 design review 709

Index
design service 709 Elbowlet Weld in Vertical 617

design standard 709 Elevation 293, 305
Detail 301 Enable curved piping in Plant isometrics
detail schedule 710 168
diagonals 710 Enable the Repeatability return report 166
Diaphragm Valve 504 End Type Information 182
Dim Adjustment 259 Enter User Name and Password Dialog Box
Dimension Panel 288 205
DimensionsExcludedSlope 39 equipment 710
DimensionsExistingIsogen 39 equipment catalog 710
Discontinuity View Palette 145 erection clearance 710
Display only the layer associated with an Expansion Joint 646
object 318 Export an entire drawing to a VUE file 287
distributed systems 710 Export CADWorx HVAC data 444
distribution systems 710 Export Pipe 206
documentation 710 Export Pipe Bill of Material 201
Dots 311 Export Pipe Support Bill of Material 134
Draw non-pipe components 105 Export selected objects to a VUE file 287
Draw pipe components 105 Export Steel 414
Drawing Prototype 34 Export Steel Bill of Material 412
drawing tool 710 Export Steel Model 416
driftpin 710 Export to VUE 286
Dual Check Valve 505 Extract batch Isogen files 169
Extract Isogen files 165
E Extract piping component files 171
East 330
easting 710 F
Ecc Reducer 458 fabricate 711
edge 710 face 711
edge distance 710 face plate 711
Edit 267, 389, 433 face-to-face 711
Edit a frame configuration 374 fasteners 711
Edit an assembly 158 feature 711
Edit an assembly path 159 fence 711
Edit an existing user shape 225 Fiberglass 519
Edit Assembly 117 Fiberglass Pipe 522
Edit by redefining connection points 225 field adjustment 711
Edit HVAC components globally 434 Find Legacy Components Dialog Box 68
Edit Parts 120 Find Tab (CADWorx Line View Palette)
Edit Pipe Support Features 137 110
Editing Component Data Files 655 FittingWidth 40
Editor 72 flange 711
Elbow Centerline 261 Flange O.D. 313
ElbowCenterLine 40 Flanged 45 Degree Elbow Plan 529
Elbowlet Socket Weld in Plan 604 Flanged 45 Degree Elbow Side 537
Elbowlet Socket Weld in Side 618 Flanged 45 Degree Elbow Vert 538
Elbowlet Socket Weld in Vertical 618 Flanged 90 Degree Elbow Plan 528
Elbowlet Thread in Plan 603 Flanged 90 Degree Elbow Side 536
Elbowlet Thread in Side 617 Flanged Concentric Reducer 530
Elbowlet Thread in Vertical 617 Flanged Plan 643
Elbowlet Weld in Plan 603 Flanged Side 647
Elbowlet Weld in Side 616 Flanged Tee Plan 530

Index
Flanged Tee Side 538 HVACLibraryDirectory 40

Flanged Tee Vertical 539
Flanges 484 I
Flat 328
Flat Bar Shapes 342 I-Configure 172
flavor 711 Import CADWorx HVAC data 444
flexure 711 Import Pipe 208
Flgd/BW Valves 498 Import Pipe Bill of Material 202
focus of rotation 711 Import Steel 415
footing 711 Import Steel Model 417
Frame Annotation 375 Incompatible Component Actions 64
frame connection 712 Increment 189
framing plan 712 initial design 713
Full Coupling End 535 initial structural plan 713
full penetration weld 712 inline 713
function points 712 Insert a drawing into the project 153
functional block diagram 712 Insert a flange O.D. 313
furnishings 712 Insert a gasket 639
Insert a hidden end 314
Insert a pipe end 314
G Insert a pipe support 135
Gasket 638 Insert a plain end 314
Gaskets, Etc. 638 Insert a reinforcement pad 320
Gate Valve 500 Insert a reinforcement saddle 321
GC Edit 433 Insert a tee support 136
Generate a CAESAR II input file 242 Insert an assembly into the drawing 159
Generic Attach 251, 431 Insert an elbow support 135
generic specific 712 Insert multiple pipe supports 136
girder 712 Insert Tag 203
girt 712 instantiation 713
Global Edit 95, 396 Instrument 304
Global Edit All 396 Insulation View Palette 139
Globe Valve 501 interference checking 713
grade 712 I-Section 713
Graphics / Pipe Ends 297 ISO 309
Group On/Off 216 ISO Flag 261
Guide 324 ISO Text 296
GUIDs 713 Isogen Batch 168
gusset plate 713 Isogen Data Dialog Box 89
Isogen Export Options 226
H Isogen Information 172
Isogen Out 161
Handrail 380 Isogen Panel 160
Height 296 Isogen Start Point 171
Hidden End 314 Isogen Supplemental 169
hook element 713 ISOGENContinuationGraphicsCount 40
Horizontal 289 IsogenDefaultStyle 40
Horizontal with Tail 291 IsogenSetting 42
HVAC 420, 713 Isolate Layer 318
HVAC analysis 713
HVAC BOM Setup 434
HVAC Draw / BOM / DB Panel 419 J
HVAC Shapes Catalog 423 job order 713

Index
Join by Run 217 link 714

Join by Segment 217 Link components 152
Join Pipe 217 lintel 714
joist 714 LNum Panel 184
load (structure) 714
K Local Edit 82
Loft 362
kinematics analysis 714 logical member 714
knee brace 714 Long Weld Neck 493
L M
Label components with line numbers 190 machinery 714
Ladder 376 macro 714
LanguageFile 42 maintenance envelope 714
Lap Joint Flange 492 maintenance parts 714
Lateral Plan 552 maintenance records 715
Lateral Side 572 Match an object's layer 317
Lateral Vertical 572 Match Layer 317
Latrolet Socket Weld in Plan 605 Matched Tab (CADWorx P&ID View
Latrolet Socket Weld in Side 620 Palette) 149
Latrolet Thread in Plan 604 material analysis 715
Latrolet Thread in Side 619 material list 715
Latrolet Weld in Plan 604 Material List Definition 172
Latrolet Weld in Side 619 material properties 715
Layer Change 400, 442 member name 715
Layer Off 317 member part 715
Layer On 317 member system 715
LayerByLineNumber 42 Misc 312, 641
Layers Dialog Box 156 Misc Panel 214
Layers Panel 315 Miscellaneous CFG Content 69
leg length analysis 714 Miter 387
library 714 Miters 462
life cycle database 714 Mode Convert 98
Line 190 Modeling in 2D 470, 509, 518, 531, 565,
Line Isolate 191 606, 635, 647
Line Isolate Tab (CADWorx Line View Modeling in 3D 452, 500, 516, 522, 547,
Palette) 109 588, 624, 643
Line Numbering System Dialog Box 185 Modify a component 88
Line Numbering System Dropdown Setup Modify a user-defined HVAC shape 431
Dialog Box 106 Modify an HVAC shape 423
Line Numbers 649 Modify an HVAC shape from the catalog
Line View Isolation Properties Manager 427
111 Modify multiple components 97
Line View Palette 109 Modifying a User Profile 656
Lined 513 move from point 715
Lined Eccentric Reducer 516 move to point 715
Lined Pipe 516 Moveline 281
Lined Wye Plan 517 MVSetup 24
Lined Wye Side 518
Lined Wye Vert 518
LineNumberSystem 45 N
LineViewIsolationSettingsFile 45 natural surface 715

Index
Nipolet Thread in Plan 605 Pipe Ends 640

Nipolet Thread in Vertical 621 Pipe Shapes 340
Nipolet Weld in Plan 605 Pipe Support Bill of Material Setup 126
Nipolet Weld in Vertical 620 Pipe Support Report 147
Nipple 589 PipeDescriptionCat 45
node 715 PipeSupportSetting 47
Non Standard 273 Piping Rules 55
North 329 Pitch 717
northing 715 Place a 180 degree plan return 457, 458
nozzle 715 Place a 180 degree side return 476, 477
Nozzle Generic Attach 249 Place a 180 degree vertical return 477,
nozzle standout 716 478
NPD (Nominal Piping Diameter) 716 Place a 3-way plan valve 507, 562, 630
Place a 3-way side valve 510, 579, 635
O Place a 3-way vertical valve 510, 579, 635
Place a 45 degree rolled elbow 467
object 716 Place a 4-way plan valve 507, 631
Obsolete Commands 23 Place a 4-way side valve 511, 636
Offset Tap 244 Place a 90 degree plan elbow 453, 454,
Online Help 23 523, 529, 547, 591
Operators 649 Place a 90 degree reducing plan elbow
Optional Component Dialog Box 70 455, 548, 594
Optional Items 70 Place a 90 degree rolled elbow 466
Options Dialog Box 155 Place a 90 degree side street elbow 607
orientation vector 716 Place a 90 degree street plan elbow 592
origin 716 Place a base plate 354
origin point 716 Place a base plate with holes 355
OrthoGen Launch 183 Place a bleed ring 645
OrthoGen Out 183 Place a bushing 528, 600
OrthoGen Panel 183 Place a cap 459, 527, 558, 598
orthogonal 716 Place a concentric reducer 458, 525, 531,
orthographic 716 555, 597
orthotropic material 716 Place a concentric reducer swage 596
Place a coupling 527, 556, 558, 601, 602
P Place a coupling end 536, 613, 614
P&ID 716 Place a detail graphic 302
P&ID View Palette 148 Place a fiberglass pipe 522
package 716 Place a flange 488, 492
Palettes 654 Place a flange on a pipe 486, 487, 489,
Palettes Panel 103 491, 494, 495, 497
panel 716 Place a flange that mates with another
parameter 716 flange 486, 488, 490, 491, 494, 496,
part class 717 497
part number 717 Place a frame in the drawing 375
parts 717 Place a gasket automatically 270
PCF In 171 Place a gasket manually 270
PCF Out 171 Place a generic attachment in the drawing
PDS (Plant Design System) 717 255, 432
physical member 717 Place a guide 324
Pipe 452 Place a ladder interactively 378
Pipe BOM / DB Panel 192 Place a ladder using key-ins 379
Pipe End 314 Place a ladder with a cage 379
Place a miscellaneous graphic 313

Index
Place a mitered pipe 462 Place a side tee 474, 475, 533, 568, 569,
Place a multi-port valve 564, 565 610, 611
Place a nipple 590 Place a side wye 483, 518, 578
Place a nonsymmetrical user shape in the Place a snubber 323
drawing 241 Place a spring hanger 322
Place a nozzle generic attachment 250 Place a stub or weld neck 492, 493
Place a pipe 452, 516 Place a symmetrical user shape in the
Place a plan cross 460, 526, 551, 599 drawing 241
Place a plan elbow 454, 468, 469, 524, Place a tap 259
529, 548, 553, 554, 593 Place a threaded/socket pipe 589
Place a plan elbowlet fitting 603, 604 Place a translational restraint 321
Place a plan fitting 602, 603, 605, 606 Place a user-defined HVAC shape 430
Place a plan flange pipe 643 Place a valve 500, 501, 502, 503, 504,
Place a plan flanged tee 530 505, 506, 558, 559, 560, 561, 562, 624,
Place a plan graphic 303 625, 626, 627, 628, 629, 633, 634
Place a plan lateral 461, 527, 552, 553, Place a vertical blind spectacle 648
599 Place a vertical elbowlet fitting 617, 618
Place a plan latrolet fitting 604, 605 Place a vertical fitting 615, 616, 620, 621
Place a plan reducing cross 461 Place a vertical lateral 481, 535, 573, 574,
Place a plan sock-o-let 528 613
Place a plan tee 456, 524, 549, 550, 594, Place a vertical reducing cross 479, 571
595 Place a vertical soc-o-let 536
Place a plan wye 470, 517, 557 Place a vertical strainer 539
Place a plug 600 Place a vertical tee 474, 476, 534, 569,
Place a relief side valve 631 570, 610, 611
Place a relief top valve 637 Place a vertical wye 484, 518, 578
Place a rigid element 646 Place a weld dot graphic 311
Place a rolled pipe 463 Place a weld symbol graphic 308
Place a rolled tee 468 Place an adjustable bend 464
Place a rotational restraint 323 Place an anchor 322
Place a sanitary plan reducing cross 551 Place an angle side valve 511, 512, 580,
Place a sanitary side or vertical u-bend 637
577, 578 Place an angle top valve 632
Place a sanitary side reducing cross 571 Place an angle valve 508, 509, 563
Place a sanitary u-bend 555 Place an arrow head graphic 306
Place a section graphic 301 Place an eccentric reducer 459, 517, 525,
Place a side blind spectacle 645 556, 598
Place a side cross 478, 534, 570, 612 Place an eccentric reducer swage 596
Place a side elbowlet fitting 616, 617, 618 Place an elevation graphic 305
Place a side flange pipe 647 Place an expansion joint 646
Place a side flanged tee 539 Place an HVAC shape from the catalog
Place a side lateral 480, 535, 572, 573, 427
612 Place an instrument graphic 304
Place a side latrolet fitting 619, 620 Place an isometric symbol graphic 310
Place a side or vertical elbow 470, 471, Place an offset tap 249
472, 481, 482, 483, 531, 532, 537, 538, Place automatic dimensions 289
565, 567, 574, 575, 576, 607, 608, 609 Place component annotation 293
Place a side reducing cross 479 Place component elevation annotation 294
Place a side reducing elbow 473, 566, 609 Place coordinates 295
Place a side socket weld threaded pipe Place hand rail by points 381
644 Place hand rail by polyline 382
Place a side socket weld/threaded pipe Place horizontal dimensions 289
648 Place horizontal tailed dimensions 291

Index
Place nonstandard stud bolts 274 R

Place plate by closed polyline 351
rafters 718
Place plate by curves 351
Read a CAESAR II input file 257
Place plate by points 351
Re-associate the Components 261
Place rotated dimensions 291
rebar 718
Place standard stud bolts 273
rectangular bar 718
Place stud bolts automatically 270
rectangular tube 718
Place stud bolts manually 271
Redisplay a layer turned off by the Layer
Place tick marks 295
Off command 317
Place tubing 591
Reducing Slip-on Flange 493
Place vertical dimensions 290
Reducing Tee Plan 549
Place vertical tailed dimensions 292
Reducing Tee Side 569
Place weld gaps automatically 272
Reducing Tee Vertical 570
Place weld gaps manually 272
Reducing Threaded Flange 495
Plain End 313
Reducing Weld Neck Flange 496
Plan 303
reference data 718
Plan 11.25 Ell 468
reflect 718
Plan 180 LR Return 457
reinforced concrete plan 718
Plan 180 SR Return 457
Reinforcing Pad 320
Plan 22.5 Ell 469
Reinforcing Saddle 320, 645
Plan 45 Ell 454
Relief Side Valve 508
Plan 90 LR Ell 453
Relief Top Valve 511
Plan 90 Reducing Ell 455
Remove CADWorx data from components
Plan 90 SR Ell 453
442
Plan Cross 460
resource estimation 719
Plan Lateral 461
Restore XDATA 35
Plan Reducing Cross 460
Restraints 640
Plan Reducing Tee 456
Restraints Panel 319
Plan Tee 455
retaining wall 719
Plan Threaded/Socket 90 Degree Elbow
Rigid Element 646
523
Rolled Pipe 462
Plan Wye 469
Rotary Valve 504
Plane versus Isometrics view modes 447
Rotated 291
plate 717
Rotational 323
Plate 349
Round Bar Shapes 343
Plug Valve 502
route 719
Point and Shoot UCS 325
Route from a generic nozzle 251
port 717
Route skewed pipe 281
post tensioning 717
Router 282
precast concrete 717
Router commands 283
Preface 17
RT Panel 275
Pressure Top Valve 511
rule-based joint 719
pre-stressed concrete 717
Running CADWorx Equipment or PV
pretensioning 718
Fabricator with CADWorx Plant 657
Previous 318
primary member 718
principle of superposition 718 S
product structure 718 Saddle in Vertical 536
production planning 718 sag ties 719
purlin 718 SAISC (South African Institute of Steel
Construction) 719
Sanitary 540
Sanitary 11.25 Ell Plan 554

Index
Sanitary 11.25 Ell Side 575 Set 187, 290

Sanitary 11.25 Ell Vertical 576 Set an OTAP SKEY 248
Sanitary 22.5 Ell Plan 553 Set Layer 316
Sanitary 22.5 Ell Side 574 Set line numbers based on a component
Sanitary 22.5 Ell Vertical 575 188
Sanitary 3-Way Valve Plan 562 Set line numbers based on a P&ID project
Sanitary 3-Way Valve Side 579 187
Sanitary 3-Way Valve Vertical 579 Set line numbers based on the current
Sanitary 45 Ell Plan 548 drawing 188
Sanitary 45 Ell Side 566 Set Size by Component 358
Sanitary 45 Ell Vertical 567 Set Specification & Size Dialog Box 53
Sanitary 90 Ell Plan 547 Set Specification and Size 52
Sanitary 90 Ell Side 565 Set the active layer 316
Sanitary 90 Reducing Ell Plan 547 Set the current line number to that of a
Sanitary 90 Reducing Ell Side 566 component 191
Sanitary Angle Valve Plan 563 Set the Elevation 290
Sanitary Angle Valve Side 580 Set the line count value 188
Sanitary Ball Valve 559 Settings 102, 652
Sanitary Butterfly Valve 561 Settings Tab (CADWorx Insulation View
Sanitary Cap 557 Palette) 140
Sanitary Check Valve 561 Settings Tab (CADWorx Spec View Palette)
Sanitary Concentric 555 107
Sanitary Eccentric 555 Setup 24, 27, 185
Sanitary Gate Valve 558 Setup Live Database 204
Sanitary Globe Valve 559 Setup Live Database Steel 413
Sanitary Lateral Reducing Plan 552 Setup Profile 25
Sanitary Lateral Reducing Side 573 Setup short description column for material
Sanitary Lateral Reducing Vertical 573 list with text wrapping 167
Sanitary Multi 1 Port Valve 563 Setup Size/Spec Panel 26
Sanitary Multi 2 Port Valve 564 Shapes 332
Sanitary Multi 3 Port Valve 564 shear stiffness 720
Sanitary Nut/Coupling 558 shear walls 720
Sanitary Plug Valve 560 shell structure 720
Sanitary Stub 556 Show Removed XDATA 35
Sanitary Tee Plan 549 Side 11.25 Ell 481
Sanitary Tee Side 568 Side 180 LR Return 476
Sanitary Tee Vertical 568 Side 180 SR Return 477
Sanitary U-Bend Plan 554 Side 22.5 Ell 482
Sanitary U-Bend Side 577 Side 45 Ell 471
Sanitary U-Bend Vertical 577 Side 90 LR Ell 470
Sanitary Wye Plan 557 Side 90 Reducing Ell 473
Sanitary Wye Side 578 Side 90 SR Ell 471
Sanitary Wye Vertical 578 Side Cross 478
SaveLastProfileUsed 47 Side Lateral 480
schema 719 Side Reducing Cross 479
secondary member 719 Side Reducing Tee 475
section 719 Side Tee 473
Section 300 Side Threaded/Socket 90 Degree Elbow
section name 719 531
section orientation 719 Side Wye 483
section table 719 Single BOM using Automatic placement
Select Control 400 133, 201, 411, 442
Select Item Dialog Box 207

Index
Single BOM using Manual placement 133, Steel - Generic Attachment 358
201, 412, 442 Steel Bolts 355
Single HVAC Bill of Material 441 Steel BOM / DB Panel 402
Single Line Steel 363 Steel BOM Setup 403
Single Pipe Bill of Material 200 Steel BOM Sort Order / Accumulation
Single Pipe Support Bill of Material 132 Dialog Box 405
Single Steel Bill of Material 410 Steel Draw Panel 348
SingleLineWidth 47 Steel Edit Panel 386
site 720 steel reinforced concrete 720
Size 71 Steel Shapes Panel 332
Size-Spec 72 SteelCopeBoltDistance 48
skewed member 720 SteelCopeWeldDistance 48
SKEY Information 173 SteelLibraryDirectory 48
slab 720 SteelNeutralAxis 49
sleeve 720 SteelPartNumberFile 49
Slip-on Flange 487 SteelRoundControl 49
Snubber 323 SteelRoundUnit 50
Socket Type Flange 489 SteelToolTipSetting 50
Socket Weld 101, 285 stiffener 720
Sock-O-Let 528 Stop Sign 170
Sockolet Socket Weld in Plan 603 stress 720
Sockolet Socket Weld in Vertical 616 stringer 721
South 329 structure analysis 721
span 720 strut 721
Spec 71 Stub End 492
Spec Editor 106 stud 721
Spec View Palette 104 Support Directory 24
Spec View Tab (CADWorx Spec View Support Modeler Palette 112
Palette) 104 suspended floor 721
Special Monitored Commands Used With a SW/Thrd Plan 644
Live Database 659 SW/Thrd Side 647
Specification and Data Files 655 Synchronize HVAC Database 445
Specification and Size 70 Synchronize Pipe Database 209
SpecificationDefaultProject 48 Synchronize Steel Database 416
SpecificationDirectory 47 Synchronize the HVAC database 445
specifications 720 SyncOnStartUp 50
Specify the Bill of Material Mark Point and system 721
the Center of Gravity Location 255 System In 256
Specify the weld dot size for a single line System Out 242
pipe 217 System Prompts 299
SpecSizeOverride 48 System Visibility 262
Spectacle Blind Side 645
Spectacle Blind Vertical 648 T
splice (structure) 720
Spring Hanger 322 Tag Location 203
Stair 382 tag number 721
Standard 273 Tag Toggle Bill of Material 203
Start a new route 279 Tap 259
Startup Defaults 24 target point 721
Startup Variables 32 Technical Support 18
Steel 650 Tee 467
Steel - Cope 387 Tee Shapes 339
Steel - Frame Creation 372 TemplateDatabaseFile 50

Index
Thrd/SW 3 Way Plan 630 Thrd/SW Union 606

Thrd/SW 3 Way Side 635 Thrd/SW Valves 621
Thrd/SW 3 Way Vertical 635 Threaded 101, 284
Thrd/SW 4 Way Plan 630 Threaded Flange 490
Thrd/SW 4 Way Side 636 Threaded/Socket 584
Thrd/SW 45 Ell Plan 593 Threaded/Socket 45 Degree Elbow Plan
Thrd/SW 45 Ell Side 608 523
Thrd/SW 45 Ell Vert 608 Threaded/Socket 45 Degree Elbow Side
Thrd/SW 90 Ell Plan 591 531
Thrd/SW 90 Ell Side 606 Threaded/Socket 45 Degree Elbow Vert
Thrd/SW 90 Red Ell Plan 593 532
Thrd/SW 90 Red Ell Side 609 Threaded/Socket Cap 527
Thrd/SW 90 Street Ell Plan 592 Threaded/Socket Concentric Reducer 525
Thrd/SW 90 Street Ell Side 607 Threaded/Socket Eccentric Reducer 525
Thrd/SW Angle Side 637 Threaded/Socket Insert/Bushing 528
Thrd/SW Angle Top 632 Threaded/Socket Lateral Plan 526
Thrd/SW Ball 624 Threaded/Socket Lateral Side 534
Thrd/SW Bush/Insert 600 Threaded/Socket Lateral Vert 535
Thrd/SW Cap 598 Threaded/Socket Straight Cross Plan 526
Thrd/SW Check 626 Threaded/Socket Straight Cross Side 534
Thrd/SW Conc Swage 595 Threaded/Socket Straight Tee Plan 524
Thrd/SW Conc w/Hub 597 Threaded/Socket Straight Tee Side 533
Thrd/SW Control 629 Threaded/Socket Straight Tee Vert 533
Thrd/SW Cross Plan 598 Threadolet Thread in Plan 602
Thrd/SW Cross Side 612 Threadolet Thread in Vertical 615
Thrd/SW Diaphragm 627 Tick Mark 295
Thrd/SW Dual Check 628 tilt-up walls 721
Thrd/SW Ecc Swage 596 Toolbars 446
Thrd/SW Ecc w/Hub 597 ToolTipSetting 51
Thrd/SW Full Clpg End 613 Top Works Add 241
Thrd/SW Full Clpg Plan 600 Top Works Change 242
Thrd/SW Gage 632 TopWorksSetting 51
Thrd/SW Gate 624 Total BOM using Automatic placement
Thrd/SW Globe 625 131, 199, 409, 440
Thrd/SW Half Clpg End 614 Total BOM using Manual placement 132,
Thrd/SW Half Clpg Plan 601 200, 410, 440
Thrd/SW Lateral Plan 599 Total HVAC Bill of Material 439
Thrd/SW Lateral Side 612 Total Pipe Bill of Material 198
Thrd/SW Lateral Vert 613 Total Pipe Support Bill of Material 130
Thrd/SW Needle 627 Total Steel Bill of Material 408
Thrd/SW Pipe 588 transition 721
Thrd/SW Plug 600, 625 Translational 321
Thrd/SW Reducing Clpg End 614 truss 721
Thrd/SW Reducing Clpg Plan 601 Tube 590
Thrd/SW Relief Side 631 Tube Shapes 341
Thrd/SW Relief Top 636 Turn off a layer 317
Thrd/SW Rotary 628 Turn off the zoom lock 267
Thrd/SW Tee Plan 594 Turn on all layers 318
Thrd/SW Tee Red Plan 595 Turn on the zoom lock 267
Thrd/SW Tee Red Side 611
Thrd/SW Tee Red Vert 611 U
Thrd/SW Tee Side 610
Thrd/SW Tee Vert 610 UCS 650

Index
UCS Next 328 Wide Flange Shapes 336

UCS Object 331 wizard 722
UCS Panel 325 work order 722
uniform 721 working plane 722
Union 389 workspace 722
Un-Isolate Layer 318 Workspace Explorer 722
unit/module modeler 722
Unlink components 152 X
Unmatched Tab (CADWorx P&ID View
Palette) 152 X-Body Gate BW 633
Update History 699 X-Body Gate SW 634
UseObjectsFromXrefs 51 X-Body Gate Thrd 633
user attributes 722 XREF Edit 102
User Shape 360, 427 X-section 722
User Shapes 218
Y
V yield strength 722
Variable Component Length Assignment
64 Z
Vert 11.25 Ell 481 Z Shapes 346
Vert 180 LR Return 476 Zoom Factors 268
Vert 180 SR Return 478 Zoom Lock 267
Vert 22.5 Ell 483
Vert 45 Ell 472
Vert Lateral 480
Vert Reducing Cross 479
Vert Reducing Tee 475
Vert Tee 474
Vert Wye 484
vertex 722
Vertical 290
Vertical with Tail 292
Victaulic 580
View Clip 325
VUE Panel 286
W
web 722
weight and CG analysis 722
Weld 307
Weld Gap 639
Weld Neck Flange 485
Weld Size 216
Weld Total 272
WeldDotSize 52
WeldGapToDB 52
welding 722
Weldolet Weld in Plan 602
Weldolet Weld in Vertical 615
West 330
What's New in Plant 21

Cad Wor X Plant Users Guide

Hochgeladen von

Dokumentinformationen

Originaltitel

Copyright

Verfügbare Formate

Dieses Dokument teilen

Dokument teilen oder einbetten

Freigabeoptionen

Stufen Sie dieses Dokument als nützlich ein?

Sind diese Inhalte unangemessen?

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

Cad Wor X Plant Users Guide

Hochgeladen von

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

CADWorx

Plant User's Guide

Version 2016 (16.0)

U.S. Government Restricted Rights Legend

CADWorx Plant User's Guide 2

CADWorx Plant User's Guide 3

Setup Size/Spec Panel .............................................................................................................................. 26

CADWorx Plant User's Guide 4

Isogen Data Dialog Box .................................................................................................................. 89

Palettes Panel .......................................................................................................................................... 103

CADWorx Plant User's Guide 5

Discontinuity View Palette ................................................................................................................... 145

Isogen Panel ............................................................................................................................................ 160

OrthoGen Panel ....................................................................................................................................... 183

LNum Panel .............................................................................................................................................. 184

CADWorx Plant User's Guide 6

Increment ............................................................................................................................................ 189

Pipe BOM / DB Panel ............................................................................................................................... 192

Misc Panel ................................................................................................................................................ 214

CADWorx Plant User's Guide 7

User Shapes ....................................................................................................................................... 218

CADWorx Plant User's Guide 8

Create a 2D representation with hidden lines .............................................................................. 265

Bolt ............................................................................................................................................................ 269

RT Panel ................................................................................................................................................... 275

VUE Panel ................................................................................................................................................. 286

Dimension Panel ...................................................................................................................................... 288

CADWorx Plant User's Guide 9

Vertical ................................................................................................................................................ 290

Graphics / Pipe Ends............................................................................................................................... 297

CADWorx Plant User's Guide 10

Insert a hidden end ....................................................................................................................... 314

Layers Panel ............................................................................................................................................ 315

Restraints Panel ...................................................................................................................................... 319

UCS Panel................................................................................................................................................. 325

CADWorx Plant User's Guide 11

East ..................................................................................................................................................... 330

Steel Shapes Panel .................................................................................................................................. 332

Steel Draw Panel ...................................................................................................................................... 348

Steel Edit Panel ........................................................................................................................................ 386

CADWorx Plant User's Guide 12

Cut ....................................................................................................................................................... 388

Steel BOM / DB Panel .............................................................................................................................. 402

HVAC Draw / BOM / DB Panel ................................................................................................................ 419

CADWorx Plant User's Guide 13

Generic Attach .................................................................................................................................... 431

CADWorx Plant User's Guide 14

Long Weld Neck ........................................................................................................................... 493

Specification and Data Files ................................................................................................................... 655

AutoCAD Workflows Used With Plant ................................................................................................... 656

CADWorx Plant User's Guide 15

All CADWorx Commands........................................................................................................................ 660

Update History ......................................................................................................................................... 699

Glossary ................................................................................................................................................... 705

Index ......................................................................................................................................................... 723

CADWorx Plant User's Guide 16

Convention Type of Information

[CD-DRIVE] The CD-ROM drive on your computer. Substitute your CD-ROM

Command Line Items that need to be typed in or appear at the AutoCAD

User Responses User responses to command prompts.

Commands CADWorx and AutoCAD commands.

Options Command line options.

CAPITALS AutoCAD system variables or keywords.